mm-
mm~m * * * "rfr- ■ T"r-'-1iiEHir."-TAr
NOTICE OF INCORPORATION
United States Legal Document
£3P All citizens and residents are hereby advised that
this is a legally binding document duly incorporated by
reference and that failure to comply with such
requirements as hereby detailed within may subject you
to criminal or civil penalties under the law. Ignorance of
the law shall not excuse noncompliance and it is the
responsibility of the citizens to inform themselves as to
the laws that are enacted in the United States of America
and in the states and cities contained therein. ~*&k
* *
ASME A17.1, Safety Code for Elevators and
Escalators, 2004 Edition, as required by
States and Municipalities, including
Minnesota, Montana, Michigan, Kansas City
(Missouri), Ohio, et. alia.
*mr-V ¥^£% Tm^\
ss:^
. >r ' ,:i--
.•-•••••-**
^% : M^
Mechanical Engineers
ASMEA1 7. 1-2004
(Revision of ASME A1 7. 1-2000)
SAFETY CODE
FOR ELEVATORS
AND ESCALATORS
Includes Requirements for Elevators, Escalators, Dumbwaiters, Moving Walks,
Material Lifts, and Dumbwaiters With Automatic Transfer Devices
AN AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
The American Society of
Mechanical Engineers
ASMEA1 7. 1-2004
(Revision of ASME A1 7. 1-2000)
v .
SAFETY CODE
FOR ELEVATORS
AND ESCALATORS
Includes Requirements for Elevators, Escalators, Dumbwaiters, Moving Walks,
Material Lifts, and Dumbwaiters With Automatic Transfer Devices
AN AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
The American Society of
Mechanical Engineers
AN AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
SAFETY CODE
FOR ELEVATORS
AND ESCALATORS
Requirements tor Elevators, Escalators, Dumbwaiters, Moving Walks,
Material Lifts, and Dumbwaiters With Automatic Transfer Devices
E A17.1— 2004
(terts'HlfMIM.I-MO)
Date of Issuance: April 30, 2004
This edition was approved by the American National Standards Institute on January 14, 2004. It was
issued on April 30, 2004 and is effective as of October 31, 2004.
This edition of the Code is being issued with an automatic addenda subscription service. The use
of an addenda allows revisions made in response to public review comments or committee actions
to be published on a regular basis; revisions published in addenda will become effective six months
after the Date of Issuance of the addenda unless noted otherwise within a given addenda. The next
edition of this Code is scheduled for publication in 2007.
ASME issues written replies to inquiries concerning interpretations of technical aspects of this Code.
The interpretations will be included with this edition and with each addenda. Interpretations are also
published on the ASME Web site under the Committee Pages at http://www.asme.org/codes/ as
they are issued.
ASME is the registered trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
This code was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for American National Standards. The
Standards Committee that approved the code was balanced to assure that individuals from competent and concerned
interests have had an opportunity to participate. The proposed code was made available for public review and comment
that provides an opportunity for additional public input from industry, academia, regulatory agencies, and the public-
at-large.
ASME does not "approve," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any
items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to insure anyone utilizing a standard against liability for
infringement of any applicable letters patent, nor assume any such liability. Users of a code are expressly advised that
determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is entirely their own
responsibility.
Participation by federal agency representative(s) or person(s) affiliated with industry is not to be interpreted as
government or industry endorsement of this code.
ASME accepts responsibility for only those interpretations of this document issued in accordance with the established
ASME procedures and policies, which precludes the issuance of interpretations by individuals.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form,
in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016
Copyright © 2004 by
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
CONTENTS
Foreword viii
Committee Roster xii
Preface xvi
Summary of Changes xix
Part 1 General 1
1.1 Scope 1
1.2 Purpose and Exceptions 2
1.3 Definitions 2
Part 2 Electric Elevators 16
2.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures 16
2.2 Pits 18
2.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights 19
2.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars and Counterweights 20
2.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances 23
2.6 Protection of Space Below Hoistways 23
2.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces 24
2.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms 26
2.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and Foundations 27
2.10 Guarding of Equipment and Standard Railing 29
2.11 Protection of Hoistway Openings 29
2.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric Contacts, and Hoistway
Access Switches 37
2.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car Doors 41
2.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car Illumination 43
2.15 Car Frames and Platforms 51
2.16 Capacity and Loading 54
2.17 Car and Counterweight Safeties 59
2.18 Speed Governors 62
2.19 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car Movement
Protection 65
2.20 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections 67
2.21 Counterweights 73
2.22 Buffers and Bumpers 74
2.23 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and
Fastenings 77
2.24 Driving Machines and Sheaves 85
2.25 Terminal Stopping Devices 87
2.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment 90
2.27 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices 97
2.28 Layout Drawings 104
2.29 Identification 104
Part 3 Hydraulic Elevators 106
3.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures 106
3.2 Pits 106
3.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights 106
3.4 Bottom and Top Clearances and Runbys for Cars and
Counterweights 106
3.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances 108
3.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway 108
3.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces 108
3.8 Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts in Hoistway and Machine
Rooms 108
3.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and Foundations 108
3.10 Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment 108
3.11 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings 108
3.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices, Car Door or Gate Electric Contacts,
and Hoistway Access Switches 108
3.13 Power Operation, Power Opening, and Power Closing of Hoistway Doors
and Car Doors or Gates 109
3.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car Illumination 109
3.15 Car Frames and Platforms 109
3.16 Capacity and Loading 109
3.17 Car and Counterweight Safeties and Plunger Gripper 110
3.18 Hydraulic Jacks Ill
3.19 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings 114
3.20 Ropes and Rope Connections 116
3.21 Counterweights 116
3.22 Buffers and Bumpers 116
3.23 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and Fastenings 117
3.24 Hydraulic Machines and Tanks 117
3.25 Terminal Stopping Devices 117
3.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment 118
3.27 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices 120
3.28 Layout Data 121
3.29 Identification 121
Part 4 Elevators With Other Types of Driving Machines 122
4.1 Rack and Pinion Elevators 122
4.2 Screw-Column Elevators 124
4.3 Hand Elevators 128
Part 5 Special Application Elevators 131
5.1 Inclined Elevators 131
5.2 Limited-Use /Limited- Application Elevators 137
5.3 Private Residence Elevators 142
5.4 Private Residence Inclined Elevators 149
5.5 Power Sidewalk Elevators 153
5.6 Rooftop Elevators 157
5.7 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators 161
5.8 Shipboard Elevators 166
5.9 Mine Elevators 167
5.10 Elevators Used for Construction 170
Part 6 Escalators and Moving Walks 176
6.1 Escalators 176
6.2 Moving Walks 188
Part 7 Dumbwaiters and Material Lifts 199
7.1 Power and Hand Dumbwaiters Without Automatic Transfer Devices 199
7.2 Electric and Hand Dumbwaiters Without Automatic Transfer
Devices 203
7.3 Hydraulic Dumbwaiters Without Automatic Transfer Devices 209
7.4 Material Lifts Without Automatic Transfer Devices 210
7.5 Electric Material Lifts Without Automatic Transfer Devices 214
7.6 Hydraulic Material Lifts Without Automatic Transfer Devices 219
7.7 Automatic Transfer Devices 219
7.8 Power Dumbwaiters With Automatic Transfer Devices 220
7.9 Electric Material Lifts With Automatic Transfer Devices 220
7.10 Hydraulic Material Lifts With Automatic Transfer Devices 222
7.11 Material Lifts With Obscured Transfer Devices 222
Part 8 General Requirements 223
8.1 Security 223
8.2 Design Data and Formulas 223
8.3 Engineering Tests, Type Tests, and Certification 241
8.4 Elevator Safety Requirements for Seismic Risk Zone 2 or Greater 248
8.5 Escalator and Moving Walk Safety Requirement for Seismic Risk Zone 2
or Greater 269
8.6 Maintenance, Repair, and Replacement 270
8.7 Alterations 279
8.8 Welding 293
8.9 Code Data Plate 293
8.10 Acceptance Inspections and Tests 293
8.11 Periodic Inspections and Tests 307
Part 9 Reference Codes, Standards, and Specifications 318
9.1 Reference Documents 319
9.2 Procurement Information 325
Figures
2.16.1.1 Inside Net Platform Areas for Passenger Elevators 55
2.20.9.4 Tapered Rope Sockets 70
2.20.9.5 Wedge Rope Sockets 70
2.23.3 Elevator Guide Rails 77
2.23.4.1-1 Maximum Weight of a Car With Rated Load or of Counterweight With
Safety Device for a Pair of Guide Rails as Specified
in 2.23.4.1 79
2.23.4.1-2 Minimum Moment of Inertia About x-x Axis for a Single Guide Rail
With Its Reinforcement 80
2.27.3.1.6(h) Visual Signal 100
2.27.3.3.7 Panel Layout 102
2.27.7.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation Instructions 104
2.27.7.2 Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation 105
5.1.17.3 Vertical and Horizontal Components of Velocity 135
6.1.3.3.10 Dimensions 178
6.1.6.9.1 Caution Sign 186
8.2.1.2 Minimum Rated Load for Passenger Elevators 225
8.2.2.5.1 Turning Moment Based on Class of Loading 226
8.2.4 Gravity Stopping Distances 229
8.2.5 Maximum Governor Tripping Speeds 230
8.2.6 Stopping Distances for Type B Car and Counterweight Safeties 232
8.2.7 Minimum Factors of Safety of Suspension Wire Ropes of Power
Passenger and Freight Elevators 235
8.2.8.1.1 Allowable Gross Loads 236
8.2.9.1.3 Load Distribution 239
8.4.3.1.3 Arc of Contact 249
8.4.8.2-1 12 kg/m (8 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing 252
8.4.8.2-2 16.5 kg/m (11 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing 253
8.4.8.2-3 18 kg/m (12 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing 254
8.4.8.2-4 22.5 kg/m (15 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing 255
8.4.8.2-5 27.5 kg/m (18.5 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing 256
8.4.8.2-6 33.5 kg/m (22.5 lb/ ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing 257
8.4.8.2-7 44.5 kg/m (30 lb/ft) Guide-Rail Bracket Spacing 258
8.4.8.2-8 Car and Counterweight Load Factor 259
8.4.8.9 Guide-Rail Axes 262
8.4.10.1.1 Earthquake Elevator Equipment Requirements Diagrammatic
Representation 263
8.4.10.1.3 Earthquake Emergency Operation Diagrammatic Representation 265
8.11.4.2.19(e) 315
Tables
2.4.2.2 Minimum Bottom Runby for Counterweight Elevators With Spring
Buffers or Solid Bumpers and Rheostatic Control or Single-Speed
AC Control 21
2.15.10.1 Maximum Allowable Stresses in Car Frame and Platform Members
and Connections, for Steels Specified in 2.15.6.2.1 and 2.15.6.2.2 54
2.16.1.1 Maximum Inside Net Platform Areas for the Various Rated Loads 55
2.17.3 Maximum and Minimum Stopping Distances for Type B Car Safeties
With Rated Load and Type B Counterweight Safeties 60
2.18.2.1 Maximum Car Speeds at Which Speed Governor Trips and Governor
Overspeed Switch Operates 63
2.18.7.4 Multiplier for Determining Governor Sheave Pitch Diameter 65
2.20.3 Minimum Factors of Safety for Suspension Wire Ropes 68
2.20.9.4.5 Relation of Rope Diameter to Diameter of the Small Socket Hole 70
2.22.3.1 Minimum Spring Buffer Stroke 75
2.22.4.1 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes 76
2.23.3 T-Section Guide-Rail Dimensions 78
2.23.4.2 Load Multiplying Factor for Duplex Safeties 83
2.23.4.3.1 Guide Rails for Counterweight Without Safeties 84
2.23.4.3.3 Intermediate Tie Brackets 84
2.23.7.2.1 Minimum Thickness of Fishplates and Minimum Diameter of
Fastening Bolts 85
2.23.10.2 Minimum Size of Rail-Fastening Bolts 85
2.26.12.1 Symbol Identification 96
4.1.9.1 Maximum and Minimum Stopping Distances for Rack-and-Pinion
Safeties With Rated Load 124
5.1.14.2 Minimum and Maximum Stopping Distances at Given Angles From
Horizontal 134
5.1.17.2 Spring Buffer Stroke 135
5.1.17.4.4 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes at Given Angle From Horizontal 136
6.2.3.7 Treadway Width 191
6.2.4 Treadway Speed 193
7.2.6.4 Factors of Safety for Wire Rope and Chains 206
7.2.8.1 Minimum Spring Buffer Strokes 207
7.2.8.2 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes 207
7.4.3 Type B Material Lifts 211
7.9.2.13 Minimum Spring Buffer Strokes 221
7.9.2.14 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes 222
8.4.8.7 Stresses and Deflections of Guide-Rail Brackets and Supports 261
8.4.11.3 Pipe Support Spacing 266
8.4.12.2.2 Maximum Allowable Deflection 269
8.11.2.1.3(cc)(l) Wire Suspension and Compensation Ropes 309
8.11.2.1.3(cc)(3) 310
8.11.2.3.4 Brake Test Loads 312
Nonmandatory Appendices
A Control System 327
B Door Landing and Unlocking Zones 329
C Location of Top Emergency Exit 330
D Rated Load and Capacity Plates for Passenger Elevators 331
E CSA B44 Elevator Requirements for Persons With Physical
Disabilities 332
F Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car Movement
Protection 333
G Top of Car Clearance (3.4.4) 337
H Private Residence Elevator Guarding (5.3.1.6.2) 339
I Escalator and Moving Walk Diagrams 340
J CSA B44 Maintenance Requirements and Intervals for Elevators,
Dumbwaiters, Escalators, and Moving Walks 346
K Beveling and Clearance Requirements (7.4.7.4) 347
L Index of Alteration Requirements for Electric Elevators, Hydraulic
Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks 348
M Inertia Application for Type A Safety Device Location of Test Weight
[8.10.2.2.2(bb)(2)] 353
N Recommended Inspection and Test Intervals in "Months" 354
O Elevator Corridor Call Station Pictograph 356
P Plunger Gripper Stopping Distances 357
Index 358
vn
(04)
FOREWORD
The first edition of this Code was published in January
1921. It was prepared by an American Society of
Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Committee on Protection
of Industrial Workers with the assistance of representa-
tives of a number of interests including manufacturers,
insurance carriers, regulatory bodies, and technical soci-
eties.
Subsequently, ASME requested the American Engi-
neering Standards Committee (AESC) to authorize the
organization of a Sectional Committee to undertake this
revision. They acted favorably on this request, and in
January 1922, assigned sponsorship for the project
jointly to the American Institute of Architects, the
National Bureau of Standards, and ASME, all three of
whom had taken an active part in the preparation of
the first edition of the Code.
The organization meeting of the Sectional Committee
A17 was held in November 1922. A number of meetings
of the Committee were held during the next two years
and in July 1925, a revision of the 1921 Code was com-
pleted, approved by the AESC, and published as an
American Standard.
Subsequent to the publication of the 1925 revision of
the Code, the necessity for development research on the
design and construction of car safeties and oil buffers
and for the development of test specifications for various
parts of elevator equipment was realized.
As a result, a Subcommittee on Research, Recommen-
dations, and Interpretations was appointed in 1926. This
subcommittee held regular meetings thereafter until
interrupted by the war in 1940, and carried on an exten-
sive test program at the National Bureau of Standards
in connection with oil buffers and car safeties. Subse-
quent to the war, the name of this subcommittee was
changed to "Executive Committee for the Elevator
Safety Code."
The information gained as a result of these tests,
together with the developments that had occurred in
the design of the equipment as a result of installations
made in very tall buildings, prompted the Sectional
Committee to prepare and issue the third edition of the
Code in 1931. The third edition was approved by the
Sectional Committee in February 1931, and subse-
quently by the sponsors and by the American Standards
Association (formerly the AESC) in July 1931.
Further experience and developments in the design
of elevator equipment, led the Sectional Committee, in
line with its policy of revising the Code periodically, to
prepare the fourth edition in 1937, which was approved
by the sponsors and by the American Standards Associa-
tion (ASA) in July 1937.
A fifth edition of the Code was well under way in
1940 when it was necessary to suspend the work due
to the Second World War. However, a number of the
revisions already agreed upon by the Sectional Commit-
tee and approved by the sponsors and by the ASA in
April 1942, were issued as a supplement to the 1937
edition. They were subsequently incorporated in a
reprint of the 1937 edition in 1945. In response to public
demand, requirements for private residence elevators
were also issued in a separate supplement, ASA A17.1.5-
1953, and incorporated into the Code as Part V in the
1955 edition.
The Sectional Committee reinitiated consideration of
the fifth edition of the Code in 1946. Due to the consider-
able period which had elapsed since the fourth revision
in 1937, and to the very extensive developments in the
elevator art, the committee decided that the Code should
be completely rewritten and brought up to date.
Special subcommittees were appointed to prepare the
revisions of the various requirements. The membership
of each subcommittee consisted of persons especially
familiar with the requirements to be covered by that
subcommittee. Fifteen subcommittees were set up with
a total membership of over 150 persons. The member-
ship of these subcommittees was not confined to mem-
bers of the Sectional Committee. It also included other
persons having expert knowledge of the subjects under
consideration by the subcommittees. These subcommit-
tees and their personnel were listed in the 1955 edition
of the Code.
The drafts prepared by these subcommittees were
widely circulated to interested groups for comment.
After review of the comments and correlation of the
drafts, the fifth edition of the Code was approved by
the Sectional Committee, subsequently by the sponsors,
and by the ASA in June 1955.
In December 1957, a Supplement to the Code listing
a number of revisions was approved by the ASA and
published by ASME.
A sixth edition was published in 1960 which incorpo-
rated the revisions contained in the 1957 Supplement as
well as approximately 96 revisions which were approved
by the Sectional Committee in March 1960.
In 1958 the scope of the A17 Code was enlarged to
include moving walks. The membership of the Sectional
Committee was expanded to include manufacturers
whose primary interest in the Committee was the devel-
opment of rules and regulations on moving walks. A
subcommittee prepared a Safety Code for Moving Walks
which was approved by the Sectional Committee, the
sponsors, and by the ASA on March 20, 1962. This Code
was published as Part XIII of the A17.1 Code, and was
designated ASA A17.1.13-1962.
During 1962 and 1963, 38 additional changes to Parts
I through XII of A17.1 were approved by the Sectional
Committee, the sponsors, and the ASA, and were pub-
lished as the 1963 Supplement to the 1960 edition of the
Code.
A seventh edition was published in 1965 which incor-
porated the rules of the Safety Code for Moving Walks,
ASA A17.1. 13-1962, as Part XIII, the revisions covered
by the 1963 Supplement as well as approximately 90
other revisions approved by the Sectional Committee,
the sponsors, and the ASA. The title of the Code was
also changed to the American Standard Safety Code for
Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, and Moving Walks.
On August 24, 1966, the American Standards Associa-
tion was reconstituted as the United States of America
Standards Institute. The designation of standards
approved as American Standards was changed to USA
Standards. There was no change in the index identifica-
tion or the technical content of the standards. At the
same time, the ASA Sectional Committee, A17 on A
Safety Code for Elevators, was changed to the USA Stan-
dards Committee, A17 on A Safety Code for Elevators.
Four supplements to this edition were published from
1967 through 1970.
The United States of America Standards Institute later
changed its name to American National Standards Insti-
tute, Incorporated (ANSI) on October 6, 1969. At the
time that the new name became effective, the designa-
tion USA Standard was changed to American National
Standard and the name of committees changed from
USA Standards Committees to American National Stan-
dards Committees. The alphabetical designation of stan-
dard documents was changed from USA to ANSI.
The eighth edition of the Code (1971) incorporated
the revisions covered by the four supplements and an
additional 94 revisions. Seven supplements were issued
from 1972 through 1976. Part XIV covering Material Lifts
and Dumbwaiters with Automatic Transfer Devices was
added in supplement ANSI A17.1d-1975.
The ninth edition of the Code (1978) incorporated 75
revisions in addition to those covered by the previous
supplements. Part XV covering Special Purpose Person-
nel Elevators was added and the Reference Codes, Stan-
dards, and Specifications were moved from the Preface
to a new Part XVI. Two supplements to this edition were
issued in 1979 and 1980.
The tenth edition of the Code (1981) incorporated the
revisions covered by Supplements ANSI A17.1a-1979
and ANSI A17.1b-1980, as well as the following new
material: Part XVII, Inclined Elevators; Appendix F, Seis-
mic Regulations; and Appendix G, Recommended Prac-
tice for Accelerating Moving Walks. Rule 211.3 and Part
V were also completely revised, with the Private Resi-
dence Inclined Lifts moved to Part XVIII. Numerous
other revisions and additions were also included which
were approved since the time of the 1980 supplement.
The tenth edition of the Code was approved by the
A17 Standards Committee. Since that time, the commit-
tee was reorganized in accordance with the ANSI
Accredited Organization Method under the sponsorship
of ASME. With this reorganization, the National Bureau
of Standards and the American Institute of Architects
relinquished their roles as cosecretariats. The Standards,
Conference, and Executive Committees were also
restructured as the Main Committee and the National
Interest Review Committee, with the Working Commit-
tees (subcommittees) continuing to operate as before.
This reorganization also prompted a change in the
title of the Code to the ANSI/ASME A17.1 Safety Code
for Elevators and Escalators. The title was also shortened
for convenience, and it should not be construed that the
Code no longer covers dumbwaiters, moving walks, or
the other equipment included within the Scope of the
Code.
Two supplements to the 1981 edition were issued:
ANSI/ASME A17.1a-1982 and ANSI/ASME A17.1b-
1983. The 1982 supplement included a new Part XIX
covering Elevators Used for Construction. In the 1983
supplement, the requirements for Private Residence
Inclined Lifts in Part XVIII were expanded and incorpo-
rated into a new Part XXI covering Private Residence
Inclined Stairway Chairlifts and Inclined and Vertical
Wheelchair Lifts. Part XX was added to cover these same
devices installed in buildings other than private resi-
dences. Requirements for Screw Column Elevators were
also added and designated as Part XVIII.
The eleventh edition of the Code (1984) incorporated
the changes made in the 1982 and 1983 supplements, as
well as additional revisions.
The eleventh edition was updated with five supple-
ments which were issued approximately every 6 months
in 1985 through the spring of 1987. Appendix I (since
redesignated as Appendix E) was added in ANSI/ASME
A17.1a-1985. Requirements for rack and pinion eleva-
tors were added in ANSI/ASME A17.1c-1986, desig-
nated as Part XVI. The previous Part XVI (Reference
Codes, Standards, and Specifications) was moved to Sec-
tion 4 of the Introduction. In ANSI/ASME A17.1d-1986,
the requirements for sidewalk elevators in Part IV, and
alterations in Part XII, were completely revised.
The twelfth edition of the Code incorporated the
changes made in supplements A17.1a-1985 through
A17.1e-1987, as well as additional revisions. Among
these changes was a complete revision of the require-
ments for dumbwaiters in Part VII. The format of the
Code was also changed editorially to incorporate Excep-
tions into the body of the Rules.
The thirteenth edition of the Code incorporated the
changes made in A17.1a-1988 and A17.1b-1989 as well
as additional revisions. Part XXII, Shipboard Elevators,
was added in A17.1b-1989. Part XXIII, Rooftop Eleva-
tors, appeared for the first time in this edition.
The fourteenth edition of the Code incorporates the
changes made in A17.1a-1991 and A17.1b-1992 as well
as the revisions shown in the Summary of Changes.
Safety requirements for seismic risk zone 3 and greater
were moved from Appendix F into new Part XXrV, Eleva-
tor Safety Requirements for Seismic Risk Zone 2 or
Greater. Requirements for seismic risk zone 2 were
added to Part XXIV.
The fifteenth edition of the Code incorporates the
changes made in A17.1a-1994 and A17.1b-1995 as well
as the revisions shown in the Summary of Changes. Part
XXV, Limited Use /Limited Application Elevators, was
added in A17.1b-1995. The rules in Part III have been
harmonized with the CAN/CSA B44, Elevator Safety
Standard, Sections 4 and 11, and Appendix G4.
The sixteenth edition of the Code incorporates
changes made in A17.1a-1997 through A17.1d-2000.
Requirements for Mine Elevators have also been added
in Section 5.9 of this edition. In addition, the entire Code
was reformatted to incorporate a decimal numbering
system. For this edition of the Code cross-reference
tables have been provided in order to facilitate the corre-
lation between requirements from the fifteenth edition
of the Code to the renumbered requirements of the six-
teenth edition and vice versa. It is also noted, that this
edition of A17.1 was the result of a joint effort between
the ASME A17 Elevator and Escalator Committee and
the CSA B44 Technical Committee to harmonize require-
ments between the ASME A17.1, Safety Code for Eleva-
tors and Escalators, and the CSA B44, Safety Code for
Elevators.
This seventeenth edition of the Code incorporates
changes made in A17.1a-2002 and A17.1b-2003. Addi-
tionally, in Sections 8.10 and 8.11, cross-references have
been updated to reflect ASME A17.2-2001, Guide for
Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks.
The following is a complete list of past editions and
supplements to the Code that have been published and
the dates when they received final approval. The dates of
issuance are also included for the documents published
since 1974, and the dates on which they became effective
are included for those published since 1978.
Editions and Supplements
Approved
Issued
First Edition
1921
January 1921
Second Edition
A17-1925
April 1925
Third Edition
ASA A17-1931
July 1931
Fourth Edition
ASA A17.1-1937
July 1937
Supplements
ASA A17.3-1942
April 1942
ASA A17.1.5-1953
June 9, 1953
Fifth Edition
ASA A17.1-1955
June 15, 1955
Supplements
ASA A17.1a-1957
December 10, 1957
Sixth Edition
ASA A17.1-1960
August 29, 1960
Supplements
ASA A17.1.13-1962
March 20, 1962
ASA A17.1a-1963
August 16, 1963
Seventh Edition
ASA A17.1-1965
July 29, 1965
Supplements
USAS A17.1a-1967
July 7, 1967
USAS A17.1b-1968
December 11, 1968
USAS A17.1c-1969
May 6, 1969
ANSI A17.1d-1970
March 2, 1970
Eighth Edition
ANSI A17.1-1971
July 27, 1971
Supplements
ANSI A17.1a-1972
February 16, 1972
ANSI A17.1b-1973
October 11, 1973
ANSI A17.1c-1974
April 26, 1974
September 15, 1974
ANSI A17.1d-1975
February 26, 1975
October 31, 1975
ANSI A17.1e-1975
March 26, 1975
October 31, 1975
ANSI A17.1f-1975
April 2, 1975
October 31, 1975
ANSI A17.1g-1976
August 12, 1976
November 30, 1976
Effective
Editions and Supplements
Approved
Issued
Effective
Ninth Edition
ANSI A17.1-1978
May 4, 1978
June 15, 1978
September 15, 1978
Supplements
ANSI A17.1a-1979
February 5, 1979
March 30, 1979
June 30, 1979
ANSI A17.1b-1980
March 20, 1980
May 15, 1980
August 15, 1980
Tenth Edition
ANSI/ASME A17.1-1981
September 8, 1981
October 22, 1981
April 22, 1982
Supplements
ANSI/ASME A17.1a-1982
October 5, 1982
November 30, 1982
May 30, 1983
ANSI/ASME A17.1b-1983
October 24, 1983
December 23, 1983
June 23, 1984
Eleventh Edition
ANSI/ASME A17.1-1984
August 16, 1984
September 16, 1984
March 16, 1985
Supplements
ANSI/ASME A17.1a-1985
February 27, 1985
April 15, 1985
October 15, 1985
ANSI/ASME A17.1D-1985
August 6, 1985
October 15, 1985
April 15, 1986
ANSI/ASME A17.1c-1986
March 5, 1986
April 30, 1986
October 31, 1986
ANSI/ASME A17.1d-1986
September 8, 1986
November 30, 1986
May 31, 1987
ANSI/ASME A17.1e-1987
February 18, 1987
April 30, 1987
October 30, 1987
Twelfth Edition
ASME/ANSI A17.1-1987
October 20, 1987
January 15, 1988
July 16,1988
Supplements
ASME/ANSI A17.1a-1988
October 6, 1988
November 15, 1988
May 16, 1989
ASME/ANSI A17.1b-1989
November 10, 1989
November 30, 1989
May 31, 1989
Thirteenth Edition
ASME A17.1-1990
October 8, 1990
February 8, 1991
August 9, 1991
Supplements
ASME A17.1a-1991
October 21, 1991
February 28, 1992
August 29, 1992
ASME A17.1b-1992
October 28, 1992
December 29, 1992
June 30, 1993
Fourteenth Edition
ASME A17.1-1993
October 18, 1993
December 31, 1993
July 1, 1994
Supplements
ASME A17.1a-1994
August 17, 1994
December 31, 1994
July 1, 1995
ASME A17.1b-1995
October 5, 1995
January 31, 1996
August 1, 1996
Fifteenth Edition
ASME A17.1-1996
October 3, 1996
December 31, 1996
July 1, 1997
Supplements
ASME A17.1a-1997
January 8, 1998
February 27, 1998
August 28, 1998
ASME A17.1b-1998
November 13, 1998
February 19, 1999
August 20, 1999
ASME A17.1c-1999
May 13, 1999
June 30, 1999
December 31, 1999
ASME A17.1d-2000
October 12, 2000
November 30, 2000
January 31, 2001
Sixteenth Edition
ASME A17.1-2000
October 16, 2000
March 23, 2001
March 23, 2002
Supplements
ASME A17.1a-2002
February 26, 2002
April 4, 2002
October 4, 2002
ASME A17.1b-2003
April 10, 2003
May 30, 2003
November 30, 2003
Seventeenth Edition
ASME A17.1-2004
January 14, 2004
April 30, 2004
October 31, 2004
•
ASME A17 ELEVATOR
AND ESCALATOR COMMITTEE
(December 2003)
STANDARDS COMMITTEE
R. I. Seymour, Chair
H. E. Peelle III, Vice Chair
D. L. Steel, Vice Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
L. Bialy, Otis Elevator Co.
N. Marchitto, Alternate, Otis Elevator Co.
W. C. Burklund, Montgomery Kone, Inc.
D. J. Camp, Thyssen Krupp Elevator
H. Simpkins, Alternate, Thyssen Krupp Elevator
J. W. Coaker, Coaker & Co., PC
E. A. Donoghue, Edward A. Donoghue Associates, Inc.
R. E. Droste, Consultant
J. A. Filippone, Port Authority of New York and New Jersey
J. H. Humphrey, Alternate, Port Authority of New York and New
Jersey
C. C. Fox, Rainbow Security Control Ltd.
G. W. Gibson, George W. Gibson and Associates, Inc.
H. E. Godwin, Jr., The Godwin Co.
R. A. Gregory, Vertex Corp.
A. P. Juhasz, Kone, Inc.
L C. Kanicki, Elevator Subcode Official Township of Burlington NJ
G. A. Kappenhagen, Schindler Elevator Corp.
M. P. Lamb, Alternate, Schindler Elevator Corp.
K. S. Lloyd, Abell Elevator International
S. K. Lloyd, Alternate, Abell Elevator International
N. B. Martin, Chief Elevator Insp. State of Ohio
Z. R. McCain, Jr., McCain Engineering Associates, Inc.
M. V. Farinola, Alternate, MV Farinola, Inc.
D. A. McColl, Otis Canada, Inc.
J. L. Meyer, State of California, Division of Occupational Safety and
Health
H. E. Peelle III, The Peelle Co., Ltd.
S. P. Reynolds, Alternate, The Peelle Co., Ltd.
R. L. Phillips, Georgia Department of Labor
V. P. Robibero, Schindler Elevator Corp.
A. Rehman, Alternate, Schindler Elevator Corp.
R. L. Seymour, Robert L. Seymour and Associates, Inc.
R. S. Seymour, Alternate, Robert L. Seymour and Associates, Inc.
C. F. Starmer, GAL Manufacturing
D. L. Steel, David L. Steel Escalators
D. L. Turner, Davis L. Turner & Associates
R. S. Caporale, Alternate, Elevator World, Inc.
A. H. Verschell, Consulting Engineer
C. E. Vlahovic, TSSA
R. Haddaller, Alternate, TSSA
D. M. Winkle, IUEC Local #14
E. V. Baker, Alternate, NEIEP
D. A. Witham, GAL Manufacturing
L. J. Blaiotta
W. E. Chamberlain
B. J. Fanguy
W. J. Figiel
C. E. Hempel
C. L Kort
A. A. Mascone
Honorary Members
J. McAulay, Jr.
H. E. Peelle, Jr.
E. M. Philpot
R. L. Rogers
R. W. Young
L. E. White
Regulatory Advisory Council
L. C. Kanicki, Chair
N. B. Martin, Vice Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff
Secretary
J. R. Runyan, Secretary
G. Antona
J. R. Brooks
J. H. Burpee
P. Caploon
N. C. Dimitruck
A. N. Griffin
R. F. Hadaller
S. J. Hickory
I. D. Jay
M. J. Mellon, Jr.
J. L. Meyer
K. P. Morse
J. S. Nicksic
C. W. Rogler
R. W. Steele
S. F. Stout
W. C. Watson
W. J. Witt
C. D. Wagner
NATIONAL INTEREST REVIEW COMMITTEE
J. P. Andrew
L. C. Arnold
R. Barker
R. J. Blatz
J. E. Brannon
T. A. Bremer
J. A. Caluori
M. A. Chavez
H. J. Clifford
R. F. Dieter
S. M. Eisenman
B. Faerber
J. J. Faup
S. E. Fisher
P. A. Fleming
J. G. Gerk
L. A. Giovannetti
J. M. Gould
J. E. Herwig
J. Inglis
M. A. Jacobs
D. J. Jolly
F. A. Kilian
J. W. Koshak
M. L. Lane
M. R. Liberatore
M. A. Malek
J. J. Mancuso
C. C. Mann
N. E. Marchitto
J. M. McKinley
R. A. Molinari
N. J. Montesano
T. S. Mowrey
J. Murphy
F. G. Newman
J. J. O'Donoghue
D. J. O'Keefe III
E. J. Orrico III
M. S. Peck
B. Y. Peyton
M. J. Pfeiffer
R. B. Pohlman, Jr.
M. Poulin
J. Powell
P. M. Puno
L. S. Rigby
R. D. Schloss
S. Shanes
M. Shipley
M. L. Smith
J. L Stabler
#
R. B. Sweeney
D. A. Swerrie
M. B. Taylor
D. Tolar
D. j. Wilson
E. K. Zimpritsch
B44.1/A17.5 ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT COMMITTEE
H. E. Godwin, Jr., Chair
T. J. Tulshi, Secretary
J. W. Blain
A. D. Brown
J. D. Busse
j. Caldwell
B. Colavecchio
S. E. Fisher
R. F. Hadaller
R. G. Hames
M. L. Hite
S. j. Koinoff
M. R. Liberatore
R. Mackenzie
A. Rehman
J. P. Rennekamp
j. H. Shull
C. E. Vlahovic
J. L. Delia Porta, Alternate
J. H. Hidaka, Alternate
J. M. Weber, Alternate
CODE COORDINATION COMMITTEE
E. A. Donoghue, Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
R. A. Atkinson
L. Bialy
D. J. Camp
P. Caploon
R. Cote
G. W. Gibson
G. A. Gress
G. A. Kappenhagen
M. j. Pfeiffer
R. D. Weber
DUMBWAITER AND ATD COMMITTEE
B. Peskuski, Chair E. A. Donoghue
R. Mohamed, Secretary
L. C. Arnold
R. Dolan
R. A. Gregory
H. E. Peelle, jr.
K. Holdcraft, Alternate
EARTHQUAKE SAFETY COMMITTEE
G. W. Gibson, Chair R. E. Fleming
J. Smith, Vice Chair J. L. Meyer
M. A. Brookes, Secretary W. C. Ribeiro
B. Blackaby G. W. Rodriguez
D. J. Camp A. J. Schiff
R. E. Droste A. J. Shelton
EDITORIAL COMMITTEE
E. A. Donoghue, Chair
D. McColl, Vice Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
J. A. Filippone
C. E. Vlahovic
ELECTRICAL COMMITTEE
A. P. Juhasz, Chair
J. D. Busse, Vice Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
T. D. Barkand
S. H. Benjamin
B. Blackaby
j. W. Blain
j. Caldwell
F. J. Christensen
J. P. Donnelly
R. E. Droste
R. Elias
S. E. Fisher
H. E. Godwin, Jr.
R. G. Hames
G. Henry
Y. C. Ho
N. E. Marchitto
T. Moskal
A. L. Peck
R. B. Pohlman, Jr.
D. K. Prince
P. M. Puno
V. P. Robibero
M. Stergulc
C. E. Vlahovic
M. Yonemoto
D. Alley, Alternate
R. L. Frazier, Alternate
S. H. Grainer, Alternate
R. F. Hadaller, Alternate
J. H. Hidaka, Alternate
T. H. Nguyen, Alternate
A. Rehman, Alternate
J. P. Rennekamp, Alternate
J. M. Weber, Alternate
ELEVATORS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION COMMITTEE
R. A. Gregory, Chair
J. B. Peskuski, Vice Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
R. E. Baxter
E. A. Donoghue
C. C. Fox
R. L. Phillips
J. R. Quackenbush
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS COMMITTEE
D. J. Camp, Chair
M. Martin, Vice Chair
M. A. Brookes, Secretary
M. W. Bunker, Jr.
P. Caploon
D. Cook
E. A. Donoghue
J. I. Faup
B. R. Fraser
A. J. Gatfield
H. Ickes
Koenig
McColl
H. Murphy
J. L. Murphy
T. F. Norton
J. J. O'Donoghue
R. B. Pohlman, Jr.
A. Rehman
L. F. Richardson
R. L. Seymour
S. Shanes
C. F. Starmer
C. E. Vlahovic
D. A. Witham
J. C. Carlson, Alternate
R. F. Hadaller, Alternate
S. R. James, Alternate
ESCALATOR AND MOVING WALK COMMITTEE
D. L. Steel, Chair
D. L. Turner, Vice Chair
R. Mohamed, Secretary
K. A. Apperson
P. E. Burge
F. J. Cihak
R. A. Dipiero
D. R. Evans
J. G. Gerk
S. H. Grainer
P. L. Hackett
K. Harris
J. W. Kenneally
T. G. Moskal
T. R. Nurnberg
D. E. Rush
P. J. Welch
C. J. White
R. E. Creak, Alternate
K. G. Hamby, Alternate
Y. Haruta, Alternate
D. Jarvis, Alternate
G. A. Kappenhagen,
Alternate
A. Rehman, Alternate
K. J. Smith, Alternate
EVACUATION GUIDE COMMITTEE
J. L. Meyer, Chair
R. S. Seymour, Vice Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
D. Cook
E. A. Donoghue
R. E. Fleming
C. C. Fox
J. O'Donoghue
EXISTING INSTALLATIONS COMMITTEE
A. J. Saxer, Chair
D. B. Labrecque, Vice Chair
E. S. Cho, Secretary
j. Bera
W. C. Burklund
J. H. Butler
J. D. Carlisle, Jr.
E. A. Donoghue
M. A. Fortin
A. P. Gallo
A. T. Gazzaniga
R. A. Gregory
B. R. Hines
A. P. Jolly
R. Kremer
K. S. Lloyd, Jr.
G. M. Losey
Z. R. McCain, Jr.
D. McColl
P. McPartland
J. S. Nicksic
G. Nyborg III
S. A. Quinn
R. L. Phillips
J. S. Rearick
G. Stiffler
C. E. Vlahovic
P. J. Welch
L. E. White
R. D. Cary, Alternate
S. K. Lloyd, Alternate
S. N. McGrew, Alternate
HAND AND SIDEWALK ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
R. S. Caporale, Chair G. Greenberg
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary H. J. Macuga
V. G. Bahna J. P. Merkel, Alternate
E. A. Donoghue
HOISTWAY COMMITTEE
L. M. Capuano, Chair
D. McColl, Vice Chair
M. A. Brookes, Secretary
L Bialy
L. j. Blaiotta
D. S. Boucher
F. R. Cooper
E. A. Donoghue
G. W. Gibson
H. J. Gruszynski
J. L. Harding
M. E. Jagoditz
J. R. Johnson
D. Kaczmarek
U. S. Kharbanda
P. Labadie
J. E. Morrissey
J. L. Murphy
H. E. Peelle III
R. L. Phillips
R. Quinlan
F. Regalado
S. P. Reynolds
S. W. Smith
C. E. Vlahovic
D. A. Witham
D. J. Camp, Alternate
R. F. Hadaller, Alternate
M. P. Lamb, Alternate
R. K. Leckman, Alternate
G. L. Nuschler, Alternate
K. Uerling, Alternate
L. C. Kanicki
J. J. Knolmajer
N. B. Martin
Z. R. McCain, Jr.
D. McColl
J. L. Meyer
J. D. Rosen berger
R. D. Schloss
R. S. Seymour
J. Strzelec
M. Tevyaw
R. D. Troiano
C. E. Vlahovic
S. K. Lloyd, Alternate
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE
G. W. Gibson, Chair
L. Bialy Vice Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
R. A. Atkinson
V. Q. Bates
B. Blackaby
D. J. Camp
R. S. Caporale
E. A. Donoghue
R. E. Droste
G. L. Harmon
A. P. Juhasz
G. A. Kappenhagen
V. P. Robibero
D. L. Steel
J. Strzelec
D. L. Turner
T. Derwinski, Alternate
D. R. Evans, Alternate
J. W. Koshak, Alternate
LIMITED-USE/LIMITED-APPLICATION
ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
R. E. Baxter, Chair
D. C. Balmer, Vice Chair
E. S. Cho, Secretary
P. M. Bass
K. Brinkman
R. G. Buonora
E. A. Donoghue
C. C. Fox
E. J. Matot II
M. L. McDonald
W. M. McKinley
C. H. Murphy
M. W. Schumacher
R. D. Stephens
A. H. Verschell
R. B. Weber
D. M. Winkle
G. L. Harmon, Alternate
S. L. Whittenburg, Alternate
HYDRAULIC COMMITTEE
G. A. Kappenhagen, Chair
M. G. Miller, Vice Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
L. Bialy
P. E. Burge
D. J. Camp
C. C. Fox
H. A. Hammerstrom
A. Jahn
D. McColl
T. S. Mowrey
L. S. Rigby
C. W. Rogler
J. N. Rouse III
W. M. Shrum, Jr.
H. Simpkins
J. Strzelec
L. E. White
J. W. Koshak, Alternate
S. S. Pearson, Alternate
A. Rehman, Alternate
K. Rice, Alternate
INCLINED ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
A. H. Verschell, Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
J. R. Carrick
R. Elias
INSPECTIONS COMMITTEE
K. S. Lloyd, Jr., Chair
W. F. Barkman, Vice Chair
R. Mohamed, Secretary
G. Antona
R. A. Atkinson
R. E. Baxter
J. R. Brooks
J. W. Coaker
C. E. Cunningham
E. A. Donoghue
M. V. Farinola
J. A. Filippone
H. S. Frank
R. F. Hadaller
J. T. Herrity
A. P. Jolly
MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, AND REPLACEMENT
COMMITTEE
Z. R. McCain, Jr., Chair
R. A. Gregory, Vice Chair
E. S. Cho, Secretary
R. E. Baxter
J. J. DeLorenzi
E. A. Donoghue
M. V. Farinola
J. A. Filippone
R. F. Hadaller
R. E. Haukeness
A. S. Hopkirk
J. E. Jaster
A. P. Jolly
R. Kremer
D. B. Labrecque
B. H. Larson
K. S. Lloyd, Jr.
G. M. Losey
D. McColl
J. Murphy
J. S. Nicksic
W. B. Pletch
J. R. Quackenbush
J. S. Rearick
A. Rehman
V. P. Robibero
A. Saxer
R. D. Schloss
J. Strzelec
L. M. Taylor
C. E. Vlahovic
M. D. Kao, Alternate
S. K. Lloyd, Alernate
S. N. McGrew, Alternate
MECHANICAL DESIGN COMMITTEE
G. W. Gibson, Chair
L. Bialy, Vice Chair
D. J. Camp, Vice Chair
M. A. Brookes, Secretary
E. V. Baker
R. J. Bolen
M. Boutelle
R. E. Fleming
C. C. Fox
H. S. Frank
R. F. Hadaller
D. Kaczmarek
xiv
D. A. Kalgren
K. Konyar
j. W. Koshak
M. P. Lamb
M. L. Lane
A. A. Mascone
D. McColl
T. G. Moskal
A. Rehman
W. C. Ribeiro
M. B. Taylor
D. L. Turner
C. E. Vlahovic
S. P. Wurth
R. E. Creak, Alternate
M. E. Jagoditz, Alternate
D. P. Kraft, Alternate
R. Kremer, Alternate
H. Simpkins, Alternate
MINE ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
A. J. Saxer, Chair
T. D. Barkand, Vice Chair
E. S. Cho, Secretary
C. D. Barchet
R. M. Bates
W. M. Dietz
P. E. Fernatt
M. G. Kalich
J. B. Ketchem
D. C. Lewetag
A. L. Martin
N. B. Martin
G. L. Miller
H. E. Newcomb
D. J. Shook
R. L. Sidwell
j. K. Taylor
NEW TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE
J. W. Coaker, Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
R. A. Atkinson
L. Bialy
A. D. Brown
A. D. Byram
R. S. Caporale
L. M. Capuano
E. A. Donoghue
R. E. Droste
G. W. Gibson
A. N. Griffin
R. E. Haukeness
I. D. Jay
A. P. Juhasz
L. C. Kanicki
R. M. Kennedy
J. W. Koshak
R. H. Laney
K. S. Lloyd, Jr.
D. McColl
M. Pedram
V. P. Robibero
T. J. Tulshi
D. L. Turner
C. E. Vlahovic
RACK AND PINION AND SPECIAL PURPOSE
PERSONNEL ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
A. J. Marchant, Chair
P. E. Borders, Vice Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
G. A. Cox
D. F. Grund
J. A. Harrison
R. E. Haukeness
B. L. O'Neill
P. J. Welch
RESIDENCE ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
A. H. Verschell, Chair
P. M. Bass, Vice Chair
E. S. Cho, Secretary
D. C. Balmer
K. Brinkman
R. G. Buonora
P. Chance
P. Edwards
R. Elias
F. M. Hoch
M. J. Holat
S. D. Holat
M. L. McDonald
R. Murphy
W. M. McKinley
H. E. Peelle III
R. L. Phillips
T. L. Pope
R. D. Stephens
G. L. Harmon, Alternate
J. C. Lund, Alternate
J. B. Peskuski, Alternate
S. L. Whittenburg, Alternate
SHIPBOARD ELEVATOR COMMITTEE
E. J. Crawford
M. R. Tilyou, Chair
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary
W. D. George
(04)
PREFACE
GENERAL
This Code is one of the numerous codes and standards
developed and published by The American Society of
Mechanical Engineers (ASME) under the general aus-
pices of the American National Standards Institute, Inc.
(ANSI).
The Code is intended to serve as the basis for the
design construction, installation, operation, testing,
inspection, maintenance, alteration, and repair of eleva-
tors, dumbwaiters, escalators, moving walks, and mate-
rial lifts.
Safety codes and standards are intended to enhance
public health and safety. Revisions result from commit-
tee consideration of factors such as technological
advances, new data, and changing environmental and
industry needs. Revisions do not imply that previous
editions were inadequate.
This Code applies to new installations only, except
Part 1, and 5.10, 8.1, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, and 8.11,
which apply to both new and existing installations. Also,
see ASME A17.3, Safety Code for Existing Elevators and
Escalators, for further requirements.
The following conditions are not addressed in this
Code:
(a) assignment of the responsibility for compliance to
any particular party.
(b) establishment of a frequency for periodic inspec-
tions and tests. See Nonmandatory Appendix N for rec-
ommended inspections and test intervals.
(c) assignment of responsibility for persons author-
ized to make and witness inspections and tests.
APPLICATION OF REQUIREMENTS TO NEW
TECHNOLOGY
Where present requirements are not applicable or do
not describe new technology, the authority having juris-
diction should recognize the need for exercising latitude
and granting exceptions where the product or system is
equivalent in quality, strength or stability, fire resistance,
effectiveness, durability, and safety to that intended by
the present Code requirements.
FORM AND ARRANGEMENT
This Code consists of parts and sections, each covering
a specific subject so as to facilitate reference to the
requirements.
The Foreword, Preface, Notes, and Appendices that
are included in this document, and the Interpretations
that are provided as a separate booklet are not part of
this American National Standard. They are advisory in
nature and are intended for clarification only.
In this edition, the revisions that are appearing for the
first time are identified by (04). Where editorial changes
have been made, they are identified by (ED). See also
Summary of Changes.
METRIC (SI) UNITS
This edition of the Code uses hard metric (SI) units
wherever practical. The acceptable equivalent imperial
units are shown in parentheses. Information on the
usage of SI units and conversion to imperial units is
contained in IEEE/ASTM SI 10-1997 Standard for the
Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Mod-
ern Metric System, ASME Guide SI-1, Orientation and
Guide for Use of SI (Metric) Units, or CAN/CSA-Z234.1,
Canadian Metric Practice Guide.
Tables related to speed and load use the hard metric
and hard imperial units in common practice, even
though they are not exactly equivalent (e.g., see Table
2.22.4.1, Minimum Buffer Strokes). The tabular values
have been derived using 8.2.1 formulas and the metric
and imperial values for buffer strokes, safety stopping
distances, etc., are therefore not equivalent.
ASME ELEVATOR PUBLICATIONS
The following ASME publications are of special inter-
est to users of this Code. For prices and availability,
contact:
ASME Order Department
22 Law Drive
Box 2300
Fairfield, NJ 07007-2300
Tel: 800-843-2763
Fax: 973-882-1717
E-Mail: infocentral@asme.org
ASME Website: www.asme.org/catalog
ASME A17.2, Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escala-
tors, and Moving Walks. This Guide gives detailed proce-
dures for the inspection and testing of elevators,
escalators, and moving walks required to conform to
the Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, A17.1-
1955 and later editions and the Safety Code for Existing
Elevators and Escalators, A17.3. Subsections are
arranged to focus on routine and periodic inspection
requirements, as well as acceptance criteria.
xvi
Abbreviations Used in This Code
Abbreviation
Unit
Abbreviation
Unit
A
Ampere
lb
pound (mass)
°C
degree Celsius
Ibf
pound (force)
deg
degree (angle)
Ix
lux
°F
degree Fahrenheit
m
meter
ft/min
foot per minute
m 2
square meter
ft/s
foot per second
m 3
cubic meter
ft
foot
mA
milliampere
fc
footcandle
m/s
meter per second
ft 2
square foot
m/s 2
meter per second per second
ft 3
cubic foot
mm
millimeter
ft/s 2
foot per second per second
mm 2
square millimeter
h
hour
mm 3
cubic millimeter
Hz
hertz
MPa
megapascal
in.
inch
N
Newton
in. 2
square inch
psi
pound per square inch
in. 3
cubic inch
s
second
kg
kilogram
V
volt
kPa
kilopascal
#
Inspection Checklists. The checklist forms shown in
A17.2 are published in convenient-size pads.
ASMEA17.3 Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Esca-
lators. This Code covers retroactive requirements for
existing elevators and escalators. The purpose of this
Code is to establish minimum requirements that will
provide a reasonable degree of safety for the general
public. While many of these requirements will also
increase the degree of safety for the elevator mechanic
and inspector, this area has not been specifically
addressed at this time.
ASME A17 CD-ROM for Elevators and Escalators. This
CD-ROM contains the ASME A17.1, A17.2, and A17.3
standards. In addition, it contains the published inter-
pretations applicable to these standards.
ASME A17.4 Guide for Emergency Personnel. This guide
for emergency personnel (fire, police, etc.), building
owners, lessees, and building operating managers
explains the proper procedures to be used for the safe
removal of passengers from stalled cars.
CAN/CSA-B44.1/ASME A17.5 Elevator and Escalator
Electrical Equipment. This Code contains requirements
for obtaining, labeling, and listing of drive machine con-
trollers, logic controllers, and operating devices for stat-
ing, stopping, regulating, controlling, or protecting
electric motors, generators, and all other electrical equip-
ment, for elevators, escalators, moving walks, dumb-
waiters, wheelchair lifts, and stairway lifts.
Published Interpretations. Interpretations of the vari-
ous A17 standards are published periodically.
Interpretations of A17.1 and A17.2 approved by the
A17 Committee from June 14, 1972 through June 1979,
were published in a separate book in 1980.
Starting with the 1981 edition of the Code, interpreta-
tions are published with each new edition and supple-
ment of the applicable standard. A compilation of
Interpretations Nos. 2-13 Qune 1979-May 1989) has also
been published by ASME. A compilation of all interpre-
tations can also be obtained through the A17 CD-ROM.
Handbook on A17.1 Safety Code. This handbook aug-
ments the A17.1 Code with commentary, diagrams, and
illustrations that are intended to explain the require-
ments of the A17.1 Code.
The commentary contained in the Handbook is the
opinion of the author and has not been approved by the
A17 Committee.
QEI-1 Standard for the Qualification of Elevator Inspec-
tors. This Standard covers requirements for the qualifica-
tion and duties of inspectors and inspection supervisors
engaged in the inspection and testing of equipment
within the scope of the A17.1 Code. It also includes
requirements for the accreditation of organizations that
certify inspectors and inspection supervisors as meeting
the QEI criteria.
ASME A18.1 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and
Stairway Chairlifts. This safety Standard covers the
design, construction, installation, operation, inspection,
testing, maintenance, and repair of inclined stairway
chairlifts and inclined and vertical platform lifts
intended for transportation of a mobility impaired per-
son only.
CORRESPONDENCE WITH A17 COMMITTEE
ASME codes and standards are developed and main-
tained with the intent to represent the consensus of con-
cerned interests. As such, users of this and other ASME
A17 codes and standards may interact with the commit-
tee by requesting interpretations, proposing revisions,
and attending committee meetings. Correspondence
should be addressed to:
xvii
Secretary, A17 Standards Committee
The American Society of Mechanical
Engineers
Three Park Avenue
New York, NY 10016
E-mail: infocentral@asme.org
All correspondence to the Committee must include
the individual's name and post office address in case
the Committee needs to request further information.
Proposing Revisions. Revisions are made periodically
to the Code to incorporate changes that appear necessary
or desirable, as demonstrated by the experience gained
from the application of the procedures, and in order to
conform to developments in the elevator art. Approved
revisions will be published periodically.
The Committee welcomes proposals for revisions to
this Code. Such proposals should be as specific as possi-
ble: citing the Section number(s), the proposed wording,
and a detailed description of the reasons for the proposal
including any pertinent documentation.
Requesting Interpretations. On request, the A17 Com-
mittee will render an interpretation of any requirement
of the Code. Interpretations can only be rendered in
response to a written request sent to the Secretary of
the Standards Committee.
The request for interpretation should be clear and
unambiguous. It is further recommended that the
inquirer submit his request utilizing the following
format:
Subject: Cite the applicable Section number(s) and
a concise description.
Edition: Cite the applicable edition and supplement
of the Code for which the interpretation is
being requested.
Question: Phrase the question as a request for an inter-
pretation of a specific requirement suitable
for general understanding and use, not as
a request for an approval of a proprietary
design or situation. The question shall be
phrased, where possible, to permit a specific
"yes" or "no" answer. The inquirer may also
include any plans or drawings that are nec-
essary to explain the question; however,
they should not contain proprietary names
or information.
Requests that are not in this format will be rewritten
in this format by the Committee prior to being answered,
which may inadvertently change the intent of the origi-
nal request.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of any
interpretation when or if additional information that
might affect an interpretation is available. Further, per-
sons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the
cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. ASME
does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse" any
item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
Attending Committee Meetings. The A17 Standards
Committee and the various Working Committees regu-
larly hold meetings all of which are open to the public.
Persons wishing to attend any meeting should contact
the Secretary of the Standards Committee.
xvui
ASME Al 7.1-2004
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Page
Location
viii-xi
Foreword
xvi-xviii
Preface
1
1.1.3
1.1.4
2-15
Section 1.3
Following approval by the ASME A17 Elevator and Escalator Committee, and after public review,
ASME A17.1-2004 was approved by the American National Standards Institute on January 14,
2004. It was issued on April 30, 2004, and is effective as of October 31, 2004.
ASME A17.1-2004 incorporates the revisions and editorial changes made in ASME A17.1a-2002
and ASME A17.1b-2003, as well as additional revisions and editorial changes. Revisions are
identified by a margin note, (04). Changes made to correct errors, as well as other new editorial
changes, are identified by (ED). Revision designators will remain on the pages up to the publication
of the next edition of the Code. The (ED) designators will appear only when the editorial changes
are introduced. The following is a summary of the latest revisions and changes:
Change
Revised
Revised
Revised
Revised
(1) Definition of door, folding; door, wrap-
around; escalator skirt cover, dynamic;
and skirt panel, dynamic added
(2) Definition of escalator skirt and sleeving
(liner) revised
16 Part 2, Scope Note added for editorial clarification
17 2.1.3.1.2(b)(2) Last line editorially revised
18 2.2.2.2 Editorially revised
2.2.3.1 Editorially revised
19 2.2.6 Editorially revised
2.2.6.1 Editorially revised
20 2.3.4.2 Editorially revised
22 2.4.9(d)(1) Revised
24 2.7.3.3.2 Second line editorially revised
25 2.7.4.3 Editorially revised
26 2.7.7.4 Last sentence added
28 2.9.3.2.2 Editorially revised
2.9.3.3.3 Editorially revised
34 2.11.12.3 Second paragraph editorially revised
35 2.11.13.4 Revised
36 2.11.14.2 Revised
2.11.15.1 Revised
Page
Location
Change
36
2.11.15.1.2
Editorially revised
37
2.11.18
Revised
38
2.12.2.4.4
Editorially revised
2.12.2.5
Second paragraph editorially revised
39
2.12.3.4.4(a)
Editorially revised
40
2.12.7.3.3
Editorially revised
41
2.13.1
Editorially revised
2.13.2.2.2
Editorially revised
2.13.3.1.1
Editorially revised
42
2.13.3.4
Second paragraph editorially revised
44
2.14.1.5.1(d)
Editorially revised
46
2.14.2.1.2(a)
Last line editorially revised
2.14.2.3.1(g)
Editorially revised
50
2.14.6.2.1
Editorially revised
51
2.15.2
Second paragraph editorially revised
52
2.15.6.1.4
Editorially revised
2.15.6.2.3
Second paragraph editorially revised
2.15.6.3
Editorially revised
2.15.6.4
Title editorially revised
54
2.16.1.1
First paragraph editorially revised
58
2.16.7.6(b)
Editorially revised
59
2.17.3
Second paragraph editorially revised
2.17.5.2
Editorially revised
60,61
2.17.7.1
Second paragraph editorially revised
2.17.8.1
Last paragraph editorially revised
63
2.18.2.1(b)
Editorially revised
64
2.18.3.3
Editorially revised
69
2.20.9.1(a)(2)
Editorially revised
2.20.9.3.1
Editorially revised
71
2.20.9.5.6
Editorially revised
72
2.20.9.7.7
Editorially revised
73
2.20.10.8
Editorially revised
2.21.1.3
Second paragraph editorially revised
76
2.22.4.7.2
Editorially revised
2.22.4.8
Editorially revised
77
2.22.4.11(a)
Editorially revised
2.23.2(b)
Editorially revised
XX
#
Page
Location
Change
77,78
2.23.4.1
Editorially revised
89
2.25.3.4
Second paragraph editorially revised
93
2.26.2.33
Added
2.26.4.4
Revised
94
2.26.6
First line editorially revised
99
2.27.3.1.6(h)
Revised
100
2.27.3.2.6
Revised
101
2.27.3.3.1
(1) Subparagraphs (c) and (h) revised
(2) Subparagraph (m) added
102
2.27.3.3.7
Added
Fig. 2.27.3.3.7
Added
2.27.3.3.8
Added
103
2.27.4.2
Last paragraph revised
106
Part 3, Scope
Note added for editorial clarification
108
3.6.1
Editorially revised
3.7.1
First line editorially revised
110
3.17.3.1
Editorially revised
111
3.17.3.5(a)
Revised
113
3.18.3.7
Revised
114
3.18.4.2
Second line revised
3.19.2.5
Added
118
3.25.2.2.4(b)
Editorially revised
119, 120
3.26.5
Editorially revised
3.26.7
Editorially revised
122, 123
Section 4.1
Note added for editorial clarification
4.1.2.3
Editorially revised
4.1.9
Editorially revised
4.1.14.1
Editorially revised
124
Section 4.2
Note added for editorial clarification
4.2.2.1
Editorially revised
128, 129
Section 4.3
Note added for editorial clarification
4.3.4
First paragraph editorially revised
4.3.6.2
Second paragraph editorially revised
4.3.8.1
Editorially revised
131
Section 5.1
Note added for editorial clarification
132
5.1.8.1
Editorially revised
5.1.10.1
Editorially revised
Page
Location
Change
133
5.1.11.1.2(d)
Editorially revised
5.1.12.2.6
Added
5.1.13.1
Editorially revised
136
5.1.19.1
Editorially revised
137
Section 5.2
Note added for editorial clarification
139
5.2.1.12
Subparagraphs (a) and (e) revised
141-143
5.2.1.28
First paragraph editorially revised
5.2.2
New 5.2.2.7 added and subsequent
paragraphs redesignated
5.3.1.1.3
Editorially revised
5.3.1.1.4
Editorially revised
5.3.1.7.4
Editorially revised
146
5.3.1.13.1(a)
Editorially revised
154-156
5.5.1.5
Second paragraph editorially revised
5.5.1.11.3(d)
Editorially revised
5.5.1.14.1(c)
Editorially revised
5.5.1.15.2(a)
Editorially revised
5.5.1.17
Second paragraph editorially revised
5.5.1.23
Editorially revised
5.5.1.25.2(d)
Editorially revised
157
Section 5.6
Note added for editorial clarification
159
5.6.1.14.1
Editorially revised
5.6.1.15.2(a)
Editorially revised
5.6.1.23
Editorially revised
161
Section 5.7
Note added for editorial clarification
162
5.7.8.3
First paragraph editorially revised
163-165
5.7.10.4
Editorially revised
5.7.10.5
Editorially revised
5.7.13.2
Editorially revised
5.7.13.2.2(a)
Editorially revised
5.7.15.3
Editorially revised
5.7.16.2
Editorially revised
5.7.17.1
Editorially revised
5.7.18.2
Editorially revised
166
Section 5.8
Note added for editorial clarification
5.8.1.1
Second sentence editorially revised
5.8.1.2
Second sentence editorially revised
Page
Location
167
Section 5.9
168
5.9.4
169
5.9.14.1(b)
5.9.14.4
5.9.15.1
5.9.17.2
5.9.17.3
5.9.17.5
170
Section 5.10
171, 172
5.10.1.7.2
174
5.10.1.20.1
176-179
Part 6, Scope
6.1.3.3
6.1.3.3.13(d)
6.1.3.5.1
6.1.3.5.5
182
6.1.5.3.1(d)
183
6.1.6.3.4
184
6.1.6.3.6
6.1.6.3.9
185
6.1.6.3.16
6.1.6.5
6.1.6.10.1(b)
186, 187
6.1.6.11
188
6.1.7.4.3
6.1.8.2
189
6.2.3.3.7
6.2.3.3.8(d)
190
6.2.3.5.1
6.2.3.6.2
194, 195
6.2.6.3.4
197
6.2.6.14
6.2.7.4.3
Change
Editorially revised
Last line revised
Revised
Editorially revised
Editorially revised
Revised
Revised
Revised
(1) Second paragraph editorially revised
(2) Note added for editorial clarification
Subparagraphs (b) and (d) editorially
revised
Editorially revised
Note added for editorial clarification
(1) 6.1.3.3.1 and 6.1.3.3.4 revised in their
entirety
(2) New 6.1.3.3.7 and 6.1.3.3.8 added and
subsequent paragraphs redesignated
and revised
Editorially revised
Revised in its entirety
Last line revised
Revised in its entirety
Revised
Title revised
Revised
Added
Revised
Revised
Revised
Revised
First paragraph editorially revised
Editorially revised
Editorially revised
Editorially revised
Editorially revised
Revised
Editorially revised
Revised
Page
Location
Change
198
6.2.8.2
First paragraph editorially revised
199
Part 7, Scope
Note added for editorial clarification
201, 202
7.1.11.12.3
Editorially revised
209
7.3.4.2
Editorially revised
214
7.5.1.2.1
Revised
219
7.6.4.1
Editorially revised
221
7.9.2.7
Revised
223-225
Section 8.2
Editorially revised
8.2.1.2
(1) Editorially revised
228-237
242
243
247
249-251
260
262
264
266
269
8.2.5
8.2.6
8.2.8.1.1
2) Figures 8.2.1.2-1 and 8.2.1.2-2
editorially redesignated as Fig. 8.2.1.2
1) Editorially revised
2) Figures 8.2.5-1 and 8.2.5-2
redesignated as Fig. 8.2.5
1) Editorially revised
2) Figures 8.2.6-1 through 8.2.6-3
redesignated as Fig. 8.2.6
1) Note and subpara. (c) editorially
revised
2) Figures 8.2.8.1.1-1 and 8.2.8.1.1-2
redesignated as Fig. 8.2.8.1.1
3.2.3.3
Subparagraphs (a) and (b) editorially
revised
3.2.5.2(a)(1)
Editorially revised
3.6.3
Editorially revised
3.7
Editorially revised
3.7.1
Editorially revised
3.7.2
Editorially revised
4.3.1.4
First paragraph editorially revised
4.4.1.1
Last paragraph editorially revised
4.7.1.2
Editorially revised
.4.7.1.3
First paragraph editorially revised
.4.8.2.1
Editorially revised
.4.8.2.3
Editorially revised
.4.8.6.2
Editorially revised
.4.10.1.1(b)
Editorially revised
.4.10.1.3
Subparagraphs (f) and (h) editorially
revised
.4.11.6
Editorially revised
.5.2.1.1
Editorially revised
.5.1.2.3
Editorially revised
Page
Location
Change
271
8.6.1.6.5
Revised
272
8.6.2
Editorially revised
273
8.6.3.7
Revised in its entirety
278
8.6.8.3.3
Editorially revised
8.6.8.5
Revised
279
8.6.10.5(d)
Revised
281, 282
8.7.2.10.2
Second line revised
8.7.2.10.3
Second line revised
8.7.2.10.4
Second line revised
8.7.2.10.5(b)
Editorially revised
8.7.2.11.3(c)
Editorially revised
283
8.7.2.16.1
Editorially revised
286
8.7.2.27.3
First paragraph editorially revised
293-317
8.8.2
Editorially revised
Section 8.10
Cross-references updated to reflect
A17.2-2001
Section 8.11
Cross-references updated to reflect
A17.2-2001
8.11.4.1(h)
Revised
323
Section 9.1
Editorially revised
325, 326
Section 9.2
Editorially revised
341
Fig. 1-3
Revised
342
Fig. 1-4
Title revised
343
Fig. 1-8
Callouts revised
357
Nonmandatory
Appendix P
Added
SPECIAL NOTE:
The interpretations to ASME A17.1 issued between July 2002 through June 2003 follow the last
page of this edition as a separate supplement, Interpretation No. 26.
xxv
XXVI
ASME A17.1-2004
SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS
Parti
General
•
SECTION 1.1
SCOPE
1.1.1 Equipment Covered by This Code
This Code covers the design, construction, operation,
inspection, testing, maintenance, alteration, and repair
of the following equipment, its associated parts, and its
hoistways, where located in or adjacent to a building or
structure (except as modified by 1.2):
(a) hoisting and lowering mechanisms, equipped
with a car or platform, which move between two or more
landings. This equipment includes, but is not limited to
elevators (see 1.3).
(b) power-driven stairways and walkways for car-
rying persons between landings. This equipment
includes, but is not limited to escalators and moving
walks (see 1.3).
(c) hoisting and lowering mechanisms equipped with
a car that serves two or more landings and is restricted
to the carrying of material by its limited size or limited
access to the car. This equipment includes, but is not
limited to dumbwaiters and material lifts (see 1.3).
1.1.2 Equipment Not Covered by This Code
Equipment not covered by this Code includes, but is
not limited to, the following:
(a) personnel hoists within the scope of ANSI A10.4
and CSA-Z185
(b) material hoists within the scope of ANSI A10.5
and CSA-Z256
(c) platform lifts and stairway chairlifts within the
scope of ASME A18.1, CSA B355, and CSA B613
(d) manlifts within the scope of ASME A90.1 and
CSA B311
(e) mobile scaffolds, towers, and platforms within the
scope of ANSI A92 and CSA-B354
(f) powered platform and equipment for exterior and
interior building maintenance within the scope of ASME
A120.1 and CSA-Z271
(g) conveyors and related equipment within the scope
of ASME B20.1
(h) cranes, derricks, hoists, hooks, jacks, and slings
within the scope of ASME B30, CSA Z150, CSA B167,
CSA Z202, and CSA Z248
(i) industrial trucks within the scope of ASME B56
and CSA B335
(j) portable equipment, except for portable escalators,
which are covered by 6.1
(k) tiering or piling machines used to move material
to and from storage located and operating entirely
within one story
(7) equipment for feeding or positioning material at
machine tools, printing presses, etc.
(m) skip or furnace hoists
(n) wharf ramps
(o) amusement devices
(p) stage and orchestra lifts
(q) lift bridges
(r) railroad car lifts and dumpers
(s) mechanized parking garage equipment
(t) line jacks, false cars, shatters, moving platforms,
and similar equipment used for installing an elevator
(u) platform elevators installed in a ship or offshore
drilling rig and used for the purpose of loading and
unloading cargo, equipment, and personnel
(v) dock levelers (freight platform lifts) having a travel
of 500 mm (12 in.) or less
(w) in Canadian jurisdictions, devices having a travel
of 2 000 mm (79 in.) or less and used only for the transfer
of materials or equipment
1.1.3 Application of Parts
This Code applies to new installations only, except
Part 1, and 5.10, 8.1, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, and 8.11,
which apply to both new and existing installations.
1.1.4 Effective Date
The requirements of this edition and subsequent
addenda to the Code are effective as of the date noted
on the copyright page of this document. The authority
having jurisdiction will establish the effective date for
their local regulations.
(04)
(04)
ASME A17.1-2004
SECTION 1.2-SECTION 1.3
SECTION 1.2
PURPOSE AND EXCEPTIONS
The purpose of this Code is to provide for the safety
of life and limb, and to promote the public welfare.
The provisions of this Code are not intended to pre-
vent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equiva-
lent or superior quality, strength, fire resistance,
effectiveness, durability, and safety to those prescribed
by this Code, provided that there is technical documen-
tation to demonstrate the equivalency of the system,
method, or device.
The specific requirements of this Code may be modi-
fied by the authority having jurisdiction based upon
technical documentation or physical performance verifi-
cation to allow alternative arrangements that will assure
safety equivalent to that which would be provided by
conformance to the corresponding requirements of this
Code.
This Code contains requirements that are also covered
in the National Building Code of Canada (NBCC). Refer-
ence to the NBCC is recognition that said requirements
are not within the scope of this Code in Canada.
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the use of
the NBCC is not intended. Exceptions shall be based on
the requirements of the above paragraphs.
(04) SECTION 1.3
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.3 defines various terms used in this Code.
In addition, some nomenclature and terminology used
in the elevator industry and other ASME publications
are defined.
access switch: see hoistway access switch.
alteration: any change to equipment, including its parts,
components, and/or subsystems, other than mainte-
nance, repair, or replacement.
alternate level: a floor level identified by the building
code or fire authority, other than the designated level.
annunciator, car: an electrical device in the car that indi-
cates visually the landings at which an elevator landing
signal registering device has been actuated.
applied frame entrance: a wraparound or partial addi-
tion to an existing entrance frame used to improve the
appearance or to provide the required clearances.
approved: acceptable to the authority having juris-
diction.
authority having jurisdiction: the organization, office,
or individual responsible for enforcement of this Code.
Where compliance with this Code has been mandated
by legislation or regulation, the "authority having juris-
diction" is the regulatory authority (see regulatory
authority).
authorized personnel: persons who have been
instructed in the operation of the equipment and desig-
nated by the owner to use the equipment.
automatic transfer device: a power-operated mecha-
nism that automatically moves a load consisting of a
cart, tote box, pallet, wheeled vehicle, box, or other simi-
lar object from and/or to the car.
auxiliary power lowering device: an alternatively pow-
ered auxiliary control system that will, upon failure of
the main power supply, allow a hydraulic elevator to
descend to a lower landing.
brake, driving machine, elevator, dumbwaiter, or mate-
rial lift: an electromechanically or electrohydraulically
released spring, or gravity applied device, which is part
of the electric driving machine of the elevator, dumb-
waiter, or material lift used to apply a controlled force
at a braking surface to hold or retard the elevator, dumb-
waiter, or material lift. See Nonmandatory Appendix F.
electrohydraulically released: a means of release in which
an electric current applied to a solenoid valve or the
motor of a hydraulic pump directs pressurized hydraulic
fluid to an actuator (such as a hydraulic jack) that over-
comes a resisting force (such as a spring) as long as the
electric current flows.
electromechanically released: a means of release in which
an electric current applied to an actuator (such as a
solenoid) causes an electromagnetic force that over-
comes a resisting force (such as a spring) as long as the
electric current flows.
brake, driving machine, escalator, or moving walk: an
electromechanical device that is part of the electric driv-
ing machine of the escalator or moving walk, used to
apply a controlled force to a braking surface to stop and
hold the escalator /moving walk system.
braking, electrically assisted: retardation of the eleva-
tor, assisted by energy generated by the driving-machine
motor. See Nonmandatory Appendix F.
brake, emergency: a mechanical device independent of
the braking system used to retard or stop an elevator
should the car overspeed or move in an unintended
manner. Such devices include, but are not limited to,
those that apply braking force on one or more of the
following:
(a) car rails
(b) counterweight rails
(c) suspension or compensation ropes
(d) drive sheaves
(e) brake drums
For further information, see Nonmandatory Appen-
dix F.
brake, main drive shaft, escalator and moving walk: a
device located on the main drive shaft of the escalator
or moving walk used to apply a controlled force to the
SECTION 1.3
ASME A17.1-2004
braking surface to stop and hold the escalator or moving
walk system.
braking system: driving-machine brake alone, or in
combination with electrically assisted braking, which
operates to slow down and stop the elevator. See Non-
mandatory Appendix F.
buffer: a device designed to stop a descending car or
counterweight beyond its normal limit of travel by stor-
ing or by absorbing and dissipating the kinetic energy
of the car or counterweight.
oil buffer: a buffer using oil as a medium, which absorbs
and dissipates the kinetic energy of the descending car
of counterweight.
gas spring-return oil buffer: an oil buffer utilizing the
pressure of a compressed gas to return the buffer plunger
or piston to its fully extended position.
mechanical spring-return oil buffer: an oil buffer utiliz-
ing the force of the compressed mechanical spring or
springs to return the buffer plunger or piston to its fully
extended position.
oil buffer stroke: the oil-displacing movement of the
buffer plunger or piston, excluding the travel of the
buffer plunger accelerating device.
spring buffer: a buffer utilizing one or more springs
to cushion the impact force of the descending car or
counterweight.
spring buffer load rating: the load required to com-
press the spring buffer an amount equal to its stroke.
spring buffer stroke: the distance the contact end of
the spring can move under a compressive load until all
coils are essentially in contact or until a fixed stop is
reached.
building code: an ordinance that sets forth requirements
for building design and construction, or where such an
ordinance has not been enacted, one of the following
model codes:
(a) National Building Code (NBC)
(b) Standard Building Code (SBC)
(c) Uniform Building Code (UBC)
id) National Building Code of Canada (NBCC)
NOTE: Local regulations or laws take precedence. In the absence
of local regulation a model building code is applicable.
bumper: a device, other than an oil or spring buffer,
designed to stop a descending car or counterweight
beyond its normal limit of travel by absorbing the
impact.
cable, traveling: see traveling cable.
capacity: see rated load.
car door interlock: a device having two related and
interdependent functions, which are:
(a) to prevent the operation of the driving machine
by the normal operating device unless the car door is
locked in the closed position
(b) to prevent the opening of the car door from inside
the car unless the car is within the landing zone and is
either stopped or being stopped
car door or gate, power-closed: a door or gate that is
closed by a door or gate power operator.
car door or gate electric contact: an electrical device,
the function of which is to prevent operation of the
driving machine by the normal operating device unless
the car door or gate is in the closed position.
car door or gate power closer: a device or assembly of
devices that closes a manually opened car door or gate
by power other than hand, gravity, springs, or the move-
ment of the car.
car, dumbwaiter, material lift: the load-carrying unit
that includes a platform or transfer device and may
include an enclosure and /or car frame.
car, elevator: the load-carrying unit including its plat-
form, car frame, enclosure, and car door or gate.
car enclosure: the top and the walls of the car resting
on and attached to the car platform.
car frame: the supporting frame to which the car plat-
form, upper and lower sets of guide shoes, car safety,
and the hoisting ropes or hoisting rope sheaves, or the
plunger or cylinder of a direct-acting elevator, are
attached.
car frame, overslung: a car frame to which the hoisting
rope fastenings or hoisting rope sheaves are attached to
the crosshead or top member of the car frame.
car frame, sub-post: a car frame all of whose members
are located below the car platform.
car frame, underslung: a car frame to which the hoisting-
rope fastenings or hoisting-rope sheaves are attached at
or below the car platform.
car platform: the structure that forms the floor of the
car and that directly supports the load.
car platform, laminated: a self-supporting platform con-
structed of plywood, with a bonded steel sheet facing
on both top and bottom surfaces.
car platform frame: a structural frame, composed of
interconnecting members, that supports the car plat-
form floor.
car top access panel: a car top access panel is similar in
design to a car top emergency exit panel. Used on mine
elevators to permit frequent inspection of mine elevator
hoistways for damage caused by environmental condi-
tions. Such panels are openable without the use of tools
or keys.
NOTE: Subject to the modifications specified in 5.9.14.1(c).
ceramic permanent magnet: a magnet of the type which
has a force that does not deteriorate with time.
certified: see listed/certified.
ASME A17.1-2004
SECTION 1.3
certifying organization: an approved or accredited,
independent organization concerned with product eval-
uation that maintains periodic inspection of production
of listed /certified equipment or material and whose list-
ing/certification states whether that equipment meets
appropriate standards or has been tested and found
suitable for use in a specified manner.
NOTE: For the purpose of this definition, accredited means that an
organization has been evaluated and approved by an Authorized
Agency to operate a Certification /Listing program, and is desig-
nated as such in a publication of the Authorized Agency.
chain, suspension (hoisting): chain used to raise and
lower a dumbwaiter or material lift car or its counter-
weight.
chassis: that portion of an inclined elevator that serves
as a car frame with weight-bearing guide rollers.
clearance, bottom car: the clear vertical distance from
the pit floor to the lowest structural or mechanical part,
equipment, or device installed beneath the car platform,
except guide shoes or rollers, safety jaw assemblies, and
platform or guards, when the car rests on its fully com-
pressed buffers.
clearance, top car, electric elevators: the shortest vertical
distance between the top of the car crosshead, or
between the top of the car where no crosshead is pro-
vided, and the nearest part of the overhead structure of
any other obstruction when the car floor is level with
the top terminal landing.
clearance, top car, hydraulic elevators: the shortest ver-
tical distance within the hoistway between the hori-
zontal plane described by the top of the car enclosure
and the horizontal plane described by the lowest part
of the overhead structure or other obstruction when the
car floor is level with the top terminal landing.
clearance, top car, inclined elevators: the shortest dis-
tance in the direction of travel between the upwardmost
portion of the chassis (car frame) and the nearest
obstruction when the car is level with the top terminal
landing.
clearance, top counterweight: the shortest vertical dis-
tance between any part of the counterweight structure
and the nearest part of the overhead structure or any
other obstruction when the car floor is level with the
bottom terminal landing.
comb, escalator and moving walk: the toothed portion
of a combplate designed to mesh with a grooved step,
pallet, or tread way surface.
combplate, escalator and moving walk: that portion of
the landing adjacent to the step, pallet, or treadway
consisting of one or more plates to which the combs are
fastened.
compensating rope sheave switch: a device that auto-
matically causes the electric power to be removed from
the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift driving-
machine motor and brake when the compensating
sheave approaches its upper or lower limit of travel.
compensation means: wire rope, chain, or other
mechanical means used to counterbalance, or partially
counterbalance, the weight of the suspension ropes.
component rated pressure: the pressure to which a
hydraulic component can be subjected.
control, motion: that portion of a control system that
governs the acceleration, speed, retardation, and stop-
ping of the moving member.
control, AC motor: a motion control that uses an alter-
nating current motor to drive the machine.
control, AC motor, DC injection: a motion control for
an AC motor that produces retardation torque by
injecting a DC current into either a stator winding of
the motor or a separate eddy-current brake.
control, single speed AC: a motion control for an AC
motor that has a single synchronous speed.
control, two speed AC: a motion control for an AC
motor that has two different synchronous speeds by
connecting the motor windings so as to obtain a different
number of poles.
control, variable voltage, variable frequency (VVVF):
a motion control that changes the magnitude and fre-
quency of the voltage applied to the motor.
control, variable voltage AC (VVAC): a motion control
for an AC motor that varies the amount and direction
of output torque by controlling the magnitude and phase
sequence of the voltage to the motor.
control, DC motor: a motion control that uses a DC
motor to drive the machine.
control, dual bridge ihyristor converter: a motion con-
trol for a DC motor that supplies the armature with
variable voltage of either polarity, and is capable of cur-
rent flow in both directions.
control, generator field: a motion control that is accom-
plished by the use of an individual generator for each
driving-machine motor wherein the voltage applied to
the motor armature is adjusted by varying the strength
and direction of the generator field current.
control, multivoltage: a motion control that is accom-
plished by impressing successively on the armature of
the driving-machine motor a number of substantially
fixed voltages such as may be obtained from multi-
commutator generators common to a group of elevators.
control, rheostatic: a motion control that is accom-
plished by varying resistance and /or reactance in the
armature and /or field circuit of the driving-machine
motor.
control, single bridge thyristor converter: a motion con-
trol for a DC motor that supplies the armature with
variable voltage of fixed polarity. The field is reversed
to control direction and to cause regeneration.
SECTION 1.3
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
control, electrohydraulic: a motion control in which the
acceleration, speed, retardation, and stopping are gov-
erned by varying fluid flow to the hydraulic jack.
control, static: a motion control in which control func-
tions are performed by solid-state devices.
control, operation: that portion of a control system that
initiates the starting, stopping, and direction of motion,
in response to a signal from an operating device.
operation, automatic: operation control wherein the
starting of the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift car
is effected in response to the momentary actuation of
operating devices at the landing, and /or of operating
devices in the car identified with the landings, and /or
in response to an automatic starting mechanism, and
wherein the car is stopped automatically at the landings.
operation, group automatic: automatic operation of
two or more nonattendant elevators equipped with
power-operated car and hoistway doors. The operation
of the cars is coordinated by a supervisory control sys-
tem including automatic dispatching means whereby
selected cars at designated dispatching points automati-
cally close their doors and proceed on their trips in a
regulated manner. It includes one button in each car for
each floor served and "UP" and "DOWN" buttons at
each landing (single buttons at terminal landings). The
stops set up by the momentary actuation of the car
buttons are made automatically in succession as a car
reaches the corresponding landing, irrespective of its
direction of travel or the sequence in which the buttons
are actuated. The stops set up by the momentary actua-
tion of the landing buttons may be accomplished by any
elevator in the group, and are made automatically by
the first available car that approaches the landing in the
corresponding direction.
operation, nonselective collective automatic: automatic
operation by means of one button in the car for each
landing served and one button at each landing, wherein
all stops registered by the momentary actuation of land-
ing or car buttons are made irrespective of the number
of buttons actuated or of the sequence in which the
buttons are actuated. With this type of operation, the
car stops at all landings for which buttons have been
actuated, making the stops in the order in which the
landings are reached after the buttons have been actu-
ated, but irrespective of its direction of travel.
operation, selective collective automatic: automatic
operation by means of one button in the car for each
landing served and by "UP" and "DOWN" buttons at
the landings, wherein all stops registered by the momen-
tary actuation of the car buttons are made as defined
under nonselective collective automatic operation, but
wherein the stops registered by the momentary actua-
tion of the landing buttons are made in the order in
which the landings are reached in each direction of travel
after the buttons have been actuated. With this type of
operation, all "UP" landing calls are answered when the
car is traveling in the up direction and all "DOWN"
landing calls are answered when the car is traveling in
the down direction, except in the case of the uppermost
or lowermost calls, which are answered as soon as they
are reached, irrespective of the direction of travel of
the car.
operation, single automatic: automatic operation by
means of one button in the car for each landing served
and one button at each landing, so arranged that if any
car or landing button has been actuated the actuation
of any other car or landing operating button will have
no effect on the operation of the car until the response
to the first button has been completed.
operation, car switch: operation control wherein the
movement and direction of travel of the car are directly
and solely under the control of the attendant by means
of a manually operated car switch or of continuous-
pressure buttons in the car.
operation, car switch automatic floor-stop: operation in
which the stop is initiated by the attendant from within
the car with a definite reference to the landing at which
it is desired to stop, after which the slowing down and
stopping of the elevator is effected automatically.
operation, continuous-pressure: operation control by
means of buttons or switches in the car and at the land-
ings, any one of which may be used to control the move-
ment of the car as long as the button or switch is
manually maintained in the actuating position.
operation, preregister: operation control in which signals
to stop are registered in advance by buttons in the car
and at the landings. At the proper point in the car travel,
the attendant in the car is notified by a signal, visual,
audible, or otherwise, to initiate the stop, after which
the landing stop is automatic.
operation, signal: operation control by means of single
buttons or switches (or both) in the car, and "UP" or
"DOWN" direction buttons (or both) at the landings,
by which predetermined landing stops may be set up
or registered for an elevator or for a group of elevators.
The stops set up by the momentary actuation of the car
buttons are made automatically in succession as the car
reaches those landings, irrespective of its direction of
travel or the sequence in which the buttons are actuated.
The stops set up by the momentary actuation of the
"UP" and "DOWN" buttons at the landing are made
automatically by the first available car in the group
approaching the landings in the corresponding direc-
tion, irrespective of the sequence in which the buttons
are actuated. With this type of operation, the car can be
started only by means of a starting switch or button in
the car.
control system: the overall system governing the start-
ing, stopping direction of motion, acceleration, speed,
and retardation of the moving member. See Nonmanda-
tory Appendix A.
ASME A17.1-2004
SECTION 1.3
controller: a device or group of devices that serves to
control in a predetermined manner the apparatus to
which it is connected.
controller, motion: an operative unit comprising a
device or group of devices for actuating the moving
member.
controller, motor: the operative units of a motion control
system comprising the starter devices and power con-
version equipment required to drive an electric motor.
controller, operation: an operative unit comprising a
device or group of devices for actuating the motion
control.
deck, escalator: see escalator deck.
designated attendant: where elevator operation is con-
trolled solely by authorized personnel (attendant ser-
vice, independent, hospital service, and other similar
operations).
designated level: the main floor or other floor level
that best serves the needs of emergency personnel for
firefighting or rescue purposes identified by the building
code or fire authority.
dispatching device, elevator automatic: a device, the
principal function of which is to either:
(a) operate a signal in the car to indicate when the
car should leave a designated landing, or
(b) actuate its starting mechanism when the car is at
a designated landing
displacement switch: a device actuated by the displace-
ment of the counterweight, at any point in the hoistway,
to provide a signal that the counterweight has moved
from its normal lane of travel or has left its guide rails.
door: the movable portion(s) of an entrance that closes
the openings. It consists of one or more solid face panels
which are permitted to be equipped with a vision panel.
door, folding: a hinged door consisting of two or more
panels that fold and move horizontally.
door, horizontally sliding: a door that moves horizon-
tally.
center-opening: a horizontally sliding door con-
sisting of two panels, so arranged to open away from
each other.
center-opening, multiple-speed: a horizontally sliding
door consisting of more than two panels, so arranged
that the panels or groups of panels open away from
each other.
multiple-speed: a horizontally sliding door with two
or more panels, so arranged to open away from one side.
single-speed: a one-panel horizontally sliding door.
door or gate, manually operated: a door or gate that is
opened and closed by hand.
door or gate, power-operated: a door or gate that is
opened and closed by a door or gate power-operator.
door or gate, self-closing: a manually opened door or
gate that closes when released.
door, swinging: a door that pivots around a vertical axis.
door, vertically sliding: a counterweighted or counter-
balanced door consisting of one or more panels that
move vertically to open or close.
door, biparting: a vertically sliding door consisting
of two or more sections, so arranged that the sections
or groups of sections open away from each other.
door, wrap-around: a horizontally sliding door that
bends around a car enclosure.
door locked out of service: a hoistway entrance in which
the door is mechanically locked by means other than
the interlock to prevent the door being opened from the
car side without keys or special equipment.
door or gate closer: a device that closes a door or gate
by means of a spring or gravity.
door or gate electric contact: an electrical device, the
function of which is to prevent operation of the driving
machine by the normal operating device unless the door
or gate is in the closed position.
door or gate power operator: a device or assembly of
devices that opens a hoistway door(s) and /or a car door
or car gate by power other than hand, gravity, springs,
or the movement of the car; and that closes them by
power other than hand, gravity, or the movement of
the car.
driving machine: see machine, driving.
dumbwaiter: a hoisting and lowering mechanism
equipped with a car of limited size which moves in
guide rails and serves two or more landings that is used
exclusively for carrying materials, and is classified by
the following types.
dumbwaiter, hand: a dumbwaiter utilizing manual
energy to move the car.
dumbwaiter, power: a dumbwaiter utilizing energy
other than gravitational or manual to move the car.
dumbwaiter, electric: a power dumbwaiter where the
energy is applied by means of an electric driving
machine.
dumbwaiter, hydraulic: a power dumbwaiter where
the energy is applied, by means of a liquid under pres-
sure, in a cylinder equipped with a plunger or piston.
dumbwaiter, direct-plunger hydraulic: a hydraulic
dumbwaiter having a plunger or cylinder directly
attached to the car frame or platform.
dumbwaiter, electrohydraulic: a direct-plunger
dumbwaiter where liquid is pumped under pressure
directly into the cylinder by a pump driven by an electric
motor.
dumbwaiter, maintained-pressure hydraulic: a direct-
plunger dumbwaiter where liquid under pressure is
available at all times for transfer into the cylinder.
SECTION 1.3
ASME A17.1-2004
#
dumbwaiter, roped-hydraulic: a hydraulic dumb-
waiter having its piston connected to the car with
wire rope.
dumbwaiter, under counter: a dumbwaiter that has its
top terminal landing located underneath a counter.
earthquake protective devices: a device or group of
devices that serve to regulate the operation of an elevator
or group of elevators in a predetermined manner during
or after an earthquake.
elevator: a hoisting and lowering mechanism, equipped
with a car, that moves within guides and serves two or
more landings and is classified by the following types
NOTE: See 1.1.2, Equipment Not Covered by This Code.
elevator, freight: an elevator used primarily for carrying
freight and on which only the operator and the persons
necessary for unloading and loading the freight are per-
mitted to ride.
NOTE (elevator, freight): Its use is subject to the modifications
specified in 2.16.
elevator, hand: an elevator utilizing manual energy to
move the car.
elevator, inclined: an elevator that travels at an angle
of inclination of 70 deg or less from the horizontal.
elevator, mine: an elevator installed in the mine
hoistway, used to provide access to the mine for person-
nel, materials, equipment, and supplies. To meet the
requirements of a mine elevator, the components must
be designed and installed in conformance to Part 2 of
this Code, except as modified in 5.9. Mine elevators are
similar to electric passenger elevators but are modified
to operate in the mine environment.
elevator, multicompartment: an elevator having two or
more compartments located one above the other.
elevator, observation: an elevator designed to permit
exterior viewing by passengers while the car is traveling.
elevator, passenger: an elevator used primarily to carry
persons other than the operator and persons necessary
for loading and unloading.
elevator, power: an elevator utilizing energy other than
gravitational or manual to move the car.
elevator, electric: a power elevator where the energy
is applied by means of an electric driving machine.
elevator, hydraulic: a power elevator in which the
energy is applied, by means of a liquid under pressure,
in a hydraulic jack.
elevator, direct-acting hydraulic: a hydraulic eleva-
tor in which the energy is applied by a direct hydraulic
driving machine.
elevator, electrohydraulic: a hydraulic elevator in
which liquid under pressure is supplied by a hydraulic
machine.
elevator, maintained-pressure hydraulic: a direct-act-
ing hydraulic elevator in which liquid under pressure is
available at all times for transfer into the hydraulic jack.
elevator, roped-hydraulic: a hydraulic elevator in
which the energy is applied by a roped-hydraulic driv-
ing machine.
elevator, limited-use/limited-application: a power passen-
ger elevator in which the use and application is limited
by size, capacity, speed, and rise.
elevator, private residence: a power passenger elevator
which is limited in size, capacity, rise, and speed, and
is installed in a private residence or in a multiple dwell-
ing as a means of access to a private residence.
elevator, rack-and-pinion: a power elevator with or with-
out a counterweight that is supported, raised, and low-
ered by a motor or motors which drive a pinion or
pinions on a stationary rack mounted in the hoistway.
elevator, rooftop: a power passenger or freight elevator
operating between a landing at roof level and landings
below. It opens onto the exterior roof level of a building
through a horizontal opening.
elevator, screw column: a power elevator having an
uncounterweighted car which is supported, raised, and
lowered by means of a screw thread.
elevator, shipboard: lifting equipment installed in ships,
in offshore drilling rigs, or offshore oil production plat-
forms for the purpose of transporting personnel, mainte-
nance equipment, and ship stores that serves defined
landing levels; comprised of an enclosed car ninning
between rigid guides, the dimensions and means of con-
struction of which permit the access of persons.
elevator, sidewalk: an elevator of the freight type
operating between a landing in a sidewalk or other exte-
rior area and floors below the sidewalk or grade level.
It opens onto the exterior area through a horizontal
opening.
elevator, special purpose personnel: an elevator that is
limited in size, capacity, and speed, and permanently
installed in structures such as grain elevators, radio
antenna, bridge towers, underground facilities, dams,
power plants, and similar structures to provide vertical
transportation of authorized personnel and their tools
and equipment only.
elevator, used for construction: an elevator being used
temporarily, only for construction purposes.
elevator personnel: persons who have been trained in
the construction, maintenance, repair, inspection, or test-
ing of equipment.
emergency personnel: persons who have been trained
in the operation of emergency or standby power and
firefighters' emergency operation or emergency evacu-
ation.
emergency signal device: a device that can be operated
from within the elevator car to inform persons outside
the hoistway that help is required.
emergency stop switch: a device located as required and
readily accessible for operation, which, when manually
ASME A17.1-2004
SECTION 1.3
operated, causes the electric power to be removed from
the driving-machine motor and brake of an electric ele-
vator; or from the electrically operated valves and pump
motor of a hydraulic elevator; or of a dumbwaiter; or
of a material lift.
endurance limit of a component: the maximum stress
that can be alternated or reversed within specified limits
without producing fracture of the component material.
enforcing authority: see authority having jurisdiction and
regulatory authority.
engineering test: a test carried out by or witnessed by
a registered or licensed professional engineer, testing
laboratory, or certifying organization to ensure confor-
mance to Code requirements.
entrance, elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift: the pro-
tective assembly that closes the openings normally used
for loading and unloading, including the door(s), gate(s),
transom panel, fixed side panel, hardware, and frame,
if provided.
entrance, horizontally sliding type: an entrance in which
the door(s) slides horizontally.
entrance, swinging type: an entrance in which the
door(s) swings around vertical hinges.
entrance, vertically sliding type: an entrance in which
the door(s) slides vertically.
entrance frame, applied: see applied frame entrance.
entrance hardware: all components of an entrance,
exclusive of the frame, door(s), and interlocks, that are
necessary to maintain the position of the doors within
the assembly.
escalator: power-driven, inclined, continuous stairway
used for raising or lowering passengers.
escalator, conventional: an escalator on which the run-
ning gear is driven by a single drive shaft at a terminal.
escalator, modular: an escalator on which the running
gear along the incline is driven by one or more drive
units.
escalator deck: the transverse members of the balus-
trade, having an interior or exterior section, or both. A
high deck is located immediately below the handrail
stand. A low deck is located immediately above the skirt
panel.
escalator molding: the connecting means between the
various portions of the balustrade.
escalator newel: the balustrade termination at the
landing.
escalator newel base: the panel located immediately
under the newel.
escalator panel, exterior: the panel enclosing the exterior
side of the balustrade.
escalator panel, interior: the panel located between the
skirt and the escalator high deck or the handrail stand.
escalator skirt: the fixed, vertical panels located immedi-
ately adjacent to the steps.
escalator skirt cover, dynamic: the stationary cover that
protects the interface between the dynamic skirt panel
and the escalator balustrade.
escalator wellway: an opening in a floor provided for
escalator installation between two levels of a building.
escalators, tandem operation: escalators used in series
with common intermediate landings.
factor of safety: the ratio of the ultimate strength to
the working stress of a member under maximum static
loading, unless otherwise specified in a particular
requirement.
fail safe: a characteristic of a system or its elements
whereby any failure or malfunction affecting safety will
cause the system to revert to a state that is known to
be safe.
fire endurance: a measure of the elapsed time during
which a material or assembly continues to exhibit fire
resistance under specified conditions of test and per-
formance, expressed as a fire-resistance rating.
fire-resistance rating: the measured time in hours or
fractions thereof that the material or construction will
withstand fire exposure, as determined by fire tests con-
ducted in conformity to recognized standards.
fire-resistive construction: a method of construction
that prevents or retards the passage of hot gases or
flames, as defined by the fire-resistance rating.
fixed side panel: a panel used to close a hoistway enclo-
sure opening on the side of a hoistway entrance.
flat steps: the distance, expressed in step lengths, that
the leading edge of the escalator step travels after emerg-
ing from the comb before moving vertically.
gate: the moveable portion(s) of an entrance that closes
the opening. A gate has through openings.
horizontally sliding collapsible gate: a series of horizon-
tally sliding vertical members, joined by a scissors-like
linkage that allows the assembly to collapse.
horizontally sliding noncollapsible gate: a noncollapsible
assembly consisting of one or more sections that slide
horizontally.
vertically sliding gate: a counterweighted or counterbal-
anced assembly, consisting of one or more sections that
move vertically to open or close.
gate, semiautomatic: a gate that is opened manually
and that is closed automatically as the car leaves the
landing.
governor: see speed governor.
governor pull-through tension (force): the magnitude
of the tensile load developed in the moving governor
rope after the governor rope retarding means is actuated.
#
SECTION 1.3
ASME A17.1-2004
governor rope retarding means: a mechanical means of
developing a sufficient force in the governor rope to
activate the car or counterweight safeties or to trip the
governor rope releasing carrier, where used. Such
mechanical means include, but are not limited to, rope-
gripping jaws, clutch mechanisms, and traction arrange-
ments.
handrail stand: the uppermost portion of the balustrade
that supports and guides the handrail.
hoistway (shaft), elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift:
an opening through a building or structure for the travel
of elevators, dumbwaiters, or material lifts, extending
from the pit floor to the roof or floor above.
hoistway, blind: the portion of a hoistway where
hoistway entrances are not provided.
hoistway, multiple: a hoistway with more than one ele-
vator, dumbwaiter, or material lift.
hoistway, single: a hoistway with a single elevator,
dumbwaiter, or material lift.
hoistway, mine: The area within a mine shaft, and its
above ground structure required for the elevator equip-
ment, associated supports, and operations, including a
minimum of 450 mm (18 in.) around same.
hoistway access switch: a switch, located at a landing,
the function of which is to permit operation of the car
with the hoistway door at this landing and the car door
or gate open, in order to permit access to the top of the
car or to the pit.
hoistway door: see door.
hoistway door electric contact: see door or gate electric
contact.
hoistway door or gate locking device: a device that
secures a hoistway door or gate in the closed position
and prevents it from being opened from the landing
side except under certain specified conditions.
hoistway door combination mechanical lock and electric
contact: a combination mechanical and electrical device
with two related, but entirely independent functions,
which are:
(a) to prevent operation of the driving machine by
the normal operating device unless the hoistway door
is in the closed position
(b) to lock the hoistway door in the closed position
and prevent it from being opened from the landing side
unless the car is within the landing zone
NOTE: As there is no positive mechanical connection between
the electric contact and the door locking mechanism, this device
ensures only that the door will be closed, but not necessarily locked,
when the car leaves the landing. Should the lock mechanism fail
to operate as intended when released by a stationary or retiring
car-cam device, the door can be opened from the landing side even
though the car is not at the landing. If operated by a stationary
car-cam device, it does not prevent opening the door from the
landing side as the car passes the floor.
hoistway door interlock: a device having two related
and interdependent functions, which are:
(a) to prevent the operation of the driving machine
by the normal operating device unless the hoistway door
is locked in the closed position
(b) to prevent the opening of the hoistway door from
the landing side unless the car is within the landing
zone and is either stopped or being stopped
hoistway door interlock retiring cam device: a device
that consists of a retractable cam and its actuating mech-
anism and that is entirely independent of the car door
or hoistway door power operator.
hoistway gate separate mechanical lock: a mechanical
device the function of which is to lock a hoistway gate
in the closed position after the car leaves a landing and
prevent the gate from being opened from the landing
side unless the car is within the landing zone.
hoistway enclosure: the fixed structure, consisting of
vertical walls or partitions, that isolates the hoistway
from all other areas or from an adjacent hoistway and
in which entrances are installed.
hoistway gate: usually a counterweighted (counterbal-
anced) assembly, consisting of one or more sections that
are guided in the vertical direction to open or close. The
gate may be of wood or metal construction. Wood gates
may consist of either horizontal or vertical slats. Metal
gates are usually constructed of perforated or expanded
metal.
hospital service: a special case of operation by a desig-
nated attendant used only for medical emergencies.
hydraulic jack: a unit consisting of a cylinder equipped
with a plunger (ram) or piston, which applies the energy
provided by a liquid under pressure.
hydraulic machine: a unit consisting of pump, motor,
valves, and associated internal piping, which converts
electrical energy and supplies it as a liquid under
pressure.
in-car stop switch: a device located in the car and acces-
sible for operation by elevator personnel only, which,
when manually operated, causes the electric power to
be removed from the driving-machine motor and brake
of an electric elevator or from the electrically operated
valves and pump motor of a hydraulic elevator.
inclined elevator: see elevator, inclined.
installation: a complete elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator,
material lift, or moving walk, including its hoistway,
hoistway enclosures and related construction, and all
machinery and equipment necessary for its operation.
installation, existing: an installation that has been com-
pleted or is under construction prior to the effective date
of this Code.
installation, new: any installation not classified as an
existing installation by definition, or an existing elevator,
ASME A17.1-2004
SECTION 1.3
dumbwaiter, escalator, material lift, inclined lift, or mov-
ing walk moved to a new location subsequent to the
effective date of this Code.
interlock: see car door interlock and hoistway door interlock.
labeled/marked: equipment or material to which has
been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark
of an approved or accredited independent certifying
organization, concerned with product evaluation, that
maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled/
marked equipment or material, and by whose labeling/
marking the manufacturer indicates compliance with
appropriate standards or performance in a specified
manner.
NOTE: For the purpose of this definition, accredited means that an
organization has been evaluated and approved by an Authorized
Agency to operate a Certification /Listing program, and is desig-
nated as such in a publication of the Authorized Agency.
landing, dumbwaiter: that portion of a floor, balcony,
platform, or landing door used to discharge and receive
materials.
landing, elevator or material lift: that portion of a floor,
balcony, or platform used to receive and discharge pas-
sengers or freight.
landing, bottom terminal: the lowest landing served by
the elevator or material lift that is equipped with a
hoistway entrance.
landing, top terminal: the highest landing served by the
elevator or material lift that is equipped with a hoistway
entrance.
landing, escalator or moving walk: the stationary area
at the entrance to or exit from an escalator, a moving
walk, or moving walk system.
landing, next available: the first landing in the direction
of travel that the elevator is electrically and mechanically
capable of serving with a normal slowdown and stop.
landing zone: a zone extending from a point 450 mm
(18 in.) below a landing to a point 450 mm (18 in.) above
the landing.
leveling: controlled car movement toward the landing,
within the leveling zone, by means of a leveling device,
which vertically aligns the car platform sill relative to the
hoistway landing sill to attain a predetermined accuracy.
leveling device, elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift
car: any mechanism that will either, automatically or
under control of the operator, move the car within the
leveling zone toward the landing only, and automati-
cally stop it at the landing.
leveling device, anticreep: a leveling device used on
hydraulic elevators to correct automatically a change in
car level caused by leakage or contraction of fluid in the
hydraulic system.
leveling device, inching: a leveling device that is con-
trolled by the operator by means of continuous-pressure
switches.
leveling device, one-way automatic: a device that corrects
the car level only in case of under-run of the car, but will
not maintain the level during loading and unloading.
leveling device, two-way automatic maintaining: a device
that corrects the car level on both under-run and over-
run, and maintains the level during loading and
unloading.
leveling device, two-way automatic nonmaintaining: a
device that corrects the car level on both under-run and
over-run, but will not maintain the level during loading
and unloading.
leveling zone: the limited distance above or below an
elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift landing within
which the leveling device is permitted to cause move-
ment of the car toward the landing.
listed/certified: equipment or materials accepted for
inclusion in a publication by a certifying organization.
NOTE: The means for identifying listed/certified equipment may
vary for each organization concerned with product evaluation,
some of which do not recognize equipment as listed/certified
unless it is also labeled /marked. The authority having jurisdiction
utilizes the system employed by the listing /certifying organization
to identify a listed /certified product.
load, dynamic: the load applied as a result of accelera-
tion or deceleration.
load, impact: a suddenly applied load.
load, static: the load applied as a result of the weight.
machine, driving: the power unit that applies the energy
necessary to drive an elevator or other equipment cov-
ered by the scope of this Code.
driving machine, electric: a driving machine in which
the energy is applied by an electric motor. It includes the
motor, driving-machine brake, and the driving sheave or
drum, together with its connecting gearing, belt, or
chain, if any. See Nonmandatory Appendix F.
driving machine, direct: an electric driving machine,
the motor of which is directly connected mechanically
to the driving sheave, drum, or shaft without the use
of belts or chains, either with or without intermediate
gears.
geared driving machine: a direct driving machine
in which the energy is transmitted from the motor to
the driving sheave, drum, or shaft through gearing.
winding drum machine: a geared driving
machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to
and wind on a drum.
traction machine: a direct driving machine in
which the motion of a car is obtained through friction
between the suspension ropes and a traction sheave.
geared traction machine: a geared-drive traction
machine.
gearless traction machine: a traction machine,
without intermediate gearing, that has the traction
10
SECTION 1.3
ASMEA17.1-2004
sheave and the brake drum mounted directly on the
motor shaft.
worm-geared machine: a direct driving machine in
which the energy from the motor is transmitted to the
driving sheave or drum through worm gearing.
driving machine, indirect: an electric driving machine,
the motor of which is connected indirectly to the driving
sheave, drum, gear reducer, or shaft by means of a belt
drive or chain drive.
belt driving machine: an indirect driving machine
equipped with a belt system as the connecting means.
chain driving machine: an indirect driving machine
with a chain system as the connecting means.
driving machine, rack-and-pinion: an electric driving
machine in which the motion of the car is obtained by
a power-driven rotation pinion(s) mounted on the car,
traveling on a stationary rack mounted in the hoistway.
driving machine, screw: an electric driving machine,
the motor of which drives a nut on a vertical screw or
rotates a vertical screw to raise or lower an elevator car.
driving machine, chain, dumbwaiter or material lift: a driv-
ing machine in which the motion of a car is obtained
through a connection between a driven sprocket and
the suspension chains.
driving machine, hydraulic: a driving machine in which
the energy is provided by a hydraulic machine and
applied by a hydraulic jack.
direct hydraulic driving machine: a hydraulic driving
machine in which the driving member of the hydraulic
jack is directly attached to the car frame or platform.
roped-hydraulic driving machine: a hydraulic driving
machine in which the driving member of the hydraulic
jack is connected to the car by wire ropes or indirectly
coupled to the car by means of wire ropes and sheaves.
It includes multiplying sheaves, if any, and their guides.
main floor, the floor providing normal egress from a
building.
maintained pressure: the hydraulic pressure between
the pressure source and the control valves of a main-
tained pressure hydraulic elevator.
maintenance: a process of routine examination, lubrica-
tion, cleaning, and adjustment of parts, components,
and /or subsystems for the purpose of ensuring perform-
ance in accordance with the applicable Code require-
ments. (See also repair and replacement.)
manual reset, escalator and moving walk: a means,
not accessible to the general public, requiring personal
intervention by an authorized person prior to restarting
the escalator or moving walk.
material lift: a hoisting and lowering mechanism nor-
mally classified as an elevator, equipped with a car
which moves within a guide system installed at an angle
of greater than 70 deg from the horizontal, serving two or
more landings, for the purpose of transporting materials
which are manually or automatically loaded or
unloaded. Material lifts without an automatic transfer
device are Type A or Type B. On Type A material lifts
no persons are permitted to ride. On Type B material
lifts authorized personnel are permitted to ride.
may: indicates permission, not a mandatory
requirement.
mechanical lock: see hoistway door combination mechanical
lock and electric contact and hoistway gate separate mechani-
cal lock.
modernization: see alteration.
module: the increment of rise in a modular escalator
that one drive unit is capable of powering.
molding, escalator: see escalator molding.
moving walk: a type of passenger-carrying device on
which passengers stand or walk, and in which the pas-
senger-carrying surface remains parallel to its direction
of motion and is uninterrupted.
moving walk, belt pallet type: a moving walk with a
series of connected and power-driven pallets to which
a continuous belt tread way is fastened.
moving walk, belt type: a moving walk with a power-
driven continuous belt treadway.
moving walk, edge-supported belt type: a moving walk
with the treadway supported near its edges by a succes-
sion of rollers.
moving walk, pallet type: a moving walk with a series
of connected and power-driven pallets that together con-
stitute the treadway.
moving walk, roller-bed type: a moving walk with the
treadway supported throughout its width by a succes-
sion of rollers.
moving walk, slider-bed type: a moving walk with the
treadway sliding upon a supporting surface.
moving walk newel: the balustrade termination at the
landing.
moving walk newel base: the panel located immedi-
ately under the newel.
moving walk wellway: an opening in a floor provided
for moving walk installation.
newel, escalator: see escalator newel.
newel, moving walk: see moving walk newel.
newel base, escalator: see escalator newel base.
newel base, moving walk: see moving walk newel base.
nonstop switch, elevator: a switch that, when operated,
will prevent the elevator from making registered landing
stops.
normal stopping means: that portion of the operation
control that initiates stopping of the car in normal opera-
tion at landings.
11
ASME A17.1-2004
SECTION 1.3
operating device: the car switch, push buttons, key or
toggle switches, or other devices used to actuate the
operation control.
operating speed in the down direction: the speed at
which a hydraulic elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift
is set to lower with rated load.
operation, inspection: a special case of continuous-pres-
sure operation used for troubleshooting, maintenance,
repair, adjustments, rescue, and inspection.
overhead structure: all of the structural members, walls,
platforms, etc., supporting the elevator machinery,
sheaves, and equipment at the top of the hoistway.
pallet, moving walk: one of a series of rigid platforms
that together form an articulated treadway or the sup-
port for a continuous treadway.
panel, exterior escalator: see escalator panel, exterior.
panel, interior escalator: see escalator panel, interior.
parking device, elevator: an electrical or mechanical
device, the function of which is to permit the opening
of the hoistway door from the landing side when the
car is within the landing zone of that landing. The device
may also be used to close the door.
penetrate a floor: to pass through or pierce a floor in
such a way that the opening has a continuous perimeter
and is provided only to allow the equipment to pass
through the floor.
periodic tests, category: a grouping of tests performed at
common time intervals required by the authority having
jurisdiction.
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation: the operation of
an elevator where it is automatically or manually
recalled to the recall level and removed from normal
service because of activation of firefighters' emergency
operation.
Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation: the operation of
an elevator by firefighters where the elevator is under
their control.
piston: a short cylindrical member that is provided with
a sealing means that travels with the member within a
hydraulic cylinder. Pistons may be coupled to the eleva-
tor, dumbwaiter, or material lift by a coupling means
that passes through a sealing means provided in the
cylinder head.
piston, rod: the coupling means between the piston and
its driven member.
pit, dumbwaiter, material lift: the portion of a hoistway
extending from the floor level of the bottom terminal
landing to the floor at the bottom of the hoistway.
pit, elevator: the portion of a hoistway extending from
the sill level of the bottom terminal landing to the floor
at the bottom of the hoistway.
plunger (ram): a long cylindrical compression member
that is directly or indirectly coupled to the car frame.
This member is not provided with a sealing means.
Where used in assembly with a cylinder, the sealing
means is provided on the cylinder head. In the case of
telescopic plungers and cylinders, a sealing means may
be used in the moving plunger, that is also a cylinder.
plunger gripper: a mechanical device attached to a sup-
porting structure in the pit, which stops and holds the
car by gripping the plunger.
position indicator: a device that indicates the position
of the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift car in the
hoistway. It is called a hall position indicator when
placed at a landing or a car position indicator when
placed in the car.
power unit, hydraulic: see hydraulic machine.
pressure piping: the piping for a hydraulic elevator
between the pump and the hydraulic jack.
private residence: a separate dwelling or a separate
apartment in a multiple dwelling which is occupied only
by the members of a single family unit.
private residence elevator: see elevator.
rated load, elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift, or esca-
lator: the load that the equipment is designed and
installed to lift at the rated speed.
rated load, moving walk: the load that the moving walk
is designed and installed to move, horizontally or at an
incline, at the rated speed.
rated load performance: the operation of the elevator
with its rated load at rated speed.
rated speed: the speed at which the elevator, dumb-
waiter, escalator, moving walk, or material lift is
designed to operate under the following conditions:
elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift: the speed in the up
direction with rated load in the car. (See also operating
speed in the down direction.)
escalator: the rate of travel of the steps, measured along
the centerline of the steps in the direction of travel,
with rated load on the steps. In the case of a reversible
escalator, the rated speed shall be the rate of travel of
the steps in the up direction, measured along the center-
line of the steps on the incline, with rated load on the
steps.
moving walk: the rate of travel of the treadway, horizon-
tally or at an incline, with rated load on the treadway.
In the case of reversible inclined moving walks, the rated
speed is the rate of travel of the treadway in the up
direction, measured along the centerline of the treadway
surface in the direction of travel, with rated load on the
treadway.
readily accessible: capable of being reached quickly for
operation, renewal, or inspection, without requiring
those to whom ready access is a requisite to climb over
12
SECTION 1.3
ASME A17.1-2004
or remove obstacles or resort to portable ladders,
chairs, etc.
recall level: the designated or alternate level that cars are
returned to when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is
activated.
recycling operation, telescope plunger: an operation for
restoring the relative vertical positions of the multiple
plungers in a telescoping plunger arrangement.
regulatory authority: the person or organization respon-
sible for the administration and enforcement of the
applicable legislation or regulation governing the
design, construction, installation, operation, inspection,
testing, maintenance, or alteration of equipment covered
by this Code. (See also authority having jurisdiction.)
rehabilitation: see alteration; maintenance; repair; and
replacement.
releasing carrier, governor rope: a mechanical device
to which the governor rope may be fastened, calibrated
to control the activation of a safety at a predetermined
tripping force.
remote machine and control rooms: rooms that do not
share a common wall, floor, or ceiling with the hoistway.
repair: reconditioning or renewal of parts, components,
and /or subsystems necessary to keep equipment in
compliance with applicable Code requirements. (See
also replacement and maintenance.)
replacement: the substitution of a device or component
and /or subsystems, in its entirety, with a unit that is
basically the same as the original for the purpose of
ensuring performance in accordance with applicable
Code requirements. (See also repair and maintenance.)
restricted area: (applicable to Part 7) an area accessible
only to authorized personnel who have been instructed
in the use and operation of the equipment.
rise: the vertical distance between the bottom terminal
landing and the top terminal landing of an elevator,
dumbwaiter, or material lift.
rise, escalator and moving walk: the vertical distance
between the top and bottom landings of the escalator
or moving walk.
rope, aircraft cable: a wire rope built for a special pur-
pose having special flexibility properties, zinc-coating,
high breaking strength, and antirust qualities. Designed
originally for use with aircraft controls.
rope, car counterweight: wire rope used to connect the
car and counterweight that does not pass over the driv-
ing means.
rope, counterweight: wire rope used to raise and lower
the counterweight on an electric elevator, dumbwaiter,
or material lift having a winding drum machine.
rope, governor: wire rope with at least one end fastened
to the safety activating means or governor rope releasing
carrier, passing over and driving the governor sheave,
and providing continuous information on the speed and
direction of the car or counterweight.
rope, safety drum (also known as "Tail rope" and
"Minne Line"): a corrosion-resistant wire rope used to
connect the governor rope to the safety. Primarily used
with wedge clamp safeties.
rope, suspension (hoisting): wire rope used to raise and
lower an elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift car or its
counterweight, or both.
rope equalizer, suspension: a device installed on an
elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift car or counter-
weight to equalize automatically the tensions in the sus-
pension wire ropes.
rope-fastening device, auxiliary: a device attached to
the car or counterweight or to the overhead dead-end
rope-hitch support that will function automatically to
support the car or counterweight in case the regular
wire rope fastening fails at the point of connection to the
car or counterweight or at the overhead dead-end hitch.
rope sprocket drive: a driving means consisting of wire
rope with fixed links at constant intervals throughout
its length. The links engage in slots on a grooved drive
cog to provide a positive drive force.
runby, bottom, elevator car: the distance between the
car buffer striker plate and the striking surface of the
car buffer when the car floor is level with the bottom
terminal landing.
runby, bottom, elevator counterweight: the distance
between the counterweight buffer striker plate and the
striking surface of the counterweight buffer when the
car floor is level with the top terminal landing.
runby, top, direct-plunger hydraulic elevator: the dis-
tance the elevator car can run above its top terminal
landing before the plunger strikes its mechanical stop.
running gear, escalator: all the components of an escala-
tor moving along the tracks.
running gear, moving walk: all the components of a
moving walk moving along the tracks.
safety, car or counterweight: a mechanical device
attached to the car, car frame, or to an auxiliary frame;
or to the counterweight or counterweight frame; to stop
and hold the car or counterweight under one or more
of the following conditions: predetermined overspeed,
free fall, or if the suspension ropes slacken.
safety, self-resetting: a car or counterweight safety
released and reset by movement in the up direction.
safety bulkhead: a closure at the bottom of the cylinder
located above the cylinder head and provided with an
orifice for controlling the loss of fluid in the event of
cylinder head failure.
13
ASME A17.1-2004
SECTION 1.3
screw column: a vertical structural member provided
with screw threads that support the car of a screw col-
umn elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift. The screw
column may be either in tension or compression.
seismic switch: a device activated by ground movement
to provide a signal that a potentially damaging earth-
quake is imminent.
shaft: see hoistway.
shall: indicates a mandatory requirement.
should: indicates a recommendation, not a mandatory
requirement.
sight guard: a vertical member mounted on the hoistway
side of the leading edge of the hoistway door. It is used
to reduce the opening between the leading edges of the
hoistway door and the car door.
signal device, elevator car flash: one providing a signal
light in the car, which is illuminated when the car
approaches the landings at which a landing signal regis-
tering device has been actuated.
signal registering device, elevator landing: a button or
other device located at the elevator landing, which,
when actuated by a waiting passenger, causes a stop
signal to be registered in the car.
signal system, elevator separate: one consisting of but-
tons or other devices located at the landings, which,
when actuated by a waiting passenger, illuminates a
flash signal or operates an annunciator in the car indicat-
ing floors at which stops are to be made.
signal transfer device, elevator automatic: a device by
means of which a signal to be registered in a car is
automatically transferred to the next car following, in
case the first car passes a floor for which a signal has
been registered without making a stop.
signal transfer switch, elevator: a manually operated
switch, located in the car, by means of which the operator
can transfer a signal to the next car approaching in the
same direction, when the operator desires to pass a floor
at which a signal has been registered in the car.
skirt, escalator: see escalator skirt.
skirt panel, dynamic: the moving vertical panels, with
a positive mechanical connection to the running gear,
adjacent to, and moving with the steps.
slack-rope switch: a device that automatically causes the
electric power to be removed from the elevator driving
machine motor and brake when the suspension ropes
of a winding drum machine become slack.
sleeving (liner): the insertion of a smaller diameter cyl-
inder inside the existing cylinder of a hydraulic jack.
sling: see car frame.
slope, moving walk: the angle that the centerline of the
treadway makes with the horizontal.
software system failure: a behavior of the software,
including its support (host) hardware, that is not in
accordance with the intended function.
solid-state device: an element that can control current
flow without moving parts.
speed governor: a continuously operating speed moni-
toring and detection device that, at predetermined
speeds, provides signals to the controller and imparts
a retarding force to activate the car or counterweight
safety.
speed governor, escalator and moving walk: a continu-
ously operating speed monitoring and detection device
that, at predetermined speeds, provides signals to the
controller to stop the escalator or moving walk.
starters control panel, elevator: an assembly of devices
by means of which the starter may control the manner
in which an elevator or group of elevators function.
static switching: switching of circuits by means of solid-
state devices.
tandem operation escalators: see escalators, tandem oper-
ation.
terminal landing: see landing, elevator or material lift.
terminal speed-limiting device, emergency: a device
that automatically reduces the car and counterweight
speed to within the rated buffer striking speed prior to
buffer engagement.
terminal speed reducing device, hydraulic: a device on
hydraulic elevators that will reduce the speed prior to
contacting the stop ring in the up direction.
terminal stopping device, emergency: a device that
automatically causes the power to be removed from the
driving machine motor and brake if the car fails to slow
down as intended when approaching the terminal
landing.
terminal stopping device, final: a device that automati-
cally causes the power to be removed from a driving-
machine motor and brake, or from a hydraulic machine,
independent of the functioning of the normal stopping
means, normal terminal stopping device, and any emer-
gency terminal speed-limiting device, after the car has
passed a terminal landing.
terminal stopping device, machine final (stop-motion
switch): final terminal stopping device operated directly
by the driving machine.
terminal stopping device, normal: device(s) to slow
down and stop an elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift
car automatically at or near a terminal landing, indepen-
dently of the functioning of the normal stopping means.
threshold comb, moving walk: see comb, escalator and
moving walk.
threshold plate, moving walk: see combplate, escalator
and moving walk.
14
SECTION 1.3
ASME A17.1-2004
transom: a panel or panels used to close a hoistway
enclosure opening above a hoistway entrance.
travel: distance measured along the center of the path
of motion between the bottom terminal landing and the
top terminal landing.
traveling cable: a cable made up of electric conductors,
which provides electrical connection between an eleva-
tor, dumbwaiter, material lift car, or counterweight, and
a fixed outlet in the hoistway or machine room.
treadway, moving walk: the passenger-carrying mem-
ber of a moving walk.
truck zone, elevator: the limited distance above an ele-
vator landing within which the truck zoning device per-
mits movement of the elevator car.
truck zoning device, elevator: a device that will permit
the operator in the car to move a freight elevator within
the truck zone with the car door or gate and a hoistway
door open.
type test: a test carried out by or witnessed by a certi-
fying organization concerned with product evaluation
and the issuing of certificates to ensure conformance to
Code requirements.
unlocking device, hoistway door: a mechanical device,
the function of which is to unlock and permit the open-
ing of a hoistway door from a landing irrespective of
the position of the car.
unlocking zone: a zone extending from the landing floor
level to a point not less than 75 mm (3 in.) nor more
than 450 mm (18 in.) above and below the landing.
valley break: a broken wire in a wire rope in which the
outside wire of a strand breaks in the immediate vicinity
of the point where it contacts a wire or wires of an
adjacent strand, generally at a point not visible when
the wire rope is examined externally. One end of the
broken wire is long enough to reach from one valley to
the next one and the other end of the broken wire gener-
ally cannot be seen.
valve, overspeed: a device installed in the pressure pip-
ing of a hydraulic elevator, between the hydraulic
machine and the hydraulic jack, which restricts and
ceases oil flow from the hydraulic jack through the pres-
sure piping when such flow exceeds a preset value.
volatile memory: memory lost when operating power
is removed.
waiting-passenger indicator: an indicator that shows at
which landings and for which direction elevator hall
stop-or-signal calls have been registered and are unan-
swered.
weatherproof: so constructed or protected that exposure
to the weather will not interfere with successful oper-
ation.
width, moving walk: the exposed width of the treadway.
window: an assembly consisting of a surrounding frame
and one or more sashes, ventilators, or fixed lights, or
a combination of these, designed to be installed in a
wall opening for the purpose of admitting light or air,
or both.
working pressure: the pressure measured at the hydrau-
lic machine when lifting car and its rated load at rated
speed, or with Class C2 loading when leveling up with
maximum static load.
yield strength: the tensile stress that is sufficient to pro-
duce a permanent deformation of 0.2%.
15
ASME A17.1-2004
SCOPE-2.1.2.2
Part 2
Electric Elevators
(ED) SCOPE
Part 2 applies to electric elevators installed at an angle
greater than 70 deg from the horizontal. It applies to
other equipment only as referenced in the applicable
Part.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
electric elevators.
SECTION 2.1
CONSTRUCTION OF HOISTWAYS AND HOISTWAY
ENCLOSURES
2.1.1 Hoistway Enclosures
Hoistway enclosures shall conform to 2.1.1.1, 2.1.1.2,
or 2.1.1.3.
2.1.1.1 Fire-Resistive Construction
2.1.1.1.1 Where fire-resistive construction is
required, hoistways shall be enclosed in conformance
with the requirements of the building code (see 1.3).
2.1.1.1.2 Partitions between hoistways and
machine rooms having fire-resistive enclosures shall be
of noncombustible solid or openwork construction that
meets the requirements of 2.1.1.2.2(c)(1), (2), and (3).
Openwork construction shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.)
in diameter, except where there are openings essential
for ropes, drums, sheaves, and other elevator equipment.
2.1.1.1.3 Hoistway enclosure openings shall be
protected with entrances or access doors having a fire-
protection rating conforming to the requirements of the
building code.
2.1.1.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction
2.1.1.2.1 Where fire-resistive construction is not
required by the building code, hoistway construction
shall conform to 2.1.1.2.2 or 2.1.1.3.
2.1.1.2.2 The hoistway shall be fully enclosed con-
forming to 2.1.1.2.2(a), (b), and (c), or 2.1.1.2.2(a) and (d).
(a) Enclosures and doors shall be imperforated to a
height of 2 000 mm (79 in.) above each floor or landing
and above the treads of adjacent stairways. The enclo-
sure shall be unperforated, adjacent to, and for 150 mm
(6 in.) on either side of any moving equipment that is
within 100 mm (4 in.) of the enclosure.
(b) Openwork enclosures, where used above the
2 000 mm (79 in.) level, shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.)
in diameter.
(c) Openwork enclosures shall be
(1) at least 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) thick wire, if of steel
wire grille
(2) at least 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) thick, if of
expanded metal
(3) so supported and braced as to deflect not over
15 mm (0.6 in.) when subjected to a force of 450 N
(100 lbf) applied horizontally at any point
(d) Enclosures shall be permitted to be glass, provided
it is laminated glass conforming to ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR
Part 1201, or CAN/CGSB-12.1, whichever is applicable
(see Part 9). Markings as specified in the applicable stan-
dard shall be on each separate piece of glass and shall
remain visible after installation.
2.1.1.2.3 Entrances shall be in conformance with
2.11, except 2.11.14, 2.11.15, 2.11.16, and 2.11.18.
2.1.1.3 Partially Enclosed Hoistways. For elevators
that are not fully enclosed, protection at least 2 400 mm
(94.5 in.) high shall be provided on the hoistway sides
that are located 1 500 mm (59 in.) or less from elevator
equipment to areas accessible to other than elevator per-
sonnel. Such protection shall comply with 2.1.1.2.
2.1.1.4 Multiple Hoistways. The number of elevators
permissible in a hoistway shall be in conformance with
the building code.
2.1.1.5 Strength of Enclosure. The hoistway enclo-
sure adjacent to a landing opening shall be of sufficient
strength to maintain, in true lateral alignment, the
hoistway entrances. Operating mechanisms and locking
devices shall be supported by the building wall, if load-
bearing, or by other building structure. Adequate con-
sideration shall be given to pressure exerted on hoistway
enclosures as a result of windage and elevator operation.
2.1.2 Construction at Top and Bottom of the
Hoistway
2.1.2.1 Construction at Top of the Hoistway. The top
of the hoistway shall be enclosed as required by the
building code.
2.1.2.2 Construction at Bottom of Hoistway. Pits
extending to the ground shall have noncombustible
floors, and shall be designed to prevent entry of ground
16
2.1.2.2-2.1.5
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
water into the pit. The pit floor of any hoistway not
extending to the ground shall be of construction having
a fire-resistance rating at least equal to that required for
the hoistway enclosure. (See also 2.2 and 2.6.)
2.1.2.3 Strength of Pit Floor. The pit equipment,
beams, floor, and their supports shall be designed and
constructed to meet the applicable building code
requirements and to withstand the following loads,
without permanent deformation, in the manner in which
they occur:
(a) the impact load due to car or counterweight buffer
engagement at 125% of the rated speed or 125% of the
striking speed where reduced stroke buffers are used
(see 8.2.3)
(b) the part of the load transmitted due to the applica-
tion of the car safety, or where applicable, the counter-
weight safety
(c) compensation up-pull load where compensation
tie-down is applied (see 2.17.17)
2.1.3 Floor Over Hoistways
2.1.3.1 General Requirements
2.1.3.1.1 A metal or concrete floor shall be pro-
vided at the top of the hoistway.
2.1.3.1.2 Floors are not required below
(a) secondary and deflecting sheaves of traction-type
machines located over the hoistway
(b) overhead sheaves, governors, and other equip-
ment where the elevator machine is located below or at
the side of the hoistway, provided that
(1) means of access for inspection and servicing of
governors conforming to 2.7.3.3 is provided from outside
the hoistway
(ED) (2) sheaves and other equipment (except gover-
nors) can be inspected and serviced from the top of
the car or means of access from outside the hoistway
conforming to 2.7.3.3 is provided
2.1.3.2 Location of Floor. The floor shall be located
(a) above or level with the top of the machine beams
where the machine is located over the hoistway; or
(b) below the overhead sheaves where the machine
is not located over the hoistway.
2.1.3.3 Strength of Floor. The strength of the over-
head floor shall be capable of sustaining a concentrated
load of 1 000 N (225 lb) on any 2 000 mm 2 (3 in. 2 ) area,
and in addition, where it constitutes the floor of the
main or secondary level machinery space, it shall be
designed for a live load of not less than 6 kPa (125 lb/ft 2 )
in all open areas.
Where the elevator machine is to be supported solely
by the machine room floor slab, the floor slab shall be
designed in accordance with 2.9.4 and 2.9.5.
2.1.3.4 Construction of Floors. Floors shall be of con-
crete or metal construction with or without perforations.
Metal floors shall conform to the following:
(a) If of bar-type grating, the openings between bars
shall reject a ball 20 mm (0.8 in.) in diameter.
(b) If of perforated sheet metal or of fabricated open-
work construction, the openings shall reject a ball 25 mm
(1 in.) in diameter.
2.1.3.5 Area to Be Covered by Floor
2.1.3.5.1 Where a floor over a hoistway is required
by 2.1.3.1, the floor shall extend over the entire area of
the hoistway where the cross-sectional area is 10 m 2
(108 ft 2 ) or less. Where the cross-sectional area is greater,
the floor shall extend not less than 600 mm (24 in.)
beyond the general contour of the machine or sheaves
or other equipment, and to the entrance to the machinery
space at or above the level of that floor. Where the floor
does not cover the entire horizontal area of the hoistway,
the open or exposed sides shall be provided with a
standard railing conforming to 2.10.2.
2.1.3.5.2 Where a floor over the hoistway is not
required by 2.1.3.1 and the access door is not located so
that the overhead sheaves and governor can be serviced
from outside the hoistway, a catwalk or platform shall
be provided in the hoistway from the access door to
the machinery. The construction of the platform shall
comply with 2.1.3.4 and it shall be equipped on the
exposed sides with a standard railing conforming to
2.10.2.
2.1 .3.6 Difference in Floor Levels. Differences in levels
of machine room and machinery-space floors shall be
avoided where practicable. Where there is a difference
in level in such floors exceeding 400 mm (16 in.), a
standard railing conforming to 2.10.2 shall be provided.
2.1.4 Control of Smoke and Hot Gases
When required by the building code, hoistways shall
be provided with means to prevent the accumulation of
smoke and hot gases.
Where air pressurization of the hoistway is utilized
as a means of smoke and hot gas control, the air shall
not be introduced into the hoistway in such a manner
as to cause erratic operation by impingement of traveling
cables, selector tapes, governor ropes, compensating
ropes, and other components sensitive to excessive
movement or deflection.
2.1.5 Windows and Skylights
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, windows in
the walls of hoistway enclosures are prohibited.
Windows and skylights and their frames and sashes
in machine rooms shall conform to the requirements of
the building code (see 1.3).
17
ASME A17.1-2004
2.1.6-2.2.4.2
2.1.6 Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks in
Hoistway Enclosures
Hoistway enclosures shall have flush surfaces on the
hoistway side, subject to the requirements of 2.1.6.1 and
2.1.6.2.
2.1.6.1 On sides for loading and unloading, landing
sills, hoistway doors, door tracks, and hangers shall be
permitted to project inside the hoistway enclosure. Sills
shall be guarded as required by 2.11.10.1.
2.1 .6.2 On sides not used for loading and unloading
(a) recesses, except those necessary for installation of
elevator equipment, shall not be permitted
(b) beams, floor slabs, or other building construction
making an angle less than 75 deg with the horizontal
shall not project more than 100 mm (4 in.) inside the
hoistway enclosure unless the top surface of the projec-
tion is beveled at an angle not less than 75 deg with the
horizontal
(c) separator beams between adjacent elevators are
not required to have bevels
(d) where setbacks exceeding 100 mm (4 in.) occur in
the enclosure wall, the top of the setback shall be beveled
at an angle of not less than 75 deg with the horizontal
(e) bevels are not required if the projections and set- !
backs are covered with material conforming to the fol-
lowing:
(1) it shall be equal to or stronger than 1.110 mm
(0.0437 in.) wire
(2) it shall have openings not exceeding 25 mm
(lin.)
(3) it shall be supported and braced such that it
will not deflect more than 25 mm (1 in.) when subjected
to a force of 4.79 kPa (100 lbf/ft 2 ) applied horizontally
at any point
SECTION 2.2
PITS
2.2.1 General
A pit shall be provided for every elevator.
2.2.2 Design and Construction of Pits
2.2.2.1 The construction of the pit walls, the pit floor,
and any pit access doors (see 2.2.4) shall conform to
2.1.1 and 2.1.2.
(ED) 2.2.2.2 The floor of the pit shall be approximately
level, except that
(a) trenches or depressions shall be permitted for the
installation of buffers, compensating sheaves and
frames, and vertically sliding biparting hoistway doors,
where structural conditions make such trenches or
depressions necessary
(b) in existing buildings, where new elevators are
installed or existing elevators are altered, existing foun-
dation footings extending above the general level of the
pit floor shall be permitted to remain in place, provided
that the maximum encroachment of such footings does
not exceed 15% of the cubic content of the pit, and further
provided that it is impracticable to remove the footing
2.2.2.3 Permanent provisions shall be made to pre-
vent accumulation of ground water in the pit (see
2.1.2.2).
2.2.2.4 Drains and sump pumps, where provided,
shall comply with the applicable plumbing code, and
they shall be provided with a positive means to prevent
water, gases, and odors from entering the hoistway.
2.2.2.5 In elevators provided with Firefighters'
Emergency Operation, a drain or sump pump shall be
provided.
2.2.2.6 Sumps and sump pumps in pits, where pro-
vided, shall be covered. The cover shall be secured and
level with the pit floor.
2.2.2.7 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC sump
pumps and their control equipment shall not be installed
in any elevator pit.
2.2.3 Guards Between Adjacent Pits
2.2.3.1 Where there is a difference in level between
the floors of adjacent pits, a metal guard, imperforated,
or perforated with openings that will reject a ball 50 mm
(2 in.) in diameter, shall be installed for separating such
pits. Guards shall extend not less than 2 000 mm (79 in.)
above the level of the higher pit floor and a self-closing
access door shall be permitted.
2.2.3.2 Where the difference in level is 600 mm
(24 in.) or less, a standard railing conforming to 2.10.2
shall be permitted to be installed in lieu of the guard.
2.2.4 Access to Pits
Safe and convenient access shall be provided to all
pits, and shall conform to 2.2.4.1 through 2.2.4.4.
2.2.4.1 Access shall be by means of the lowest
hoistway door or by means of a separate pit access door.
2.2.4.2 There shall be installed in the pit of each
elevator, where the pit extends more than 900 mm (35 in.)
below the sill of the pit access door, a fixed vertical
ladder of noncombustible material, located within reach
of the access door. The ladder shall extend not less than
1 200 mm (48 in.) above the sill of the access door. The
rungs, cleats, or steps shall be a minimum of 400 mm
(16 in.) wide. When unavoidable obstructions are
encountered, the width shall be permitted to be
decreased to less than 400 mm (16 in.). The reduced
width shall be as wide as the available space permits,
but not less than 225 mm (9 in.). The rungs, cleats, or
steps shall be spaced 300 mm (12 in.) on center. A clear
distance of not less than 180 mm (7 in.) from the center-
line of the rungs, cleats, or steps to the nearest permanent
(ED)
18
2.2.4.2-2.3.2.1
ASME A17.1-2004
object in back of the ladder shall be provided. When
unavoidable obstructions are encountered, the distance
shall be permitted to be reduced to 115 mm (4.5 in.).
Siderails, if provided, shall have a clear distance of not
less than 115 mm (4.5 in.) from their centerline to the
nearest permanent object. The nearest point of the ladder
shall be within 1 000 mm (39 in.), measured horizontally
from the means to unlock the egress door from the pit.
Pit access by a ladder shall not be permitted when
the pit floor is more than 3 000 mm (120 in.) below the
sill of the access door, except where there is no building
floor below the bottom terminal landing, this height
shall be permitted to be greater but not more than
4 200 mm (165 in.).
2.2.4.3 Pits shall be accessible only to elevator per-
sonnel.
2.2.4.4 Separate pit door, when provided, shall be
subject to the following requirements:
(a) If the door swings into the pit, it shall be located
so that it does not interfere with moving equipment.
(b) If the door swings out, and the lowest structural
or mechanical part, equipment, or device installed
beneath the car platform, except guide shoes or rollers
or safety jaw assemblies, projects below the top of the
separate pit access door opening when the car is level
with the bottom terminal landing
(1) an electric contact conforming to 2.26.2.26 shall
be provided to prevent operation of the elevator when
the door is open
(2) the door shall be provided with a vision panel(s)
that is glazed with clear wired glass not less than 6 mm
(0.25 in.) thick, will reject a ball 150 mm (6 in.) in diame-
ter, and have an area of not more than 0.03 m 2 (47 in. 2 )
(c) The door shall provide a minimum opening of
750 mm (29.5 in.) in width and 1 825 mm (72 in.) in
height.
(d) The door shall be equipped with a barrier con-
forming to 2.11.1.2(i), where the door sill is located more
than 300 mm (12 in.) above the pit floor.
(e) The door shall be self-closing and provided with
a spring-type lock arranged to permit the door to be
opened from inside of the pit without a key. Such doors
shall be kept closed and locked. The key shall be of
Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
2.2.5 Illumination of Pits
A permanent lighting fixture shall be provided and
shall conform to 2.2.5.1 through 2.2.5.3.
2.2.5.1 The lighting shall provide an illumination of
not less than 100 lx (10 fc) at the pit floor and at a pit
platform, when provided.
2.2.5.2 The light bulb(s) shall be externally guarded
to prevent contact and accidental breakage.
2.2.5.3 The light switch shall be so located as to be
accessible from the pit access door.
2.2.6 Stop Switch in Pits (ED)
An enclosed stop switch(es), meeting the require-
ments of 2.26.2.7 and 2.2.6.1 through 2.2.6.3, shall be
installed in the pit of each elevator.
2.2.6.1 The stop switch shall be so located as to be (ED)
accessible from the pit access door. Where access to the
pits of elevators in a multiple hoistway is by means of
a single access door, the stop switch for each elevator
shall be located adjacent to the nearest point of access
to its pit from the access door.
2.2.6.2 In elevators where access to the pit is through
the lowest landing hoistway door, a stop switch shall
be located approximately 450 mm (18 in.) above the
floor level of the landing, within reach from this access
floor and adjacent to the pit ladder, if provided. When
the pit exceeds 1 700 mm (67 in.) in depth, an additional
stop switch is required adjacent to the pit ladder and
approximately 1 200 mm (47 in.) above the pit floor.
2.2.6.3 Where more than one switch is provided,
they shall be wired in series.
2.2.7 Minimum Pit Depths Required
The pit depth shall be not less than is required for the
installation of the buffers, compensating sheaves, if any,
and all other elevator equipment located therein and to
provide the minimum bottom car clearance and runby
required by 2.4.1.
2.2.8 Access to Underside of Car
Where the distance from the pit floor to the underside
of the plank channels or slings exceeds 2 100 mm (83 in.),
with the car at the lowest landing, a means shall be
permanently installed or permanently stored in the pit
to provide access to the equipment on the underside of
the car.
SECTION 2.3
LOCATION AND GUARDING OF COUNTERWEIGHTS
2.3.1 Location of Counterweights
Counterweights shall be located in the hoistway of
the elevator that they serve, or in a remote hoistway
subject to the limitations and requirements of 2.3.3.
2.3.2 Counterweight Guards
2.3.2.1 Metal guards shall be installed in the pit
and /or machine room located underneath the hoistway
on all open sides of the counterweight runway, except
that
(a) the guard, or portion thereof, is not required on
the side facing the car where there is no space greater
19
ASME A17.1-2004
2.3.2.1-2.4.1.3
than 500 mm (20 in.) between compensating ropes
(chains), or between compensating ropes (chains) and
counterweight rails, or between compensating ropes
(chains) and guards
(b) where pit-mounted buffers are used, the guard is
not required where the bottom of the counterweight
resting on its compressed buffer is 2 130 mm (84 in.) or
more above the pit floor, or above the machine or control
room floor if located underneath the hoistway
2.3.2.2 Guards shall
(a) extend from the lowest part of the counterweight
assembly when the counterweight is resting on the fully
compressed buffer to a point not less than 2 100 mm
(83 in.) and not more than 2 450 mm (96 in.) above the
pit floor
(b) be the full width of the area being guarded
(c) not prevent determination of the counterweight
runby
(d) be fastened to a metal frame reinforced and braced
to be at least equal in strength and stiffness to 2 mm
(0.074 in.) thick sheet steel
(e) if perforated, reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter
2.3.3 Remote Counterweight Hoistways
Where elevators are not provided with either compen-
sating means or counterweight safeties, the counter-
weights shall be permitted to be located in a remote
hoistway conforming to 2.3.3.1 through 2.3.3.6.
2.3.3.1 The hoistway shall be fully enclosed and shall
be fire resistive, conforming to 2.1.1.1 if it penetrates
separate fire-resistive areas of the structure.
2.3.3.2 Construction at the top and bottom of the
hoistway shall conform to 2.1.2.
2.3.3.3 Permanent means shall be provided for
inspection, repair, and maintenance of the counter-
weight, deflecting and secondary sheaves, hoistway,
ropes, counterweight guide rails, and counterweight
buffers or bumpers. Entry doors into the separate coun-
terweight hoistway shall be provided at top, bottom,
and center of counterweight hoistway, but in no case
shall the entry doors be more than 11m (36 ft) from sill to
sill. Doors shall be located and of such width to provide
unobstructed access to the space between the counter-
weight guides. The height of the door shall be at least
1 975 mm (78 in.). Doors shall conform to 2.11.1.2(b)
through (e), inclusive. An enclosed stop switch, meeting
the requirements of 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c), a permanent
electric light switch, outlet, and light shall be provided
in the hoistway immediately inside the entry door.
2.3.3.4 Ropes and sheaves leading to the separate
counterweight hoistways shall be protected against
unauthorized access.
2.3.3.5 Not more than four counterweights shall be
located in a single separate counterweight hoistway.
Multiple counterweights located in a single hoistway
shall be separated by means of an imperforated metal
guard at the top, bottom, and center of the hoistway.
Guards shall extend a minimum of 2 450 mm (96 in.) in
length opposite the entry door. Doors and all other
means described in 2.3.3.3 shall be provided for each
counterweight.
2.3.3.6 There shall be a clearance of not less than
600 mm (24 in.) between the weight in the counterweight
frame and the wall containing the entry door.
2.3.4 Counterweight Runway Enclosures
Where a counterweight is located in the same
hoistway as the car, the runway for the counterweight
shall be permitted to be separated from the runway for
the car, provided it conforms to 2.3.4.1 and 2.3.4.2.
2.3.4.1 The partition shall be noncombustible.
Unperforated metal partitions shall be equal to or
stronger than 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) thick sheet steel. Open-
work partitions shall be either wire grille at least 2.2 mm
(0.087 in.) in diameter or expanded metal at least 2.2 mm
(0.087 in.) in thickness.
2.3.4.2 The counterweight runway shall be permit-
ted to be fully enclosed for the full height, provided that
the partitions are removable in sections weighing not
more than 25 kg (55 lb), which permit inspection and
maintenance of the entire counterweight assembly and
the inspection of the counterweight guide rails and
guide-rail brackets.
SECTION 2.4
VERTICAL CLEARANCES AND RUNBYS FOR CARS
AND COUNTERWEIGHTS
2.4.1 Bottom Car Clearances
2.4.1.1 When the car rests on its fully compressed
buffers or bumpers, there shall be a vertical clearance
of not less than 600 mm (24 in.) between the pit floor
and the lowest structural or mechanical part, equipment,
or device installed beneath the car platform, except as
specified in 2.4.1.2.
2.4.1.2 The 600 mm (24 in.) clearance does not
apply to
(a) any equipment on the car within 300 mm (12 in.)
horizontally from any side of the car platform
(b) any equipment located on or traveling with the
car located within 300 mm (12 in.) horizontally from
either side of the car frame centerline parallel to the
plane of the guide rails
(c) any equipment mounted in or on the pit floor
located within 300 mm (12 in.) horizontally from either
side of the car frame centerline parallel to the guide rail
2.4.1.3 In no case shall the available refuge space be
less than either of the following:
(ED)
20
2.4.1.3-2.4.6.2
ASME A17.1-2004
•
(a) a horizontal area of 600 mm x 1 200 mm (24 in.
X 48 in.) with a height of 600 mm (24 in)
(b) a horizontal area of 450 mm x 900 mm (18 in. x
35 in.) with a height of 1 070 mm (42 in.)
2.4.1.4 Trenches and depressions or foundation
encroachments permitted by 2.2.2.2 shall not be consid-
ered in determining these clearances.
2.4.1.5 When the car is resting on its fully com-
pressed buffers or bumpers, no part of the car, or any
equipment attached thereto or equipment traveling with
the car, shall strike any part of the pit or any equipment
mounted therein.
2.4.1.6 In any area in the pit, outside the refuge
space, where the vertical clearance is less than 600 mm
(24 in.), that area shall be clearly marked on the pit floor.
Markings shall not be required in the area under the
platform guard and guiding means if that is the only
area in the pit where the vertical clearance is less than
600 mm (24 in.). The marking shall consist of alternating
100 mm (4 in.) diagonal red and white stripes. In addi-
tion, a sign with the words "DANGER LOW CLEAR-
ANCE" shall be prominently posted on the hoistway
enclosure and be visible from within the pit and the
entrance to the pit. The sign shall conform to ANSI
Z535.2 or CAN/CSA-Z321, whichever is applicable (see
Part 9). The sign shall be of such material and construc-
tion that the letters and figures stamped, etched, cast,
or otherwise applied to the face shall remain perma-
nently and readily legible.
2.4.2 Minimum Bottom Runby for Counterweighted
Elevators
The bottom runby of cars and counterweights shall
be not less than the requirements stated in 2.4.2.1 and
2.4.2.2.
2.4.2.1 Where oil buffers are used, the bottom runby
shall be not less than 150 mm (6 in.), except that
(a) where practical difficulties prevent a sufficient pit
depth or where a top clearance cannot be provided to
obtain the runby specified, it shall be permitted to be
reduced
(b) where spring-return-type oil buffers are used, the
runby shall be permitted to be eliminated so that the
buffers are compressed by amounts not exceeding those
permitted by 2.22.4.8, when the car floor is level with
the terminal landings
2.4.2.2 Where spring buffers or solid bumpers are
used, the bottom runby shall be not less than 150 mm
(6 in.), except for rheostatic and single-speed AC control,
not less than shown in Table 2.4.2.2.
2.4.3 Minimum Bottom Runby for
Uncounterweighted Elevators
The bottom runby of uncounterweighted elevators
shall be not less than
Table 2.4.2.2 Minimum Bottom Runby for
Counterweight Elevators With Spring Buffers or
Solid Bumpers and Rheostatic Control or Single-
Speed AC Control
Rated Speed,
Runby,
m/s (ft/min)
mm (in.)
Not over 0.13 (not over 25)
75(3)
Over 0.13 to 0.25 (over 25 to 50)
150 (6)
Over 0.25 to 0.50 (over 50 to 100)
225 (9)
Over 0.50 to 1.0 (over 100 to 200)
300 (12)
(a) 75 mm (3 in.) where the rated speed does not
exceed 0.15 m/s (30 ft/min)
(b) 150 mm (6 in.) where the rated speed exceeds
0.15 m/s (30 ft/min)
2.4.4 Maximum Bottom Runby
In no case shall the maximum bottom runby exceed
(a) 600 mm (24 in.) for cars
(b) 900 mm (35 in.) for counterweights
2.4.5 Counterweight Runby Data Plate
A data plate permanently and securely attached shall
be provided in the pit, in the vicinity of the counter-
weight buffer, indicating the maximum designed coun-
terweight runby. The data plate shall conform to 2.16.3.3,
except that the letters shall be not less than 25 mm (1 in.)
in height.
2.4.6 Top Car Clearances for Counterweighted
Elevators
2.4.6.1 General Requirements. The top car clearance
shall be not less than the sum of either of the following:
(a) the dimensions specified in 2.4.6.2(a) through (d)
(b) the dimensions specified in 2.4.6.2(a), (b), (c),
and (e)
2.4.6.2 Components of the Top Car Clearances. The
following shall be considered when calculating the mini-
mum top car clearances:
(a) the designed maximum bottom counterweight
runby [see 2.4.4(b)]
(b) the stroke of the counterweight buffer, determined
as follows:
(1) for full-stroke buffers, the stroke of the buffer
used, or the remaining stroke when the buffer is com-
pressed with the car at the top terminal landing (see
2.4.2 and 2.22.4.8); or
(2) for reduced-stroke oil buffers (see 2.22.4.1 .2), the
full stroke required by 2.22.4.1.1.
(c) 600 mm (24 in.) or the distance that any sheave or
any other equipment mounted in or on the car crosshead
projects above the top of the car crosshead, whichever
is greater, but in no case shall there be less than 150 mm
21
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
2.4.6.2-2.4.12.1
(6 in.) clearance above the equipment, exclusive of guide-
shoe assemblies or gate posts for vertically sliding gates,
mounted on the car top or in or on the car crosshead
when the car has reached its maximum upward
movement.
NOTE: See also 2.4.12, requirements for refuge space on top of
car enclosure.
(d) \ the gravity stopping distance, based on:
(1) 115% of the rated speed where oil buffers are
used, or 115% of the reduced striking speed when emer-
gency terminal speed-limiting devices meeting the
requirements of 2.25.4 are used and no compensating
rope tie-down device in conformance with 2.17.17 is
provided (see 8.2.5 for gravity stopping distances); or
(2) the governor tripping speed where spring buff-
ers are used.
(e) the distance to which the compensating rope tie-
down device, if provided (see 2.17.17) limits the jump
of the car when the counterweight strikes the buffers at
speeds specified in 2.4.6.2(d).
2.4.7 Top Car Clearance for Uncounterweighted
Elevators
The top car clearance shall be not less than the greater
of the following:
(a) 750 mm (29.5 in.); or
(b) 150 mm (6 in.), plus the amount that any equip-
ment mounted on the car crosshead, or above the car
top when no crosshead is provided, projects vertically
above the crosshead or top.
NOTE (2.4.7): See also 2.4.12, requirements for refuge space on
top of car enclosure.
2.4.8 Vertical Clearances With Underslung Car
Frames
Where an underslung car frame is used, the clearances
between the overhead car rope dead-end hitch or over-
head car sheave and the portions of the car structure
vertically below them, when the car floor is level with the
top terminal landing, shall be not less than the following:
(a) where no counterweight is used, 230 mm (9 in.)
(b) where a counterweight is used, the sum of the
following items:
(1) the bottom counterweight runby (see 2.4.2)
(2) the stroke of the counterweight buffer used, or
the remaining stroke when the buffer is compressed with
the car at the top terminal landing (see 2.4.2 and 2.22.4.8)
(3) 150 mm (6 in.)
(4) l / 2 the gravity stopping distance based on 115%
of the rated speed where oil buffers are used, or 115%
of the reduced striking speed when emergency terminal
speed-limiting devices meeting the requirements of
2.25.4 are used and no provision is made to prevent the
jump of the car at counterweight buffer engagement, or
on governor tripping speed where spring buffers are
used (see 8.2.5 for gravity stopping distances)
NOTE [2.4.8(b)(4)]: See also 2.4.12, requirements for refuge space
on top of car enclosure.
2.4.9 Top Counterweight Clearances
The top counterweight clearance shall be not less than
the sum of the following items:
(a) the bottom car runby (see 2.4.2)
(b) the stroke of the car buffer used, or the remaining
stroke when the buffer is compressed with the car at
the bottom terminal landing (see 2.4.2 and 2.22.4.8)
(c) 150 mm (6 in.)
(d) \ the gravity stopping distance based on
(1) 115% of the rated speed where oil buffers are (04)
used, or 115% of the reduced striking speed when emer-
gency terminal speed-limiting devices meeting the
requirements of 2.25.4 are used and no provision is made
to prevent the jump of the counterweight at car buffer
engagement; or
(2) the governor tripping speed where spring buff-
ers are used (see 8.2.5 for gravity stopping distances).
2.4.10 Overhead Clearances Where Overhead Beams
Are Not Over Car Crosshead
Where overhead beams or other overhead hoistway
construction, except sheaves, are located vertically over
the car, but not over the crosshead, the requirements of
2.4.10.1 and 2.4.10.2 shall be met.
2.4.10.1 The clearance from the car top to such
beams or construction, when the car is level with the
top landing, shall be not less than the amount specified
in 2.4.6 and 2.4.7.
2.4.10.2 Such beams or construction shall be located
not less than 600 mm (24 in.) horizontally from the
crosshead.
2.4.11 Equipment on Top of Car Not Permitted to
Strike Overhead Structure
When the car crosshead, or car top where no crosshead
is provided, is at a distance equal to that specified in
2.4.6.2(c) from the nearest obstruction above it, no equip-
ment on top of the car shall strike any part of the over-
head structure or the equipment located in the hoistway.
2.4.12 Refuge Space on Top of Car Enclosure
2.4.12.1 An unobstructed horizontal area of not less
than 0.5 m 2 (5.4 ft 2 ) shall be provided on top of the car
enclosure for refuge space. It shall measure not less than
600 mm (24 in.) on any side. This area shall be permitted
to include the space utilized for the top emergency exit
[see 2.14.1.5.1(f)]. The minimum vertical distance in the
refuge area between the top of the car enclosure and the
overhead structure or other obstruction shall be not less
than 1 100 mm (43 in.) when the car has reached its
maximum upward movement.
22
2.4.12.2-2.6.2
ASME A17.1-2004
#
2.4.12.2 In any area outside the refuge space where
the vertical clearance between the top of the car enclo-
sure and the overhead structure or other obstructions is
less than specified in 2.4.12.1, the top of the car enclosure
shall be clearly marked. The marking shall consist of
alternating 100 mm (4 in.) diagonal red and white
stripes. In addition, a sign with the words "DANGER
LOW CLEARANCE" shall be prominently posted on
the crosshead and be visible from the entrance. The
sign shall conform to ANSI Z535.2 or CAN/CSA-Z321,
whichever is applicable (see Part 9). The sign shall be
of such material and construction that the letters and
figures stamped, etched, cast, or otherwise applied to
the face shall remain permanently and readily legible.
SECTION 2.5
HORIZONTAL CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT
CLEARANCES
2.5.1 Clearances Between Cars, Counterweights, and
Hoistway Enclosures
2.5.1.1 Between Car and Hoistway Enclosures. The
clearance between the car and the hoistway enclosure
shall be not less than 20 mm (0.8 in.), except on the sides
used for loading and unloading.
2.5.1.2 Between Car and Counterweight and Counter-
weight Guard. The clearance between the car and the
counterweight shall be not less than 25 mm (1 in.). The
clearance between the car and the counterweight guard,
counterweight and the counterweight guard, and
between the counterweight and the hoistway enclosure
shall be not less than 20 mm (0.8 in.).
2.5.1.3 Between Cars in Multiple Hoistways. The run-
ning clearance between the cars and any equipment
attached thereto, of elevators operating in a multiple
hoistway, shall be not less than 50 mm (2 in.).
2.5.1.4 Between Car and Landing Sills. The clearance
between the car platform sill and the hoistway edge of
any landing sill, or the hoistway side of any vertically
sliding counterweighted or counterbalanced hoistway
door, or of any vertically sliding counterbalanced bipart-
ing hoistway door, shall be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.)
where side guides are used, and not less than 20 mm
(0.8 in.) where corner guides are used. The maximum
clearance shall be not more than 32 mm (1.25 in.).
2.5.1.5 Clearance Between Loading Side of Car Plat-
forms and Hoistway Enclosures
2.5.1.5.1 The clearance between the edge of the
car platform sill and the hoistway enclosure or fascia
plate for the full width of the clear hoistway door open-
ing shall be not more than
(a) 190 mm (7.5 in.) for vertically sliding doors
(b) 125 mm (5 in.) for other doors
2.5.1.5.2 This clearance shall be maintained to the
location of the car sill when the car is resting on fully
compressed buffer.
2.5.1.5.3 The clearance is not limited on passenger
elevators, provided that
(a) a car door interlock conforming to 2.14.4.2 is pro-
vided to prevent a door from being opened unless the
car is within the unlocking zone
(b) the strength of the door complies with 2.11.11.2,
2.11.11.4, 2.11.11.6, 2.11.11.7, and 2.11.11.8
2.5.1.6 Clearance Between Car Platform Apron and Pit
Enclosure. Where the lowest landing sill projects into
the hoistway, the clearance between the car platform
apron and the pit enclosure or fascia plate shall be not
more than 32 mm (1.25 in.). This clearance shall be main-
tained to the location of the car platform apron when
the car is resting on its fully compressed buffer.
2.5.1.7 Measurement of Clearances. The clearances
specified in 2.5.1 shall be measured with no load on the
car platform.
SECTION 2.6
PROTECTION OF SPACE BELOW HOISTWAYS
Where a hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor
of the building and there is space below the hoistway
that is accessible, requirements of 2.6.1 and 2.6.2 shall
be complied with.
2.6.1 Where the Space Is Underneath the
Counterweight and/or Its Guides
Where the space is underneath the counterweight
and /or its guides
(a) the counterweight shall be provided with a coun-
terweight safety conforming to 2.17.4
(b) spring buffers, if used, shall conform to 2.22,
except that they shall not be fully compressed when
struck by the counterweight at the following speeds (see
2.1.2.3):
(1) at governor tripping speed where the counter-
weight safety is governor operated, or
(2) 125% of the rated speed where the counter-
weight safety is not governor operated
2.6.2 Where the Space Is Underneath the Car and/or
Its Guides
Where the space is underneath the car and /or its
guides and if spring buffers are used, they shall be so
designed and installed that they will not be fully com-
pressed solid or to a fixed stop when struck by the car
with its rated load at the governor tripping speed (see
2.1.2.3).
23
ASMEA17.1-2004
SECTION 2.7-2.7.3.3.4
SECTION 2.7
MACHINE ROOMS AND MACHINERY SPACES
2.7.1 Enclosure of Machine Rooms and Machinery
Spaces
Machines, control equipment, sheaves, and other
machinery shall not be exposed to the weather. Machine
room and machinery space enclosures shall conform to
2.7.1.1 or 2.7.1.2.
2.7.1.1 Fire-Resistive Construction. Where fire-
resistive construction is required by the building code,
the requirements of 2.7.1.1.1 and 2.7.1.1.2 shall be con-
formed to.
2.7.1.1.1 Spaces containing machines, control
equipment, sheaves, and other machinery shall be sepa-
rated from the remainder of the building by a fire-
resistive enclosure conforming to the requirements of
the building code.
2.7.1.1.2 Openings in the machine room enclosure
shall be protected with access doors having a fire protec-
tion rating conforming to the requirements of the build-
ing code.
NOTES (2.7.1.1):
(1) See 2.1.3 for floors of machine rooms and machinery spaces
over the hoistways.
(2) See 2.7.2.1 for separating elevator machinery from building
machinery.
(3) See 2.1.1.1.2 for partitions between machine rooms and
hoistways.
2.7.1.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction. Where fire-
resistive construction is not required by the building
code, the requirements of 2.7.1.2.1 and 2.7.1.2.2 shall be
conformed to.
2.7.1.2.1 Machine rooms and machinery spaces
shall be enclosed with noncombustible material
extending to a height of not less than 2 000 mm (79 in.).
2.7.1.2.2 The enclosure, if of openwork material,
shall reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter.
2.7.2 Equipment in Machine Rooms
2.7.2.1 Equipment Permitted. Only machinery and
equipment used in conjunction with the function or use
of the elevator shall be permitted in the elevator machine
room.
2.7.2.2 Maintenance Clearance
2.7.2.2.1 A clear path of not less than 450 mm
(18 in.) shall be provided to all components that require
maintenance.
2.7.2.2.2 A clearance of not less than 450 mm
(18 in.) shall be provided in the direction(s) required for
maintenance access.
2.7.3 Access to Machine Rooms and Machinery
Spaces
2.7.3.1 General Requirements. A permanent and
unobstructed means of access to elevator machine rooms
and overhead machinery spaces shall be provided.
2.7.3.2 Access Across Roofs. Where passage over
roofs is necessary to reach the means of access to machine
rooms or machinery spaces, the requirements of 2.7.3.2.1
and 2.7.3.2.2 shall be conformed to.
2.7.3.2.1 A stairway with a swinging door and
platform at the top level, conforming to 2.7.3.3, shall be
provided from the top floor of the building to the roof
level. Hatch covers, as a means of access to roofs, shall
not be permitted.
2.7.3.2.2 Where the passage is over a roof having
a slope exceeding 15 deg from the horizontal, or over a
roof where there is no parapet or guard rail at least
1 070 mm (42 in.) high around the roof or passageway,
a permanent, unobstructed and substantial walkway not
less than 600 mm (24 in.) wide, equipped on the side
sloping away from the walk with a railing conforming
to 2.10.2.1, 2.10.2.2, and 2.10.2.3, shall be provided from
the building exit door at the roof level to the means of
access to the machine room or machinery spaces.
2.7.3.3 Means of Access. The means of access to
machine rooms, machinery spaces, and different floor
levels in machine rooms shall conform to 2.7.3.3.1
through 2.7.3.3.5.
2.7.3.3.1 A permanent, fixed, noncombustible lad-
der or stair shall be provided where the floor of the
machine room or the machinery space above or below
the floor or roof from which the means of access leads,
or where the distance between the machine room floor
levels, is more than 200 mm (8 in.).
2.7.3.3.2 A permanent, noncombustible stair shall (ED)
be provided where the floor of the machine room or the
machinery space above or below the floor or roof from
which the means of access leads, or where the distance
between the machine room floor levels, is 900 mm (35 in.)
or more. Vertical ladders with handgrips shall be permit-
ted to be used in lieu of stairs for access from building
floors or machine rooms to machinery spaces containing
overhead sheaves, secondary and deflecting sheaves,
governors, and auxiliary equipment, not including con-
trollers and motor generators.
2.7.3.3.3 Permanent, fixed, noncombustible lad-
ders shall conform to ANSI A14.3.
2.7.3.3.4 Permanent, noncombustible stairs shall
have a maximum angle of 60 deg from the horizontal,
and shall be equipped with a noncombustible railing
conforming to 2.10.2.1, 2.10.2.2, and 2.10.2.3.
#
24
2.7.3.3.5-2.7.7
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
2.7.3.3.5 A permanent, noncombustible platform
or floor shall be provided at the top of the stairs with
noncombustible railings conforming to 2.10.2.1, 2.10.2.2,
and 2.10.2.3 on each open side. In jurisdictions not
enforcing the NBCC, the size of the platform shall be
sufficient to permit the full swing of the door plus
600 mm (24 in.) from the top of the riser to the swing
line of the door. The floor of the platform shall be at the
level of not more than 200 mm (8 in.) below the level
of the access-door sill. Where the door swings inward,
the width of the platform shall be not less than 750 mm
(29.5 in.), and the length not less than the width of
the door.
2.7.3.4 Access Doors and Openings
2.7.3.4.1 Access doors to machine rooms and
overhead machinery spaces shall
(a) for machine rooms, be of a minimum width of
750 mm (29.5 in.) and a minimum height of 2 030 mm
(80 in.); for other spaces as specified in 2.7.4.2 and 2.7.4.3,
be of a minimum width and height of 750 mm (29.5 in.).
(b) be self-closing and self-locking.
(c) be provided with a spring-type lock arranged to
permit the doors to be opened from the inside without
a key.
(d) be kept closed and locked. Keys to unlock the
access doors shall be of Group 2 Security (see 8.1).
2.7.3.4.2 Doors are not required at openings in
machine room floors for access to deflecting and second-
ary-sheave spaces, provided the access opening is pro-
vided on all four sides with a standard railing
conforming to 2.10.2, one side of which is arranged to
slide or swing to provide access to the ladder or stairs
leading to the secondary sheave space. Trap doors,
where provided, shall have a standard railing conform-
ing to 2.10.2 or guard wings on all open nonaccess sides.
2.7.3.4.3 Access openings in elevator hoistway
enclosures where complete bodily entry is not necessary
for maintenance and inspection of components shall be
(a) of adequate size and located to permit the required
maintenance and inspection
(b) of maximum width of 600 mm (24 in.) and a maxi-
mum height of 600 mm (24 in.)
(c) provided with doors that shall be kept closed and
locked. Keys to unlock the access doors to the elevator
hoistways shall be of Group 1 Security (see 8.1)
2.7.3.5 Stop Switch in Overhead Machinery Space in
the Hoistway. A stop switch, conforming to 2.26.2.24,
shall be provided for each elevator in the overhead
machinery space in the hoistway, adjacent to the lock
jamb side of the door or adjacent to the nearest point of
access to its overhead machinery space from the
access door.
2.7.4 Headroom in Machine Rooms and Overhead
Machinery Spaces
2.7.4.1 Elevator machine rooms and machinery
spaces not located over the hoistway shall have a clear
headroom of not less than 2 130 mm (84 in.).
2.7.4.2 Where a floor is provided at the top of the
hoistway (see 2.1.3), elevator machine rooms and over-
head machinery spaces above such floor shall have a
clear headroom of not less than the following:
(a) machine, control, and motor-generator rooms,
2 130 mm (84 in.)
(b) spaces containing only overhead, secondary, or
deflecting sheaves, 1 070 mm (42 in.)
(c) spaces containing overhead, secondary, or
deflecting sheaves, and governors, signal machines, or
other equipment, 1 350 mm (53 in.)
2.7.4.3 Where floors are provided under overhead, (ED)
secondary, or deflecting sheaves [see 2.7.4.2(b) and (c)]
the machine and supporting beams shall be permitted
to encroach on the required headroom, provided there
is a clearance of not less than 900 mm (35 in.) high and
minimum width of 750 mm (29.5 in.) in the path of
access to sheaves, governors, signal machines, or other
equipment.
2.7.5 Lighting, Temperature, and Humidity in
Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces
2.7.5.1 Lighting. Permanent electric lighting shall be
provided in all machine rooms and machinery spaces.
The illumination shall be not less than 200 lx (19 fc) at the
floor level. The lighting control switch shall be located
within easy reach of the access to such rooms or spaces.
Where practicable, the light control switch shall be
located on the lock-jamb side of the access door.
2.7.5.2 Temperature and Humidity. Machine rooms
shall be provided with natural or mechanical means to
keep the ambient air temperature and humidity in the
range specified by the elevator equipment manufacturer
to ensure safe and normal operation of the elevator. The
temperature and humidity range shall be permanently
posted in the machine room.
2.7.6 Location of Machine Rooms and Control Rooms
Elevator machine and control rooms shall not be
located in the hoistway. Drive and deflector sheaves and
machine parts and supports are permitted to project into
the hoistway (see 2.1.3.1).
2.7.7 Machine and Control Rooms Underneath the
Hoistway
When a machine or control room is located under-
neath the hoistway, it shall conform to 2.7.7.1 through
2.7.7.5.
25
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.7.7.1-2.8.2.1.3
2.7.7.1 The machine or control room shall have a
solid ceiling (pit floor, at the normal pit depth) of con-
crete or steel above the machine or control room, with
a minimum 2 130 mm (84 in.) clearance above the
machine or control room floor.
2.7.7.2 The ceiling of the machine or control room
shall be capable of sustaining a concentrated load of
1 000 N (225 lbf ) on any 2 000 mm 2 (3 in. 2 ) area, and it
shall be designed for a live load of 6 kPa (125 lbf/ft 2 )
and loads imposed by rails and /or buffers, if applicable.
2.7.7.3 The car and counterweight guide rails and
buffer supports shall be permitted to extend into the
machine room and be supported by the machine room
floor. If the counterweight buffer or buffer support
extends to the machine room or control room floor, a
counterweight safety is not required unless the space
below the machine room is not permanently secured
against access. If a counterweight buffer is supported
at the machine room ceiling (pit floor), a counterweight
safety is required. (See 2.6.1 for additional requirements.)
(04) 2.7.7.4 The solid ceiling (pit floor at normal pit
depth) shall be permitted to be slotted for the penetra-
tion of equipment (suspension ropes, selector drives,
electrical conduit, rails, buffers, etc.). Passage and guards
shall be provided in conformance with 2.3.2 and 2.10.1
for both the machine or control room and pit. A counter-
weight guard shall be installed at the pit floor as well
as the machine or control room floor if the counterweight
extends into the machine or control room and 2.3.2.1(a)
does not apply. The guard in the machine or control
room shall extend to the ceiling.
2.7.7.5 Compensating ropes or chains and traveling
cables shall not extend into the machine room located
underneath the hoistway.
2.7.8 Remote Machine and Control Rooms
Elevators that are provided with remote machine and/
or control rooms shall conform to 2.7.8.1 through 2.7.8.4.
2.7.8.1 Ropes and sheaves leading to the remote
machine room that penetrate separate fire-resistive areas
of the structure shall be fully enclosed, and the enclo-
sures shall conform to 2.1.1.1.
2.7.8.2 Rope and sheave enclosures leading to the
remote machine room shall be protected against unau-
thorized access.
2.7.8.3 Permanent means of access shall be provided
to the enclosures for inspection, repair, and maintenance
of hoist ropes passing over sheaves that are not located
in the hoistway or remote machine rooms. Access doors
to these enclosures shall be provided at each sheave
location, conforming to 2.7.3.4. Access openings shall be
provided for inspection and maintenance of hoist ropes
passing over sheaves and shall conform to 2.7.3.4. A
stop switch meeting the requirements of 2.26.2.23, a per-
manent electric outlet, a light switch, and light shall be
provided in the enclosures immediately inside the access
doors and openings.
2.7.8.4 A permanent means of communication
between the elevator car and remote machine room and
or control room shall be provided.
SECTION 2.8
EQUIPMENT IN HOISTWAYS AND MACHINE ROOMS
2.8.1 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
2.8.1.1 Installation of electrical equipment and wir-
ing shall conform to NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, whichever
is applicable (see Part 9).
2.8.1.2 Only such electrical wiring, raceways, and
cables used directly in connection with the elevator,
including wiring for signals, for communication with
the car, for lighting, heating, air conditioning, and venti-
lating the car, for fire detecting systems, for pit sump
pumps, and for heating and lighting the hoistway and/
or machine room shall be permitted to be installed inside
the hoistway.
2.8.1.3 Bonding conductors from the lightning pro-
tection system grounding down conductor to long verti-
cal metal bodies in the hoistway such as elevator rails
and vertical wireways shall be permitted to be installed
in the hoistway as required by NFPA 780, or CAN/CSA-
B72, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). The lightning
protection system grounding down conductor shall not
be permitted in the hoistway, and the elevator rails shall
not be used as the lightning protection system ground-
ing down conductor. Bonding conductors installed in
the hoistway shall not interfere with the operation of
the elevator.
2.8.2 Pipes, Ducts, Tanks, and Sprinklers
2.8.2.1 Steam and hot-water pipes shall be permitted
to be installed in hoistways, machine rooms, and
machinery spaces for the purpose of heating these areas
only, subject to the requirements of 2.8.2.1.1 through
2.8.2.1.3.
2.8.2.1.1 Heating pipes shall convey only low-
pressure steam [100 kPa (15 psi) or less] or hot water
[100°C (212°F) or less].
2.8.2.1.2 All risers and return pipes shall be
located outside the hoistway. When the machine room
is located above the roof of the building, heating pipes
for the machine room shall be permitted to be located
in the hoistway between the top floor and the machine
room.
2.8.2.1.3 Traps and shutoff valves shall be pro-
vided in accessible locations outside the hoistway.
26
2.8.2.2-2.9.2.1
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
2.8.2.2 Ducts shall be permitted to be installed in
the hoistway, machine room, and machinery space for
the purpose of heating, cooling, ventilating, and venting
these areas only and shall not encroach upon the
required clearances.
2.8.2.3 Sprinkler systems conforming to NFPA 13
or the NBCC, whichever is applicable (see Part 9), shall
be permitted to be installed in the hoistway, machine
room, and machinery spaces, subject to the requirements
of 2.8.2.3.1 through 2.8.2.3.4.
2.8.2.3.1 All risers and returns shall be located
outside these spaces. Branch lines in the hoistway shall
supply sprinklers at not more than one floor level. When
the machine room is located above the roof of the build-
ing, risers, return pipes, and branch lines for the machine
room sprinkler(s) shall be permitted to be located in the
hoistway between the top floor and the machine room.
2.8.2.3.2 In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC,
means shall be provided to automatically disconnect the
main line power supply to the affected elevator upon
or prior to the application of water from sprinklers
located in the machine room or in the hoistway more
than 600 mm (24 in.) above the pit floor. This means
shall be independent of the elevator control and shall
not be self-resetting. The activation of sprinklers outside
of the hoistway or machine room shall not disconnect
the main line power supply.
2.8.2.3.3 Smoke detectors shall not be used to
activate sprinklers in these spaces or to disconnect the
main line power supply.
2.8.2.3.4 In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC,
when sprinklers are installed in the hoistway, all electri-
cal equipment, except earthquake protective devices
conforming to 8.4.10.1.2(d), located less than 1 225 mm
(48 in.) above the pit floor, shall be
(a) weatherproof (NEMA4)
(b) wiring shall be identified for use in wet locations
in accordance with the requirements in NFPA 70
2.8.2.4 Other pipes or ducts conveying gases,
vapors, or liquid and not used in connection with the
operation of the elevator shall not be installed in any
hoistway, machine room, or machinery space. Where a
machine room or hoistway, or both, extend above the
roof of a building, pipes shall be permitted from roof
drains to the closest point where they can be diverted out
of this space. Pipes shall be covered to prevent leakage or
condensate from entering the machine room or hoistway.
2.8.2.5 Where permitted and provided, pipes,
drains, and tanks, or similar equipment that contains
liquids, shall not be located directly above the elevator
equipment and shall not encroach upon the required
clearances in the hoistway, machine room, or machinery
spaces.
2.8.3 Electrical Heaters
Listed /certified electrical heaters shall be permitted.
2.8.4 Air Conditioning
Air conditioning equipment is permitted to be
installed in machine rooms or machinery spaces for the
purpose of cooling these areas only, subject to the
requirements of 2.8.4.1 through 2.8.4.5.
2.8.4.1 Air conditioning equipment shall not be
located directly above elevator equipment.
2.8.4.2 The clear headroom below suspended air
conditioning equipment shall conform to 2.7.4.
2.8.4.3 Means shall be provided to collect and drain
condensation water from these spaces. Condensation
drains shall not be located directly above elevator equip-
ment. Drains connected directly to sewers shall not be
installed.
2.8.4.4 Safe and convenient access within the eleva-
tor machine room shall be provided to the air-condition-
ing equipment for servicing and mamtaining.
2.8.4.5 There shall be no exposed gears, sprockets,
belts, pulleys, or chains.
NOTES (2.8.4):
(1) See 2.8.2.2 for requirements for duct work.
(2) These requirements do not pertain to air-conditioning equip-
ment used to cool selective elevator equipment.
SECTION 2.9
MACHINERY AND SHEAVE BEAMS, SUPPORTS, AND
FOUNDATIONS
2.9.1 Beams and Supports Required
2.9.1.1 Machines, machinery, and sheaves shall be
so supported and maintained in place as to prevent
any part from becoming loose or displaced under the
conditions imposed in service.
2.9.1.2 Supporting beams, if used, shall be of steel
or reinforced concrete.
2.9.1.3 Beams are not required under machine(s),
sheave(s), and machinery or control equipment that is
supported on floors, provided such floors are designed
and installed to support the load imposed thereon.
2.9.2 Loads on Machinery and Sheave Beams,
Floors, or Foundations and Their Supports
2.9.2.1 Overhead Beams, Floors, and Their Supports.
Overhead beams, floors, and their supports shall be
designed for not less than the sum of the following
loads:
(a) the load resting on the beams and supports, which
shall include the complete weight of the machine,
sheaves, controller, governor, and any other equipment,
27
ASME A17.1-2004
2.9.2.1-2.9.3.4
together with that portion, if any, of the machine room
floor supported thereon
(b) two times the sum of the tensions in all wire ropes
supported by the beams with rated load in the car
NOTE [2.9.2.1(b)]: These tensions are doubled to take care of accel-
erations and decelerations.
2.9.2.2 Foundations, Beams, and Floors for Machinery
and Sheaves Not Located Directly Over the Hoistway.
The supports for machines and sheaves located below
or at the sides of the hoistway shall meet the require-
ments of 2.9.2.2.1 through 2.9.2.2.4.
2.9.2.2.1 The foundation shall support the total
weight of the machine, sheaves, and other equipment,
and the floor, if any.
2.9.2.2.2 The sheave beams and the foundation
bolts shall withstand two times the vertical force compo-
nent acting thereon as a result of the tension in all the
suspension ropes, less the weight of the machine or
sheaves.
2.9.2.2.3 The sheave beams and the foundation
bolts shall withstand two times the horizontal force com-
ponent, if any, acting thereon as a result of the tension
in all the suspension ropes.
2.9.2.2.4 The foundation shall withstand two
times the overturning moment, if any, acting thereon as
a result of the tension in all the suspension ropes.
2.9.3 Securing of Machinery and Equipment to
Beams, Foundations, or Floors
2.9.3.1 Overhead Beams and Floors
2.9.3.1.1 Machinery or equipment shall be secured
to and supported on or from the top of overhead beams
or floors, except for the following equipment:
(a) secondary or deflecting sheaves of traction ele-
vators
(b) devices and their accessories for limiting or
retarding car speed
2.9.3.1.2 Securing bolts or fastenings are not
required where sound isolation is used between bases
of machinery or equipment and supporting beams or
floors.
2.9.3.2 Beams or Foundations Supporting Machinery
and Sheaves Not Located Directly Over the Hoistway
2.9.3.2.1 Machines and sheaves located below or
at one side of a hoistway shall be anchored to beams,
foundations, or floors with bolts, conforming to ASTM
A 307, of sufficient size and number to withstand the
applicable load conditions specified in 2.9.2.2. Based on
these initial loads, total tension in anchor bolts shall not
exceed 85 MPa (12,000 psi) of net section, and the total
shear shall not exceed 60 MPa (9,000 psi) of actual area
in the shear plane.
2.9.3.2.2 Bolts made of steel having a greater (ED)
strength than specified by ASTM A 307 shall be permit-
ted to be used, and the maximum allowable stresses
increased proportionally based on the ratio of the ulti-
mate strengths. Elongation shall conform to the require-
ments of the corresponding ASTM specification.
2.9.3.2.3 Where bolts are used through greater (ED)
than 5 deg sloping flanges of structural shapes, the bolt
heads shall be of the tipped or beveled head type or
shall be fitted with beveled steel washers, and nuts on
greater than 5 deg sloping flanges shall seat on beveled
steel washers.
2.9.3.3 Overhead Hoisting Rope Hitches
2.9.3.3.1 Where hoisting ropes are secured to the
structure above a hoistway, the hitch plates and hitch-
plate blocking beams, where used, shall be secured to
and mounted on top of overhead beams, machine beams,
or on top of auxiliary beams connected to the webs of
overhead beams.
2.9.3.3.2 Hitch plates, blocking, or auxiliary
beams shall be secured by bolts conforming to ASTM
A 307, rivets conforming to ASTM A 502, or welding
conforming to 8.8, and shall be so located that the tension
in the hoisting ropes will not develop direct tensions in
the bolts or rivets. Where bolts and rivets are subjected
to shearing stresses due to tension in the hoisting ropes,
the total shear shall not exceed 60 MPa (9,000 psi) of
actual area in the shear plane. The stresses in welds due
to tensions in the hoisting ropes shall not exceed 55 MPa
(8,000 psi) on the throat area of the welds.
2.9.3.3.3 Bolts made of steel having greater (ED)
strength than specified by ASTM A 307 shall be permit-
ted to be used, and the maximum allowable stresses
increased proportionally based on the ratio of the ulti-
mate strengths.
2.9.3.3.4 Elongation shall conform to the require-
ments of the corresponding ASTM specification.
2.9.3.3.5 The hitch plate supporting beams shall
be designed to withstand two times the sum of the
tensions in all hoisting ropes attached to the hitch plates.
(See also 2.15.13.)
2.9.3.3.6 Total stresses in hitch plates and hitch-
plate shapes shall not exceed 85 MPa (12,000 psi).
2.9.3.4 Cast Metals in Tension or Bending. Cast met-
als having an elongation of less than 20% in a length of
50 mm (2 in.), when measured in accordance with ASTM
E 8, which are subject to tension or bending, shall not
be used to support machinery or equipment from the
underside of overhead beams or floors.
28
2.9.4-2.11.1.2
ASME A17.1-2004
#
2.9.4 Allowable Stresses for Machinery and Sheave
Beams or Floors and Their Supports
2.9.4.1 The unit stresses for all machinery and
sheave beams and floors and their supports, based on
the loads computed as specified in 2.9.2 or 2.9.6, which-
ever is greater, shall not exceed 80% of those permitted
for static loads by the following standards:
(a) Structural Steel. A1SC Book No. S326 or CAN/
CSA-S16.1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
(b) Reinforced Concrete. ANS1/AC1 318 or CAN3-
A23.3, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
2.9.4.2 Where stresses due to loads, other than eleva-
tor loads supported on the beams or floor, exceed those
due to the elevator loads, 100% of the permitted stresses
are permitted.
2.9.5 Allowable Deflections of Machinery and
Sheave Beams and Their Supports
The allowable deflections of machinery and sheave
beams and their immediate supports under static load
shall not exceed Vi^ of the span.
2.9.6 Allowable Stresses Due to Emergency Braking
Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and their fas-
tenings subject to forces due to the application of the
emergency brake (see 2.19.4) shall be designed to with-
stand the maximum forces developed during the retar-
dation phase of the emergency braking so that the
resulting stresses due to the emergency braking and all
other loading acting simultaneously, if applicable, shall
not exceed those specified in 2.9.4.
SECTION 2.10
GUARDING OF EQUIPMENT AND STANDARD
RAILING
2.10.1 Guarding of Equipment
In machine rooms and secondary machinery spaces,
the following shall be guarded to protect against acci-
dental contact:
(a) driving machine sheaves and ropes whose vertical
projection upon a horizontal plane extends beyond the
base of the machine
(b) sheaves
(c) exposed gears, sprockets, tape or rope sheaves, or
drums of selectors, floor controllers, or signal machines,
and their driving ropes, chains, or tapes
(d) keys, keyways, and screws in projecting shafts
Handwinding wheels and flywheels that are not
guarded shall have yellow markings.
2.10.2 Standard Railing
A standard railing shall be substantially constructed
of metal and shall consist of a top rail, intermediate rail,
posts, and toe-board.
2.10.2.1 Top Rail. The top rail shall have a smooth
surface, and the upper surface shall be located at a verti-
cal height of 1 070 mm (42 in.) from the surface on which
the railing is installed.
2.10.2.2 Intermediate Rail. The intermediate rail shall
be located approximately halfway between the top rail
and the surface on which the railing is installed.
2.10.2.3 Post. Posts shall be located not more than
2 400 mm (94.5 in.) apart.
2.10.2.4 Toe-Board. The toe-board shall be securely
fastened to the posts and extend from the surface on
which the railing is installed to a height not less than
100 mm (4 in.).
SECTION 2.11
PROTECTION OF HOISTWAY OPENINGS
2.11.1 Entrances and Emergency Doors Required
2.11.1.1 Hoistway Landing Entrances. All elevator
hoistway landing openings shall be provided with
entrances that shall guard the full height and width of
the openings. Entrances shall be at least 2 030 mm (80 in.)
in height and 800 mm (31.5 in.) in width.
2.11.1.2 Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistways. Where
an elevator is installed in a single blind hoistway, there
shall be installed in the blind portion of the hoistway
an emergency door at every third floor, but not more
than 11 m (36 ft) from sill to sill, conforming to the
following:
(a) The clear opening shall be at least 700 mm (28 in.)
wide and 2 030 mm (80 in.) high.
(b) It shall be easily accessible and free from fixed
obstructions.
(c) It shall be either of the horizontally sliding or
swinging single-section type, irrespective of the type of
door installed at other landings.
(d) It shall be self-closing and self -locking and shall
be marked, in letters not less than 50 mm (2 in.) high,
"DANGER, ELEVATOR HOISTWAY."
(e) It shall be provided with an electromechanical
device that will prevent the operation of the driving
machine unless the door is closed and locked (see
2.26.2.25).
(f) It shall be unlocked from the landing side only
through the use of a cylinder-type lock, having not less
than five pins or five discs. The cylinder lock shall
(1) not be unlocked by any key that will open any
other lock or device used for any purpose in the building
(2) be so designed that the key shall be removable
only in the locked position
(g) It shall be openable from the hoistway side with-
out the use of a key.
29
ASME A17.1-2004
2.11.1.2-2.11.4.2
(h) The key shall be of Group 1 Security (see 8.1). This
key shall also be made available to emergency personnel
during an emergency.
(i) A hinged self-closing barrier independent of the
door shall be installed horizontally across the entrance
on the hoistway side at a height of 1 070 mm (42 in.).
The barrier shall not open into the hoistway.
2.11.1.3 Telephone as Alternative to Emergency
Doors. Where an elevator is installed in a single blind
hoistway, and there are no landings from which to gain
access through an emergency door, a means of two-way
conversation conforming to 2.27.1.2 shall be provided.
NOTE: Examples are pulp mills, grain elevators, dams, or similar
locations.
2.11.1.4 Access Openings for Cleaning of Car and
Hoistway Enclosures. Nonremovable sliding or swing
panels or doors in the hoistway conforming to
2.11.1.2(d), (f), (g), and (i) shall be permitted for access
to car or hoistway transparent enclosures for cleaning
purposes. An electromechanical device shall be pro-
vided that will prevent the operation of the driving
machine unless the access panels or doors are closed
and locked (see 2.26.2.32). Key shall be Group 2 Security
(see 8.1).
2.11.2 Types of Entrances
2.11.2.1 Passenger Elevators. For passenger eleva-
tors, entrances shall be one of the following types:
(a) horizontally sliding;
(b) horizontally swinging, single-section;
(c) combination horizontally sliding and swinging; or
(d) hand- or power-operated vertically sliding that
slide up to open.
2.11.2.2 Freight Elevators. For freight elevators,
entrances shall be one of the following types:
(a) horizontally sliding
(b) swinging, single-section
(c) combination horizontally sliding and swinging
(d) center-opening, two-section horizontally swing-
ing, subject to restrictions of 2.11.2.3
(e) vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced (see
2.16.4)
(f) vertically sliding counterweighted, single or
multisection
2.11.2.3 Limitations of Use of Center-Opening Swing-
ing Entrances. Center-opening swinging entrances shall
be permitted only
(a) for freight elevators which can be operated only
from the car; or
(b) for freight elevators not accessible to the general
public that can be operated from outside the hoistway,
and that are located in factories, warehouses, garages,
and similar industrial buildings.
2.11.3 Closing of Hoistway Doors
2.11.3.1 Horizontally sliding or single-section
swinging doors of automatic-operation elevators shall
be provided with door closers arranged to close and
open door automatically if the car, for any reason, leaves
the landing zone.
2.11.3.2 Horizontally sliding doors shall be closed
when the car is at a landing, except when
(a) the car is operated by a designated attendant in
the car;
(b) loading or unloading;
(c) the elevator conforms to 2.27.3.2.1 and 2.27.3.2.3
through 2.27.3.2.6, Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
by fire alarm initiating device; or
(d) the car is at the recall level when Phase I is in
effect [see 2.27.3.1.6(a)].
2.11.3.3 On center-opening doors, if there is an inter-
lock on only one panel, the door closer required by
2.11.3.1 shall be provided on the leading panel that oper-
ates in the opposite direction (see 2.11.11.7).
2.11.4 Location of Horizontally Sliding or Swinging
Hoistway Doors
Horizontally sliding or swinging doors shall be so
located that the distance from the hoistway face of the
doors to the edge of the hoistway landing sill, measured
from the face of the door section nearest to the car, shall
be not more than the requirements specified in 2.11.4.1
and 2.11.4.2.
2.11.4.1 For elevators that can be operated only from
the car, 100 mm (4 in.), except that where new elevators
are installed in existing multiple hoistways or where
alterations involving replacement of the doors are made
to existing elevators in multiple hoistways, and the loca-
tion of the door openings is such that the 100 mm (4 in.)
dimension specified cannot be maintained, the distance
specified is permitted to be increased to not more than
125 mm (5 in.) where horizontally sliding doors are used.
2.11 .4.2 For elevators with automatic or continuous-
pressure operation, 19 mm (0.75 in.) for swinging doors
and 57 mm (2.25 in.) for sliding doors, except that
(a) freight elevators not accessible to the general pub-
lic, and which are located in factories, warehouses, gar-
ages, and similar industrial buildings are permitted to
have single-section or center-opening two-section hori-
zontally swinging doors conforming to 2.11.4.1; or
(b) for swinging doors used on elevators with auto-
matic and continuous-pressure operation, the distance
shall be permitted to be increased from 19 mm to 57 mm
(0.75 in. to 2.25 in.) if such doors are emergency doors
conforming to 2.11.1. (See also 2.14.4.5.)
#
30
2.11.5-2.11.7.2.3
ASME A17.1-2004
2.11.5 Projection of Entrances and Other Equipment
Beyond the Landing Sills
Entrances and equipment shall not project into an
elevator hoistway beyond the line of the landing sill,
except for
(a) equipment required for interlocking, indicator and
signal devices, and door operating devices
(b) vertical slide entrances
2.11.6 Opening of Hoistway Doors
2.11.6.1 When the car is within the unlocking zone,
the hoistway doors shall be openable by hand from
within the car without the use of tools.
2.11 .6.2 Means shall not be provided for locking out
of service the doors at
(a) the top terminal landing
(b) the bottom terminal landing
(c) the designated and alternate landings for elevators
equipped with Phase I Emergency Recall Operation,
when Phase I is effective
(d) no landing for elevators equipped with Phase II
Emergency In-Car Operation when Phase II is effective
2.11.6.3 Automatic fire doors, the functioning of
which is dependent on the action of heat, shall not lock
any elevator hoistway door so that it cannot be opened
manually from inside the hoistway.
2.11 .6.4 Handles or other means provided for opera-
tion of manually operated doors shall be so located that
it is not necessary to reach the back of any panel, jamb,
or sash to operate them.
2.11.7 Glass in Hoistway Doors
Glass in hoistway doors shall conform to 2.11.7.1 and
2.11.7.2.
2.11.7.1 Vision Panels. Manually operated or self-
closing hoistway doors of the vertically or horizontally
sliding type, for elevators with automatic or continuous-
pressure operation, shall be provided with a vision
panel. Vision panels shall not be required at landings
of automatic operation elevators where a hall position
indicator is provided. In multisection doors, the vision
panel is required in one section only, but is permitted
to be placed in all sections. All horizontally swinging
elevator doors shall be provided with vision panels.
Vision panels are permitted for any type of hoistway
door.
Where required or used, vision panels shall conform
to 2.11.7.1.1 through 2.11.7.1.7.
2.11.7.1.1 The area of any single vision panel shall
be not less than 0.015 m 2 (24 in. 2 ), and the total area of
one or more vision panels in any hoistway door shall
be not more than 0.055 m 2 (85 in. 2 ).
2.11.7.1.2 Each clear panel opening shall reject a
ball 150 mm (6 in.) in diameter.
2.11.7.1.3 Muntins used between panel sections
shall be of noncombustible material and of substantial
construction.
2.11.7.1.4 Panel opening shall be glazed with
either of the following:
(a) clear wire glass not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.)
(b) other transparent glazing material not less than
6 mm (0.25 in.) thick that meets the impact safety stan-
dard 16 CFR Part 1201 or CAN/CGSB-12.1, CAN/
CGSB-12.11, or CAN/CGSB-12.12, whichever is applica-
ble (see Part 9)
2.11.7.1.5 The center of the panel shall be located
not less than 1 300 mm (51 in.) and not more than
1 700 mm (67 in.) above the landing, except that for
vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced doors, it
shall be located to conform to the dimensions specified
insofar as the door design will permit.
2.11.7.1.6 Vision panels in power-operated doors
shall be substantially flush with the surface of the land-
ing side of the door.
2.11.7.1.7 Vision panels shall be protected by pro-
tective grilles made of steel not less than 1.4 mm
(0.055 in.) thick, in accordance with the following specifi-
cations:
(a) Grilles shall be sized to fit within or over the vision
panel frame and completely cover the vision panel open-
ing in the hoistway door.
(b) Grilles shall be secured by means that deter
removal by common tools.
(c) Grilles shall contain openings that shall be not
larger than 19 mm x 19 mm (0.75 in. x 0.75 in.) in
diameter. Such openings shall be spaced at 25 mm (1 in.)
center-to-center.
(d) Grille edges shall be free of burrs and beveled.
(e) Grilles shall be installed on the hoistway side of
the door.
2.11.7.2 Glass Doors. Where provided, glass
hoistway doors shall conform to 2.11.7.2.1 through
2.11.7.2.5.
2.11.7.2.1 The glass shall be laminated glass con-
forming to 16 CFR Part 1201 or CAN/CGSB-12.1. Mark-
ings as specified in the applicable standard shall be on
each separate piece of glass and shall remain visible
after installation.
2.11.7.2.2 The glass shall be not less than 60% of
the total visible door panel surface area as seen from
the landing side of the doors. Door lap shall not be used
in calculating glass size.
2.11.7.2.3 In power-operated doors, the glass
panel shall be substantially flush with the surface of the
landing side of the door.
31
ASME A17.1-2004
2.11.7.2.4-2.11.11.5.1
2.11.7.2.4 A nonglass edge shall be provided on
the leading edge of the door panel.
2.11.7.2.5 The glass door shall conform to
2.11.11.5.7 for horizontally sliding type entrances,
2.11.12.4 for vertically sliding type entrances, or 2.11.13.3
for swinging entrances.
2.11.8 Weights for Closing or Balancing Doors
Hoistway door weights, where used for closing or
balancing doors, shall be guided or restrained to prevent
them from coming out of their runway. The bottom of
the guides or other restraining means shall be so con-
structed as to retain the weights if the weight suspension
means breaks.
2.11.9 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Power
Operation
2.11.9.1 Locking Devices. Doors shall be provided
with door locking devices conforming to 2.12.
2.11 .9.2 Power Operation. Where hoistway doors are
power operated or are opened or closed by power, their
operation shall conform to 2.13.
2.11.10 Landing-Sill Guards, Landing-Sill
Illumination, Hinged Landing Sills, and
Tracks on Landings
2.11.10.1 Landing-Sill Guards
2.11.10.1.1 Landing sills shall be guarded on the
underside with guard plates of smooth metal not less
than 1.4 mm (0.055 in.) thick, extending the full width of
the car sill exposed to the landing entrance, and securely
fastened in place. Landing sill guards are not required
for
(a) vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced doors
(b) vertically sliding counterweighted doors that slide
down to open
(c) elevators where the landing sills do not project
into the hoistway
2.11.10.1.2 Where a car leveling device is pro-
vided and the hoistway edge of the sill is either flush
with or projects into the hoistway, the guard shall have
a straight vertical face extending below the sill not less
than the depth of the leveling zone plus 75 mm (3 in.).
Where the sill projects inward from the hoistway enclo-
sure, the bottom of the guard shall also be beveled at
an angle of not less than 60 deg and not more than 75 deg
from the horizontal, or the guard shall be extended from
the hoistway edge of the landing sill to the top of door
hanger pocket of the entrance next below.
2.11.10.1.3 Where no car leveling device is pro-
vided and the sill projects inward from the general line
of the hoistway, the guard shall be either beveled at an
angle of not less than 60 deg and not more than 75 deg
from the horizontal, or have a straight vertical face
extending from the hoistway edge of the landing sill to
the top of door hanger pocket of the entrance below.
2.11.10.2 Illumination at Landing Sills. The building
corridors shall be so lighted that the illumination at the
landing sills, when an elevator is in service, shall be not
less than 100 lx (10 fc).
2.11.10.3 Hinged Hoistway Landing Sills. Hinged
hoistway landing sills provided in connection with verti-
cally sliding, biparting, counterbalanced doors of freight
elevators shall be hinged on the landing side so that
they can be lowered only when the landing doors are
in the fully opened position.
2.11.11 Entrances, Horizontal Slide Type
2.11.11.1 Landing Sills. Landing sills shall
(a) be of metal and of sufficient strength to support
the loads to be carried by the sills when loading and
unloading the car, and be secured in place
(b) be substantially flush with the floor surface of the
elevator landings
(c) be so designed and maintained as to provide a
secure foothold over the entire width of the door opening
2.11.11.2 Hangers, Tracks, and Track Supports.
Hangers, tracks, and their supports and fastenings for
doors shall be constructed to withstand, without dam-
age or appreciable deflection, an imposed static load
equal to four times the weight of each panel as applied
successively downward and upward at the vertical cen-
terline of the panel. (See 2.11.11.5.7 and 2.11.11.5.8.)
2.11.11.3 Entrance Frames
2.11.11.3.1 Where used, entrance frames shall be
anchored to the sills and to the building structure or the
track supports. The head of the entrance frame shall not
be used to support the weight of the wall over the frame.
2.11.11.3.2 Where decorative material is applied
to listed /certified frames, it shall conform to the require-
ments of the certifying organization.
2.11.11.4 Hangers. Hangers shall conform to
2.11.11.4.1 and 2.11.11.4.2.
2.11.11.4.1 Means shall be provided to prevent
the hangers from jumping the track.
2.11.11.4.2 Stops shall be provided in the entrance
assembly to prevent hangers from overrunning the end
of the track.
2.11.11.5 Panels. Panels shall conform to 2.11.11.5.1
through 2.11.11.5.8.
2.11.11.5.1 The panels shall overlap the top and
sides of the opening, and each other, in the case of
multispeed entrances, by not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.).
Where entrances without frames are used, the overlap
shall extend the thickness of the facing used to finish
32
2.11.11.5.1-2.11.11.10
ASME A17.1-2004
#
the opening plus 13 mm (0.5 in.) or more.
2.11.11.5.2 The clearance shall not exceed 10 mm
(0.375 in.) between
(a) the panel and the frame
(b) the panel and the wall, where entrances without
frames are used in masonry or concrete
(c) related panels of multispeed entrances
(d) the panel and the sill measured vertically
2.11.11.5.3 The leading panel edge of side-open-
ing entrances shall not close into pockets in the strike
jamb and shall be smooth and free of sharp projections.
2.11.11.5.4 The meeting panel edges of center-
opening entrances shall be smooth and free of sharp
projection.
The meeting panel edges of center-opening entrances
shall be protected with not less than one resilient male
member extending the full height of the panel. The resil-
ient members shall be permitted to interlock by not more
than 10 mm (0.375 in.).
When in the closed position, the distance between the
metal parts of the meeting panels shall not exceed 13 mm
(0.5 in.).
2.11.11.5.5 No areas shall be depressed or raised
more than 3 mm (0.125 in.) from the adjacent area and
edges shall be beveled at not more than 30 deg to the
panel surface.
2.11.11.5.6 Where decorative material is applied
to listed/certified panels, it shall conform to the require-
ments of the certifying organization.
2.11.11.5.7 The entrance assembly shall be capa-
ble of withstanding a force of 2 500 N (560 lbf ) applied
on the landing side at right angles to and approximately
at the center of a panel. This force shall be distributed
over an area of approximately 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in.
x 4 in.). There shall be no appreciable permanent dis-
placement or deformation of any parts of the entrance
assembly resulting from this test.
2.11.11.5.8 Means shall be provided to prevent
opening of locked doors more than 20 mm (0.8 in.) per
panel at the farthest point from the interlock when a
force of 135 N (30 lbf) is applied in the opening direction
at the leading edge of the door at the farthest point from
the interlock.
2.11.11.6 Bottom Guides. Bottom guides shall con-
form to the following:
(a) The bottom of each panel shall be guided by one
or more members.
(b) Guide members shall be securely fastened.
(c) The guide members and any reinforcements or
guards shall engage the corresponding member by not
less than 6 mm (0.25 in.). (See 2.11.11.5.7.)
2.11.11.7 Multipanel Entrances. Panels of multipanel
doors shall conform to either 2.11.11.7.1 or 2.11.11.7.2.
Multiple-speed and center-opening multiple-speed
doors shall also conform to 2.11.11.7.3.
2.11.11.7.1 Panels shall be interconnected directly
or through their hangers so as to assure simultaneous
movement of all panels. The factor of safety of the inter-
connecting means shall not be less than 10 for cast iron
or 5 for other materials.
2.11.11.7.2 Panels shall be equipped with
hoistway door interlocks on each driven panel and pro-
vided with a door closer(s) installed to comply with
2.11.3.1. All panels shall move simultaneously when the
car is at the landing.
2.11.11.7.3 Multiple speed and center-opening
multiple-speed panels shall be provided with secondary
mechanical interconnecting means to ensure that indi-
vidual panels of multiple panel doors moving in the
same direction cannot become separated from the panel
that is locked by the interlock in the event that the normal
interconnecting means fails.
2.11.11.7.4 Where cable and pulleys are used to
connect panels of multisection sliding doors, each pulley
shall be equipped with a guard to prevent the cable
from leaving the pulley.
2.11.11.8 Hoistway Door Safety Retainers. The top
and bottom of horizontally sliding doors shall be pro-
vided with a means of retaining the closed door panel
in position if the primary guiding means fail, and pre-
venting displacement of the door panel top and bottom
by more than 20 mm (0.8 in.) when the door panel is
subjected to a force of 5 000 N (1,125 lbf) in the direction
of the hoistway applied at right angles to the panel over
an area of 300 mm x 300 mm (12 in. x 12 in.) at the
approximate center of the panel.
The retaining means shall also withstand, without
detachment or permanent deformation, a force of
1 000 N (225 lbf) applied upward at any point along
the width of the door panel and, while this force is
maintained, an additional force of 1 100 N (250 lbf)
applied at right angles to the door at the center of the
panel. This force shall be distributed over an area of
300 mm x 300 mm (12 in. x 12 in.).
The retaining means shall not be subjected to wear
or stress during normal door operation or maintenance.
2.11.11.9 Beams, Walls, Floors, and Supports. The
building structural supports of the entrance, such as
building beams, walls, and floors, shall be designed to
withstand the horizontal forces stipulated in 2.11.11.8.
2.11.11.10 Hoistway Door to Sill Clearance. The hori-
zontal distance from the hoistway side of the leading
edge of the hoistway door, or sight guard, if provided,
to the edge of the landing sill, shall not exceed 13 mm
33
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.11.11.10-2.11.12.6
(0.5 in.). The vertical clearance between the sight guard,
if provided, and the landing sill shall not exceed 13 mm
(0.5 in.).
2.11.12 Entrances, Vertical Slide Type
2.11.12.1 Landing Sills
2.11.12.1.1 Landing sills shall be of metal and of
sufficient strength to support the loads to be carried by
the sills when loading and unloading the car, and be
secured in place (see 2.16.2.2 for classes of loading); the
load on the sill during loading and unloading shall be
considered to be the same as that on the platform mem-
bers specified in 8.2.2.6.
2.11.12.1.2 Landing sills shall be secured to the
building structure in substantially the same plane as the
elevator landing floor.
2.11.12.2 Entrance Frames
2.11.12.2.1 Where used, entrance frames shall be
anchored to the sills and to the building structure or the
track supports. The head of the entrance frame shall not
be used to support the weight of the wall over the frame.
2.11.12.2.2 Where decorative material is applied
to listed /certified frames, it shall conform to the require-
ments of the certifying organization.
(ED) 2.11.12.3 Rails. The panel guide rails shall be
securely fastened to the building structure and the
entrance frame, at intervals, throughout their entire
length.
Rails and their supports shall withstand the forces
specified in 2.11.12.4.6. Where truckable sills are pro-
vided as specified in 2.11.12.4.2, the rails shall withstand
any reactions that could be transmitted to the rails as a
result of loading and unloading operations.
2.11.12.4 Panels. Panels shall conform to 2.11.12.4.1
through 2.11.12.4.8.
2.1 1 .1 2.4.1 The panels shall be constructed of non-
combustible material, or of a structural core made of
combustible material if covered with not less than
0.45 mm (0.0175 in.) sheet metal.
2.11.12.4.2 The lower panel of biparting entrances
and the top of the panel of vertical slide entrances that
slide down to open shall be provided with a truckable sill
designed for the loads specified in 2.11.12.1.1. Provisions
shall be made to transmit the panel sill load to the build-
ing structure.
2.11.12.4.3 Panels of biparting counterbalanced
entrances shall conform to the following:
(a) They shall be provided with means to stop the
closing panels when the distance between the closing
rigid members of the panel is not less than 20 mm (0.8 in.)
and not more than 50 mm (2 in.).
(b) A fire-resistive, nonshearing, and noncrushing
member of either the meeting or overlapping type shall
be provided on the upper panel to close the distance
between the rigid door sections when in contact with the
stops. This member shall allow a minimum compressible
clearance of 20 mm (0.8 in.).
(c) Rigid members that overlap the meeting edge, and
center-latching devices, are prohibited.
2.11.12.4.4 The panels, with their attachments for
doors that slide up to open, shall overlap the sides and
top of the entrance opening by at least 50 mm (2 in.)
when in the closed position. Other vertically sliding
panels and their attachments shall overlap their entrance
openings and sills by at least 50 mm (2 in.) when in the
closed position. The overlap shall extend at least 50 mm
(2 in.) beyond the thickness of any facing used to finish
the opening.
2.11.12.4.5 The clearance between a panel and the
frame lintel, between a panel and the sill, and between
related panels of multispeed entrances, shall not exceed
25 mm (1 in.).
2.11.12.4.6 Panels, rails, and door guides shall
conform to the strength requirements of 2.11.11.5.7.
Hangers, guides, and guide shoes shall not be perma-
nently displaced or deformed by more than 20 mm
(0.8 in.) when their panel is subjected to a force of 5 000 N
(1,125 lbf) in the direction of the hoistway applied at
right angles to the panel over an area of 300 mm x
300 mm (12 in. x 12 in.) at the approximate center of
the panel.
2.11.12.4.7 Means shall be provided to close the
opening between the upper panel of pass-type entrances
and the entrance frame lintel. The sum of the clearance
between the panel, the device used to close the opening,
and the entrance lintel shall not exceed 25 mm (1 in.).
2.11.12.4.8 Means shall be provided to prevent
the opening of locked doors more than 25 mm (1 in.)
per panel at the farthest point from the interlock when
a force of 135 N (30 lbf) is applied in the opening direc-
tion at the leading edge of the door at the farthest point
from the interlock.
2.11.12.5 Guides. Panel guides shall conform to
2.11.12.5.1 through 2.11.12.5.3.
2.11.12.5.1 Each panel shall be equipped with not
less than four guide members or with continuous guides.
2.11.12.5.2 Guide members shall be securely fas-
tened to the panels.
2.11.12.5.3 Guide members shall be designed to
withstand the forces specified in 2.11.12.4.6.
2.11.12.6 Counterweighting or Counterbalancing.
Single or multisection vertically sliding panels shall be
so counterweighted, and vertically sliding biparting
34
2.11.12.6-2.11.14.1
ASME A17.1-2004
o
panels shall be so counterbalanced, that they will not
open or close by gravity.
Fastenings shall be provided to prevent the fall of a
counterweight, and the detachment or dislodgment of
counterweight parts or of balancing weights. Suspension
means and their connections, for vertically sliding
biparting counterbalanced doors and for the counter-
weights of vertically sliding counterweighted doors,
shall have a factor of safety of not less than 5.
2.11.12.7 Sill Guards. Where the panel sill or other
structural member projects more than 13 mm (0.5 in.)
into the hoistway or beyond the panel surface below it,
the projection shall be provided with a metal guard not
less than 1.4 mm (0.055 in.) thick and beveled at an angle
of not less than 50 deg and not more than 75 deg from
the horizontal.
2.11.12.8 Pull Straps. Manually operated vertically
sliding biparting entrances shall be provided with pull
straps on the inside and outside of the door.
The length of the pull straps shall conform to
2.11.12.8.1 and 2.11.12.8.2.
2.11.12.8.1 The bottom of the strap shall be not
more than 2 000 mm (79 in.) above the landing when
the panel is in the fully opened position.
2.11.12.8.2 The length of the strap shall not be
extended by means of ropes or other materials.
2.11.13 Entrances, Swinging Type
2.11.13.1 Landing Sills. Landing sills shall
(a) be of metal and of sufficient strength to support
the loads to be carried by the sills when loading and
unloading the car, and be secured in place
(b) be substantially flush with the floor surface of the
elevator landings
(c) be so designed and maintained as to provide a
secure foothold over the entire width of the door opening
2.11.13.2 Entrance Frames. Frames shall conform to
2.11.13.2.1 and 2.11.13.2.2.
2.11.13.2.1 They shall be designed to support in
place the panels with their hinges or pivots, closer if
attached to the frame and interlock. They shall with-
stand the forces referred to in 2.11.13.3.5, and the forces
resulting from the normal opening of the door or normal
attempts to open it when locked in the closed position.
2.11.13.2.2 Where decorative material is applied
to listed /certified panels, it shall conform to the require-
ments of the certifying organization.
2.11.13.3 Panels. Panels shall conform to 2.11.13.3.1
through 2.11.13.3.7.
2.11.13.3.1 The panels shall overlap the part of
the frame against which they close by not less than
13 mm (0.5 in.).
2.11.13.3.2 The clearance between a panel and its
sill shall not exceed 10 mm (0.375 in.).
2.11.13.3.3 The panels of entrances used with
automatic-operation passenger elevators shall have no
hand latches or other hand-operated door-fastening
devices, nor shall such panels have any handles or knobs
on the hoistway side.
2.11.13.3.4 Where decorative material is applied
to listed /certified panels, it shall conform to the require-
ments of the certifying organization.
2.11.13.3.5 Panels and their assembled accesso-
ries shall
(a) be capable of withstanding a force on the handle
of not less than 450 N (100 lbf ) in the opening direction
of a closed and locked door. There shall be no permanent
displacement or deformation of the handle or the door
panel resulting from this force.
(b) conform to 2.11.11.5.7.
(c) not be permanently displaced or deformed by
more than 20 mm (0.75 in.) when the panel is subjected
to a force of 5 000 N (1,125 lbf) in the direction of the
hoistway, applied at right angles to the panel over an
area of 300 mm x 300 mm (12 in. x 12 in.) at the approxi-
mate center of the panel.
2.11.13.3.6 Center-opening horizontally swinging
doors shall have one door section provided with an
overlapping astragal on its vertical edge, except where
each door section is provided with a landing door inter-
lock [see 2.12.2.4.4(c)].
2.11.13.3.7 Center-opening horizontally swinging
doors shall have door stops provided at the top entrances
that will stop each door panel when closed and that will
meet the requirements specified in 2.11.13.3.5.
2.11.13.4 Hinges. Hinges of the mortise and surface (04)
type shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 80, Table
2-4.3.1.
2.11.13.5 Entrances With Combination Horizontally
Sliding and Swinging Panels. Where both the sliding
and swinging panels are not equipped with hoistway
door interlocks or locks and contacts conforming to 2.12,
the horizontally sliding and swinging panels forming a
part of the entrance shall be so interconnected that
(a) the swinging panel can be opened only when the
sliding panel is in the open position
(b) both panels swing as a unit
2.11.14 Fire Tests
2.11.14.1 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC
(a) the fire protection rating of entrances and doors
shall be determined in accordance with the requirements
specified in the NBCC (CAN4-S104)
(b) where required, the hoistway door interlock mech-
anism and associated wiring shall remain operational
35
ASA/IE A17.1-2004
2.11.14.1-2.11.17
for a period of 1 h when subjected to the standard fire
exposure test described in CAN4-S104
NOTE (2.11.14.1): Requirements 2.11.14.2 through 2.11.18 do not
apply in jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC.
(04) 2.11.14.2 In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC,
2.11.15 through 2.11.18, and 2.11.14.2.1 through
2.11.14.2.3 apply where fire-resistive construction is
required by 2.1.1.1.3.
2.11.14.2.1 Entrances shall be subjected to the
type tests specified in 8.3.4.
2.11.14.2.2 The following basic types of entrances
shall be tested:
(a) Horizontally Sliding Type. Test a side-sliding and a
center-opening assembly.
(b) Swinging Type. Test a single swinging assembly.
(c) Vertically Sliding Type. Test a biparting assembly.
2.11.14.2.3 When an entrance assembly has been
tested for one type of wall construction, i.e., masonry
or drywall, only the frame-to-wall interface shall be
acceptable to the certifying organization for other types
of construction.
2.11.15 Marking
(04) 2.11.15.1 Labeling of Tested Assembly. In jurisdic-
tions not enforcing the NBCC, 2.11.15.1.1 and 2.11.15.1.2
apply where fire-resistive construction is required by
2.1.1.1.3.
2.11.15.1.1 Each entrance shall be labeled. Each
label shall be permanently attached to the equipment
and shall be readily visible after installation. The follow-
ing data shall be on the label:
(a) certifying organization's name or identifying
symbol
(b) the name, trademark, or file number by which
the organization that manufactured the product can be
identified
(c) statement of compliance with 8.3.4
(ED) 2.11.15.1.2 Labels shall be provided for each
entrance as follows:
(a) One label shall be provided for the door panels.
(b) One label shall be provided for the frame, except
that no label is required where frames are installed in
masonry or concrete and the panel overlaps the wall in
conformance with 2.11.11.5.1 and 2.11.11.5.2, or
2.11.12.4.4.
(c) One label shall be provided for the transom panel.
One label shall be permitted to be provided for the
frame and transom, provided that the label states that
it includes both the frame and the transom.
(d) Where entrance hardware components have not all
been tested in complete assembly, individually labeled
hardware components that are designed to be compati-
ble with the entrance assembly shall be provided. A
single label shall be permitted to be provided for the
entrance hardware where the entrance hardware compo-
nents are equivalent to those tested in a complete
assembly.
(e) A single label shall be permitted to be provided
for the entire entrance assembly where components are
equivalent to those tested as a complete assembly.
2.11.15.2 Other Assemblies. In jurisdictions not
enforcing the NBCC, the following shall apply. Other
assemblies of the three basic types (see 2.11.14) shall
qualify for labeling or listing /certification:
(a) when composed of panel(s), frame, and hardware
of the same type as tested and not exceeding the overall
height and width of any panel and frame of the largest
size tested; or
(b) when such panel(s), frame, and hardware are mod-
ified, and test or technical data demonstrates that the
modifications will meet the performance requirements
of the test procedure in 8.3.3.
All other elements of the assembly shall conform to
all other applicable requirements of this Code.
2.11.15.3 Entrances Larger Than Tested Assemblies.
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the following
shall apply. When the entrance is too large for the regu-
larly available test facilities, the certifying organization
shall be permitted to issue oversize certificates or over-
size labels, or such entrances shall be permitted to be
used subject to approval by the authority having juris-
diction.
2.11.16 Factory Inspections
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the following
shall apply. The manufacturing facilities for the produc-
tion of entrances or components thereof shall be
inspected by the certifying organization at random at
least quarterly, or if they are not manufactured on a
continuous basis, at the time they are being produced,
to assure that production methods are such that
entrances or components thereof similar to those tested
are being produced.
2.11.17 Transoms and Fixed Side Panels
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the following
shall apply. Transoms and fixed side panels shall be
permitted to close openings above and beside the hori-
zontally sliding or horizontally swinging type entrances,
provided that
(a) the opening closed by the transom and fixed side
panel does not exceed in width or height the dimensions
of the entrance in which it is installed
(b) the transom panels and fixed side panels are
(1) constructed in a manner equivalent to the con-
struction of the entrance panels
(2) secured
36
2.11.18-2.12.2.4.1
ASMEA1 7. 1-2004
(04) 2.11.18 Installation Instructions
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the following
shall apply:
(a) Instructions detailing the application and installa-
tion of door listed /certified panels and entrance hard-
ware shall be provided.
(b) Where frames are used, instructions detailing the
listed /certified frame-to-wall interface shall be pro-
vided.
2.11.19 Gasketing of Hoistway Entrances
Where gasketing material is applied to fire-resistive
entrances, it shall conform to 2.11.19.1 through 2.11.19.4.
2.11.19.1 The gasketing material shall be subjected
to the tests specified in UL 10B, NFPA 252, or CAN4-
S104, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
2.11.19.2 The gasketing material shall withstand the
maximum elevated temperature tests as defined by UL
1784 standard without deterioration.
2.1 1 .1 9.3 Each section of the gasketing material shall
be labeled. Each label shall bear the name of the manu-
facturer and a statement indicating conformance with
2.11.19.1 and 2.11.19.2. The label shall be visible after
installation
2.11.19.4 Labeled gasketing material shall conform
to 2.11.16 or the NBCC, whichever is applicable.
NOTES (2.11.19):
(1) See also 2.1.1.5, 2.11.3, and 2.13.4 for additional requirements to
be considered when gasketing material is applied to a hoistway
entrance.
(2) These requirements do not evaluate the air and/or smoke leak-
age performance of the gasketing material.
SECTION 2.12
HOISTWAY DOOR LOCKING DEVICES AND ELECTRIC
CONTACTS, AND HOISTWAY ACCESS SWITCHES
2.12.1 General
2.12.1.1 When the car is stopped within the
unlocking zone, the hoistway doors shall be unlocked,
or locked but openable from the landing side either
manually or by power.
2.12.1.2 When the car is outside the unlocking zone,
the hoistway doors shall be openable from the landing
side only by a hoistway door unlocking device (see
2.12.6, 2.12.7, and Nonmandatory Appendix B).
2.12.1.3 For security purposes, hoistway doors shall
be permitted to be locked out of service, subject to the
requirements of 2.11.6.
2.12.1.4 Passenger elevator hoistway doors shall be
equipped with interlocks conforming to 2.12.2.
2.12.1.5 Freight elevator hoistway doors shall be
equipped with interlocks conforming to 2.12.2 or combi-
nation mechanical locks and electric contacts conform-
ing to, and where permitted by, 2.12.3.
2.12.2 Interlocks
2.12.2.1 General. Each entrance at a landing to an
elevator used for passengers or freight and not conform-
ing to 2.12.3.1 shall be equipped with one or more inter-
locks meeting the design requirements of 2.12.2.4.
2.12.2.2 Closed Position of Hoistway Doors.
Hoistway doors shall be considered to be in the closed
position under the following conditions. These dimen-
sions apply to the doors in their normal operating condi-
tion (see 2.14.4.11):
(a) for horizontally sliding or swinging doors, when
the leading edge of the door is within 10 mm (0.375 in.)
of the nearest face of the jamb or when the panels of
center-opening doors are within 10 mm (0.375 in.) of
contact with each other
(b) for vertically sliding counterweighted doors,
when the leading edge of the door is within 10 mm
(0.375 in.) of the sill for doors which slide up to open,
or 10 mm (0.375 in.) of the lintel for doors that slide
down to open
(c) for vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced
doors, when the astragal on the upper panel is within
19 mm (0.75 in.) of the lower panel
2.12.2.3 Operation of the Driving Machine With a
Hoistway Door Unlocked or Not in the Closed Position.
Operation of the driving machine when a hoistway door
is unlocked or not in the closed position (see 2.12.2.2)
shall be permitted under one of the following conditions:
(a) by a car leveling or truck zoning device (see
2.26.1.6)
(b) when a hoistway access switch is operated (see
2.12.7)
(c) when a bypass switch is activated (see 2.26.1.5)
2.12.2.4 General Design Requirements. Interlocks
shall conform to 2.12.2.4.1 through 2.12.2.4.7.
2.12.2.4.1 Interlock contacts shall be positively
opened by the locking member or by a member con-
nected to and mechanically operated by the locking
member, and the contacts shall be maintained in the
open position by the action of gravity, or by a restrained
compression spring, or by both, or by means of the
opening member (see 2.26.2.14). If the contacts are main-
tained in the open position by other than the locking
member, the interlock shall be located such that the
contacts cannot be closed by hand from the car or land-
ing when the doors are open.
The electrical contact bridging means shall withstand
a separating force of 200 N (45 lbf ) in any direction from
the locking member.
37
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.12.2.4.2-2.12.3.2
2.12.2.4.2 The locking member of the interlock
shall hold the door in the locked position by means of
gravity, or by a restrained compression spring, or by
both, or by means of a positive linkage.
2.12.2.4.3 The interlock shall lock the door in the
closed position with a minimum engagement of 7 mm
(0.28 in.) of the locking members before the interlock
contacts are closed and before the driving machine can
be operated, except as permitted in 2.12.2.3.
Devices that permit operation of the driving machine
by the normal operating device when the door is closed
but before it is locked are not interlocks and are not
permitted where interlocks are required by this Code.
(ED) 2.12.2.4.4 Interlocks, used with multisection
doors, shall conform to the following requirements:
(a) They shall lock all sections of the door, but shall
be permitted to be applied to only one section of the
door, provided the device used to interconnect the door
sections is so arranged that locking one section will
prevent the opening of all sections.
(b) Where used with vertically sliding biparting coun-
terbalanced doors, they shall be so arranged that the
interlock contacts are mechanically held in the open
position by the door or devices attached thereto, unless
the door is in the closed position.
(c) Where used with center-opening horizontally
swinging doors, either
(1) both door panels shall be equipped with inter-
locks; or
(2) where the door panels are so arranged that one
panel can be opened only after the other panel has been
opened, the interlock is not required on the section that
opens last, if that door panel is provided with a door
electric contact conforming to 2.14.4.2.3, 2.14.4.2.5, and
2.26.2.15, except that terms "door or gate" and "car door
or gate" shall be replaced with the "hoistway door" or
"hoistway door section" and the term "accessible from
inside the car panel" with the term "accessible from the
landing side when the hoistway doors are closed."
(d) Where used with combination horizontally sliding
and swinging doors, either
(1) the sliding and swinging panels shall both be
equipped with interlocks; or
(2) where the sliding and swinging panels are inter-
connected in conformity with the requirements of
2.11.13.5, the interlock is not required on the swinging
panel, provided that the interlock on the sliding panel is
so designed and installed that the car cannot be operated
unless the sliding and swinging panels are both locked
in the closed position, as defined in 2.12.2.2.
(e) Where a door closer, used with a combination slid-
ing and swinging door, is arranged to be disconnected
to allow the sliding panel to swing, it shall be so designed
and installed that it shall not make the interlock contact
when disconnected and released.
2.12.2.4.5 Interlock systems employing a single
master switch for more than one door are prohibited.
2.12.2.4.6 The locking member shall not disen-
gage when the door is subjected to a repetitive force of
450 N (100 lbf ) in the direction of opening and at a right
angle.
2.12.2.4.7 Mercury tube switches shall not be
used.
2.12.2.5 Interlock Retiring Cam Device. Retiring cams (ED)
used to actuate an interlock shall exert a force at least
double the average force required to operate the inter-
lock and shall have a movement at least 13 mm (0.5 in.)
more than the average movement required to operate
the interlock.
An interlock retiring cam device shall be permanently
marked by the manufacturer with its rated horizontal
force and rated horizontal movement.
The rated horizontal force shall be the static force
exerted by a retiring cam device in the horizontal direc-
tion when extended a distance equal to 75% of its rated
horizontal movement. The rated horizontal movement
shall be the horizontal distance traveled by the retiring
cam device from the fully retired position to the fully
extended position.
2.12.2.6 Location. Interlocks shall be so located that
they are not accessible from the landing side when the
hoistway doors are closed.
2.12.3 Hoistway Door Combination Mechanical Locks
and Electric Contacts
2.12.3.1 Where Permitted. Hoistway door combina-
tion mechanical locks and electric contacts shall be per-
mitted only on freight elevators equipped with manually
operated vertically sliding doors and only at the follow-
ing landings:
(a) the top terminal landing and the landing located
not more than 1 225 mm (48 in.) below the top terminal
landing, provided that the elevator travel does not
exceed 4 570 mm (15 ft)
(b) any landing whose sill is within 1 525 mm (60 in.)
of the pit floor, regardless of the elevator travel
2.12.3.2 Closed Position of Hoistway Doors.
Hoistway doors shall be considered to be in the closed
position under the following conditions. These dimen-
sions apply to the doors in their normal operating condi-
tion (see also 2.14.4.11):
(a) for vertically sliding counterweighted doors,
when the leading edge of the door is within 10 mm
(0.375 in.) of the sill for doors that slide up to open, or
10 mm (0.375 in.) of the lintel for doors that slide down
to open
(b) for vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced
doors, when the astragal on the upper panel is within
19 mm (0.75 in.) of the lower panel
•
38
2.12.3.3-2.12.5
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.12.3.3 Operation of the Driving Machine With a
Hoistway Door Not in the Closed Position. Operation of
the driving machine when a hoistway door is not in
the closed position shall be permitted under one of the
following conditions:
(a) by a car leveling or truck zoning device (see
2.12.2.2 and 2.26.1.6)
(b) when a hoistway access switch is operated (see
2.12.7)
(c) when bypass switch is activated (see 2.26.1.5)
2.12.3.4 General Design Requirements. Combination
mechanical locks and electric contacts shall conform to
2.12.3.4.1 through 2.12.3.4.6.
2.12.3.4.1 They shall be so designed that the lock-
ing member and the electric contact are mounted on
and attached to a common base, in such a manner that
there is a fixed relation between the location of the con-
tact and the location of the locking member.
They shall be so installed and adjusted that the electric
contact cannot close until the door is in the closed posi-
tion as specified in 2.12.3.2, and so that the locking mem-
ber is in a position to lock the door when or before the
contact closes. In order to prevent motion of the door
from opening the electric contact while the door is locked
in the closed position, multiple-locking points shall,
where necessary, be provided on the locking mechanism.
2.12.3.4.2 The electric contact shall be positively
opened by the locking bar of the mechanical lock or by
a lever or other device attached to and operated by the
door, and the electric contact shall be maintained in the
open position by the action of gravity or by a restrained
compression spring, or by both, or by positive mechani-
cal means. (See 2.26.2.14.)
2.12.3.4.3 The mechanical lock shall hold the door
in the locked position by means of gravity or by a
restrained compression spring, or by both.
2.12.3.4.4 Combination mechanical locks and
electric contacts used with vertical-slide multiple-panel
doors shall conform to the following requirements:
(ED) (a) They shall lock all panels of the door, but shall be
permitted to be applied to only one section of the door,
provided the device used to interconnect the door sec-
tions is so arranged that locking one panel will prevent
the opening of all panels.
(b) Where used with vertically sliding biparting coun-
terbalanced doors, the electric contact shall be so
arranged that it is mechanically held in the open position
by the door or a device attached thereto, unless the door
is in the closed position.
2.12.3.4.5 The locking member shall not disen-
gage when the door is subjected to a repetitive force of
450 N (100 lbf ) in the direction of opening and at a right
angle.
2.12.3.4.6 Mercury tube switches shall not be
used.
2.12.3.5 Location. Combination mechanical locks
and electric contacts shall be so located that they are
not accessible from the landing side when the hoistway
doors are closed.
2.12.4 Listing/Certification Door Locking Devices and
Door or Gate Electric Contacts
2.12.4.1 Type Tests. Each type and make of hoistway
door interlock, hoistway door combination mechanical
lock and electric contact, and door or gate electric con-
tact, shall conform to the type tests specified in 8.3.3,
unless tested prior to
(a) August 1, 1996, and shall have been subjected to
the tests specified in A17.1a-1994, Section 1101; or
(b) (insert effective date of ASME A17.1 or CSA
B44 Code) in jurisdictions enforcing CSA B44 and shall
have been subjected to the tests specified in CSA B44S1-
1997, Clause 11.4.
The tests shall be done by or under the supervision
of a certifying organization.
2.12.4.2 Listing/Certification. Each type and make of
hoistway door interlock, hoistway door combination
mechanical lock and electric contact, and door or gate
electric contact shall conform to the general require-
ments for tests and certification specified in 8.3.1.
2.12.4.3 Identification Marking. Each listed /certified
device shall be labeled. It shall be permanently attached
to the device, and shall be so located as to be readily
visible when the device is installed in its operating
position.
The labels shall include the following data:
(a) the name, trademark, or certifying organization
file number by which the organization that manufac-
tured the product can be identified
(b) the certifying organization name or identifying
symbol
(c) statement of compliance with ASME A17.1 or
CSA B44
(d) a distinctive type, model, or style letter or number
(e) rated voltage and current, and whether AC or DC
(f) rated test force and rated test movement when the
device is of a type released by an interlock retiring cam
(see 8.3.3.4.7)
(g) date (month and year) devices subjected to type
test specified in 2.12.4.1
(h) if the device has only been type tested and listed/
certified for use on a private residence elevator, the label
shall indicate the restricted use
2.12.5 Restricted Opening of Hoistway or Car Doors
Hoistway and car doors of passenger elevators shall
conform to 2.12.5.1 through 2.12.5.3.
39
ASME A17.1-2004
2.12.5.1-2.12.7.3.6
2.12.5.1 When a car is outside the unlocking zone,
the hoistway doors or car doors shall be so arranged
that the hoistway doors or car doors cannot be opened
more than 100 mm (4 in.) from inside the car.
2.12.5.2 When the car doors are so arranged that
they cannot be opened when the car is outside the
unlocking zone, the car doors shall be openable from
outside the car without the use of a special tool(s).
2.12.5.3 The doors shall be openable from within
the car (see 2.14.5.7) when the car is within the
unlocking zone.
NOTE (2.12.5): See also 2.12.1 and Nonmandatory Appendix B,
Unlocking Zone.
2.12.6 Hoistway Door Unlocking Devices
2.12.6.1 General. Except in jurisdictions that limit the
use of hoistway door unlocking devices, they shall be
provided for use by elevator and emergency personnel
for each elevator at every landing where there is an
entrance.
2.12.6.2 Location and Design. Hoistway door
unlocking devices shall conform to 2.12.6.2.1 through
2.12.6.2.5.
2.12.6.2.1 The device shall unlock and permit the
opening of a hoistway door from a landing irrespective
of the position of the car.
2.12.6.2.2 The device shall be designed to prevent
unlocking the door with common tools.
2.12.6.2.3 Where a hoistway unlocking device
consists of an arrangement whereby a releasing chain,
permanently attached to a door locking mechanism, is
kept under a locked panel adjacent to the landing door,
such a panel shall be self-closing and self-locking and
shall not have identifying markings on its face.
2.12.6.2.4 The operating means for unlocking the
door shall be Group 1 Security (see 8.1). The operating
means shall also be made available to emergency person-
nel during an emergency.
2.12.6.2.5 The unlocking device keyway and
locked panel (see 2.12.6.2.3), if provided, shall be located
at a height not greater than 2 100 mm (83 in.) above the
landing.
2.12.7 Hoistway Access Switches
2.12.7.1 General
2.12.7.1.1 Hoistway access switches shall be pro-
vided when the rated speed is greater than 0.75 m/s
(150 ft/min) at
(a) the lowest landing for access to the pit, when a
separate pit access door is not provided
(b) the top landing for access to the top of the car
2.12.7.1.2 For elevators with a speed of 0.75 m/s
(150 ft/min) or less, hoistway access switches shall be
provided at the top landing when the distance from the
top of the car to the landing sill exceeds 900 mm (35 in.)
when the car platform is level with the landing immedi-
ately below the top landing.
2.12.7.2 Location and Design. Hoistway access
switches shall conform to 2.12.7.2.1 through 2.12.7.2.3.
2.12.7.2.1 The switch shall be installed adjacent
to the hoistway entrance at the landing with which it is
identified.
2.12.7.2.2 The switch shall be of the continuous-
pressure spring-return type, and shall be operated by a
cylinder-type lock having not less than a five-pin or five-
disk combination, with the key removable only when
the switch is in the "OFF" position. The key shall be
Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
2.12.7.2.3 The electric contacts in the switch shall
be positively opened mechanically; their openings shall
not be solely dependent on springs.
2.12.7.3 Operating Requirements. The operation of
the switch shall permit movement of the car with the
hoistway door at this landing unlocked or not in the
closed position, and with the car door or gate not in the
closed position, subject to the requirements of 2.12.7.3.1
through 2.12.7.3.8.
2.12.7.3.1 The operation of the switch shall not
render ineffective the hoistway-door interlock or electric
contact at any other landing, nor shall the car move if
any other hoistway door is unlocked.
2.12.7.3.2 The car cannot be operated at a speed
greater than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min).
2.12.7.3.3 For automatic and continuous-pressure (ED)
operation elevators, provided that
(a) car and landing operating devices are first made
inoperative by means within the car. This means shall
enable the hoistway access switches and shall be key
operated or behind a locked cover. The key shall be
Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
(b) power operation of the hoistway door and /or car
door or gate is inoperative.
2.12.7.3.4 Automatic operation by a car-leveling
device is inoperative.
2.12.7.3.5 Both top-of-car inspection operation
(see 2.26.1.4.2) and in-car inspection operation (see
2.26.1.4.3) are not in effect.
2.12.7.3.6 The movement of the car initiated and
maintained by the access switch at the lowest landing,
if this landing is the normal means of access to the pit,
shall be limited in the up direction to the point where
40
2.12.7.3.6-2.13.3.2.4
ASME A17.1-2004
the bottom of the platform guard is even with hoistway
entrance header.
2.12.7.3.7 The movement of the car initiated and
maintained by the upper access switch shall be limited
in the down direction to a travel not greater than the
height of the car crosshead above the car platform, and
limited in the up direction to the distance the platform
guard extends below the car platform.
2.12.7.3.8 The access switch shall only control the
movement of the car within the zone specified in
2.12.7.3.6 or 2.12.7.3.7. Control circuits related to, or oper-
ated by, the hoistway access switches shall comply with
2.26.9.3(c), (d), and (e) and 2.26.9.4.
SECTION 2.13
POWER OPERATION OF HOISTWAY DOORS AND
CAR DOORS
(ed) 2.13.1 Types of Doors and Gates Permitted
Where both a hoistway door and a car door or gate
are opened and /or closed by power, the hoistway door
and the car door or gate shall both be either of the
horizontally sliding type or vertically sliding type.
2.13.2 Power Opening
2.13.2.1 Power Opening of Car Doors or Gates. Power
opening of a car door or gate shall be subject to the
requirements of 2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.1.2.
2.13.2.1.1 Power opening shall occur only at the
landing where the car is stopping, or is leveling, or at
rest, and shall start only when the car is within the
landing zone where an automatic car-leveling device is
provided, except that on elevators with static control,
power shall not be applied to open car doors until the
car is within 300 mm (12 in.) of the landing.
2.13.2.1.2 Collapsible car gates shall not be power
opened to a distance exceeding one-third of the clear
gate opening, and in no case more than 250 mm (10 in.).
2.13.2.2 Power Opening of Hoistway Doors. Power
opening of a hoistway door shall conform to 2.13.2.2.1
through 2.13.2.2.3.
2.13.2.2.1 Power opening shall occur only at the
landing where the car is stopping, leveling, or at rest,
and shall start only when the car is within the landing
zone where an automatic car leveling device is provided,
except that on elevators with static control, opening shall
not start until the car is within 300 mm (12 in.) of the
landing.
(ED) 2.13.2.2.2 Power opening shall be permitted to be
initiated automatically through control circuits, pro-
vided that the car is being automatically stopped or
leveled, and that, when stopping under normal
operating conditions, the car shall be at rest or substan-
tially level with the landing before the hoistway door
is fully opened.
2.13.2.2.3 Sequence opening of vertically sliding
hoistway doors and adjacent car doors or gates shall
comply with 2.13.6.
2.13.3 Power Closing
2.13.3.1 Power Closing or Automatic Self-Closing of
Car Doors or Gates Where Used With Manually Operated
or Self-Closing Hoistway Doors
2.13.3.1.1 Where a car door or gate of an auto- (ED)
matic or continuous-pressure operation passenger ele-
vator is closed by power, or is of the automatically
released self-closing type, and faces a manually operated
or self-closing hoistway door, the closing of the car door
or gate shall not be initiated unless the hoistway door
is in the closed position, and the closing mechanism
shall be so designed that the force necessary to prevent
closing of a horizontally sliding car door or gate from
rest is not more than 135 N (30 lbf).
2.13.3.1.2 Requirement 2.13.3.1.1 does not apply
where a car door or gate is closed by power through
continuous pressure of a door closing switch, or of the
car operating device, and where the release of the closing
switch or operating device will cause the car door or
gate to stop or to stop and reopen.
2.13.3.2 Power Closing of Hoistway Doors and Car
Doors or Gates by Continuous-Pressure Means. Horizon-
tally or vertically sliding hoistway doors with manually
closed, or power-operated, or power-closed car doors
or gates shall be permitted to be closed by continuous-
pressure means, subject to the requirements of 2.13.3.2.1
through 2.13.3.2.5.
2.13.3.2.1 The release of the closing means shall
cause the hoistway door, and a power-operated or
power-closed car door or gate, to stop or to stop and
reopen.
2.13.3.2.2 The operation of the closing means at
any landing shall not close the hoistway door at any
other landing, nor the car door or gate when the elevator
car is at any other landing.
2.13.3.2.3 Any closing means at a landing shall
close only that hoistway door and the car door or gate
at the side where such means is located.
2.13.3.2.4 For elevators having more than one
hoistway opening at any landing level, a separate closing
means shall be provided in the car for each car door or
gate and its adjacent hoistway door, except that a sepa-
rate closing means need not be furnished for a horizon-
tally sliding hoistway door and adjacent car door or gate
that conform to 2.13.4.
41
ASME A17.1-2004
2.13.3.2.5-2.13.4.2.2
2.13.3.2.5 For sequence closing of vertically slid-
ing hoistway doors and adjacent car doors or gates, see
2.13.6.
2.13.3.3 Power Closing of Horizontally Sliding
Hoistway Doors and Horizontally Sliding Car Doors or
Gates by Momentary Pressure or by Automatic Means.
Power closing by momentary pressure or by automatic
means shall be permitted only for automatic or continu-
ous-pressure operation elevators. The closing of the
doors shall be subject to the requirements of 2.13.3.3.1
and 2.13.3.3.2.
2.13.3.3.1 The closing of the doors shall conform
to 2.13.4.
2.13.3.3.2 A momentary pressure switch or button
shall be provided in the car, the operation of which shall
cause the doors to stop or to stop and reopen. The switch
or button shall be identified as required by 2.26.12.
(ED) 2.13.3.4 Power Closing of Vertically Sliding Hoistway
Doors and Vertically Sliding Car Doors or Gates by
Momentary Pressure or by Automatic Means. Power clos-
ing by momentary pressure or by automatic means shall
be permitted only for automatic or continuous-pressure
operation elevators.
Vertically sliding hoistway doors used with vertically
sliding power-operated car doors or gates closed by
momentary pressure or automatic means, shall conform
to the requirements of 2.13.3.4.1 through 2.13.3.4.5.
2.13.3.4.1 A warning bell or other audible signal
shall be provided on the car, which shall start to sound
at least 5 s prior to the time the car door or gate starts
to close and shall continue to sound until the hoistway
door is substantially closed. When the doors are closed
by a closing switch in the car, the 5 s time interval shall
be permitted to be omitted.
2.13.3.4.2 Sequence closing of the hoistway door
and adjacent car door or gate shall be provided and
shall conform to 2.13.6. Sequence closing is not required
when a biparting vertically sliding hoistway door faces
a biparting vertically sliding car door or gate.
2.13.3.4.3 The car door or gate shall be equipped
with a reopening device conforming to 2.13.5.
2.13.3.4.4 A momentary pressure switch or button
shall be provided in the car and at each landing, which,
when operated, shall cause the car door or gate and the
hoistway door at the landing to stop or to stop and
reopen.
2.13.3.4.5 The average closing speed shall not
exceed 0.3 m/s (1 ft/s) for a vertically sliding counter-
weighted hoistway door or for each panel of a biparting
counterbalanced hoistway door or car gate, and shall
not exceed 0.6 m/s (2 ft/s) for a vertically sliding coun-
terweighted car door or gate.
2.13.4 Closing Limitations for Power-Operated
Horizontally Sliding Hoistway Doors and
Horizontally Sliding Car Doors or Gates
2.13.4.1 Where Required. Where a power-operated
horizontally sliding hoistway door or car door /gate or
both is closed by momentary pressure or by automatic
means (see 2.13.3.3), or is closed simultaneously with
another door or car door /gate or both from one continu-
ous-pressure means (see 2.13.3.2.3 and 2.13.3.2.4), the
closing mechanism shall be designed and installed to
conform to 2.13.4.2 and the reopening device shall be
designed and installed to conform to 2.13.5.
2.13.4.2 Closing Mechanism
2.13.4.2.1 Kinetic Energy
(a) Where the hoistway door and the car door /gate
are closed in such a manner that stopping either one
manually will stop both, the kinetic energy of the closing
door system shall be based upon the sum of the hoistway
and the car door weights, as well as all parts rigidly
connected thereto, including the rotational inertia effects
of the door operator and the connecting transmission
to the door panels.
(b) Where a reopening device conforming to 2.13.5
is used, the closing door system shall conform to the
following requirements:
(1) The kinetic energy computed for the actual clos-
ing speed at any point in the Code zone distance defined
by 2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed 23 J (17 ft-lbf).
(2) The kinetic energy computed for the average
closing speed as determined in accordance with
2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed 10 J (7.37 ft-lbf).
(c) Where a reopening device is not used, or has been
rendered inoperative (see 2.13.5), the closing door sys-
tem shall conform to the following requirements:
(1) The kinetic energy computed for the actual clos-
ing speed at any point in the Code zone distance defined
by 2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed 8 J (6 ft-lbf).
(2) The kinetic energy computed for the average
closing speed within the Code zone distance (see
2.13.4.2.2), or in any exposed opening width, including
the last increment of door travel, shall not exceed 3.5 J
(2.5 ft-lbf).
2.13.4.2.2 Door Travel in the Code Zone Distance
(a) For all side sliding doors using single or multiple
speed panels, the Code zone distance shall be taken as
the horizontal distance from a point 50 mm (2 in.) away
from the open jamb to a point 50 mm (2 in.) away from
the opposite jamb.
(b) For all center-opening sliding doors using single
or multiple speed panels, the Code zone distance shall
be taken as the horizontal distance from a point 25 mm
(1 in.) away from the open jamb to a point 25 mm (1 in.)
from the center meeting point of the doors.
42
2.13.4.2.2-2.14.1.2.3
ASME A17.1-2004
#
(c) The average closing speed shall be determined by
measuring the time required for the leading edge of the
door to travel the Code zone distance.
2.13.4.2.3 Door Force. The force necessary to pre-
vent closing of the hoistway door (or the car door or
gate if power operated) from rest shall not exceed 135 N
(30 lbf) (see 2.13.3.1). This force shall be measured on
the leading edge of the door with the door at any point
between one third and two thirds of its travel.
2.13.4.2.4 Data Plate. A data plate conforming to
2.16.3.3 shall be attached to the power door operator or
to the car crosshead and shall contain the following
information:
(a) minimum door closing time in seconds for the
doors to travel the Code zone distance as specified in
2.13.4.2.2 corresponding to the kinetic energy limits
specified in 2.13.4.2.1(b)(2)
(b) minimum door closing time in seconds for the
doors to travel the Code zone distance as specified in
2.13.4.2.2 corresponding to the kinetic energy limits
specified in 2.13.4.2.1(c)(2), if applicable [see
2.27.3.1.6(e)]
(c) where heavier hoistway doors are used at certain
floors, the minimum door closing time in seconds corres-
ponding to the kinetic energy limits specified in
2.13.4.2.1(b)(2) and 2.13.4.2.1(c)(2), if applicable, for the
corresponding floors shall be included on the data plate
2.13.5 Reopening Device for Power-Operated Car
Doors or Gates
2.13.5.1 Where required by 2.13.3.4 or 2.13.4, a
power-operated car door shall be provided with a
reopening device that will function to stop and reopen
a car door and the adjacent landing door sufficiently to
permit passenger transfer in the event that the car door
or gate is obstructed while closing. If the closing kinetic
energy is reduced to 3.5 J (2.5 ft-lb) or less, the reopening
device shall be permitted to be rendered inoperative.
The reopening device used shall be effective for substan-
tially the full vertical opening of the door (see 2.13.4.2).
2.13.5.2 For center-opening doors, the reopening
device shall be so designed and installed that the
obstruction of either door panel when closing will cause
the reopening device to function.
2.13.5.3 For vertically sliding doors or gates,
reopening devices shall respond to any obstruction
within the width of the opening to a point 125 mm (5 in.)
maximum from each side of the opening.
2.13.5.4 Where Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
by a fire alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2.3) is not
provided, door reopening devices that can be affected
by smoke or flame shall be rendered inoperative after
the doors have been held open for 20 s. Door closing
for power-operated doors shall conform to 2.13.5.
2.13.6 Sequence Operation for Power-Operated
Hoistway Doors With Car Doors or Gates
2.13.6.1 Where Required
2.13.6.1.1 Sequence opening and closing shall be
provided between hoistway doors and car doors or gates
on passenger elevators and freight elevators permitted
to carry passengers (see 2.16.4) when the elevator is
equipped with power-operated vertically sliding slide-
up-to-open type car doors or gates and
(a) power-operated vertically sliding biparting coun-
terbalanced hoistway doors; or
(b) power-operated vertically sliding counter-
weighted hoistway doors that slide down to open.
2.13.6.1.2 Sequence opening and/or closing shall
be permitted for vertically sliding power-operated
hoistway doors and car doors or gates that are closed
by continuous pressure means.
2.13.6.2 Operating Requirements. The sequence
operation of a hoistway door and adjacent power-oper-
ated vertically sliding car door or gate shall conform to
2.13.6.2.1 and 2.13.6.2.2.
2.13.6.2.1 In opening, the hoistway door shall be
opened at least two-thirds of its travel before the car
door or gate can start to open.
2.13.6.2.2 In closing, the car door or gate shall be
closed at least two-thirds of its travel before the hoistway
door can start to close.
SECTION 2.14
CAR ENCLOSURES, CAR DOORS AND GATES, AND
CAR ILLUMINATION
2.14.1 Passenger and Freight Enclosures, General
2.14.1.1 Enclosure Required. Elevators shall be
equipped with a car enclosure.
2.14.1.2 Securing of Enclosures
2.14.1.2.1 The enclosure shall be securely fastened
to the car platform and so supported that it cannot loosen
or become displaced in ordinary service, on the applica-
tion of the car safety, on buffer engagement, or the appli-
cation of the emergency brake (see 2.19).
2.14.1.2.2 The car enclosure shall be so con-
structed that removable portions cannot be dismantled
from within the car.
2.14.1.2.3 Enclosure linings, decorative panels,
light fixtures, suspended ceilings, and other apparatus
or equipment attached within the car enclosure shall be
securely fastened and so supported that they will not
loosen or become displaced in ordinary service, on car
safety application, or on buffer engagement.
43
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.14.1.2.4-2.14.1.5.1
2.14.1.2.4 Panels attached to the car enclosure for
decorative or other purposes shall either
(a) not be unfastened from inside the car by the use
of common tools; or
(b) be permitted to be removed from inside the car
when perforations, exceeding that which would reject
a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter, in the enclosure used
for panel hanging or support have permanent means to
prevent straight through passage beyond the rxinning
clearance.
2.14.1.3 Strength and Deflection of Enclosure Walls.
The enclosure walls shall be designed and installed to
withstand a force of 330 N (75 lbf ) applied horizontally
at any point on the walls of the enclosure without perma-
nent deformation and so that the deflection will not
reduce the running clearance below the minimum speci-
fied in 2.5.1, nor cause the deflection to exceed 25 mm
(1 in.).
2.14.1.4 Number of Compartments in Passenger and
Freight Elevator Cars. Cars shall not have more than two
compartments. Where elevators have two compart-
ments, one shall be located above the other, and the
elevator shall conform to 2.14.1.4.1 through 2.14.1.4.6.
2.14.1.4.1 The elevator shall be used exclusively
for passengers or exclusively for freight at any one time.
If freight is to be carried in only one compartment, means
shall be provided to lock the other compartment out of
service.
2.14.1.4.2 Each compartment shall conform to the
requirements of this Section, except that a trap door in
the floor of the upper compartment shall provide access
to the top emergency exit for the lower compartment.
2.14.1.4.3 Where either or both compartments are
intended for passenger service, the minimum rated load
for each compartment shall conform to 2.16.1.
Where one compartment is intended for freight use,
its minimum rated load shall conform to 2.16.1 or shall
be based on the freight loads to be handled, if greater
than the minimum rated load required by 2.16.1.
Where both compartments are used exclusively for
freight, the minimum rated load of each compartment
shall conform to 2.16.2.
The rated load of the elevator shall be the sum of the
rated loads of the individual compartments.
2.14.1.4.4 An emergency stop switch, where
required by 2.26.2.5, shall be provided in each compart-
ment, and these emergency stop switches shall be so
connected that the car cannot run unless both are in the
run position.
2.14.1.4.5 An in-car stop switch, where required
by 2.26.2.21, shall be provided in each compartment,
and these switches shall be so connected that the car
cannot run unless both are in the run position.
2.14.1.4.6 All hoistway doors shall be closed and
locked and the car doors for each compartment closed
before the car can be operated.
2.14.1.5 Top Emergency Exits. An emergency exit
with a cover shall be provided in the top of all elevator
cars, except cars in partially enclosed hoistways (see
2.14.1.5.2).
2.14.1.5.1 Top emergency exits shall conform to
the following requirements:
(a) The top emergency exit opening shall have an area
of not less than 0.26 m 2 (400 in. 2 ) and shall measure not
less than 400 mm (16 in.) on any side.
(b) The top emergency exit and suspended ceiling
opening, if any, shall be so located as to provide a clear
passageway, unobstructed by fixed equipment located
in or on top of the car. Equipment is permitted directly
above the exit opening, provided that
(1) it is not less than 1 070 mm (42 in.) above the
top of the car; or
(2) the exit is located to allow unobstructed passage
of a parallel piped volume measuring 300 mm x 500 mm
by 1 500 mm (12 in. x 20 in. x 59 in.) at an angle not
less than 60 deg from the horizontal (see Nonmandatory
Appendix C).
(c) The top emergency exit cover shall open outward.
It shall be hinged or securely attached with a chain when
in both the open and closed positions. If a chain is used,
it shall be not more than 300 mm (12 in.) in length and
have a factor of safety of not less than 5. The exit cover
shall only be openable from the top of the car, where it
shall be openable without the use of special tools. The
exit cover of the lower compartment of a multideck
elevator shall be openable from both compartments. On
elevators with two compartments, if the emergency exit
of the lower compartment does not open directly into
the upper compartment, a guarded passageway shall be
provided between the lower compartment roof and the
upper compartment floor.
(d) The movable portion (exit panel) of the suspended
ceiling that is below the top exit opening shall be
restrained from falling. It shall be permitted to be hinged
upward or downward, provided that the exit permits a
clear opening with the top exit opening.
(1 ) A minimum clear headroom of 2 030 mm (80 in.)
above the car floor shall be maintained when down-
ward-swinging suspended ceiling exit panels are used.
(2) Upward-opening suspended ceiling exit panels
shall be restrained from closing when in use and shall
not diminish the clear opening area of the corresponding
top exit opening.
(3) The movable portion and the fixed portion of
a suspended ceiling shall not contain lamps that could
be shattered by the rescue operation using the top emer-
gency exit. The movable portion of the suspended ceiling
shall be permitted to contain light fixtures connected to
(ED)
*
44
2.14.1.5.1-2.14.1.9.1
ASME A17.1-2004
the stationary portion of the suspended ceiling wiring
by means of a plug and socket or by flexible armored
wiring. Flexible wiring shall not be used to support or
restrain the exit opening in the suspended ceiling in the
open position.
(e) Where elevators installed in enclosed hoistways
are provided with special car top treatments such as
domed or shrouded canopies, the exit shall be made
accessible, including the car top refuge space as specified
in 2.4.12.
(f) Immediately adjacent to the top emergency exit
there shall be a space available for standing when the
emergency exit cover is open. This space shall be permit-
ted to include a portion of the refuge area (see 2.4.12).
All exit covers shall be provided with a car top emer-
gency exit electrical device (see 2.26.2.18) that will pre-
vent operation of the elevator car if the exit cover is
open more than 50 mm (2 in.), and the device shall be
so designed that it
(1) is positively opened
(2) cannot be closed accidentally when the cover is
removed
(3) must be manually reset from the top of the car
and only after the cover is within 50 mm (2 in.) of the
fully closed position
(4) shall be protected against mechanical damage
2.14.1.5.2 On elevators in partially enclosed
hoistways, means shall be provided to facilitate emer-
gency evacuation of passengers. Such means shall not
require a top emergency exit. A top emergency exit shall
be permitted.
2.14.1.6 Car Enclosure Tops. Tops of car enclosures
shall be so designed and installed as to be capable of
sustaining a load of 135 kg (300 lb) on any area 600 mm
x 600 mm (24 in. x 24 in.), or 45 kg (100 lb) applied to any
point, without permanent deformation. The resulting
deflection under these loads shall be limited to prevent
damage to any equipment, devices, or lighting assem-
blies fastened to or adjacent to the car enclosure top.
2.14.1.7 Railing and Equipment on Top of Cars
2.14.1.7.1 A standard railing conforming to 2.10.2
shall be provided on the outside perimeter of the car
top on all sides where the perpendicular distance
between the edges of the car top and the adjacent
hoistway enclosure exceeds 300 mm (12 in.) horizontal
clearance.
2.14.1.7.2 A working platform or equipment that
is not required for the operation of the elevator or its
appliances, except where specifically provided herein,
shall not be located above the top of an elevator car.
2.14.1.7.3 Devices that detect unauthorized access
to the top of the car shall be permitted. These devices
shall only be permitted to initiate an alarm. Audible
alarms shall not exceed 90 dBA measured 1 m from the
source.
2.14.1.8 Glass in Elevator Cars
2.14.1.8.1 Where enclosures include panels of
glass, or transparent or translucent plastic, the panels
shall
(a) be constructed of laminated glass that complies
with the requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201, Sections
1201.1 and 1201.2; or be constructed of laminated glass,
safety glass, or safety plastic that comply with CAN/
CGSB-12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, or CAN/CGSB-12.12;
whichever is applicable (see Part 9)
(b) be provided with a handrail or framing designed
to guard the opening should the panel become detached,
where wall panels are wider than 300 mm (12 in.)
(c) be mounted in the structure so that the assembly
shall withstand the required elevator tests without dam-
age (see 2.14.1.2)
2.14.1.8.2 Glass used for lining walls or ceilings
shall conform to 2.14.1.8.1(a) and (c), except that tem-
pered glass shall be permitted, provided that
(a) it conforms to ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR Part 1201, Sec-
tions 1201.1 and 1201.2, or CAN/CGSB-12.1; whichever
is applicable (see Part 9)
(b) the glass is not subjected to further treatment such
as sandblasting, etching, heat treatment, painting, etc.,
that could alter the original properties of the glass
(c) the glass is bonded to a nonpolymeric coating,
sheeting, or film backing having a physical integrity to
hold the fragments when the glass breaks
(d) the glass is tested and conforms to the acceptance
criteria for laminated glass as specified in ANSI Z97.1,
or 16 CFR Part 1201, Section 1201.4, or CAN/CGSB-
12.11, whichever is applicable (see Part 9)
2.14.1.8.3 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC,
type 3C film reinforced silvered mirror glass that con-
forms to CAN/CGSB-12.5 shall be permitted for lining
walls or ceilings.
2.14.1.8.4 Markings as specified in the applicable
glazing standard shall be on each separate piece, and
shall remain visible after installation.
2.14.1.9 Equipment Inside Cars
2.14.1.9.1 Apparatus or equipment not used in
connection with the function or use of the elevator shall
not be installed inside of any elevator car, except as
follows:
(a) Support rails (handrails) are permitted.
(b) Fastening devices for padded protective linings
are permitted.
(c) Lift hooks, conveyor tracks, and support beams
for freight handling, mounted in the ceiling of passenger
elevator, shall clear the car floor to a height of 2 450 mm
(96 in.) (see 2.16.9).
45
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.14.1.9.1-2.14.2.3.3
(ED)
(d) Picture frames, graphic display boards, plaques,
and other similar visual displays shall be mounted to
withstand the required elevator tests without damage.
All edges shall be beveled or rounded. The material
shall conform to 2.14.1.2 and 2.14.2.1. When attached to
the car wall less than 2 130 mm (84 in.) above the floor,
projections from the car wall, excluding support rails,
shall not be greater than 38 mm (1.5 in.).
(e) Conveyor tracks shall be permitted in freight ele-
vators cars.
(f) Heating equipment, ventilating fans, and air-con-
ditioning equipment, if used, shall be securely fastened
in place and located above the car ceiling or outside the
enclosure.
2.14.1.9.2 Passenger car floors shall have no pro-
jections or depressions greater than 6 mm (0.25 in.).
2.14.1.10 Side Emergency Exits. Side emergency exits
are prohibited.
2.14.2 Passenger-Car Enclosures
2.14.2.1 Material for Car Enclosures, Enclosure Lin-
ings, and Floor Coverings. All materials exposed to the
car interior and the hoistway shall be metal, glass, or
shall conform to 2.14.2.1.1 through 2.14.2.1.6.
2.14.2.1.1 Materials in their end-use configura-
tion, other than those covered by 2.14.2.1.2 through
2.14.2.1.6 shall conform to the following requirements,
based on the tests conducted in accordance with the
requirements of ASTM E 84, UL 723, NFPA 252 or CAN/
ULC-S102.2, whichever is applicable:
(a) flame spread rating of to 75
(b) smoke development of to 450
2.14.2.1.2 In jursidictions enforcing the NBCC
materials in their end-use configuration, where the ele-
vator is designed as a firefighters' elevator, shall have
(a) a flame spread rating for walls and ceiling of to
25 with smoke development of to 100 based on the
test conducted in accordance with the requirements of
CAN/ULC-S102
(b) a flame spread rating for floor surfaces of to 300
with smoke development of to 300, based on the test
conducted in accordance with the requirements of
CAN/ULC-S102.2
2.14.2.1.3 Napped, tufted, woven, looped, and
similar materials in their end-use configuration on car
enclosure walls shall conform to 8.3.7 or the NBCC and
National Fire Code of Canada, whichever is applicable.
The enclosure walls to which this material is attached
shall conform to 2.14.2.1.1.
2.14.2.1.4 Padded protective linings, for tempo-
rary use in passenger cars during the handling of freight,
shall be of materials conforming to either 2.14.2.1.1 or
2.14.2.1.3, whichever is applicable. The protective lining
shall clear the floor by not less than 100 mm (4 in.).
2.14.2.1.5 Floor covering, underlayment, and its
adhesive shall have a critical radiant flux of not less than
0.45 W/cm 2 , as measured by ASTM E 648 or conform
to the requirements of the NBCC and ULC standard
CAN/ULC-S102.2, whichever is applicable.
2.14.2.1.6 Handrails, operating devices, ventilat-
ing devices, signal fixtures, audio and visual communi-
cation devices, and their housings are not required to
conform to 2.14.2.1.1 through 2.14.2.1.4.
2.14.2.2 Openings Prohibited. Openings or hinged or
removable panels in an enclosure are prohibited, other
than as required for the following:
(a) signal, operating, and communication equipment
(b) entrances
(c) vision panels
(d) top emergency exit
(e) ventilation
(f) access panels for maintenance of equipment or
cleaning glass on observation elevators (see 2.14.2.6)
Such panels, where provided, shall conform to
2.14.1.10.2(b), (c), (f), (g), and (h), except that they are
not required to be openable from the outside.
2.14.2.3 Ventilation
2.14.2.3.1 Natural ventilation openings conform-
ing to the following shall be provided in car enclosures:
(a) Openings exposed to the inside of the car shall be
located in the portion of the enclosure walls extending
from a point 300 mm (12 in.) above the floor to a point
1 825 mm (72 in.) above the floor.
(b) Openings less than 300 mm (12 in.) above the floor
shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter and be
guarded to prevent straight-through passage.
(c) Openings above the 1 825 mm (72 in.) level shall
reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter and be guarded
to prevent straight-through passage.
(d) Openings in the car ceiling shall be protected and
shall conform to 2.14.1.6.
(e) The total area of natural ventilation openings shall
be not less than 3.5% of the inside car floor area divided
equally between the bottom and top of the car enclosure.
(/) The total unrestricted opening in or around the
car doors or gates shall be permitted to be included as
part of the total natural ventilation required.
(g) The unrestricted opening provided by forced ven-
tilation systems shall be permitted to be part of the
natural ventilation area on the part of the car in which
it is located.
2.14.2.3.2 Ventilating fans or blowers, if used,
shall be located above the car ceiling or outside the
enclosure and shall be securely fastened in place.
2.14.2.3.3 Forced ventilation conforming to the
following shall be provided on observation elevators
(ED)
46
2.14.2.3.3-2.14.4.2.3
ASME A17.1-2004
with glass walls exposed to direct sunlight:
(a) There shall be a minimum air handling capacity
to provide one air change per minute based on net inside
car volume.
(b) An auxiliary power source capable of providing
the minimum air handling capacity for a continuous
period of at least 1 h shall be provided on each eleva-
tor car.
NOTE (2.14.2.3.3): Special consideration should be given to eleva-
tors such as observation and parking garage elevators, when they
are exposed to the elements. In extreme cases, emergency power
may be required for this purpose.
2.14.2.4 Headroom in Elevator Cars. A minimum clear
headroom of 2 025 mm (80 in.) above the car floor shall
be provided.
2.14.2.5 Vision Panels. Vision panels are not
required, but where used, shall
(a) be of a total area of not more than 0.1 m 2 (155 in. 2 )
and contain no single glass panel having a width
exceeding 150 mm (6 in.).
(b) be provided with wire-glass panels or laminated-
glass panels conforming to 16 CFR Part 1201 or CAN/
CGSB-12.11, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). Mark-
ings as specified in the applicable standard shall be on
each separate piece of laminated glass, and shall remain
visible after installation.
(c) be located in the car door or in the front return
panel of the car enclosure.
(d) have the inside face of a car door vision panel,
grille, or cover located substantially flush with the inside
surface of the car door.
(e) have fasteners that are located on the hoistway
side. It shall not be possible to remove the fasteners with
common tools.
2.14.2.6 Access Panels. Nonremovable sliding or
swing panels shall be permitted for access to the car or
hoistway transparent enclosures for cleaning purposes.
Such panels or doors shall
(a) if hinged, open only into the car
(b) be provided with cylinder-type locks, having not
less than a five-pin or a five-disc combination, or a lock
that provides equivalent security, arranged so that they
can be unlocked with a key from the car side, and the
key shall be Group 2 Security (see 8.1)
(c) be openable by hand from the hoistway side
(d) be self-locking
(e) be provided with a device arranged so that the
panel must be in the closed and locked position (see
2.26.2.31) before the elevator can operate
(f) have a bottom edge a minimum of 1 070 mm
(42 in.) from the floor in cases where the adjacent
hoistway wall is more than 140 mm (5.5 in.) from the
car enclosure or where there is no adjacent hoistway wall
2.14.3 Freight-Car Enclosure
2.14.3.1 Enclosure Material. Enclosures shall be of
metal without perforations to a height of not less than
1 825 mm (72 in.) above the floor.
Above the 1 825 mm (72 in.) level, the walls and top
of the enclosure shall be metal with or without perfora-
tions, except that portion of the enclosure wall in front
of and extending 150 mm (6 in.) on each side of the
counterweight, which shall be without perforations.
Perforated portions of enclosures shall reject a ball
25 mm (1 in.) in diameter.
Freight elevators that are permitted to carry passen-
gers (see 2.16.4) shall conform to 2.14.2.2.
2.14.3.2 Openings in Car Tops. Hinged or removable
panels shall not be provided in car tops, except for emer-
gency exits.
2.14.3.3 Ventilation. If ventilating grilles or louvers
are provided in the enclosure below the 1 825 mm (72 in.)
level, they shall be located not more than 300 mm (12 in.)
above the floor and shall reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in
diameter.
2.14.4 Passenger and Freight Car Doors and Gates,
General Requirements
2.14.4.1 Where Required. A door shall be provided
at each entrance to a passenger car and a door or gate
shall be provided at each entrance to a freight car.
2.14.4.2 Door and Gate Electric Contacts and Door
Interlocks
2.14.4.2.1 Each car door or gate shall be provided
with a door or gate electric contact conforming to
2.26.2.15, 2.14.4.2.3, and 2.14.4.2.5, or a car-door interlock
conforming to 2.26.2.28, 2.14.4.2.4, and 2.14.4.2.5.
2.14.4.2.2 A car door interlock shall be required
for
(a) car doors of elevators where the clearance between
the loading side of the car platform and hoistway enclo-
sure exceeds the maximum specified in 2.5.1.5
(b) car doors of elevators that face an unenclosed por-
tion of the hoistway during the travel of the car
2.14.4.2.3 Car door and gate electric contacts shall
(a) prevent operation of the driving machine when
the car door or gate is not in the closed position, except
under one of the following conditions:
(1) when a hoistway access switch is operated (see
2.12.7)
(2) when a car-leveling or truck-zoning device is
operated (see 2.26.1.6)
(3) when a bypass switch is activated (see 2.26.1.5)
(b) be positively opened by a lever or other device
attached to and operated by the door or gate
47
ASME A17.1-2004
2.14.4.2.3-2.14.4.8
(c) be maintained in the open position by the action
of gravity or by a restrained compression spring, or by
both, or by positive mechanical means
(d) be so designed or located that they shall not be
accessible from within the car
(e) not utilize mercury tube switches
2.14.4.2.4 Car door interlocks shall
(a) prevent operation of the driving machine when
the car door is not in the closed and locked position,
except
(1) when the car is within the unlocking zone for
that entrance
(2) under the conditions specified in 2.14.4.2.3(a)
(b) prevent opening of the car door from within the
car, except when the car is in the unlocking zone for
that entrance
(c) hold the car door in the locked position by means
of gravity or by a restrained compression spring, or by
both, or by means of a positive linkage
(d) be so located that they are not accessible from
within the car when the car doors are closed
(e) be designed in accordance with 2.12.2.4
2.14.4.2.5 Each type and make of car door electric
contact, car gate electric contact, and car door inter-
lock shall
(a) be type tested in conformance with 2.12.4.1
(b) be listed /certified in conformance with 2.12.4.2
(c) be marked in conformance with 2.12 .4.3
2.14.4.3 Type and Material for Doors. Doors shall be
of the horizontally or vertically sliding type and of mate-
rial conforming to 2.14.2.1.
2.14.4.4 Type of Gates. Gates, where permitted, shall
be of the horizontally sliding or vertically sliding type,
conforming to 2.14.4.7, 2.14.5, and 2.14.6.
2.14.4.5 Location
2.14.4.5.1 Doors or gates for automatic or continu-
ous-pressure operation elevators, except freight eleva-
tors equipped with horizontally swinging doors and
not accessible to the general public, located in factories,
warehouses, garages, and similar buildings, shall be so
located that the distance from the face of the car door
or gate to the face of the hoistway door shall be not
more than the following:
(a) where a swinging-type hoistway door and a car
gate are used, 100 mm (4 in.)
(b) where a swinging-type hoistway door and a car
door are used, 140 mm (5.5 in.)
(c) where a sliding-type hoistway door and a car door
or gate are used, 140 mm (5.5 in.)
(d) on freight elevators that are equipped with hori-
zontally swinging doors and that are not accessible to
the general public (i.e., located in factories, warehouses,
garages, and similar buildings), the distance specified
in 2.14.4.5.1(a), (b), and (c) shall be not more than 165
mm (6.5 in.)
2.14.4.5.2 The distances specified shall be mea-
sured as follows:
(a) where a multisection car door and multisection
hoistway door are used, or where one of these doors is
multisection and the other is single section, between the
sections of the car door and the hoistway door nearest
to each other
(b) where a multisection car door and a swinging-
type hoistway door are used, between the hoistway door
and the section of the car door farthest from it
(c) where a car gate is used, between the car gate and
that section of the hoistway door nearest to the car gate
2.14.4.6 Strength of Doors, Gates, and Their Guides,
Guide Shoes, Tracks, and Hangers. Doors and gates and
their guides, guide shoes, tracks, and hangers shall be
so designed, constructed, and installed that when the
fully closed door or gate is subjected to a force of 335
N (75 lbf), applied on an area 300 mm (12 in.) square
at right angles to and approximately at the center of the
door or gate, it will not deflect beyond the line of the
car sill.
When subjected to a force of 1 100 N (250 lbf) similarly
applied, doors and vertically sliding gates shall not
break or be permanently deformed and shall not be
displaced from their guides or tracks.
Where multisection doors or gates are used, each
panel shall withstand the forces specified.
2.14.4.7 Vertically Sliding Doors and Gates. Vertically
sliding doors or gates shall conform to 2.14.4.7.1 through
2.14.4.7.5.
2.14.4.7.1 They shall be of the balanced counter-
weighted type or the biparting counterbalanced type.
2.14.4.7.2 Gates shall be constructed of wood or
metal, and shall be of a design that will reject a ball
50 mm (2 in.) in diameter, except that if multisection
vertical lift gates are used, the panel shall be designed
to reject a ball 10 mm (0.375 in.) in diameter.
2.14.4.7.3 Doors shall be constructed of material
conforming to 2.14.2.1.
2.14.4.7.4 Doors or gates shall guard the full
width of the car entrance openings, and their height
shall conform to 2.14.5.4 or 2.14.6.2.3.
2.14.4.7.5 Balanced counterweighted doors or
gates shall be either single or multiple section, and shall
slide either up or down to open, conforming to 2.14.5.3
and 2.14.6.2.
2.14.4.8 Weights for Closing or Balancing Doors or
Gates. Weights used to close or balance doors or gates
shall be located outside the car enclosure and shall be
48
2.14.4.8-2.14.5.7
ASMEA17.1-2004
#
guided or restrained to prevent them from coming out
of their runway.
The bottom of the guides or other restraining means
shall be so constructed as to retain the weights if the
weight suspension means breaks.
Weights that extend beyond the hoistway side of the
car door or gate guide rail shall be guarded to prevent
accidental contact.
2.14.4.9 Factor of Safety for Suspension Members.
Suspension members of vertically sliding car doors or
gates, and of weights used with car doors or gates, shall
have a factor of safety of not less than 5. At least two
independent suspension means shall be provided so that
the failure of one suspension means shall not permit the
car doors or gates to fall; or a safety device shall be
provided to prevent the doors or gates from falling, if
the suspension means fails.
2.14.4.10 Power-Operated and Power-Opened or
Power-Closed Doors or Gates. The operation of power-
operated and power-opened or power-closed doors or
gates shall conform to 2.13.
2.14.4.11 Closed Position of Car Doors or Gates. Car
doors or gates shall be considered to be in the closed
position under the following conditions:
(a) for horizontally sliding doors or gates, when the
clear open space between the leading edge of the door
or gate and the nearest face of the jamb does not exceed
50 mm (2 in.) except where car doors are provided with
a car door interlock(s), 10 mm (0.375 in.)
(b) for vertically sliding counterweighted doors or
gates, when the clear open space between the leading
edge of the door or gate and the car platform sill does
not exceed 50 mm (2 in.)
(c) for horizontally sliding center-opening doors, or
vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced doors,
when the door panels are within 50 mm (2 in.) of contact
with each other, except where horizontally sliding cen-
ter-opening car doors are provided with a car door inter-
lock^), 10 mm (0.375 in.)
2.14.5 Passenger Car Doors
2.14.5.1 Number of Entrances Permitted. There shall
be not more than two entrances to the car, except in
existing buildings where structural conditions make
additional entrances necessary.
2.14.5.2 Type Required. Horizontally or vertically
sliding doors subject to the restrictions of 2.14.5.3 shall
be provided at each car entrance.
2.14.5.3 Vertically Sliding Doors. Vertically sliding
doors shall be
(a) of the balanced counterweighted type that slide
in the up direction to open
(b) power operated where facing a power-operated
vertically sliding counterbalanced or a vertically sliding-
down-to-open hoistway door
2.14.5.4 Dimensions of Doors. Doors, when in the
fully closed position, shall protect the full width and
height of the car entrance opening.
2.14.5.5 Openings in Doors. There shall be no open-
ings in doors, except where vision panels are used.
2.14.5.6 Door Panels
2.14.5.6.1 Door panels shall have a flush surface
on the side exposed to the car interior. The panels shall
have no area or molding depressed or raised more than
3 mm (0.125 in.) and areas raised or depressed shall be
beveled at not more than 30 deg to the panel surface.
2.14.5.6.2 Panels shall overlap the top and sides
of the car entrance opening by not less than 13 mm
(0.5 in.) when in the closed position.
2.14.5.6.3 The vertical clearance between a panel
and the sill, or in the case of a vertically sliding door
the vertical clearance between the leading edge and the
sill, shall not exceed 10 mm (0.375 in.) when in the fully
closed position.
2.14.5.6.4 The horizontal clearance shall not
exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.) for horizontally sliding panels
and 25 mm (1 in.) for vertically sliding panels between
(a) the car side of a panel and the related car
entrance jamb
(b) related panels of multispeed entrances
(c) the car side of the panel and the related car
head jamb
2.14.5.6.5 The leading edges of doors shall be free
of sharp projections.
2.14.5.6.6 The meeting panel edges of center-
opening entrances shall be protected with not less than
one resilient male member extending the full height
of the panel. The meeting edges shall be permitted to
interlock by not more than 10 mm (0.375 in.). When in
the closed position, the distance between the metal parts
of the meeting panels shall not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.).
2.14.5.6.7 The clearance between the leading edge
of the trailing panel of multiple-speed panels and the
jamb shall not exceed
(a) 13 mm (0.5 in.) for horizontal slide
(b) 25 mm (1 in.) for vertical slide
2.14.5.7 Manual Opening of Car Doors. Car doors
shall be so arranged that when the car is stopped within
the unlocking zone (see 2.12.5.3) and power to the door
operator is cut off, they and the mechanically related
hoistway door, if any, shall be movable by hand from
inside the car. The force required at the edge of sliding
doors to move them shall not exceed 330 N (75 lbf).
49
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.14.5.8-2.14.7.1.3
(ED)
2.14.5.8 Glass in Car Doors
2.14.5.8.1 Vision panels, where provided, shall
conform to 2.14.2.5.
2.14.5.8.2 Glass doors, where provided, shall con-
form to the following requirements:
(a) The glass shall be laminated glass conforming to
the requirements of ANSI 7371, or 16 CFR Part 1201,
or be laminated glass, safety glass, or safety plastic con-
forming to the requirements of CAN/CGSB-12.1, which-
ever is applicable (see Part 9). Markings as specified
shall be on each separate piece, and shall remain visible
after installation.
(b) The glass shall be not less than 60% of the total
visible door panel surface area as seen from the car side
of the doors. Door lap shall not be used in calculating
glass size.
(c) In power-operated doors, the glass panel shall be
substantially flush with the surface of the car side of
the door.
(d) The glass shall conform to the applicable strength
requirements of 2.14.4.6.
(e) The glass shall be so mounted that it, and its
mounting structure, will withstand the required elevator
tests without becoming damaged or dislodged.
(f) A nonglass edge shall be provided on the leading
edge of the door panel.
2.14.6 Freight Elevator Car Doors and Gates
2.14.6.1 Type of Gates
2.14.6.1.1 For elevators designed for Class A load-
ing (see 2.16.2.2), car gates shall be either of the vertically
sliding type (see 2.14.6.2) or the horizontally sliding col-
lapsible type (see 2.14.6.3).
2.14.6.1.2 For elevators designed for Class B or
Class C loading (see 2.16.2.2), car gates shall be of the
vertically sliding type (see 2.14.6.2).
2.14.6.2 Vertically Sliding Doors and Gates
2.14.6.2.1 On elevators used exclusively for
freight, car doors and gates shall be either of the balanced
counterweighted type that slide up or down to open,
or of the biparting counterbalanced type. They shall be
manually operated or power operated.
2.14.6.2.2 Where used on freight elevators permit-
ted to carry passengers (see 2.16.4), car doors shall con-
form to 2.14.5.
2.14.6.2.3 Car doors and gates shall protect the
full width of the car entrance opening, and their height
shall be determined as follows:
(a) car doors and gates shall extend from a point not
more than 25 mm (1 in.) above the car floor to a point
not less than 1 825 mm (72 in.) above the car floor
(b) where a vertically sliding car gate with a door
reopening device is provided, the 25 mm (1 in.) maxi-
mum dimension specified shall be measured from the
car floor to the bottom of the leading member
2.14.6.2.4 The horizontal clearance between the
car side of a panel and the related car entrance jamb or
between related panels of multispeed doors or gates
shall not exceed 25 mm (1 in.).
2.14.6.3 Collapsible-Type Gates
2.14.6.3.1 Collapsible-type gates shall protect the
full width of the car entrance opening, and they shall
extend from the car floor to a height of not less than
1 825 mm (72 in.) when fully closed.
2.14.6.3.2 When in the fully closed (extended)
position, the opening between vertical members shall
not be more than 115 mm (4.5 in.).
2.14.6.3.3 Every vertical member shall be
restricted from moving perpendicular to the direction
of travel more than 13 mm (0.5 in.).
2.14.6.3.4 They shall not be power opened, except
as permitted by 2.13.2.1.2.
2.14.6.3.5 When in the fully opened (collapsed)
position, collapsible gates shall be permitted to be
arranged to swing inward.
2.14.6.3.6 Handles of manually operated collaps-
ible gates nearest the car operating device on elevators
operated from the car only shall be so located that the
nearest handle is not more than 1 225 mm (48 in.) from
the car operating device when the gate is closed
(extended position), and not more than 1 225 mm (48 in.)
above the car floor. Gate handles shall be provided with
finger guards.
2.14.7 Illumination of Cars and Lighting Fixtures
2.14.7.1 Illumination and Outlets Required. Cars shall
be provided with an electric light or lights conforming
to 2.14.7.1.1 through 2.14.7.1.4.
2.14.7.1.1 Not less than two lamps shall be pro-
vided.
2.14.7.1.2 The minimum illumination at the car
threshold, with the door closed, shall be not less than
(a) 50 lx (5 fc) for passenger elevators
(b) 25 lx (2.5 fc) for freight elevators
2.14.7.1.3 Passenger elevators shall be provided
with auxiliary lighting on each elevator conforming to
the following:
(a) The intensity of auxiliary lighting illumination
1 225 mm (48 in.) above the car floor and approximately
300 mm (12 in.) in front of the car operating device shall
be not less than 2 lx (0.2 fc). Auxiliary Lights shall be
automatically turned on in all elevators in service after
50
2.14.7.1.3-2.15.5.4
ASMEA17.1-2004
normal car lighting power fails. The power system shall
be capable of maintaining the above light intensity for
a period of at least 4 h.
(b) Not less than two lamps of approximately equal
wattage shall be used and battery-operated units shall
(1) comply with CSA C22.2 No. 141 (see Part 9)
(2) have a 4 h rating
(3) be permanently connected to the car light
branch circuit
(4) have an output rating that includes the auxiliary
lights and if connected, the emergency signaling device
(see 2.27.1.1.3)
2.14.7.1.4 Each elevator shall be provided with
an electric light and convenience outlet fixture on the
car top.
2.14.7.2 Light Control Switches
2.14.7.2.1 Light control switches for in-car light-
ing shall be permitted. When provided, they shall
(a) be located in or adjacent to the operating device
in the car.
(b) in elevators having automatic operation, be of the
key-operated type or located in a fixture with a locked
cover. The key shall be Group 2 Security (see 8.1).
2.14.7.2.2 Automatic operation of the car lights
shall be permitted. When provided, the operating circuit
shall be arranged to turn off the lights only when the
following conditions exist for not less than 5 min:
(a) the car is at a floor
(b) the doors are closed
(c) there is no demand for service
(d) the car is on automatic operation
Momentary interruption of any of the above condi-
tions shall cause the car lights to turn on.
2.14.7.3 Car Lighting Devices
2.14.7.3.1 Glass used for lighting fixtures shall
conform to 2.14.1.8.
2.14.7.3.2 Suspended glass used in lighting fix-
tures shall be supported by a metal frame secured at
not less than three points.
2.14.7.3.3 Fastening devices shall not be remov-
able from the fixture.
2.14.7.3.4
attachment.
Glass shall not be drilled for
2.14.7.3.5 Light troughs supporting wiring race-
ways and other auxiliary lighting equipment, where
used, shall be of metal, except where lined with noncom-
bustible materials.
2.14.7.3.6 Materials for light diffusion or trans-
mission shall be of metal, glass, or materials conforming
to 2.14.2.1.1 and shall not come in contact with light
bulbs and tubes.
2.14.7.4 Protection of Light Bulbs and Tubes. Light
bulbs and tubes within the car shall
(a) be equipped with guards, be recessed, or be
mounted above a drop ceiling to prevent accidental
breakage. Cars that operate with the drop ceiling
removed shall have a permanent separate guard for the
light bulb or tube.
(b) be so mounted in the structure that the structure
and the bulb or tube will withstand the required elevator
tests without being damaged or becoming dislodged.
SECTION 2.15
CAR FRAMES AND PLATFORMS
2.15.1 Car Frames Required
Every elevator shall have a car frame (see 1.3).
2.15.2 Guiding Members
Car frames shall be guided on each guide rail by upper
and lower guiding members attached to the frame.
Retention means shall be provided to prevent the car
from being displaced by more than 13 mm (0.5 in.) from
its normal running position should any part of the guid-
ing means fail, excluding the guiding member base and
its attachment to the frame. The retention means shall
be permitted to be integral with the base.
2.15.3 Design of Car Frames and Guiding Members
The frame and its guiding members shall be designed
to withstand the forces resulting under the loading con-
ditions for which the elevator is designed and installed
(see 2.16).
2.15.4 Underslung or Sub-Post Frames
The vertical distance between the centerlines of the
top and bottom guide shoes of an elevator car having
a sub-post car frame or having an underslung car frame
located entirely below the car platform shall be not less
than 40% of the distance between guide rails.
2.15.5 Car Platforms
2.15.5.1 Every elevator car shall have a platform
consisting of a nonperforated floor attached to a plat-
form frame supported by the car frame, and extending
over the entire area within the car enclosure.
2.15.5.2 The platform frame members and the floor
shall be designed to withstand the forces developed
under the loading conditions for which the elevator is
designed and installed.
2.15.5.3 Platform frames are not required where
laminated platforms are provided.
2.15.5.4 Laminated platforms shall be permitted to
be used for passenger elevators having a rated load of
2 300 kg (5,000 lb) or less.
(ED)
51
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.15.5.5-2.15.9
2.15.5.5 The deflection at any point of a laminated
platform, when uniformly loaded to rated capacity, shall
not exceed V 960 of the span. The stresses in the steel
facing shall not exceed one-fifth of its ultimate strength,
and the stresses in the plywood core shall not exceed 60%
of the allowable stresses in Section 3.14 of the American
Plywood Association Plywood Design Specification or
CSA 086.1, as applicable (see Part 9).
2.15.6 Materials for Car Frames and Platform Frames
2.15.6.1 Materials Permitted. Materials used in the
construction of car frames and platforms shall conform
to 2.15.6.1.1 through 2.15.6.1.4.
2.15.6.1.1 Car frames and outside members of
platform frames shall be made of steel or other metals.
2.15.6.1.2 Platform stringers of freight elevators
designed for Class B or Class C loading shall be of steel
or other metals.
2.15.6.1.3 Platform stringers of passenger eleva-
tors and of freight elevators designed for Class A loading
shall be made of steel or other metals, or of wood.
(ED) 2.15.6.1.4 Cast iron shall not be used for any part
subject to tension, torsion, or bending, except for guiding
supports and guide shoes.
2.15.6.2 Requirements for Steel. Steel used in the
construction of car frames and platforms shall conform
to 2.15.6.2.1 through 2.15.6.2.3.
2.15.6.2.1 Car-Frame and Platform-Frame Members.
Steel shall be rolled, formed, forged, or cast, conforming
to the requirements of the following specifications:
(a) Rolled and Formed Steel ASTM A 36 or ASTM A
283 Grade D or CAN/CSA-G40.21.
(b) Forged Steel. ASTM A 668 Class B.
(c) Cast Steel. ASTM A 27 Grade 60/30.
2.15.6.2.2 Rivets, Bolts, and Rods. Steel used for
rivets, bolts, and rods shall conform to the following
specifications:
(a) ASTM A 502, Rivets
(b) ASTM A 307, Bolts and Rods
(ED) 2.15.6.2.3 Steels of Other Strength. Steels of
greater or lesser strength than those specified by
2.15.6.2.1 shall be permitted to be used, provided they
have an elongation of not less than 20% in a length of
50 mm (2 in.) when tested in accordance with ASTM
E8, and provided that the stresses and deflections con-
form to 2.15.10 and 2.15.11, respectively.
Rivets, bolts, and rods made of steel having greater
strength than specified by ASTM A 307 and ASTM A
502 shall be permitted to be used and the maximum
allowable stresses increased proportionally, based on the
ratio of the ultimate strengths. Elongation shall conform
to the requirements of the corresponding ASTM specifi-
cations.
2.15.6.3 Requirements for Metals Other Than Steel. (ED)
Metals other than steel shall be permitted to be used in
the construction of car frames and platforms, provided
the metal used has the essential properties to meet all
the requirements for the purpose in accordance with
good engineering practice, and provided the stresses
and deflections conform to 2.15.10 and 2.15.11, respec-
tively.
2.15.6.4 Requirements for Wood Used for Platform (ED)
Floors and Stringers. Wood used for platform stringers
and platform floors and sub-floors shall be of structural
quality lumber or exterior-type plywood conforming to
the requirements of the following:
(a) ASTM D 245, Structural Grades of Lumber
(b) ASTM D 198, Static Tests of Structural Timbers
(c) ANSI Voluntary Product Standard PS 1-74 or CSA
0151, Softwood Plywood, Construction and Industrial
2.15.7 Car Frame and Platform Connections
2.15.7.1 Internal Connections. Connections between
members of car frames and platforms shall be riveted,
bolted, or welded, and shall conform to 2.15.7.3.
2.1 5.7.2 Connection Between Car Frame and Platform.
The attachment of the platform to the car frame shall
be done in accordance with good engineering practice
and shall develop the required strength to transmit the
forces safely from the platform to the car frame in accor-
dance with 2.15.10. Bolts, nuts, and welding, where used,
shall conform to 2.15.7.3.
2.15.7.3 Bolts, Nuts, and Welding
2.1 5.7.3.1 Bolts, where used through greater than
5 deg sloping flanges of structural members, shall have
bolt heads of the tipped-head type or shall be fitted with
bevelled washers.
2.15.7.3.2 Nuts used on greater than 5 deg sloping
flanges of structural members shall sit on beveled
washers.
2.15.7.3.3 All welding shall conform to 8.8.
2.15.8 Protection of Platforms Against Fire
All platform materials exposed to the hoistway shall
be either of the following:
(a) metal
(b) other materials that, in their end-use configura-
tion, conform to the following requirements, based on
the tests conducted in accordance with the requirements
of ASTM E 84, UL 723, NFPA 255, or CAN/ULC-S102.2,
whichever is applicable (see Part 9):
(1) flame spread rating of to 75
(2) smoke development of to 450
2.15.9 Platform Guards (Aprons)
The entrance side of the platform of passenger and
freight elevators shall be provided with smooth metal
52
2.15.9-2.15.13
ASME A17.1-2004
•
guard plates of not less than 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) thick
steel, or material of equivalent strength and stiffness,
adequately reinforced and braced to the car platform
and conforming to 2.15.9.1 through 2.15.9.4.
2.15.9.1 The guard plate shall extend not less than
the full width of the widest hoistway-door opening.
2.15.9.2 The guard plate shall have a straight vertical
face, extending below the floor surface of the platform,
conforming to one of the following:
(a) where the elevator is required to conform to
2.19.2.2(b) the depth of the truck zone, where provided,
plus 75 mm (3 in.), but in no case less than 1 220 mm
(48 in.)
(b) where the elevator is not required to conform to
2.19.2.2(b) the depth of the leveling zone or truck zone,
where provided, plus 75 mm (3 in.); but in no case less
than 525 mm (21 in.)
2.1 5.9.3 The lower portion of the guard shall be bent
back at an angle of not less than 60 deg nor more than
75 deg from the horizontal.
2.15.9.4 The guard plate shall be securely braced
and fastened in place to withstand a constant force of
not less than 650 N (145 lbf ) applied at right angles to
and at any position on its face without deflecting more
than 6 mm (0.25 in.), and without permanent defor-
mation.
Where the car entrance on the truck loading side is
provided with a collapsible-type gate and the height of
the hoistway door opening is greater than the distance
from the car floor to the car top, a head guard extending
the full width of the door opening shall be provided on
the car to close the space between the car top and the
soffit of the hoistway-door opening when the car plat-
form is level with the floor at the truck loading landing
entrance.
2.15.10 Maximum Allowable Stresses in Car Frame
and Platform Members and Connections
2.15.10.1 The stresses in car frame and platform
members and their connections, based on the static load
imposed upon them, shall not exceed the following:
(a) for steels meeting the requirements of 2.15.6.2.1
and 2.15.6.2.2, as listed in Table 2.15.10.1
(b) for steels of greater or lesser strength, as permitted
by 2.15.6.2.3, the allowable stresses listed in Table
2.15.10.1 are to be adjusted proportionally, based on the
ratio of the ultimate strengths
(c) for metals other than steel, as permitted by
2.15.6.3, the allowable stresses listed in Table 2.15.10.1
are to be adjusted proportionally, based on the ratio of
the ultimate strengths
2.15.10.2 Car frame members, brackets, and their
connections subject to forces due to the application of
the emergency brake (see 2.19.4) shall be designed to
withstand the maximum forces developed during the
retardation phase of the emergency braking so that the
resulting stresses due to the emergency braking and all
other loading acting simultaneously, if applicable, shall
not exceed 190 MPa (27,500 psi).
2.15.11 Maximum Allowable Deflections of Car
Frame and Platform Members
The deflections of car frame and platform members
based on the static load imposed upon them shall be
not more than the following:
(a) for crosshead, plank, and platform frame mem-
bers, V% of the span
(b) for uprights (stiles), as determined by 8.2.2.5.3
2.15.12 Car Frames With Sheaves
Where a hoisting rope sheave is mounted on the car
frame, the construction shall conform to 2.15.12.1
through 2.15.12.3.
2.1 5.12.1 Where multiple sheaves mounted on sepa-
rate sheave shafts are used, provision shall be made to
take the compressive forces, developed by tension in
the hoisting ropes between the sheaves, on a strut or
struts between the sheave shaft supports, or by provid-
ing additional compressive strength in the car frame or
car-frame members supporting sheave shafts.
2.15.12.2 Where the sheave shaft extends through
the web of a car-frame member, the reduction in area of
the member shall not reduce the strength of the member
below that required. Where necessary, reinforcing plates
shall be welded or riveted to the member to provide the
required strength. The bearing pressure shall in no case
be more than that permitted in Table 2.15.10.1 for bolts
in clearance holes.
2.15.12.3 Where the sheave is attached to the car
crosshead by means of a single threaded rod or specially
designed member or members in tension, the require-
ments of 2.15.12.3.1 and 2.15.12.3.2 shall be conformed to.
2.15.12.3.1 The single rod, member, or members
shall have a factor of safety 50% higher than the factor
of safety required for the suspension wire ropes, but in
no case shall have a factor of safety of less than 15.
2.15.12.3.2 The means for fastening the single-
threaded rod, member, or members to the car frame
shall conform to 2.15.13.
2.15.13 Suspension-Rope Hitch Plates or Shapes
Where cars are suspended by hoisting ropes attached
to the car frame or to the overhead supporting beams
by means of rope shackles, the shackles shall be attached
to steel hitch plates or to structural or formed steel
shapes.
Such plates or shapes shall be secured to the underside
or to the webs of the car-frame member with bolts, rivets,
53
ASME A17.1-2004
2.15.13-2.16.1.1
Table 2.15.10.1 Maximum Allowable Stresses in Car Frame and Platform Members and
Connections, for Steels Specified in 2.15.6.2.1 and 2.15.6.2.2
Maximum Stress,
Member Type
Stress Type
MPa (psi)
Area Basis
Car crosshead
Bending
95 (14,000)
Gross section
Car frame plank (normal loading)
Bending
95 (14,000)
Gross section
Car frame plank (buffer reaction)
Bending
190 (27,500)
Gross section
Car frame uprights (stiles)
Bending plus tension
115 (17,000)
Gross section
140 (20,200)
Net section
Hoisting rope hitch plate and
Bending plus tension
75 (11,000)
Net section
shapes
Platform framing
Bending
95 (14,000)
Gross section
Platform stringers
Bending
115 (17,000)
Gross section
Threaded brace rods and other
Tension
60 (9,000)
Net section
tension members except bolts
Bolts
Tension
55 (8,000)
Net section
Bolts in clearance holes
Shear
55 (8,000)
Actual area in shear plane
Bearing
120 (17,500)
Gross section
Rivets or tight body-fit bolts
Shear
75 (11,000)
Actual area in shear plane
Bearing
140 (20,000)
Gross section
Any framing member normal loading
Compression
Note (1)
Gross section
NOTE:
(1) The maximum allowable compressive stress in any member at normal loading shall not exceed 80% of those permitted
for static loads by the AISC #S326 or CSA S16.1.
or welds so located that the tensions in the hoisting
ropes will not develop direct tension in the bolts or
rivets.
The stresses shall not exceed those permitted by
2.9.3.3.
2.15.14 Calculation of Stresses in Car-Frame and
Platform-Frame Members
The calculation of the stresses and deflection in the
car-frame plank and uprights and platform frames shall
be based on the formulas and data in 8.2.2.
2.15.15 Platform Side Braces
Where side bracing and similar members are attached
to car-frame uprights, the reduction in area of the upright
shall not reduce the strength of the upright below that
required by 2.15.
2.15.16 Hinged Platform Sills
Hinged platform sills, where used, shall conform to
2.15.16.1 through 2.15.16.3.
2.15.16.1 Hinged platform sills shall be provided
with electric contacts conforming to 2.12.5, which will
prevent operation of the elevator by the normal
operating device unless the hinged sill is within 50 mm
(2 in.) of its fully retracted position, provided that when
in this position, the sill does not reduce the clearance
specified in 2.5.1.4.
2.15.16.2 The elevator shall be permitted to be oper-
ated by the leveling device in the leveling zone with the
sill in any position.
2.15.16.3 The strength of the sills shall conform to
2.11.11.1.
2.15.17 Fastening of Compensation Means
Fastenings to the car of the suspension ropes' compen-
sation means shall conform to 2.21.4.
SECTION 2.16
CAPACITY AND LOADING
2.16.1 Minimum Rated Load for Passenger Elevators
2.16.1.1 Minimum Load Permitted. The rated load in
kg (lb) for passenger elevators shall be based on the
inside net platform area, and shall be not less than shown
by Fig. 8.2.1.2 (see Nonmandatory Appendix D and
2.26.11).
The inside net platform area shall be determined at
a point 1 000 mm (39 in.) above the floor and inside of
any panels or wall surfaces, but exclusive of any hand-
rails and space for doors as shown in Fig. 2.16.1.1. To
allow for variations in car designs, an increase in the
maximum inside net area not exceeding 5% shall be
permitted for the various rated loads. See Table 2.16.1.1.
(ED)
54
ASME A17.1-2004
Inside net platform
area =Ax B
Inside net platform
area =Ax B
Fig. 2.16.1.1 Inside Net Platform Areas for Passenger Elevators
Table 2.16.1.1
Maximum Inside Net Platform Areas for the Various
Rated Loads
SI Units
Imperial Units
Inside Net
Inside Net
Rated Load,
Platform Area,
Rated Load,
Platform Area,
kg
m 2
lb
ft 2
230
0.65
500
7.0
270
0.77
600
8.3
320
0.89
700
9.6
450
1.23
1,000
13.3
550
1.45
1,200
15.6
700
1.76
1,500
18.9
800
2.05
1,800
22.1
900
2.25
2,000
24.2
1 150
2.70
2,500
29.1
1 350
3.13
3,000
33.7
1 600
3.53
3,500
38.0
1 800
3.92
4,000
42.2
2 000
4.29
4,500
46.2
2 250
4.65
5,000
50.0
2 700
5.36
6,000
57.7
3 200
6.07
7,000
65.3
3 600
6.77
8,000
72.9
4 100
7.48
9,000
80.5
4 500
8.18
10,000
88.0
5 400
9.57
12,000
103.0
7 000
11.62
15,000
125.1
8 000
13.65
18,000
146.9
9 000
14.98
20,000
161.2
11 500
18.25
25,000
196.5
13 500
21.46
30,000
231.0
GENERAL NOTE: To allow for variations in cab designs, an increase in the maximum inside net platform
area not exceeding 5% shall be permitted for the various rated loads.
55
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.16.1.2-2.16.2.2.4
2.16.1.2 Use of Partitions for Reducing Inside Net
Platform Area. Where partitions are installed in elevator
cars for the purpose of restricting the platform net area
for passenger use, they shall be permanently bolted,
riveted, or welded in place. Gates, doors, or handrails
shall not be used for this purpose. Partitions shall be so
installed as to provide for approximately symmetrical
loading.
2.16.1.3 Carrying of Freight on Passenger Elevators.
When freight is to be carried on a passenger elevator,
the requirements of 2.16.1.3.1 and 2.16.1.3.2 shall be con-
formed to.
2.16.1.3.1 The minimum rated load shall conform
to 2.16.1 or 2.16.2, whichever is greater.
2.16.1.3.2 The elevator shall be designed for appli-
cable class of freight elevator loading.
2.16.2 Minimum Rated Load for Freight Elevators
2.16.2.1 Minimum Load Permitted. The minimum
rated load for freight elevators in pounds shall be based
on the weight and class of the load to be handled, but
shall in no case be less than the minimum specified in
2.16.2.2 for each class of loading based on the inside net
platform area.
2.16.2.2 Classes of Loading and Design Require-
ments. Freight elevators shall be designed for one of the
following classes of loading.
2.16.2.2.1 Class A: General Freight Loading. Where
the load is distributed, the weight of any single piece
of freight or of any single hand truck and its load is not
more than 25% of the rated load of the elevator, and the
load is handled on and off the car platform manually
or by means of hand trucks.
For this class of loading, the rated load shall be based
on not less than 240 kg/m 2 (49 lb/ft 2 ) of inside net
platform area.
2.16.2.2.2 Class B: Motor Vehicle Loading. Where
the elevator is used solely to carry automobile trucks or
passenger automobiles up to the rated capacity of the
elevator.
For this class of loading, the rated load shall be based
on not less than 145 kg/m 2 (30 lb/ft 2 ) of inside net
platform area.
2.16.2.2.3 Class C. There are three types of Class
C loadings:
(a) Class CI: Industrial Truck Loading. Where the static
load during loading and unloading does not exceed the
rated load.
(b) Class C2: Industrial Truck Loading. Where the static
load during loading and unloading is permitted to
exceed the rated load.
(c) Class C3: Other Loading With Heavy Concentrations.
Where the static load during loading and unloading
does not exceed the rated load.
2.16.2.2.4 Class C loadings in 2.16.2.2.3 apply
where the weight of the concentrated load including a
powered industrial or hand truck, if used, is more than
25% the rated load and where the load to be carried
does not exceed the rated load. (For concentrated loads
exceeding the rated load, see 2.16.6.)
The following are additional requirements:
(a) For Class CI, Class C2, and Class C3 loadings, the
rated load of the elevator shall be not less than the load
(including any truck) to be carried, and shall in no case
be less than 240 kg/m 2 (49 lb/ft 2 ) of inside net plat-
form area.
The elevator shall be provided with a two-way auto-
matic leveling device (see 1.3).
(b) For Class CI and Class C2 loadings, the following
additional requirements shall apply:
(1) For elevators with rated loads of 9 000 kg
(20,000 lb) or less, the car platform shall be designed for
a loaded truck of weight equal to the rated load or
for the actual weight of the loaded truck to be used,
whichever is greater.
(2) For elevators with rated loads exceeding
9 000 kg (20,000 lb), the car platform shall be designed
for a loaded truck weighing 9 000 kg (20,000 lb), or for
the actual weight of the loaded truck to be used, which-
ever is greater.
(c) For Class C2 loading, the following requirements
shall apply:
(1) The maximum load on the car platform during
loading or unloading shall not exceed 150% of rated
load.
(2) For any load in excess of rated load on elevators
with a rated load of 9 000 kg (20,000 lb) or less, the
driving-machine motor, brake, and traction relation shall
be adequate to sustain and level the full 150% of
rated load.
(3) For any load in excess of the rated load on eleva-
tors with a rated load exceeding 9 000 kg (20,000 lb), the
driving machine motor, brake, and traction relation shall
be adequate to sustain and level the rated load plus
either 4 500 kg (10,000 lb), or the weight of the unloaded
truck to be used, whichever is greater.
NOTES (2.16.2):
(1) When the entire rated load is loaded or unloaded in increments
by an industrial truck, the load imposed on the car platform,
while the last increment is being loaded or the first increment
unloaded, will exceed the rated load by part of the weight of
the empty industrial truck.
(2) Requirement 2.16.2 does not prohibit the carrying of an indus-
trial truck on a freight elevator of Class C2 or Class C3 loading,
provided that the total weight on the elevator does not exceed
the rated load of the elevator, and the elevator is designed to
meet the requirements of 8.2.2 and 8.2.9, as appropriate, for
the load involved.
56
2.16.3-2.16.5.1.1
ASME A17.1-2004
2.16.3 Capacity and Data Plates
2.16.3.1 Plates Required and Locations. Every eleva-
tor shall be provided with a capacity plate and a data
plate permanently and securely attached.
The capacity plate shall be located in a conspicuous
position inside the car.
The data plate shall be located on the car crosshead,
or inside the car for underslung elevators having no
crosshead.
2.16.3.2 Information Required on Plates
2.16.3.2.1 Capacity plates shall indicate the rated
load of the elevator in kilograms or pounds or both (see
Nonmandatory Appendix D), and, in addition, this plate
or a separate plate shall indicate
(a) the capacity lifting one-piece loads where the ele-
vator conforms to 2.16.7
(b) for freight elevators designed for Class C2 loading,
the maximum load the elevator is designed to support
while being loaded or unloaded [see 2.16.2.2.4(c)]
2.16.3.2.2 Data plates shall indicate
(a) the weight of the complete car, including the car
safety and all auxiliary equipment attached to the car
(b) the rated load and speed
(c) the wire rope data required by 2.20.2.1
(d) the name or trademark of the manufacturer and
year manufactured
(e) rail lubrication instructions (see 2.17.16)
2.16.3.3 Material and Marking of Plates. Plates shall
be of such material and construction that the letters and
figures stamped, etched, cast, or otherwise applied to
the faces shall remain permanently and readily legible.
The height of the letters and figures shall be not
less than
(a) 6 mm (0.25 in.) for passenger elevator capacity
plates
(b) 25 mm (1 in.) for freight elevator capacity plates
(c) 3 mm (0.125 in.) for data plates
2.16.4 Carrying of Passengers on Freight Elevators
Freight elevators conforming to 2.16.4.1 through
2.16.4.9 shall be permitted to carry passengers.
2.16.4.1 The elevator shall not be accessible to the
general public.
2.16.4.2 The rated load shall not be less than that
required by 2.16.1.
2.16.4.3 The elevator shall conform to 2.16.8.
2.16.4.4 Hoistway entrances shall conform to
2.12.1.1 and 2.11.2.1, or shall be power-operated doors
conforming to 2.11.2.2(e).
2.16.4.5 Car doors shall be provided, and shall con-
form to 2.14.5.
2.16.4.6 Openings in car enclosures shall conform
to 2.14.2.2.
2.16.4.7 Hoistway doors and/or car doors shall con-
form to 2.12.5.
2.16.4.8 The factors of safety for suspension wire
ropes shall conform to Table 2.20.3 for passenger ele-
vators.
2.16.4.9 Power-operated vertically sliding doors
shall be power closed conforming to the following:
(a) requirements 2.13.3.2 or 2.13.3.4.
(b) shall be provided with a reopening device con-
forming to 2.13.5. The reopening device shall detect
obstruction in the path of closing door travel without
the necessity of physical contact. This can be provided
by mounting the protection device(s) on the car door
itself or on the car or door jamb.
(c) vertically sliding hoistway and car doors shall con-
form to 2.13.6.
(d) supporting chains, cables, or ropes shall not be
exposed to the car interior.
(e) when closed by automatic means, shall be pro-
vided with a visual warning to function over the same
period as the audible signal in 2.13.3.4.1.
2.16.5 Signs Required in Freight Elevator Cars
2.16.5.1 Signs Required. Signs, in addition to the
capacity and data plates required by 2.16.3.1, shall be
provided inside the car and shall be located in a conspic-
uous position and permanently and securely fastened to
the car enclosure, subject to the requirements of 2.16.5.1.1
through 2.16.5.1.3.
2.16.5.1.1 For every freight elevator, the sign shall
specify the type of loading (see 2.16.2.2) for which the
elevator is designed and installed, with one of the fol-
lowing markings.
(a) "CLASS A LOADING. ELEVATOR TO BE
LOADED OR UNLOADED MANUALLY OR BY
MEANS OF HAND TRUCKS ONLY NO SINGLE PIECE
OF FREIGHT OR SINGLE HAND TRUCK AND ITS
LOAD SHALL EXCEED KG ( LB)."
(b) "CLASS B LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT MOTOR VEHICLES
HAVING A MAXIMUM GROSS WEIGHT NOT TO
EXCEED KG ( LB)."
(c) "CLASS CI LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT LOADED INDUSTRIAL
TRUCK. MAXIMUM COMBINED WEIGHT OF
INDUSTRIAL TRUCK AND LOAD NOT TO
EXCEED KG ( LB)."
(d) "CLASS C2 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
DESIGNED FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING BY
INDUSTRIAL TRUCK. MAXIMUM LOADING AND
UNLOADING WEIGHT WHILE PARKED NOT TO
EXCEED KG ( LB). MAXIMUM WEIGHT
57
ASA/IE A17.1-2004
2.16.5.1.1-2.16.7.11
TRANSPORTED NOT TO EXCEED KG (
LB)."
(e) "CLASS C3 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT CONCENTRATED
LOADS NOT TO EXCEED KG ( LB)."
2.16.5.1.2 For elevators not permitted to carry
passengers, the sign shall read: "THIS IS NOT A PAS-
SENGER ELEVATOR. NO PERSONS OTHER THAN
THE OPERATOR AND FREIGHT HANDLERS ARE
PERMITTED TO RIDE ON THIS ELEVATOR."
2.16.5.1.3 For freight elevators permitted to carry
passengers (see 2.16.4), a sign reading "PASSENGERS
ARE PERMITTED TO RIDE THIS ELEVATOR."
2.16.5.2 Material and Marking of Signs. The material
and marking of all signs shall conform to 2.16.3.3, except
that the letters shall be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.) high.
2.16.6 Overloading of Freight Elevators
Freight elevators shall not be loaded in excess of their
rated load as specified on the capacity plate required
by 2.16.3, except for
(a) static loads on elevators loaded and unloaded by
industrial trucks as noted on capacity or separate plate
[see 2.16.2.2.3 and 2.16.3.2.1(b)]
(b) elevators designed and installed to conform to
2.16.7 to carry one-piece loads exceeding their rated load
2.16.7 Carrying of One-Piece Loads Exceeding the
Rated Load
Passenger and freight elevators shall be permitted to
be used, where necessary, to carry one-piece loads
greater than their rated load, provided they are
designed, installed, and operated to conform to 2.16.7.1
through 2.16.7.11.
2.16.7.1 A locking device shall be provided that
will hold the car at any landing, independently of the
hoisting ropes, while the car is being loaded or
unloaded.
2.16.7.2 The locking device shall be so designed that
it cannot be unlocked until the entire weight of the car
and load is suspended on the ropes.
2.16.7.3 A removable wrench or other device shall
be provided to operate the locking device.
2.16.7.4 The locking device shall be so designed that
the locking bars will be automatically withdrawn should
they come into contact with the landing locks when the
car is operated in the up direction.
2.16.7.5 A special capacity plate shall be provided
inside the elevator car and located in a conspicuous
place that shall bear the words "CAPACITY LIFTING
ONE-PIECE LOADS" in letters, followed by figures giv-
ing the special capacity in kilograms (pounds) for lifting
one-piece loads for which the machine is designed. For
material and size of letters, see 2.16.3.3.
2.16.7.6 The car frame, car platform, sheaves, shafts,
ropes, and locking devices shall be designed for the
specified "Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads," pro-
vided that
(a) in the design of the car frame, platform, sheaves,
shafts, and ropes, the allowable stress is permitted to
be 20% higher than those permitted for normal loading
(b) the factor of safety for the locking device is not (ED)
less than 5
2.16.7.7 The car safeties shall be designed to stop
and hold the specified "Capacity Lifting One-Piece
Loads" with the ropes intact. The safety is not required
to conform to the safety stopping distances specified in
Table 2.17.3 if applied while the elevator is carrying a
one-piece load exceeding the rated load.
2.16.7.8 Where there is an occupied space, or an
unoccupied space not secured against unauthorized
access (see 2.6), under the hoistway, the requirements of
2.16.7.8.1 through 2.16.7.8.4 shall be conformed to.
2.16.7.8.1 The machine shall be designed to oper-
ate the "Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads" at slow
speed.
2.16.7.8.2 The car safety shall be designed to stop
and hold the car with this load, independently of the
hoisting ropes.
2.16.7.8.3 The counterweight safety, where
required by 2.6, shall be designed to stop and hold the
entire weight of the counterweight, independently of
the ropes.
2.16.7.8.4 Under the conditions described in
2.16.7.8.2 and 2.16.7.8.3, the car and counterweight safe-
ties are not required to conform to the safety stopping
distances specified in Table 2.17.3 when the elevator is
carrying a one-piece load exceeding the rated load and
the counterweight is provided with additional weight
as required by 2.16.7.9.
2.16.7.9 For traction machines, where it is necessary
to secure adequate traction, an additional counterweight
shall be added during the period of use with one-piece
loads so that the total overbalance is at least equal to
45% of the "Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads."
2.16.7.10 A special operating device of the car
switch or continuous-pressure type shall be provided in
the machine room, located near the driving machine, to
operate the elevator. When this device is operative, all
other operating devices shall be inoperative (see
2.26.1.3).
2.16.7.11 The "Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads"
of any passenger traction elevator shall not exceed 1.33
times the rated load of the elevator.
58
2.16.8-2.17.5.2
ASME A17.1-2004
2.16.8 Additional Requirements for Passenger
Overload in the Down Direction
Passenger elevators and freight elevators permitted
by 2.16.4 to carry passengers shall be designed and
installed to safely lower, stop, and hold the car with an
additional load up to 25% in excess of the rated load.
The elevator is not required to attain rated load per-
formance under the passenger overload conditions spec-
ified but shall conform to
(a) requirement 2.17.2, except that 125% of the rated
load shall be used in place of the rated load.
(b) requirement 2.17.3, except that 125% of the rated
load shall be used in the first paragraph in place of the
rated load. Second paragraph of 2.17.3, except that 125%
of the rated load shall be used in place of the rated
load, and the rated load performance including safety
stopping distance is not required.
(c) requirement 2.24.2.3, except that 125% of rated
load shall be used in place of the rated load.
(d) requirement 2.24.8, except that 125% of the rated
load shall be used in place of the rated load.
(e) requirement 2.25.2.1, except that 125% of the rated
load shall be used in place of the rated load.
(f) requirement 2.26.9.8, except that 125% of the rated
load shall be used in place of the rated load.
(g) requirement 2.26.10, except that 125% of the rated
load shall be used in place of the rated load.
(h) requirement 2.19.2.2(b), except that 125% of the
rated load shall be used in place of the rated load.
(i) requirement 2.27.2.1, except that 125% of rated load
shall be used in place of rated load.
2.16.9 Special Loading Means
Where special means (lift hooks, conveyor tracks, and
support beams) that exert loads upon the car frame or
platform, or both, are used to carry loads other than as
described in 2.16.2.2, the effects of their loading on the
car frame and platform shall be considered in accordance
with 8.2.2.1 and 8.2.9.1. The allowable stresses and
deflections shall be as specified in 2.15.10 and 2.15.11.
The connections shall conform to 2.15.7.
SECTION 2.17
CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES
2.17.1 Where Required and Location
The car of every elevator suspended by wire ropes
shall be provided with one or more car safety devices
of one of the types identified in 2.17.5. The safeties shall
be attached to the car frame, and one safety shall be
located within or below the car frame.
All car safeties shall be mounted on a single car frame
and shall operate only on one pair of guide rails between
which the frame is located.
2.17.2 Duplex Safeties
Where duplex (two) safeties are provided, the lower
safety device shall be capable of developing not less
than one-half of the force required to stop the entire car
with rated load (see 2.16.8). Duplexed safety devices
shall be arranged so as to function approximately simul-
taneously.
Type A or Type C safety devices (see 2.17.5) shall not
be used in multiple (duplexed).
2.17.3 Function and Stopping Distance of Safeties (ED)
The safety device, or the combined safety devices,
where furnished, shall be capable of stopping and sus-
taining the entire car with its rated load from governor
tripping speed (see also 2.16.8).
Type B safeties shall stop the car with its rated load
from governor tripping speed within the range of the
maximum and minimum stopping distances as deter-
mined by the formulas in 8.2.6. Table 2.17.3 and Fig.
8.2.6 show the maximum and minimum stopping dis-
tances for various governor tripping speeds, when tested
in conformance with 8.10 and 8.11.
2.17.4 Counterweight Safeties
Counterweight safeties, where furnished [see 2.6 and
2.19.3.2(a)(1)], shall conform to the requirements for car
safeties, except as specified in 2.17.7 and 2.18.1.
2.17.5 Identification and Classification of Types of
Safeties
Car safety devices (safeties) are identified and classi-
fied on the basis of performance characteristics after the
safety begins to apply pressure on the guide rails. On
this basis, there are three types of safeties.
2.17.5.1 Type A Safeties. Safeties that develop a rap-
idly increasing pressure on the guide rails during the
stopping interval, the stopping distance being very short
due to the inherent design of the safety. The operating
force is derived entirely from the mass and the motion
of the car or the counterweight being stopped. These
safeties apply pressure on the guide rails through eccen-
trics, rollers, or similar devices, without any flexible
medium purposely introduced to limit the retarding
force and increase the stopping distance.
2.17.5.2 Type B Safeties. Safeties that apply limited (ED)
pressure on the guide rails during the stopping interval,
and which provide stopping distances that are related
to the mass being stopped and the speed at which appli-
cation of the safety is initiated. Retarding forces are
reasonably uniform after the safety is fully applied. Safe-
ties that require or do not require continuous tension in
the governor rope to operate the safety during the entire
stopping interval shall be permitted. Minimum and
maximum distances are specified on the basis of gover-
nor tripping speed (see 2.17.3).
59
ASME A17.1-2004
2.17.5.3-2.17.8.1
Table 2.17.3 Maximum and Minimum Stopping Distances for
Type B Car Safeties With Rated Load and Type B Counterweight Safeties
SI Units
Imperial Units
Rated
Maximum
Governor
Stopping Distances,
Rated
Maximum
Governor
Stopping Distances,
Speed,
m/s
Trip Speed,
m/s
mm
Speed,
ft/min
Trip Speed,
ft/min
in.
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
0-0.63
0.90
25
380
0-125
175
1
15
0.75
1.05
50
415
150
210
2
16
0.87
1.25
75
485
175
250
3
19
1.00
1.40
100
540
200
280
4
22
1.12
1.55
125
605
225
308
5
24
1.25
1.70
150
675
250
337
6
27
1.50
2.00
200
840
300
395
8
33
1.75
2.30
250
1025
350
452
10
40
2.00
2.55
330
1 200
400
510
13
48
2.25
2.90
430
1 480
450
568
17
58
2.50
3.15
505
1 700
500
625
20
68
3.00
3.70
710
2 250
600
740
28
91
3.50
4.30
940
2 950
700
855
38
128
4.00
4.85
1 200
3 680
800
970
49
150
4.50
5.50
1 540
4 660
900
1,085
61
183
5.00
6.00
1 835
5 500
1,000
1,200
75
222
5.50
6.60
2 220
6 600
1,100
1,320
90
268
6.00
7.20
2 640
7 800
1,200
1,440
107
316
6.50
7.80
3 100
9 110
1,300
1,560
126
371
7.00
8.40
3 595
10 530
1,400
1,680
146
427
7.50
9.00
4 125
12 050
1,500
1,800
168
490
8.00
9.60
4 695
13 670
1,600
1,920
191
555
8.50
10.20
5 300
15 400
1,700
2,040
215
628
9.00
10.80
5 940
17 240
1,800
2,160
241
700
9.50
11.40
6 620
19 180
1,900
2,280
269
779
10.00
12.00
7 335
21 220
2,000
2,400
299
862
(ED)
2.17.5.3 Type C Safeties (Type A With Oil Buffers).
Safeties that develop retarding forces during the com-
pression stroke of one or more oil buffers interposed
between the lower members of the car frame and a
governor-operated Type A auxiliary safety plank
applied on the guide rails. The stopping distance is equal
to the effective stroke of the buffers.
2.17.6 Reserved for Future Use
2.17.7 Governor-Actuated Safeties and Car Safety
Mechanism Switches Required
2.1 7.7.1 Counterweight safeties, where provided for
rated speeds over 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min), and car safeties,
shall be actuated by separate speed governors.
Counterweight safeties for rated speeds of not over
0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) shall be permitted to be operated
as a result of the breaking or slackening of the suspension
ropes and shall be permitted to be of the inertia or other
approved type without governors.
Where counterweight safeties are furnished to provide
ascending car overspeed protection in accordance with
2.19.1.1, they shall be actuated by a counterweight speed
governor (see 2.17.4).
2.17.7.2 Every car safety shall be provided with a
switch, operated by the car safety mechanism (see
2.26.2.9).
A switch operated by the safety mechanism is not
required on counterweight safeties.
2.17.7.3 The car safety mechanism switch shall oper-
ate before or at the time of application of the safety.
2.17.7.4 Switches operated by the car safety mecha-
nism shall be of a type that cannot be reset until the car
safety mechanism has been returned to the unapplied
position.
2.17.8 Limits of Use of Various Types of Safeties
2.17.8.1 Type A (Instantaneous) Safeties. Type A
safeties shall be permitted on elevators having a rated
(ED)
60
2.17.8.1-2.17.11
ASME A17.1-2004
speed of not more than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min).
When overspeed occurs, with the hoisting rope intact,
such safeties shall be actuated by the governor.
On the parting of the hoisting ropes (free fall), Type
A governor-operated safeties shall apply without appre-
ciable delay, and their application shall be independent
of the speed action of the governor and of the location
of the break in the hoisting ropes (inertia application),
and shall be permitted to be accomplished by the use
of a governor and governor rigging having a sufficiently
high value of inertia to apply the safety on free fall
independently of the speed action of the governor (see
8.10 for inertia-application test of car safety).
2.17.8.2 Type C (Combination Instantaneous and Oil-
Buffer Safety). Type C safeties shall be permitted subject
to the requirements of 2.17.8.2.1 through 2.17.8.2.8.
2.17.8.2.1 The rated speed shall be not more than
2.5 m/s (500 ft/min).
2.17.8.2.2 The oil buffers shall conform to all
requirements specified in 2.22 for oil buffers, except that
the stroke shall be based on governor tripping speed
and on an average retardation not exceeding 9.81 m/s 2
(32.2 ft/s 2 ).
2.17.8.2.3 After the buffer stroke, as defined in
2.17.8.2.2, has been completed, provision shall be made
for an additional travel of the plunger or piston of not
less than 10% of the buffer stroke, to prevent excessive
impact on the buffer parts and the auxiliary safety plank.
2.17.8.2.4 Where the distance between guide rails
exceeds 2 450 mm (96 in.), the safety shall be provided
with two oil buffers of substantially identical calibration,
and the buffers shall be so located as to develop mini-
mum stresses in the auxiliary safety plank during safety
operation.
Buffers shall be located in line with and symmetrically
between the guide rails.
2.17.8.2.5 The auxiliary safety plank shall be so
supported and guided below the car frame that the
clearances specified in 2.17.10 for the safety parts are
maintained during normal operation.
The auxiliary safety plank shall be so designed that
the maximum stresses in the plank shall not exceed those
specified for similar car-frame members in 2.15.
2.1 7.8.2.6 The rail-gripping device of the auxiliary
safety plank shall be so arranged and connected as to
prevent the plank from being out of level more than
13 mm (0.5 in.) in the length of the plank when the
safety is operated to stop the car.
2.17.8.2.7 An electric switch shall be provided
and so arranged and connected that the elevator cannot
be operated by means of the normal operating device
if any buffer is compressed more than 10% of its stroke
(see 2.26.2.13).
2.17.8.2.8 Means shall be provided to prevent
operation of the elevator by means of the normal
operating device if the oil level in buffer is below the
minimum level (see 2.26.2.13).
2.17.9 Application and Release of Safeties
2.17.9.1 Means of Application. Safeties shall be
applied mechanically. Electric, hydraulic, or pneumatic
devices shall not be used to apply the safeties required
by 2.17, nor to hold such safeties in the retracted
position.
2.17.9.2 Level of Car on Safety Application. The appli-
cation of a Type A or Type B safety to stop the car, with
its rated load centered on each quarter of the platform
symmetrically with relation to the centerlines of the plat-
form, shall not cause the platform to be out of level
more than 30 mm/m (0.36 in. /ft) in any direction. (See
2.17.8.2.6 for Type C safeties.)
2.17.9.3 Release. When car safeties are applied, no
decrease in tension in the governor rope or motion of
the car in the down direction shall release the safeties,
but such safeties shall be permitted to be released by
the motion of the car in the up direction.
2.17.9.4 Force Providing Stopping Action to Be Com-
pressive. Safeties shall be so designed that, on their
application, the forces that provide the stopping action
shall be compressive forces on each side of the guide-
rail section.
2.17.10 Minimum Permissible Clearance Between
Rail-Gripping Faces of Safety Parts
In the normally retracted position of the safety, the
distance between the rail-gripping faces of the safety
parts shall be not less than the thickness of the guide
rail plus 3.5 mm (0.14 in.), and the clearance on any side
between the gripping face and the guide rail shall be
not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.), as measured on the side
of the rail toward which the car frame is pressed with
sufficient force to take up all clearances in the guide-
shoe assembly. Safety jaws, while in the retracted posi-
tion, shall be so restrained as to prevent a reduction of
this nunimum clearance.
2.17.11 Maximum Permissible Movement of
Governor Rope to Operate the Safety
Mechanism
For all Type B safeties, the movement of the governor
rope, relative to the car or the counterweight, respec-
tively, required to operate the safety mechanism from
its fully retracted position to a position where the safety
jaws begin to exert pressure against the guide rails, shall
not exceed the following values based on rated speed:
(a) for car safeties
(1) 1 m/s (200 ft/min) or less, 1 070 mm (42 in.)
61
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.17.11-2.18.1.1
(2) 1.01 m/s (201 ft/min) to 1.9 m/s (375 ft/min),
915 mm (36 in.)
(3) over 1.9 m/s (375 ft/min), 756 mm (30 in.)
(b) for counterweight safeties, all speeds, 1 070 mm
(42 in.)
Drum-operated car and counterweight safeties,
requiring continual unwinding of the safety drum rope
to fully apply the safety, shall be so designed that not
less than three turns of the safety rope will remain on
the drum after the overspeed test of the safety has been
made with rated load in the car.
2.17.12 Minimum Factors of Safety and Stresses of
Safety Parts and Rope Connections
2.17.12.1 Parts of safeties, except springs, safety-
rope drums, leading sheaves, and their supporting
brackets and safety-jaw gibs, shall have a factor of safety
of not less than 3.5, and the materials used shall have
an elongation of not less than 15% in a length of 50 mm
(2 in.) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 8. Forged,
cast, or welded parts shall be stress relieved.
2.17.12.2 Springs are permitted in the operation of
car or counterweight safeties. Where used, and where
partially loaded prior to safety operation, the loading
on the spring shall not produce a fibre stress exceeding
one-half the elastic limit of the material. During opera-
tion of the safety, the fibre stress shall not exceed 85%
of the elastic limit of the material. Helical springs, where
used, shall be in compression.
2.17.12.3 Safety-rope drums, leading sheaves, and
their supporting brackets and safety-jaw gibs, are per-
mitted to be made of cast iron and other metals provided
such parts have a factor of safety of not less than 10.
2.17.12.4 Rope used as a connection from the safety
to the governor rope, including rope wound on the
safety-rope drum, shall be not less than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.)
in diameter, shall be made of metal, and shall be corro-
sion resistant. The factor of safety of the rope shall be
not less than 5. Tiller-rope construction shall not be used.
2.17.12.5 The factors of safety shall be based upon
the maximum stresses developed in the parts during
the operation of the safety when stopping rated load
from governor tripping speed.
2.17.12.6 Safety-rope leading sheave brackets and
other safety operating parts shall not be attached to or
supported by wood platform members.
2.17.13 Corrosion-Resistant Bearings in Safeties and
Safety Operating Mechanisms
Bearings in safeties and in the safety-operating mecha-
nisms shall be of corrosion-resistant construction, with
one or both members of the bearing made of, or electro-
plated with, a corrosion-resistant material.
2.17.14 Marking Plates for Safeties
A metal plate shall be securely attached to each safety
so as to be readily visible, and shall be marked in a
legible and permanent manner with letters and figures
not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in height indicating:
(a) the type of safety, based on 2.17.5
(b) the maximum tripping speed in m/s (ft/min) for
which the safety is permitted
(c) the maximum weight in kg (lb), which the safety
is designed and installed to stop and sustain
(d) the force in N (lbf ) required to activate the safety
or rope releasing carrier, if provided
(e) the manufacturer's name or trademark
2.17.15 Governor-Rope Releasing Carriers
Where a governor-rope releasing carrier is used to
prevent actuation of the safety by the inertial forces of
the governor-rope system, or used for any other pur-
pose, the governor-rope releasing carrier on the car (or
on the counterweight) shall be set to require a tension
in the governor rope, to pull the rope from the carrier,
of not more than 60% of the pull-through tension devel-
oped by the governor. The means to regulate the gover-
nor-rope pull-out force shall be mechanical and shall be
sealed. The carrier shall be designed so that the pull-
out tension cannot be adjusted to exceed the amount
specified without breaking the seal.
2.17.16 Rail Lubricants and Lubrication Plate
Rail lubricants or coatings that will reduce the holding
power of the safety, or prevent its functioning as required
in 2.17.3, shall not be used (see 8.7 for maintenance
requirements).
A metal plate as required by 2.16.3.2 shall be securely
attached to the car crosshead in an easily visible location,
and, where lubricants are to be used, shall carry the
notation, "CONSULT MANUFACTURER OF THE
SAFETY FOR THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE RAIL
LUBRICANT TO BE USED." If lubricants are not to be
used, the plate shall so state.
If lubricants other than those recommended by the
manufacturer are used, a safety test shall be made to
demonstrate that the safety will function as required by
2.17.3.
SECTION 2.18
SPEED GOVERNORS
2.18.1 Speed Governors Required and Location
2.18.1.1 Counterweight safeties, where provided
with rated speeds over 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min), and car
safeties shall be actuated by separate speed governors.
Where counterweight safeties are furnished to provide
ascending car overspeed protection in accordance with
2.19.1.1, they shall be actuated by a counterweight speed
governor (see 2.17.4.)
62
2.18.1.2-2.18.3.2
ASME A17.1-2004
Table 2.18.2.1 Maximum Car Speeds at Which Speed Governor Trips and Governor Overspeed
Switch Operates
SI Units
Imperial Units
Maximum Car Speed
Maximum Car Speed
at Which Governor
at Which Governor
Maximum
Overspeed Switch
Maximum
Overspeed Switch
Rated
Car Governor
Operates, Down,
Rated
Car Governor
Operates, Down,
Speed,
Trip Speed,
m/s
Speed,
Trip Speed,
ft/min
m/s
m/s
[Note (1)]
ft/min
ft/min
[Note (1)]
0-0.63
0.90
0.81
0-125
175
175
0.75
1.05
0.95
150
210
210
0.87
1.25
1.13
175
250
225
1.00
1.40
1.26
200
280
252
1.12
1.55
1.40
225
308
277
1.25
1.70
1.53
250
337
303
1.50
2.00
1.80
300
395
355
1.75
2.30
2.07
350
452
407
2.00
2.55
2.30
400
510
459
2.25
2.90
2.61
450
568
512
2.50
3.15
2.84
500
625
563
3.00
3.70
3.52
600
740
703
3.50
4.30
4.09
700
855
812
4.00
4.85
4.61
800
970
921
4.50
5.50
5.23
900
1,085
1,031
5.00
6.00
5.70
1,000
1,200
1,140
5.50
6.60
6.27
1,100
1,320
1,254
6.00
7.20
6.84
1,200
1,440
1,368
6.50
7.80
7.41
1,300
1,560
1,482
7.00
8.40
7.98
1,400
1,680
1,596
7.50
9.00
8.55
1,500
1,800
1,710
8.00
9.60
9.12
1,600
1,920
1,824
8.50
10.20
9.69
1,700
2,040
1,938
9.00
10.80
10.26
1,800
2,160
2,052
9.50
11.40
10.83
1,900
2,280
2,166
10.00
12.00
11.40
2,000
2,400
2,280
NOTE:
(1) See 2.18.4.2.5.
(ED)
2.18.1.2 The governor shall be located where it can-
not be struck by the car or the counterweight in case of
overtravel, and where there is adequate space for full
movement of governor parts.
2.18.2 Tripping Speeds for Speed Governors
2.18.2.1 Car Speed Governors. Speed governors for
car safeties shall be set to trip at car speeds as follows:
(a) at not less than 115% of the rated speed.
(b) at not more than the tripping speed listed opposite
the applicable rated speed in Table 2.18.2.1. Maximum
tripping speeds for intermediate rated speeds shall be
determined from Fig. 8.2.5. For rated speeds exceeding
10 m/s (2,000 ft/min), the maximum tripping speeds
shall not exceed 120% of the rated speed.
2.18.2.2 Counterweight Speed Governors. Speed gov-
ernors, where provided for counterweight safeties, shall
be set to trip at an overspeed greater than that at which
the car speed governor is to trip, but not more than 10%
higher.
2.18.3 Sealing and Painting of Speed Governors
2.18.3.1 Speed governors shall have their means of
speed adjustment sealed after test. If speed governors
are painted after sealing, all bearing and rubbing sur-
faces shall be kept free or freed of paint and a hand
test made to determine that all parts operate freely as
intended.
2.18.3.2 Where the rope retarding means provides
for adjustment of the rope pull-through force (tension),
63
ASME A17.1-2004
2.18.3.2-2.18.6.1
means shall be provided to seal the means of adjustment
of the rope tension.
(ED) 2.18.3.3 Seals shall be of a type that will prevent
readjustment of the sealed governor adjustments with-
out breaking the seal. Provision shall be made to enable
affixing seals after tests.
2.18.4 Speed-Governor Overspeed Switch
2.18.4.1 Where Required and Function
2.18.4.1.1 A switch shall be provided on every
car and counterweight speed governor (see 2.26.2.10).
2.18.4.1.2 The switches required in 2.18.4.1.1 shall
be operated by the overspeed action of the governor,
except that the counterweight governor switch shall be
permitted to be operated upon activation of the counter-
weight governor-rope retarding means (see 2.18.6.1).
2.18.4.2 Setting of Car Speed-Governor Overspeed
Switches. The setting of the car speed-governor
overspeed switch shall conform to 2.18.4.2.1 through
2.18.4.2.6.
2.18.4.2.1 For rated speeds more than 0.75 m/s
(150 ft/min), up to and including 2.5 m/s (500 ft/min),
the car speed-governor overspeed switch shall open in
the down direction of the elevator at not more than 90%
of the speed at which the governor is set to trip in the
down direction.
2.18.4.2.2 For rated speeds more than 2.5 m/s
(500 ft/min), the car speed-governor overspeed switch
shall open in the down direction of the elevator at not
more than 95% of the speed at which the governor is
set to trip in the down direction.
2.18.4.2.3 For elevators with static control, the
car speed-governor overspeed switch shall open in the
down direction of the elevator at not more than 90% of
the speed at which the governor is set to trip in the
down direction.
2.18.4.2.4 The switch, when set as specified in
either 2.18.4.2.1, 2.18.4.2.2, or 2.18.4.2.3, shall open in the
up direction at not more than 100% of the speed at which
the governor is set to trip in the down direction.
2.18.4.2.5 The speed-governor overspeed switch
shall be permitted to open in the down direction of the
elevator at not more than 100% of the speed at which
the governor is set to trip in the down direction, subject
to the following requirements:
(a) A speed-reducing switch of the manually reset
type is provided on the governor, which will reduce the
speed of the elevator in case of overspeed, and which
shall be set to open as specified in 2.18.4.2.1, 2.18.4.2.2,
or 2.18.4.2.3.
(b) Subsequent to the first stop of the car following
the opening of the speed-reducing switch, the car shall
remain inoperative until the switch is manually reset.
2.18.4.3 Setting of the Counterweight Governor
Switch. Where the counterweight governor switch is
operated by the overspeed action (see 2.18.2.2), the
switch shall be set to open when the counterweight is
descending at a speed greater than the elevator rated
speed, but not more than the speed at which the counter-
weight governor is set to trip.
2.18.4.4 Type of Speed-Governor Overspeed Switches
and Speed-Reducing Switches. Switches used to perform
the function specified shall be positively opened.
Overspeed and speed-reducing switches permitted by
2.18.4.2.5 and operated by the speed governor shall
remain in the open position until manually reset.
2.18.5 Governor Ropes
2.18.5.1 Material and Factor of Safety. Governor
ropes shall be of iron, steel, monel metal, phosphor
bronze, or stainless steel. They shall be of a regular-lay
construction and not less than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) in
diameter. The factor of safety of governor ropes shall be
not less than 5. Tiller-rope construction shall not be used.
2.18.5.2 Speed-Governor-Rope Clearance. During
normal operation of the elevator, the governor rope shall
run free and clear of the governor jaws, rope guards, or
other stationary parts.
2.18.5.3 Governor-Rope Tag. A metal data tag shall
be securely attached to the governor rope fastening. This
data tag shall bear the following wire-rope data:
(a) the diameter (mm or in.)
(b) the manufacturer's rated breaking strength
(c) the grade of material used
(d) the year and month the rope was installed
(e) whether nonpreformed or preformed
(f) construction classification
(g) name of the person or organization who installed
the rope
(h) name or trademark by which the manufacturer of
the rope can be identified
A new tag shall be installed at each rope renewal. The
material and marking of the rope data tag shall conform
to 2.16.3.3, except that the height of the letters and figures
shall be not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.).
2.18.6 Design of Governor-Rope Retarding Means for
Type B Safeties
Type B car and counterweight safeties shall be acti-
vated by a speed governor with a governor-rope
retarding means conforming to 2.18.6.1 through 2.18.6.5.
2.18.6.1 Upon activation at the tripping speeds
given by 2.18.2, the means shall retard the rope with a
force that is at least 67% greater than the force required to
activate the safety or to trip the governor-rope releasing
carrier, where used (see 2.17.15).
64
2.18.6.2-2.19.1.2
ASME A17.1-2004
2.18.6.2 The means shall be set to allow the governor
rope to slip through the speed governor at a rope tension
(the governor pull-through tension) higher than
required to activate the safety or to trip the releasing
carrier as specified in 2.17.15. The maximum tension in
the rope shall not exceed one-fifth of the rated ultimate
strength of the rope.
2.18.6.3 The means shall be designed to prevent
appreciable damage to, or deformation of, the governor
rope resulting from its application (stopping action).
2.18.6.4 The means shall provide a continuous ten-
sion in the governor rope as required to operate the
safety during the entire stopping interval in accordance
with 2.17.5.2.
2.18.6.5 The governor shall be arranged to be
tripped by hand to facilitate the tests specified in 8.10.
2.18.7 Design of Speed-Governor Sheaves and
Traction Between Speed-Governor Rope and
Sheave
2.18.7.1 The arc of contact between the governor
rope and the governor sheave shall, in conjunction with
a governor-rope tension device, provide sufficient trac-
tion to cause proper functioning of the governor.
2.18.7.2 Where the rope force imparted to the gover-
nor rope (see 2.18.6.1) necessary to activate the safety,
or to trip the releasing carrier, if used, is dependent
upon the tension in the governor rope prior to governor
tripping, a switch or switches mechanically opened by
the governor tension sheave before the sheave reaches
its upper or lower limit of travel shall be provided. This
switch shall be of the manually reset type and shall
conform to 2.26.4.3. Subsequent to the first stop of the
car following the opening of the switch, the car shall
remain inoperative until the switch is manually reset.
2.18.7.3 Governor sheave grooves shall have
machine-finished surfaces. Governor tension sheaves
shall have machine-finished grooves for rated car speeds
of more than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min). Machined governor
sheave grooves shall have a groove diameter of not more
than 1.15 times the diameter of the governor rope.
2.18.7.4 The pitch diameter of governor sheaves and
governor tension sheaves shall be not less than the prod-
uct of the diameter of the rope and the applicable multi-
plier listed in Table 2.18.7.4, based on the rated speed
and the number of strands in the rope.
2.18.8 Factors of Safety in Load-Bearing Parts of
Speed Governor
2.18.8.1 Material, except cast iron, used in load-
bearing parts of speed governors shall have a factor of
safety of not less than 3.5, and the materials used shall
have an elongation of not less than 15% in a length of
Table 2.18.7.4 Multiplier for Determining
Governor Sheave Pitch Diameter
Rated Speed,
m/s (ft/min)
Number of Strands
Multiplier
1.00 or less (200 or less)
6
42
1.00 or less (200 or less)
8
30
Over 1.00 (over 200)
6
46
Over 1.00 (over 200)
8
32
50 mm (2 in.) when tested in accordance with ASTM E
8. Forged, cast, or welded parts shall be stress relieved.
Cast iron shall have a factor of safety of not less than 10.
2.18.8.2 The factors of safety shall be based upon
the maximum stresses developed in the parts during
normal or governor tripping operation.
2.18.9 Speed-Governor Marking Plate
A metal plate shall be securely attached to each speed
governor and shall be marked in a legible and permanent
manner with letters and figures not less than 6 mm
(0.25 in.) in height indicating the following:
(a) the speed in m/s (ft/min) at which the governor
is set and sealed to trip the governor-rope retarding
means
(b) the size, material, and construction of the governor
rope on which the governor-rope retarding means were
designed to operate
(c) the governor pull-through tension (force) in N (lbf )
(see 2.18.6.2)
(d) manufacturer's name or trademark
(e) statement "DO NOT LUBRICATE GOVERNOR
ROPE"
SECTION 2.19
ASCENDING CAR OVERSPEED AND UNINTENDED
CAR MOVEMENT PROTECTION
2.19.1 Ascending Car Overspeed Protection
2.19.1.1 Purpose. Ascending car overspeed protec-
tion shall be provided to prevent the car from striking
the hoistway overhead structure as a result of a failure in
(a) the electric driving-machine motor, brake, cou-
pling, shaft, or gearing
(b) the control system
(c) any other component upon which the speed of the
car depends, except the suspension ropes and the drive
sheave of the traction machine
2.19.1.2 Where Required and Function. All electric
traction elevators, except those whose empty car weight
exceeds the total weight of the suspension ropes and
counterweight, shall be provided with a device to pre-
vent an ascending elevator from striking the hoistway
overhead structure. This device (see 2.26.2.29) shall
65
ASA/IE A17.1-2004
2.19.1.2-2.19.3.2
(a) detect an ascending car overspeed condition at a
speed not greater than 10% higher than the speed at
which the car governor is set to trip (see 2.18.2.1).
(1) If the overspeed detection means requires elec-
trical power for its functioning
(a) a loss of electrical power to the ascending car
overspeed detection and control means shall cause the
immediate activation of the emergency brake as required
in 2.19.1.2(b)
(b) the occurrence of a single ground, or the fail-
ure of any mechanically operated switch that does not
meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3, any single magneti-
cally operated switch, contactor, or relay, or any single
solid-state device, or a software system failure, shall not
render the detection means inoperative
(2) The failure of any single mechanically operated
switch that does not meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3
shall not render the detection means inoperative.
(3) When a fault specified in 2.19.1.2(a)(1)(b) or
2.19.1.2(a)(2) is detected, the car shall stop at or before
the next landing for which a demand was registered,
and shall not be permitted to restart.
(4) Once actuated by overspeed, the overspeed
detection means shall remain actuated until manually
reset, and the car shall not start or run unless the detec-
tion means is reset.
(b) decelerate the car when loaded with any load up
to its rated load [see 2.16.8(h)] by applying an emergency
brake conforming to 2.19.3. The car shall not start or
run unless the emergency brake is reset.
2.19.2 Protection Against Unintended Car Movement
2.19.2.1 Purpose. Protection shall be provided with
a device to prevent unintended car movement away
from the landing with the hoistway door not in the
locked position and the car door not in the closed posi-
tion, as a result of failure in
(a) the electric driving-machine motor, brake, cou-
pling, shaft, or gearing
(b) the control system
(c) any other component upon which the speed of the
car depends, except the suspension ropes and the drive
sheave of the traction machine
2.19.2.2 Where Required and Function. All electric
traction elevators shall be provided with a device (see
2.26.2.30) that shall
(a) detect unintended car movement away from the
landing with the hoistway door not in the locked posi-
tion and the car door not in the closed position.
NOTE: Freight elevators provided with combination mechanical
locks and contacts on the hoistway door shall detect the closed
position of the hoistway door and the closed position of the car
door.
(1) If the detection means requires electrical power
for its functioning
(a) a loss of electrical power to the unintended
movement detection and control means shall cause the
immediate activation of the emergency brake as required
in 2.19.2.2(b)
(b) the occurrence of a single ground, or the fail-
ure of any mechanically operated switch that does not
meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3, any single magneti-
cally operated switch, contactor, or relay, or any single
solid-state device, or software system failure, shall not
render the detection means inoperative
(2) The failure of any single mechanically operated
switch that does not meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3,
shall not render the detection means inoperative.
(3) When a fault specified in 2.19.2.2(a)(1)(b) or
2.19.2.2(a)(2) is detected, the car shall stop at or before
the next landing for which a demand was registered,
and shall not be permitted to restart.
(4) Once actuated by unintended movement, the
detection means shall remain actuated until manually
reset, and the car shall not start or run unless the detec-
tion means is reset.
(b) upon detection of unintended car movement, stop
and hold the car, with any load up to rated load [see
also 2.16.8(h)], by applying an emergency brake con-
forming to 2.19.3, with the car movement limited in both
directions, to a maximum of 1 220 mm (48 in.). The
car shall not start or run unless the emergency brake
provided for the unintended movement protection is
reset.
2.19.3 Emergency Brake (See Nonmandatory
Appendix F)
2.19.3.1 Where Required
2.19.3.1.1 When required by 2.19.1 for protection
against ascending car overspeed, an emergency brake
(see 1.3) conforming to 2.19.3.2 shall be provided.
2.19.3.1.2 When required by 2.19.2 for protection
against unintended car movement, an emergency brake
(see 1.3) conforming to 2.19.3.2 shall be provided.
2.19.3.1.3 A single device shall be permitted to
meet the requirements of both 2.19.3.1.1 and 2.19.3.1.2,
or separate devices shall be provided.
2.19.3.2 Requirements. The emergency brake is per-
mitted to consist of one or more devices and shall
(a) function to decelerate the car by acting on one or
more of the following (see also 2.19.4):
(1) counterweight [e.g., counterweight safety (see
2.17.4 and 2.17.7)].
(2) car.
(3) suspension or compensation rope system.
(4) drive sheave of a traction machine.
(5) brake drum or braking surface of the driving-
machine brake, provided that the driving-machine brake
surface is integral (cast or welded) with or directly
66
2.19.3.2-2.20.3
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
attached to the driving-machine sheave. Attachments,
where used, shall conform to 2.24.3 and 2.24.4.1. Weld-
ing, where used, shall conform to 8.8.
(b) be independent of the driving-machine brake.
(c) not be used to provide, or assist in providing, the
normal stopping of the car. When the emergency brake
is activated during normal elevator stops, it shall only
be applied to and released from a stationary braking
surface.
(d) not require the application of electrical power for
its activation, nor be rendered inoperative by the failure
of any power supply.
(e) not on its own cause the car average retardation
to exceed 9.8 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) during the stopping or
slowdown phase during ascending car overspeed.
(f) be designed so that the factors of safety based on
the maximum stresses developed in the parts subject to
load during the operation of the emergency brake shall
comply with the following:
(1) Where an emergency brake is activated only
when protecting against either an ascending car
overspeed condition or unintended car movement with
the car and hoistway doors open, the minimum factors
of safety, when applied during the retardation phase of
emergency braking, shall be not less than those specified
in 2.17.12.1.
(2) Where an emergency brake is activated during
normal stops of the elevator, the minimum factors of
safety, when applied during the retardation phase of
emergency braking, shall be not less than those specified
in 2.24.3.1 and 2.24.3.2.
(3) Where an emergency brake acts on the suspen-
sion or compensation rope system
(a) the factor of safety with respect to the break-
ing strength of the ropes shall be not less than 5 at any
time during the retardation phase
(b) it shall be designed to prevent appreciable
damage or deformation to the ropes resulting from its
activation
(g) be arranged to be tested in accordance with the
requirements specified in 8.10.2.
2.19.3.3 Marking Plate Requirements. The emer-
gency brake shall be provided with a marking plate
indicating the range of total masses (car with attach-
ments and its load) for which it is permitted to be used,
the range of speeds at which it is set to operate, and the
criteria such as rail lubrication requirements that are
critical to the performance.
2.19.4 Emergency Brake Supports
All components and structural members, including
their fastenings, subjected to forces due to the applica-
tion of the emergency brake shall be designed to with-
stand the maximum forces developed during the
retardation phase of the emergency braking so that the
resulting stresses shall not exceed those permitted for
the applicable type of equipment as follows:
(a) machinery and sheave beams (see 2.9.6)
(b) guide rails and their supports (see 2.23.5.3)
(c) counterweight frames (see 2.21.2.3.3)
(d) car frames (see 2.15.10.2)
(e) machines, sheaves, and bedplates (see 2.24.3.2)
SECTION 2.20
SUSPENSION ROPES AND THEIR CONNECTIONS
2.20.1 Suspension Means
Elevator cars shall be suspended by steel wire ropes
attached to the car frame or passing around sheaves
attached to the car frame specified in 2.15.1. Ropes that
have previously been installed and used on another
installation shall not be reused.
Only iron (low-carbon steel) or steel wire ropes, hav-
ing the commercial classification "Elevator Wire Rope,"
or wire rope specifically constructed for elevator use,
shall be used for the suspension of elevator cars and for
the suspension of counterweights. The wire material
for ropes shall be manufactured by the open-hearth or
electric furnace process or their equivalent.
2.20.2 Wire Rope Data
2.20.2.1 On Crosshead Data Plate. The crosshead
data plate required by 2.16.3 shall bear the following
wire-rope data:
(a) the number of ropes
(b) the diameter in millimeters (mm) or inches (in.)
(c) the manufacturer's rated breaking strength per
rope in kilo Newton (kN) or pounds (lb)
2.20.2.2 On Rope Data Tag. A metal data tag shall
be securely attached to one of the wire-rope fastenings.
This data tag shall bear the following wire-rope data:
(a) the diameter in millimeters (mm) or inches (in.)
(b) the manufacturer's rated breaking strength
(c) the grade of material used
(d) the month and year the ropes were installed
(e) the month and year the ropes were first shortened
(f) whether the ropes were nonpreformed or pre-
formed
(g) construction classification
(h) name of the person or organization who installed
the ropes
(i) name or trademark of the manufacturer of the
ropes
(j) lubrication information
A new tag shall be installed at each rope renewal.
The material and marking of the rope data tag shall
conform to 2.16.3.3, except that the height of the letters
and figures shall be not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.).
2.20.3 Factor of Safety
The factor of safety of the suspension wire ropes shall
be not less than shown in Table 2.20.3. Figure 8.2.7 gives
67
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.20.3-2.20.9.1
Table 2.20.3 Minimum Factors of Safety for
Suspension Wire Ropes
Rope Speed,
Minimum
Factor of Safety
m/s (ft/min)
Passenger
Freight
0.25 (50)
7.60
6.65
0.37 (75)
7.75
6.85
0.50 (100)
7.97
7.00
0.62 (125)
8.10
7.15
0.75 (150)
8.25
7.30
0.87 (175)
8.40
7.45
1.00 (200)
8.60
7.65
1.12 (225)
8.75
7.75
1.25 (250)
8.90
7.90
1.50 (300)
9.20
8.20
1.75 (350)
9.50
8.45
2.00 (400)
9.75
8.70
2.25 (450)
10.00
8.90
2.50 (500)
10.25
9.15
2.75 (550)
10.45
9.30
3.00 (600)
10.70
9.50
3.25 (650)
10.85
9.65
3.50 (700)
11.00
9.80
3.75 (750)
11.15
9.90
4.00 (800)
11.25
10.00
4.25 (850)
11.35
10.10
4.50 (900)
11.45
10.15
4.75 (950)
11.50
10.20
5.00 (1,000)
11.55
10.30
5.25 (1,050)
11.65
10.35
5.50 (1,100)
11.70
10.40
5.75 (1,150)
11.75
10.45
6.00 (1,200)
11.80
10.50
6.25 (1,250)
11.80
10.50
6.50 (1,300)
11.85
10.55
6.75 (1,350)
11.85
10.55
7.00-10.00 (1,400-2,000)
11.90
10.55
the minimum factor of safety for intermediate rope
speeds. The factor of safety shall be based on the actual
rope speed corresponding to the rated speed of the car.
The factor of safety shall be calculated by the following
formula:
/ =
S xN
W
where
N = number of runs of rope under load. For 2:1
roping, N shall be two times the number of
ropes used, etc.
S = manufacturer's rated breaking strength of
one rope
W = maximum static load imposed on all car ropes
with the car and its rated load at any position
in the hoistway
2.20.4 Minimum Number and Diameter of
Suspension Ropes
The minimum number of hoisting ropes used shall
be three for traction elevators and two for drum-type
elevators.
Where a car counterweight is used, the number of
counterweight ropes used shall be not less than two.
The term "diameter," where used in reference to ropes,
shall refer to the nominal diameter as given by the rope
manufacturer.
The minimum diameter of hoisting and counter-
weight ropes shall be 9.5 mm (0.375 in.). Outer wires of
the ropes shall be not less than 0.56 mm (0.024 in.) in
diameter.
2.20.5 Suspension-Rope Equalizers
2.20.5.1 Suspension-rope equalizers, where pro-
vided, shall be of the individual compression spring
type or shall meet the requirements of 2.20.5.3. Springs
in tension shall not be used to attach suspension ropes.
2.20.5.2 Single-bar-type equalizers shall be permit-
ted only for winding drum machines with two ropes,
to attach the ropes to the dead-end hitch plate, provided
it meets the requirements of 2.20.5.3.
2.20.5.3 Equalizers other than the individual com-
pression spring type shall be permitted, provided that
their strength is established through tensile engineering
tests. Such tests shall show the ultimate strength of the
equalizers and its fastenings in its several parts and
assembly to be not less than 10% in excess of the strength
of the suspension ropes as required by 2.20.3.
2.20.6 Securing of Suspension Wire Ropes to
Winding Drums
Suspension wire ropes of winding-drum machines
shall have the drum ends of the ropes secured on the
inside of the drum by clamps.
Where the ropes extend beyond their clamps or sock-
ets, means shall be provided to prevent the rope ends
from coming out of the inside of the drum and to prevent
interference with other parts of the machine.
2.20.7 Spare Rope Turns on Winding Drums
Suspension wire ropes of winding drum machines
shall have not less than one turn of the rope on the drum
when the car is resting on the fully compressed buffers.
2.20.8 Reserved
2.20.9 Suspension-Rope Fastening
2.20.9.1 Type of Rope Fastenings. The car and coun-
terweight ends of suspension wire ropes, or the station-
ary hitch-ends where multiple roping is used, shall be
68
2.20.9.1-2.20.9.5.1
ASME A17.1-2004
fastened in such a manner that all portions of the rope,
except the portion inside the rope sockets, shall be
readily visible.
Fastening shall be
(a) by individual tapered rope sockets (see 2.20.9.4)
or other types of rope fastenings that have undergone
adequate tensile engineering tests, provided that
(1) such fastenings conform to 2.20.9.2 and 2.20.9.3;
(ED) (2) the rope socketing is such as to develop at least
80% of the ultimate breaking strength of the strongest
rope to be used in such fastenings; or
(b) by individual wedge rope sockets (see 2.20.9.5);
and
(c) U-bolt-type rope clamps or similar devices shall
not be used for suspension rope fastenings.
2.20.9.2 Adjustable Shackle Rods. The car ends, or
the car or counterweight dead ends where multiple rop-
ing is used, of all suspension wire ropes of traction-type
elevators shall be provided with shackle rods of a design
that will permit individual adjustment of the rope
lengths. Similar shackle rods shall be provided on the
car or counterweight ends of compensating ropes.
2.20.9.3 General Design Requirements. Wire-rope
fastenings shall conform to 2.20.9.3.1 through 2.20.9.3.8.
(ED) 2.20.9.3.1 The portion of the rope fastening that
holds the wire rope (rope socket) and the shackle rod
shall be in one piece (unit construction), or separate.
2.20.9.3.2 The rope socket shall be either cast or
forged steel, provided that where the rope socket and
the shackle rod are in one piece (unit construction), the
entire fastening shall be of forged steel.
2.20.9.3.3 Where the shackle rod and rope socket
are not in one piece, the shackle rod shall be of forged
or rolled steel.
2.20.9.3.4 Cast or forged steel rope sockets,
shackle rods, and their connections shall be made of
unwelded steel, having an elongation of not less than
20% in a gauge length of 50 mm (2 in.), when measured
in accordance with ASTM E 8, and conforming to ASTM
A 668, Class B for forged steel, and ASTM A 27, Grade
60/30 for cast steel, and shall be stress relieved. Steels
of greater strength shall be permitted, provided they
have an elongation of not less than 20% in a length of
50 mm (2 in.).
2.20.9.3.5 Where the shackle rod is separate from
the rope socket, the fastening between the two parts
shall be positive, and such as to prevent their separation
under all conditions of operation of the elevator.
Where the connection of the two parts is threaded,
the thread design, tolerance, and manufacture shall con-
form to the requirements of ASME B1.13M, M-6H/6g,
coarse or fine threads (ASME Bl.l, UNC or UNF Class
2A and Class 2B threads). The length of the thread
engagement of the rod in the socket shall be not less
than 1.5 times the root diameter of the thread on the rod,
and a cotter pin or equivalent means shall in addition be
provided to restrict the turning to the rod in the socket
and prevent unscrewing of the connection in normal
operation.
Eye bolts used as connections with clevis-type sockets
shall be of forged steel conforming to ASTM A 668,
Class B (heat treated), without welds.
2.20.9.3.6 Rope sockets shall be of such strength
that the rope will break before the socket is materially
deformed.
2.20.9.3.7 The shackle rod, eye bolt, or other
means used to connect the rope socket to the car or
counter weight shall have a strength at least equal to
the manufacturer's rated breaking strength of the rope.
2.20.9.3.8 Rope fastenings incorporating antifric-
tion devices that will permit free spinning of the rope
shall not be used.
2.20.9.4 Tapered Rope Sockets. Tapered rope sockets
shall be of a design as shown in Fig. 2.20.9.4, and shall
conform to 2.20.9.2 and 2.20.9.3, and 2.20.9.4.1 through
2.20.9.4.5.
2.20.9.4.1 The axial length L of the tapered portion
of the socket shall be not less than 4.75 times the diameter
of the wire rope used.
2.20.9.4.2 The axial length, V, of the open portion
of the rope socket shall be not less than 4 times the
diameter of the wire rope used.
2.20.9.4.3 The length of the straight bore, L", at
the small end of the socket shall be not more than 13
mm (0.5 in.) nor less than 3 mm (0.125 in.), and its outer
edge shall be rounded and free from cutting edges.
2.20.9.4.4 The diameter, d, of the hole at the large
end of the tapered portion of the socket shall be not less
than 2.25 times nor more than 3 times the diameter of
the wire rope used.
2.20.9.4.5 The diameter, d', of the hole at the end
of the tapered portion of the socket shall be not more
than shown in Table 2.20.9.4.5.
2.20.9.5 Wedge Rope Sockets. Wedge socket assem-
blies shall be of a design as shown in Fig. 2.20.9.5, and
shall conform to 2.20.9.2 and 2.20.9.3, and 2.20.9.5.1
through 2.20.9.5.6.
2.20.9.5.1 A test specimen consisting of the
strongest elevator wire rope for a given diameter and
wedge socket assembly shall be subjected to a destruc-
tive tensile engineering test. The rope socketing shall
develop at least 80% of the ultimate breaking strength
of the strongest rope to be used in such a fastening
without the rope slipping through the assembly.
69
ASME A17.1-2004
2.20.9.5.2-2.20.9.5.5
NOTE:
(1) Rope socket and shackle rod may be in one piece, as shown
(unit construction) or the socket and rod may be separate (see 2.20.9.3).
Fig. 2.20.9.4 Tapered Rope Sockets
Table 2.20.9.4.5 Relation of Rope Diameter to Diameter of the Small Socket Hole
Nominal Rope
Diameter, mm
Maximum Diameter
of Hole, d ', mm
Nominal Rope
Diameter, in.
Maximum Diameter of Hole,
d', in.
10 to 12 inclusive 2.5 larger than nominal rope diameter
13 to 19 inclusive 3 larger than nominal rope diameter
22 to 29 inclusive 4 larger than nominal rope diameter
32 to 40 inclusive 5 larger than nominal rope diameter
3 / 8 to 7 /l6
V 2 to \
VstolVs
l 1 /* to iy 2
nclusive
nclusive
nclusive
nclusive
V32 larger than nominal rope diameter
Vs larger than nominal rope diameter
/3 idigei li let 1 1 iiuiiiiiicu iu|jc uidineiei
V32 larger than nominal rope diameter
3 /i6 larger than nominal rope di" — * nr
diameter
4 times rope
diameter max
Load-carrying rope
must be vertically
in line with
shackle rod
Wire rope retaining
clips (nonload carrying)
[see 2.20.9.5.4]
Wedge
Wedge socket
Anti rotation
pin
Shackle rod [Noted)]
NOTE:
(1) Rope socket and shackle rod may be
in one piece, as shown (unit construction)
or the socket and rod may be separate
(see 2.20.9.3).
Fig. 2.20.9.5 Wedge Rope Sockets
2.20.9.5.2 Wedge socket assemblies shall be of
such a strength that when tested as in 2.20.9.5.1, the
rope shall break before the socket or wedge is materially
deformed.
2.20.9.5.3 Suppliers of wedge sockets shall submit
certification showing that the sockets, with visible per-
manent manufacturer's identification, have successfully
passed the tests described in 2.20.9.5.1 and 2.20.9.5.2 at
a testing laboratory.
2.20.9.5.4 When the rope has been seated in the
wedge socket by the load on the rope, the wedge shall
be visible, and at least two wire-rope retaining clips
shall be provided to attach the termination side to the
load-carrying side of the rope (see Fig. 2.20.9.5). The
first clip shall be placed a maximum of 4 times the rope
diameter above the socket, and the second clip shall be
located within 8 times the rope diameter above the first
clip. The purpose of the two clips is to retain the wedge
and prevent the rope from slipping in the socket should
the load on the rope be removed for any reason. The
clips shall be designed and installed so that they do not
distort or damage the rope in any manner.
2.20.9.5.5 Markings on the wedge socket assem-
bly components shall be as follows:
(a) Each socket shall be permanently and legibly
marked or color-coded to identify the corresponding
wedge, or wedges, and rope size to be used in the assem-
bly. The markings shall be visible after installation.
(b) Each wedge shall be permanently and legibly
marked or color coded to identify the corresponding
socket, or sockets, and rope size, within which it is to
70
2.20.9.5.5-2.20.9.7.2
ASME A17.1-2004
be inserted to form an assembly. The markings shall be
visible after installation.
(ED) 2.20.9.5.6 Load-carrying rope shall be in line with
shackle rod, and the sockets shall be permitted to be
staggered in the direction of travel of the elevator and
counterweight, where used.
2.20.9.6 Rope Socket Embedment Medium. Only bab-
bitt metal or thermosetting resin compositions intended
for elevator wire rope socketing shall be used to secure
ropes in tapered sockets. The embedment material shall
conform to 2.20.9.6.1 through 2.20.9.6.3.
2.20.9.6.1 Babbitt Metal. Babbitt metal shall con-
tain at least 9% of antimony and shall be clean and free
from dross.
2.20.9.6.2 Thermosetting Resin Composition
(a) Physical Properties. The thermoset resin composi-
tion shall have the following properties:
(1) Uncured (Liquid) Material
(a) Viscosity of Resin-Catalyst Mixture. The viscos-
ity of the resin-catalyst mixture shall be sufficiently low
to permit rapid, complete saturation of the rope rosette
in order to prevent entrapment of air.
(b) Flash Point. All components shall have a mini-
mum flash point of 27°C (80°F).
(c) Shelf Life. All components shall have a mini-
mum of 1 year shelf life at 21°C (70°F).
(d) Pot Life and Cure Time. After mixing, the resin-
catalyst mixture shall be pourable for a minimum of
8 min at 21°C (70°F) and shall cure within 1 h after
hardening. Heating of the resin mixture in the socket to
accelerate curing shall follow the resin manufacturer's
instructions.
(2) Cured Resin
(a) Socket Performance. Resin, when cured, shall
develop sufficient holding strength to solvent-washed
wire in wire-rope sockets to develop 80% of the ultimate
strength of all types of elevator wire rope. No slippage of
wire is permissible when testing resin-filled rope socket
assemblies in tension; however, after testing, some seat-
ing of the resin cone shall be permitted to be apparent
and is acceptable. Resin terminations shall also be capa-
ble of withstanding tensile shock loading.
(b) Shrinkage. The volumetric shrinkage of fully
cured resin shall not exceed 2%. The use of an inert filler
in the resin is permissible.
(c) Curing. The resin-catalyst mixture shall be
capable of curing either at ambient [16°C to 38°C (60°F
to 100°F)] or elevated temperatures. At temperatures
below 16°C (60°F), an elevated temperature cure shall
be used.
(b) Materials Required. The thermoset resin composi-
tion intended for elevator wire rope socketing shall be
supplied in two parts consisting of preweighed resin and
preweighed catalyst, each packaged separately within a
kit. Each kit containing the thermoset resin composition
shall consist of the following:
(1) preweighed thermoset resin
(2) preweighed catalyst
(3) necessary materials for mixing and pouring
(4) detachable label on resin container
(c) Marking
(1) Resin Container. The label on the resin container
shall show the following information:
(a) product name
(b) part designation (e.g., "Part A" or "Resin")
(c) manufacturer's name or trademark and
address
(d) mixing instructions
(e) ICC information
if) safety warnings and cautions
(g) packaging date
(h) flash point
(i) shelf life
(j) storage instructions
(k) curing instructions
(I) net weight
(m) a statement certifying that the product con-
forms to 2.20.9.6.2 of ASME A17.1 or CSA B44
2.20.9.6.3 Catalyst Container. The label on the cata-
lyst container shall show the following information:
(a) product name
(b) part designation (e.g., "Part B," "Catalyst," or
"Hardener")
(c) manufacturer's name or trademark and address;
(d) safety warnings and cautions
(e) flash point
if) storage instructions
(g) net weight
2.20.9.7 Method of Securing Wire Ropes in Tapered
Sockets. Where the tapered type of socket is used, the
method and procedure to be followed in making up the
fastening shall conform to the following as applicable.
2.20.9.7.1 Handling. The rope to be socketed shall
be carefully handled to prevent twisting, untwisting, or
kinking.
2.20.9.7.2 Seizing of Rope Ends. The rope ends to
be socketed shall be seized before cutting with seizing
in accordance with the following:
(a) The seizing shall be done with annealed iron wire,
provided that other methods of seizing be permitted,
which give the same protection from loss of rope lay.
Where iron wire is used for seizing, the length of each
seizing shall be not less than the diameter of the rope.
(b) For nonpreformed rope, three seizings shall be
made at each side of the cut in the rope. The first seizing
shall be close to the cut end of the rope, and the second
seizing shall be spaced back from the first the length of
the end of the rope to be turned in. The third seizing
71
ASME A17.1-2004
2.20.9.7.2-2.20.9.7.10
(ED)
shall be at a distance from the second equal to the length
of the tapered portion of the socket.
(c) For preformed rope, one seizing shall be made at
each side of the cut in the rope. The seizing shall be at
a distance from the end of the rope equal to the length
of the tapered portion of the socket plus the length of
the portion of the rope to be turned in.
2.20.9.7.3 Spreading of Rope Strands. After the
rope has been seized, it shall be inserted into the socket
through the hole in the small end, a sufficient distance
for manipulation, and where nonpreformed rope is
used, the first two seizings shall be removed. The rope
strands shall then be spread apart, and where rope with
fibre core is used, the fibre core shall be cut away as
close as possible to the remaining seizing.
2.20.9.7.4 Removal of Grease or Oil. Thorough
cleaning of the outer wires of the strand surface and the
inside of the rope socket is required for good adhesion.
Brush or dip in clean solvents is recommended.
2.20.9.7.5 Turning in of Rope Strands. The exposed
rope strands shall then be bent, turned in, and bunched
closely together, each strand being turned back the same
distance. The portion turned in (rope rosette) shall have
a length of not less than 2.5 times the diameter of the
rope, and such that, when the rope is pulled as far as
possible into the socket, the bend of the turned-in strands
shall be slightly overflush with the mouth of the tapered
socket (large end) and will be visible when the socket
has been completed (see 2.20.9.7.9). Where rope with
steel core is used, the steel core shall be cut off even
with tops of the looped strands.
2.20.9.7.6 Insertion of Bent-ln Rope Strands in
Socket. The rope end shall be pulled as far as possible
into the socket, so that the remaining seizing projects
outside the hole at the small end of the socket.
2.20.9.7.7 Position of Socket Preparatory to Pouring
Embedment Medium. The socket shall be held in a verti-
cal position with the large end up, and the rope held in
a position truly axial with the socket. Tape or waste shall
be permitted to be wound around the rope at the small
end of the socket to prevent the embedment medium
from seeping through, but shall be removed after com-
pletion of the socket.
2.20.9.7.8 Preparation of Embedment Medium
(a) Babbitt Metal
(1) Heating of Babbitt. The babbitt shall be heated
to a fluidity just sufficient to char a piece of soft wood
such as white pine without igniting it. Care shall be
taken not to overheat the babbitt sufficiently to damage
the rope.
(2) Heating of Socket Basket and Pouring of Babbitt.
The rope socket basket shall be heated by a blowtorch
flame sufficiently to prevent chilling of the babbitt and
to ensure that the babbitt, when poured, will completely
fill the basket, including all the spaces between the rope
strands. Following this the molten babbitt shall be
poured slowly and evenly into the basket until it is
filled to a point level with the top of the opening in the
large end.
(b) Thermosetting Resin Composition
(1) The manufacturer's directions shall be strictly
followed in handling, mixing, pouring, and curing the
resin material.
(2) New containers of resin and catalyst shall be
utilized for each set of rope sockets. The entire quantity
of resin and catalyst shall be mixed when the containers
are opened.
(3) Resin sockets shall not be poured at a tempera-
ture below 16°C (60°F) without first warming the socket
and the resin composition to 21°C to 32°C (70°F to 90°F).
The socket shall be permitted to be warmed using the
electrical resistance heating devices intended for curing
resin sockets.
(4) Curing of resin sockets shall be accomplished
by heating at elevated temperature following the manu-
facturer 's suggested schedule and directions. Cure time
shall not exceed 30 min. Electrical resistance heating
devices designed to fit around the sockets, or other
means of providing controlled, evenly distributed heat,
shall be used to provide the elevated temperature for
curing. Open flames or exposed electrical resistance
heating elements shall not be used.
(5) Upon completion of the socketing, the label
from the container of resin shall be attached to one of
the rope sockets for inspection purposes and shall be
suitably protected.
2.20.9.7.9 Inspection of Sockets After Completion.
A visual inspection of the completed sockets shall be
made after they have cooled and the tape or waste has
been removed from the small end of the sockets. The
visual inspection shall verify that
(a) the embedment medium is visible at the small end
of the socket
(b) the bends of all of the individual rope strands (see
2.20.9.7.5) are approximately the same height above the
embedment medium and visible within the range of not
less than one-half the diameter of the rope strand above
the embedment medium and that there is not more than
1.5 mm (0.06 in.) clearance between the embedment
medium and the underside of the bend in the rope strand
(c) no loss of rope lay has occurred where the wire
rope enters the socket
2.20.9.7.10 Lubrication of Wire Rope After Socket
Attachment. After the resin has cured, the wire ropes
shall be lubricated at the base of the socket (small end)
to replace the lubricant that was removed during the
cleaning operation required under 2.20.9.7.4.
72
2.20.9.8-2.21.2.2
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.20.9.8 Antirotation Devices. Following the comple-
tion of the rope socketing and any adjustments of indi-
vidual shackle rods as provided for in 2.20.9.2, means
shall be provided to prevent the rotation of the suspen-
sion ropes without restricting their movement horizon-
tally or vertically.
2.20.10 Auxiliary Rope Fastening Devices
Auxiliary rope fastening devices, designed to support
elevator cars or counterweights if any regular rope fas-
tening fails, shall be permitted to be provided, subject
to the requirements of 2.20.10.1 through 2.20.10.9.
2.20.10.1 They shall be approved on the basis of
adequate tensile and fatigue engineering tests.
2.20.10.2 The device and its fastenings, in its several
parts and assembly, shall have a strength at least equal
to that of the manufacturer's breaking strength of the
rope to which it is to be attached.
2.20.10.3 Steel parts used in the device shall be
cast or forged with an elongation of not less than 20%,
conforming to ASTM A 668, Class B, for forgings and
ASTM A 27, Grade 60/30 for cast steel, and shall be
stress relieved.
2.20.10.4 The device shall be so designed and
installed that
(a) it will not become operative unless there is a failure
of the normal rope fastening
(b) it will function in a rope movement of not over
38 mm (1.5 in.)
(c) it will not interfere with the vertical or rotational
movements of the rope during normal service
2.20.10.5 Means shall be provided to cause the elec-
tric power to be removed from the driving-machine
motor and brake when any auxiliary fastening device
operates. Such means shall
(a) have all electrical parts enclosed
(b) be of the manually reset type that can be reset
only when the wire rope or ropes have been resocketed
and the auxiliary rope fastening device has been restored
to its normal running position
2.20.10.6 The method used to attach the device to
the rope shall be such as to prevent injury to, or apprecia-
ble deformation of, the rope.
2.20.10.7 The installation of the device shall not
reduce the required overhead clearances.
(ED) 2.20.10.8 The car-frame supports for the fastening
members of the device shall conform to 2.15.13, or where
existing conditions will not permit compliance with this
requirement, other means of fastening shall be permitted
to be used subject to the approval of the enforcing
authority.
2.20.10.9 Each device shall be permanently marked
with the name or trademark of the manufacturer by
means of metal tags or plates with the following data
of the wire rope for which they are designated to be used:
(a) diameter of the rope in millimeters (mm) or
inches (in.)
(b) manufacturer 's rated breaking strength of the rope
(c) construction classification of the wire rope
The material and marking of the tags or plates shall
conform to 2.16.3.3, except that the height of the letters
and figures shall be not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.).
SECTION 2.21
COUNTERWEIGHTS
2.21.1 General Requirements
2.21.1.1 Frames. Weight sections of a counterweight
shall be mounted in structural or formed metal frames
so designed as to retain them securely in place (see
2.21.2.6).
2.21.1.2 Retention of Weight Sections. Means shall
be provided to retain weight sections in place in the
event of buffer engagement or safety application or if
they become broken.
Where tie rods are used, a minimum of two shall be
provided, which shall pass through all weight sections.
Tie-rods shall be provided with a lock nut and cotter
pin at each end.
2.21.1.3 Guiding Members. Counterweight frames (ED)
shall be guided on each guide rail by upper and lower
guiding members attached to the frame.
Retention means shall be provided to prevent the
counterweight from being displaced by more than 13
mm (0.5 in.) from its normal running position should
any part of the guiding means fail, excluding the guiding
member base and its attachment to the frame. The reten-
tion means shall be permitted to be integral with the
base.
2.21.1.4 Independent Car Counterweights. Where an
independent car counterweight is provided, it shall run
in separate guide rails and shall not be of sufficient
weight to cause undue slackening of the hoisting ropes
during acceleration or retardation of the elevator car.
2.21.2 Design Requirements for Frames and Rods
2.21.2.1 Material. Frames and rods shall be made of
steel or other metals conforming to 2.15.6.2 and 2.15.6.3,
provided that where steels of greater strength than those
specified, or where metals other than steel are used,
the factor of safety used in the design shall conform to
2.21.2.3.
2.21.2.2 Frame Connections. Connections between
frame members shall conform to 2.15.7.
73
ASME A17.1-2004
2.21.2.3-2.22.2
2.21.2.3 Factor of Safety
2.21.2.3.1 The frame members and their connec-
tions shall be designed with a factor of safety of not less
than 5 with the elevator at rest and the counterweight
at the top of its travel.
2.21.2.3.2 The counterweight frame shall be
designed with a factor of safety of not less than 2.5 at
buffer engagement or safety application.
2.21.2.3.3 The frame members, brackets, and their
connections subject to forces due to the application of
the emergency brake (see 2.19.4) shall be designed to
withstand the maximum forces developed during the
retardation phase of the emergency braking so that the
resulting stresses due to the emergency braking and all
other loading acting simultaneously, if applicable, shall
not exceed 190 MPa (27,500 psi).
2.21.2.4 Sheaves. Where a hoisting sheave or
sheaves are mounted in the frame, the requirements of
2.15.12 shall apply (see also 2.24.2 and 2.24.3 for require-
ments for sheaves).
2.21.2.5 Suspension Rope Hitch or Shapes. Where
counterweights are suspended by ropes attached
directly to the frames by means of rope fastenings, the
rope attachments shall conform to 2.15.13.
2.21.2.6 Securing of Weights in Frames. The weights
shall be so mounted and secured in the frames as to
prevent shifting of the weights by an amount that will
reduce the running clearances to less than those specified
in 2.5.1.2.
2.21.3 Cars Counterbalancing One Another
An elevator car shall not be used to counterbalance
another elevator car.
2.21.4 Compensation Means
Compensation means, such as compensating ropes or
chains or other mechanical means and their attachments
(except for safety hooks, where used) to tie the counter-
weight and car together, shall be capable of withstand-
ing, with a factor of safety of 5, any forces to which the
means is subjected with the elevator at rest.
The maximum suspended weight of compensation
means with car or counterweight at the top of its travel
and one-half total weight of tension sheave assembly,
where used, shall be included.
The factor of safety for compensation means shall
be based on the proof load, breaking strength, or test
reports.
2.21.4.1 Connections. The connections between the
car or counterweight and the compensation means, shall
be bolted or welded and shall conform to 2.15.7.3.
2.21.4.1.1 Cast iron, where used, shall have a fac-
tor of safety of not less than 10, based on maximum
stress developed.
2.21.4.1.2 When compensation ropes are used
with a tension sheave, one end of each rope shall be
provided with a means to individually adjust rope
length.
2.21.4.2 Tie-Down Compensation Means. For rated
speeds greater than 3.5 m/s (700 ft/min), a tie-down
compensation means device shall be provided and fas-
tened to the building structure to limit the jump of the
car or counterweight as a result of car or counterweight
buffer engagement or safety application.
The device components, compensation means, con-
nection, building structural members, and fastenings,
shall be capable of withstanding with a factor of safety
of not less than 2.5 the maximum forces to which they
are subjected due to car or counterweight buffer engage-
ment or safety application.
SECTION 2.22
BUFFERS AND BUMPERS
2.22.1 Type and Location
2.22.1.1 Type of Buffers. Buffers of the spring, oil, or
equivalent type shall be installed under the cars and
counterweights of passenger and freight elevators sub-
ject to the requirements of 2.22.1.1.1 through 2.22.1.1.3.
2.22.1.1.1 Spring buffers or their equivalent shall
be permitted to be used where the rated speed is not
in excess of 1 m/s (200 ft/min).
2.22.1.1.2 Oil buffers or their equivalent shall be
used where the rated speed is in excess of 1 m/s
(200 ft/min).
2.22.1.1.3 Where Type C safeties are used (see
2.17.8.2), car buffers are not required if solid bumpers
are installed.
2.22.1.2 Location. Buffers or bumpers shall be
located so as to retard the car and counterweight without
exceeding allowable design stresses in the car frame and
counterweight frame.
2.22.2 Solid Bumpers
Solid bumpers, where permitted, shall be made of
wood or other suitably resilient material of sufficient
strength to withstand without failure the impact of the
car with rated load, or the counterweight, descending
at governor tripping speed.
The material used shall be of a type that will resist
deterioration or be so treated as to resist deterioration.
74
2.22.3-2.22.4.5
ASME A17.1-2004
Table 2.22.3.1 Minimum Spring Buffer Stroke
Rated Car Speed,
m/s (ft/min)
Minimum Stroke,
mm (in.)
0.5 or less (100 or less)
0.51 to 0.75 (101 to 150)
0.76 to 1.00 (151 to 200)
38 (1.5)
63 (2.5)
100 (4.0)
2.22.3 Spring Buffers
2.22.3.1 Stroke. The stroke of the buffer spring, as
marked on its marking plate, shall be equal to or greater
than the value specified in Table 2.22.3.1.
2.22.3.2 Load Rating
2.22.3.2.1 Buffers for cars and counterweights
shall be capable of supporting, without being com-
pressed solid or to a fixed stop, a static load having a
minimum of 2 times the total weight of
(a) the car and its rated load for car buffers
(b) the counterweight for counterweight buffers
2.22.3.2.2 Buffers for cars and counterweights
shall be compressed solid or to a fixed stop with a static
load of three times the weight of
(a) the car and its rated load for car buffers
(b) the counterweight for counterweight buffers
2.22.3.2.3 Where the space below the hoistway is
not permanently secured against access, the load rating
specified in 2.22.3.2.1 shall be increased to meet the
requirements of 2.6.1(b) and 2.6.2.
2.22.3.3 Marking Plates. Each spring buffer shall be
provided with a marking plate showing its load rating
and stroke and the number of springs. Where the springs
are removable, each spring shall be identified, and the
assembly marking plate shall indicate this identification.
Markings shall be made in a permanent and legible
2.22.4 Oil Buffers
2.22.4.1 Stroke. The minimum stroke of oil buffers
shall be based on the requirements of 2.22.4.1.1 or
2.22.4.1.2.
2.22.4.1.1 The stroke shall be such that the car or
the counterweight, on striking the buffer at 115% of the
rated speed, shall be brought to rest with an average
retardation of not more than 9.81 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ).
2.22.4.1.2 Where terminal speed reducing device
is installed that conforms to 2.25.4.1, and that will limit
the speed at which the car or counterweight can strike
its buffer, the buffer stroke shall be based on at least
115% of such reduced striking speed and on an average
retardation not exceeding 9.81 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ). In no
case shall the stroke used be less than 50% of the stroke
required by 2.22.4.1.1 for rated speeds under 4 m/s
(800 ft/min), nor less than 33V 3 %, or 450 mm (18 in.),
whichever is greater, for rated speeds of 4 m/s
(800 ft/min) or more.
NOTE (2.22.4.1): Figure 8.2.4 indicates the minimum buffer strokes
for various initial velocities. Table 2.22.4.1 indicates the minimum
buffer strokes for the most usual rated speeds. See formula in 8.2.4
for calculation of buffer strokes differing from or exceeding those
listed in Table 2.22.4.1.
2.22.4.2 Retardation. Oil buffers shall develop an
average retardation not in excess of 9.81 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ),
and shall develop no peak retardation greater than
24.5 m/s 2 (80.5 ft/s 2 ), having a duration exceeding 0.04 s
with any load in the car, from rated load to a minimum
load of 70 kg (154 lb), when the buffers are struck with
an initial speed of not more than
(a) 115% of the rated speed for buffers conforming to
2.22.4.1.1
(b) 115% of the predetermined reduced speed for buff-
ers conforming to 2.22.4.1.2
2.22.4.3 Factor of Safety for Oil-Buffer Parts. The fac-
tor of safety of parts of oil buffers, based on the yield
point for compression members and on the ultimate
strength and elongation for other parts, at gravity retar-
dation with the maximum load for which the buffer is
designed, when tested in accordance with ASTM E8
using a 50 mm (2 in.) gauge length, shall be not less than
(a) 3 for materials having an elongation 20% or more
(b) 3.5 for materials having an elongation from 15%
to 20%
(c) 4 for materials having an elongation from 10%
to 15%
(d) 5 for materials having an elongation less than 10%
(e) 10 for cast iron parts
2.22.4.4 Slenderness Ratio for Members Under Com-
pression as Columns. The slenderness ratio (L/R) for
members of oil buffers under compression as columns
shall be not more than 80.
The slenderness ratio (L/R) specified applies only to
those main buffer members that are subject to the impact
of the fully loaded car when striking the buffer.
2.22.4.5 Plunger Return Requirements. Oil buffers
shall be so designed that
(a) the buffer plunger of gravity-return and spring-
return-type oil buffers, when the buffer is filled with oil
shall, when released after full compression, return to its
fully extended position within 90 s
(b) the plunger of a spring-return-type oil buffer with
a 20 kg (44 lb) weight resting on it shall, when released
after being depressed 50 mm (2 in.), return to the fully
extended position within 30 s
(c) gas spring-return oil buffers shall be provided with
a switch corrforming to 2.26.2.22 which shall be actuated
if the plunger is not within 13 mm (0.5 in.) of the fully
extended position
75
ASME A17.1-2004
2.22.4.6-2.22.4.10.1
Table 2.22.4.1
Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes
SI Units
Imperial Units
115% of
Minimurr
i
115% of
Minimum
Rated Speed,
Rated Speed,
Stroke,
Rated Speed,
Rated Speed,
Stroke,
m/s
m/s
mm
ft/min
ft/min
in.
1.00
1.15
65
200
230
2.75
1.12
1.29
85
225
269
3.50
1.25
1.44
105
250
288
4.25
1.50
1.73
155
300
345
6.25
1.75
2.01
205
350
402
8.25
2.00
2.30
270
400
460
11.00
2.25
2.59
340
450
517
13.75
2.50
2.88
425
500
575
17.00
3.00
3.45
605
600
690
24.75
3.50
4.03
825
700
805
33.25
4.00
4.60
1 080
800
920
43.75
4.50
5.18
1 365
900
1,035
55.50
5.00
5.75
1 685
1,000
1,150
68.50
5.50
6.32
2 040
1,100
1,265
83.00
6.00
6.90
2 425
1,200
1,380
98.50
6.50
7.48
2 845
1,300
1,495
115.50
7.00
8.05
3 300
1,400
1,610
134.50
7.50
8.63
3 790
1,500
1,725
154.00
8.00
9.20
4 310
1,600
1,840
175.25
8.50
9.78
4 870
1,700
1,955
197.75
9.00
10.35
5 460
1,800
2,070
221.75
9.50
10.93
6 080
1,900
2,105
247.00
10.00
11.50
6 740
2,000
2,300
273.75
2.22.4.6 Means for Determining Oil Level. Oil buffers
shall be provided with means for determining that the
oil level is within the maximum and minimum allowable
limits. Glass sight gauges shall not be used.
2.22.4.7 Type Tests and Certification for Oil Buffers
2.22.4.7.1 Each type of oil buffer shall be subjected
to the type tests as specified in 8.3.2 and to the certifica-
tion process as specified in 8.3.1.
(ED) 2.22.4.7.2 A type test on an oil buffer shall be
permitted to be acceptable for similarly designed buff-
ers, provided that the longest stroke of the type is sub-
jected to the type test; and the load range of the buffer
is within the maximum and minimum range for the oil
portings of the given buffer.
2.22.4.7.3 Oil buffers tested in accordance with
the test requirements of prior editions of ASME A17.1
or CSA B44 shall be acceptable without being retested,
provided the buffer has been listed /certified to a previ-
ous edition of the Code or on submittal by the person or
organization installing the buffers of the test certificate
stating that the buffer, when tested, met the specified
test requirements of that edition of the Code.
2.22.4.8 Compression of Buffers When Car Is Level
With Terminal Landings. Car and counterweight oil buff-
ers of the mechanical spring-return type shall be permit-
ted to be compressed not to exceed 25% of their stroke
when the car is level with the terminal landings (see
2.4.2.1).
2.22.4.9 Buffer Oil Requirements. Oils used in oil
buffers shall have a pour point of -18°C (0°F), or lower,
as defined in ASTM D 97, and a viscosity index of 75,
or higher, as defined in ASTM D 2270.
2.22.4.10 Load Ratings of Oil Buffers. The minimum
and maximum load ratings of car and counterweight
oil buffers, as indicated on the buffer marking plate,
shall conform to 2.22.4.10.1 through 2.22.4.10.3.
2.22.4.10.1 The minimum load rating shall be not
greater than
(a) for car oil buffers, the total weight of the car as
marked on the car crosshead data plate plus 70 kg
(150 lb)
(b) for counterweight oil buffers, the weight of the
counterweight used
(ED)
76
2.22.4.10.2-2.23.4.1
ASME A17.1-2004
2.22.4.10.2 The maximum load rating shall be not
less than
(a) for car oil buffers, the total weight of the car as
marked on the crosshead data plate plus the rated load
(b) for counterweight oil buffers, the weight of the
counterweight used
2.22.4.10.3 When compensating rope tie-down is
present, the increase in load shall be taken into account
(see 2.17.17).
2.22.4.11 Buffer Marking Plate. Every installed oil
buffer shall have permanently attached thereto a metal
plate, marked by the manufacturer in a legible and per-
manent manner, indicating
(ED) (a) the maximum and minimum loads and the maxi-
mum striking speeds for which the buffer has been rated
for use in conformance with the requirements in 2.22
(b) the permissible range in viscosity of the buffer oil
to be used, stated in Saybolt Seconds Universal at 38°C
(100°F)
(c) the viscosity index number of the oil to be used
(d) the pour point in degrees Celsius (Fahrenheit) of
the oil to be used
(e) the stroke of the buffer in mm (in.)
(/) the composition of the gas, if used
(g) the name, trademark, or file number by which
the organization that manufactured the product can be
identified
(h) the certification marking in accordance with
8.3.1.3
SECTION 2.23
CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT GUIDE RAILS, GUIDE-
RAIL SUPPORTS, AND FASTENINGS
2.23.1 Guide Rails Required
Elevator cars and counterweights shall be provided
with guide rails.
2.23.2 Material
Guide rails, guide-rail brackets, rail clips, fishplates,
and their fastenings shall be either
(a) of steel or other metals conforming to 2.23; or
(ED) (b) where steel presents an accident hazard, as in
chemical or explosive plants, guide rails shall be permit-
ted to be of selected wood or other suitable nonmetallic
materials, provided the rated speed of the car does not
exceed 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min).
2.23.2.1 Requirements for Steel, Where Used
(a) Rails, brackets, fishplates, and rail clips shall be
made of open-hearth steel, or its equivalent, having a
tensile strength of not less than 380 MPa (55,000 psi)
and having an elongation of not less than 22% in a length
of 50 mm (2 in.) when measured in accordance with
ASTM E 8.
T Section Rail
Fig. 2.23.3 Elevator Guide Rails
(b) Bolts shall conform to ASTM A 307.
(c) Rivets shall conform to ASTM A 502.
(d) Maximum permissible stresses and deflections
shall conform to 2.23.5.
2.23.2.2 Requirements for Metals Other Than Steel.
Metals other than steel shall be permitted to be used,
provided the factor of safety is not less than, and the
deflections are not more than, the values specified in
this section, and provided that cast iron is not used.
2.23.3 Rail Section
Guide rails shall be either
(a) T-section, conforming to the nominal weights and
dimensions shown in Fig. 2.23.3 and Table 2.23.3; or
(b) other shapes, subject to the following require-
ments:
(1) They shall have a section modulus and moment
of inertia equal to or greater than that of the section
shown in Fig. 2.23.3 for a given loading condition.
(2) They shall have a sectional area sufficient to
withstand the compressive forces resulting from the
application of the car or counterweight safety device,
if used.
2.23.4 Maximum Load on Rails in Relation to the
Bracket Spacing
2.23.4.1 With Single Car or Counterweight Safety.
Where a single car or counterweight safety is used, the
maximum suspended weight of the car and its rated
load, or the maximum suspended weight of the counter-
weight, including the weight of any compensation
means and of any traveling cables suspended therefrom
per pair of guide rails, shall not exceed the maximum
specified in Fig. 2.23.4.1-1 for the size of the rail and the
bracket spacing used, except that the bracket spacing
shall be permitted to exceed the values specified in Fig.
2.23.4.1-1, provided that
(ED)
77
ASME A17.1-2004
2.23.4.1-2.23.5.2
Table 2.23.3 T-Section Guide-Rail Dimensions
SI Units
Imperial Units
Nominal
Nominal Dimensions,
Nominal
Nominal Dimensions,
Mass,
mm
Weight,
lb/ft
in.
kg/m
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
f
8.5
68.3
82.6
9.1
25.4
6.0
5 3 A
2 11 / 16
37,
23 /
1
15 /
/64
9.5
49.2
69.9
15.9
25.4
7.9
67
l 15 /i6
2 3 /<
Vs
1
Vl6
12.0
61.9
88.9
15.9
31.8
7.9
8
2 7 / 16
3V 2
V 8
17
Vl6
16.5
88.9
114.3
15.9
38.1
7.9
11
3V 2
4 a / 2
5 /8
1V2
7l6
18.0
88.9
127.0
15.9
44.5
7.9
12
3V 2
5
5 /8
l 3 /4
Vl6
22.5
88.9
127.0
15.9
50.0
12.7
15
3V 2
5
Vs
l 31 /32
7
27.5
108.0
139.7
19.1
50.0
12.7
18 a / 2
*7
5V 2
3 7
1 3 V 32
7
33.5
101.6
139.7
28.6
50.8
14.3
22V 2
4
5V 2
iVs
2
Vi6
44.5
127.0
139.7
31.8
57.2
17.5
30
5
5V 2
IV4
27
n / 16
(a) the guide rail is reinforced or a rail of larger size
is used
(b) the moment of inertia of a single reinforced rail
or of a single larger size T-section about the x-x axis
parallel to the base of the rail is not less than that required
by Fig. 2.23.4.1-1 for the given weight of car plus load,
or the counterweight with safety device, at the bracket
spacing used
(c) where the bracket spacings exceed those shown
on Figs. 2.23.4.1-1 and 2.23.4.1-2, the rail system
(1) conforms to 2.23.5
(2) is designed to limit the deflection during the
application of the safety with a fully loaded car to not
more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) per rail
EXAMPLES [2.23.4.1(c)]:
(1) SI Units. For 5 500 kg total weight of car plus load and a bracket
spacing of 4 875 mm, there is required
(a) 27.5 kg/m rail without reinforcement; or
(b) 22.5 kg/m rail with reinforcement having a combined
moment of inertia of 3.3 mm x 10 6 mm 4 .
(2) Imperial Units. For 12,000 lb total weight of car plus load and
a bracket spacing of 16 ft in., there is a required
(a) 18.5 lb rail without reinforcement; or
(b) 15 lb rail with reinforcement having a combined moment
of inertia of 8 in. 4
2.23.4.2 With Two (Duplex) Car or Counterweight
Safeties. Where the car or counterweight is provided
with two safety devices, the loads specified in Fig.
2.23.4.1-1 shall be permitted to be increased by the fac-
tors specified in Table 2.23.4.2.
2.23.4.3 Counterweight With No Safety
2.23.4.3.1 Guide rails for counterweights not pro-
vided with a safety device shall be fastened to the build-
ing structure at intervals specified in Table 2.23.4.3.1,
except as specified in 2.23.4.3.2, and the weight of the
counterweight for each size of guide rail shall not exceed
that specified in Table 2.23.4.3.1.
2.23.4.3.2 The bracket spacing specified shall be
permitted to be increased by an amount determined by
Figs. 2.23.4.1-1 and 2.23.4.1-2, subject to the following
requirements:
(a) where guide rails are reinforced or a larger rail
section is used having a moment of inertia, about an
axis parallel to the base [x-x axis in Fig. 2.23.4.1-2], at
least equal to that of the rail sections shown in Table
2.23.3, based on the weight of the counterweight
(b) where intermediate tie brackets, approximately
equally spaced, are provided between the guide rails at
intervals of not over 2 130 mm (84 in.)
2.23.4.3.3 Intermediate tie brackets, approxi-
mately equally spaced, shall be provided between the
guide rails at intervals as specified in Table 2.23.4.3.3.
Intermediate tie brackets are not required to be fastened
to the building structure.
2.23.5 Stresses and Deflections
2.23.5.1 Guide Rails
2.23.5.1.1 For steels conforming to 2.23.2.1, the
stresses in a guide rail, or in the rail and its reinforce-
ment, due to the horizontal forces imposed on the rail
during loading, unloading, or running, calculated with-
out impact, shall not exceed 105 MPa (15,000 psi), based
upon the class of loading, and the deflection shall not
exceed 6 mm (0.25 in.) (see 2.16.2.2 and 8.2.2.6).
2.23.5.1.2 Where steels of greater strength than
those specified in 2.23.2.1 are used, the stresses specified
may be increased proportionately, based on the ratio of
the ultimate strengths.
2.23.5.2 Brackets, Fastenings, and Supports. The
guide-rail brackets, their fastenings, and supports, such
as building beams and walls, shall be capable of resisting
the horizontal forces imposed by the class of loading
78
ASME A17.1-2004
24000 (52,863)
23000(50,661)
22000(48,458)
21000(46,256)
20000(44,053)
19000(41,850)
18000(39,648)
17000(37,445)
16000(35,242)
15000(33,040)
14000(30,837)
13000(28,634)
12000(26,432)
11000(24,229)
10000(22,026)
9000(19,824)
8000(17,621)
7000(15,419)
6000(13,216)
5000(11,013)
4000(8,811)
3000(6,608)
2 000(4,405)
1 000 (2,203)
_
3(
|
! |
.44. E
kg
II
3)
ra
I
|
j
|
j
|
I
j
i
j
. !
j
i
j
i j
j
j
I j
i
|
P]
j
I I
V
I
\ j
!
j>
i
I
I
l j
!
|
i J
j
I
|
\
SwL
!
|
!
!
j
|
1
!
i
13
5
<g(2
2.5
il
j
o; ic
|
i
!
i
|
j
*sL
|
i I
|
|
|
j
j
|
!7
5
8.5
il-
I
|
ky i
b) ic
i
I
i
|
I
!
*^
i
j
!
!
j
|
I
!
j
I
!
i
!2i5
<g!C
5 |lb
r
=iil
|
I
;
|
I
|
^'»^
i
I
!
j
*^*>
iajkc
(12
lb) r
ail
I
!
!
i
|
i
— ' ' j
]
I6
5
<gjc
1.1
b)jrf
il-
I
I
i
!
i
12
kc
(81
3)jra
il
I
i
i
|
j
j
i
i
i
I
|
i
I
i
j
i
~T"
i
!
r
j
181
I
4
j
K
2t
i4;
?
j
!
i
!
6)
I | |
/
|
i
! ! !
\
I
14515(31,971)
9980(21,982)
8165(17,985)
5443(11,989)
4062(8,991)
3630(7,996)
1
(3.3)
2
(6.6)
3
(9.8)
4
(13)
Bracket Spacing, m (ft)
Fig. 2.23.4.1-1 Maximum Weight of a Car With Rated Load or of Counterweight With Safety Device for a
Pair of Guide Rails as Specified in 2.23.4.1
79
ASME A17.1-2004
/
= 0.583
.Q
(1.40)
■
yy
U)
3000(6,608)
1 1
1 1
«& «<o
CO
DC
2000(4,405)
2495
I
o,. o,y
H-
O
(5,500)
T __,
~7~
• —
i r >
r
0_
1000(2,203)
0_
1 r
_c
i
D3
M
£
1
CD
■M
£
0.5
1 1.5
2
(1
2)
(2.4)
(3.6)
(4.8)
Moment of Inertia, mm 4 x 10 6 (12 kg Rail)
Moment of Inertia, in. 4 (8 lb Rail)
6000(13,216)
5000(11,013)
4000(8,811)
3000(6,608)
2 000(4,405)
1000(2,203)
/=1.79
(4.29)
1
(2.4)
2
(4.8)
3
(7.2)
4
(9.6)
Moment of Inertia, mm 4 x 10 6 (16.5 kg Rail)
Moment of Inertia, in. 4 (11 lb Rail)
Fig. 2.23.4.1-2 Minimum Moment of Inertia About x-x Axis for a Single Guide Rail With Its
Reinforcement
80
ASME A17.1-2004
¥
1
6000(12,216)
5000(11,013)
4000(8,811)
3 000(6,608)
2 000 (4,405)
1 000 (2,203)
(2.4)
(4.8)
(7.2)
(9.6)
(12)
7000(15,421)
6000(13,216)
5000(11,013)
4000(8,811)
3000(6,608)
2 000 (4,405)
1 000 (2,203)
Moment of Inertia, mm 4 x 10 6 (18 kg Rail)
Moment of Inertia, in. 4 (12 lb Rail)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(2.4)
(4.8)
(7.2)
(9.6)
(12.0)
(14.4)
(16.8)
(19.2)
Moment of Inertia, mm 4 x 10 6 (22.5 kg Rail)
Moment of Inertia, in. 4 (15 lb Rail)
Fig. 2.23.4.1-2 Minimum Moment of Inertia About x-x Axis for a Single Guide Rail With Its
Reinforcement (Cont'd)
81
ASME A17.1-2004
/ = 4.025
(9.66)
JD
10 000(22,026)
o>
9000(19,824)
_w
8000(17,621)
CO
CE
7000(15,421)
O
L.
6000(13,216)
0-
L-
5000(11,013)
Q_
4000(8,811)
>5
3000(6,608)
CD
2 000(4,405)
|2
1000(2,203)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
(4.8) (7.2) (9.6) (12.0) (14.4) (16.8) (19.2) (21.6) (24.0) (26.4) (28.8) (31.2)
Moment of Inertia, mm 4 x 10 6 (27.5 kg Rail)
Moment of Inertia, in. 4 (18.5 lb Rail)
/=4.65
(11.16)
.Q
14000(30,837)
J2
12 000(26,432)
CE
O
10 000(22,026)
"5
Q.
8 000(17,621)
CD
Q.
6000(13,216)
J?
4000(8,811)
CO
2 000 (4,405)
|2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
(4.8) (7.2) (9.6) (12.0)04.4) (16.8) (19.2)(21.6) (24.0)(26.4)(28.8) (31.2)
Moment of Inertia, mm 4 x 10 6 (33.5 kg Rail)
Moment of Inertia, in. 4 (22.5 lb Rail)
Fig. 2.23.4.1-2 Minimum Moment of Inertia About x-x Axis for a Single Guide Rail With Its
Reinforcement (Cont'd)
82
2.23.5.2-2.23.6
ASMEA17.1-2004
24000(52,863)
22000(48,458) —
20 000 (44,053)
18000(39,648)
16000(35,242)
14000(30,837)
12 000(26,432)
10 000(22,026)
8000(17,621)
6000(13,216)
4000(8,811)
2 000(4,405)
/= 10.0
(24.0)
3.5 m (11.5 ft) spacing
4.0 m (13 ft) spacing
4.5 m (15 ft) spacing
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
(21.6) (24.0) (26.4) (28.8) (31.2) (33.6) (38.4) (36.0) (40.8) (43.2) (45.6) (48.0) (56.4)
Moment of Inertia, mm 4 x 10 6 (44.5 kg Rail)
Moment of Inertia, in. 4 (30 lb Rail)
Fig. 2.23.4.1-2 Minimum Moment of Inertia About x-x Axis for a Single Guide Rail With Its
Reinforcement (Cont'd)
Table 2.23.4.2 Load Multiplying Factor for Duplex
Safeties
Vertical Distance
Between Safeties,
Multiply Load in
mm (in.)
Fig-
2.23.4.1-1 by
5 400 (212 or more)
2.00
4 600 (182)
1.83
3 700 (146)
1.67
2 700 (106)
1.50
(see 2.16.2.2 and 8.2.2.6) with a total deflection at the
point of support not in excess of 3 mm (0.125 in.).
2.23.5.3 Allowable Stresses Due to Emergency Brak-
ing. Guide rails, brackets, supports, and their fastenings
subject to forces due to the application of the emergency
brake (see 2.19.4) shall be designed to withstand the
maximum forces developed during the retardation
phase of the emergency braking so that the resulting
stresses due to the emergency braking and all other
loading acting simultaneously, if applicable, shall not
exceed 190 MPa (27,500 psi).
2.23.6 Guide-Rail Surfaces
Guide-rail surfaces used for guiding a car or counter-
weight shall be sufficiently smooth and true to operate
properly with the guiding members. Those surfaces that
83
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.23.6-2.23.9.1.3
Table 2.23.4.3.1 Guide Rails for Counterweight Without Safeties
SI Units
Imperial Units
Nominal
Maximum Bracket
Nominal
Maximum Bracket
Mass of
Mass of
Spacing Without
Weight of
Weight of
Spacing Without
Counterweight,
Guide Rail,
Reinforcement,
Counterweight,
Guide
Reinforcement,
kg
kg/m
mm
lb
Rail, lb/ft
ft
3 000
9.5
3 000
6,600
6%
10
4 000
8.5
4 400
8,800
5 3 A
14.5
7 000
12.0
4 900
15,000
8
16
12 000
16.5
4 900
27,000
11
16
13 000
18.0
4 900
29,000
12
16
18 000
22.5
4 900
40,000
15
16
25 000
27.5
4 900
56,000
18V 2
16
36 000
33.5
4 900
80,000
22V 2
16
60 000
44.5
4 900
133,000
30
16
Table 2.23.4.3.3 Intermediate Tie Brackets
Nominal Distance Between
Fastenings to Building Structure, mm (in.)
For 8.5 kg (6V4 lb) Rail For All Other Rails
Number of
Intermediate
Tie Brackets
0-3 300 (0-130)
3 301-3 800 (130-150)
3 801-4 400 (150-173)
0-3 700 (0-146)
3 701-4 300 (147-169) 1
4 301-4 900(170-193) 2
the car or counterweight safeties engage shall be smooth
and true within the tolerances required to ensure proper
safety application without excessive retardation or
excessive out-of-level platform conditions resulting (see
2.17.3, 2.17.9.2, and 2.17.16).
2.23.7 Rail Joints and Fishplates
2.23.7.1 Type and Strength of Rail Joints. Metal
guide-rail sections shall be joined together as specified
in 2.23.7.2. The jointed rail sections shall withstand the
forces specified in 2.23.5.1 without exceeding the stress
and deflection limitations.
2.23.7.2 Design and Construction of Rail Joints
2.23.7.2.1 The joints of metal guide rails with T-
section profiles as specified in 2.23.3(a) shall conform to
the following requirements:
(a) The ends of the rails shall be accurately machined
with a tongue and matching groove centrally located in
the web.
(b) The backs of the rail flanges shall be accurately
machined, in relation to the rail guiding surfaces, to a
uniform distance front to back of the rails to form a flat
surface for the fishplates.
(c) The ends of each rail shall be bolted to the fish-
plates with not fewer than four bolts that conform to
Table 2.23.7.2.1.
id) The width of the fishplate shall be not less than
the width of the back of the rail.
(e) The thickness of the fishplates and the diameter
of the bolts for each size of guide rail shall be not less
than specified in Table 2.23.7.2.1.
(f) The diameter of bolt holes shall not exceed the
diameter of the bolts by more than 2 mm (0.08 in.) for
guide rails nor 3 mm (0.125 in.) for fishplates.
2.23.7.2.2 Joints of different design and construc-
tion shall be permitted to be used, provided they are
equivalent in strength and will adequately maintain the
accuracy of the rail alignment.
2.23.8 Overall Length of Guide Rails
The car and counterweight guide rails shall extend at
the top and bottom to prevent the guiding members (see
2.15.2 and 2.21.1.3) from disengaging from the guide
rails in the event that either the car or counterweight
reaches its extreme limit of travel.
2.23.9 Guide-Rail Brackets and Building Supports
2.23.9.1 Design and Strength of Brackets and Sup-
ports
2.23.9.1.1 The building construction forming the
supports for the guide rails and the guide-rail brackets
shall be designed to
(a) safely withstand the application of the car or coun-
terweight safety when stopping the car and its rated
load or the counterweight
(b) withstand the forces specified in 2.23.5.2 within
the deflection limits specified
2.23.9.1.2 Walls of bricks, terra-cotta, hollow
blocks, and similar materials shall not be used for attach-
ment of guide-rail brackets unless adequately rein-
forced.
2.23.9.1.3 Where necessary, the building construc-
tion shall be reinforced to provide adequate support for
the guide rails.
84
2.23.9.2-2.24.2.1
ASME A17.1-2004
Table 2.23.7.2.1 Minimum Thickness of Fishplates and Minimum Diameter of Fastening Bolts
SI Units
Imperial
Units
Nominal Mass
Minimum Thickness
Minimum Diameter
Nominal Weight
Minimum Thickness
Minimum Diameter
of Guide Rail,
of Fish Plates,
of Bolts,
of Guide Rail,
of Fish Plates,
of Bolts,
kg/m
mm
mm
lb/ft
in.
in.
8.5
9.5
M12
57
7
7
9.5
9.5
M12
67*
7
7 2
12.0
14.0
M12
8
9 /i6
7 2
16.5
17.0
M16
11
/16
7 8
18.0
17.0
M16
12
11 /
/16
7 8
22.5
17.0
M16
15
/16
7 8
27.5
20.0
M20
187 2
13 /
/16
7
33.5
20.0
M20
227 2
13 /
/16
7
44.5
23.0
M20
30
15 /
/16
7
2.23.9.2 Bracket Fastenings
2.23.9.2.1 Guide-rail brackets shall be secured to
their supporting structure by one of the following
means:
(a) by bolts or rivets
(b) by using clip fastenings to mount brackets to the
building structure, provided that
(1) the friction force of such clips has a minimum
factor of safety of 10
(2) an additional means, having a safety factor of
not less than 5, of resisting horizontal shear is incorpo-
rated
(c) by welding conforming to 8.8
2.23.9.2.2 Fastening bolts and bolt holes in brack-
ets and their supporting beams shall conform to 2.23.10.
2.23.9.3 Slotted guide-rail brackets having single-
bolt fastenings shall be provided with an additional
means to prevent lateral movement of the rail bracket.
Such means shall have a factor of safety of not less than 5.
2.23.10 Fastening of Guide Rails to Rail Brackets
2.23.10.1 Type of Fastenings. Guide rails shall be
secured to their brackets by clips, welds, or bolts.
Bolts used for fastening shall be of such strength as
to withstand the forces specified in 2.23.5.2 and 2.23.9.1.
Welding, where used, shall conform to 8.8.
2.23.10.2 Size of Bolts for Fastening. The size of bolts
used for fastening the guide rails or rail clips to the
brackets shall be not less than specified in Table 2.23.10.2.
2.23.10.3 Bolt Holes for Fastenings. The diameter of
holes or the width of slots for fastening bolts shall not
exceed the diameter of the bolt by more than 2 mm
(0.08 in.).
Table 2.23.10.2
Minimum Size of Rail-Fastening
Bolts
SI Units
Imperial
Units
Nominal
Minimum
Nominal
Minimum
Mass of
Diameter of
Weight of
Diameter of
Guide Rail,
Rail Bolts,
Guide Rail,
Rail Bolts,
kg/m
mm
lb/ft
in.
8.5
M12
57
7
9.5
M12
67
7
12.0
M12
8
7
16.5
M16
11
7
18.0
M16
12
7
22.5
M16
15
7
27.5
M16
187
7
33.5
M20
227
7
44.5
M20
30
7
SECTION 2.24
DRIVING MACHINES AND SHEAVES
2.24.1 Type of Driving Machines
All driving machines shall be of the traction type,
except that winding-drum machines shall be permitted
for freight elevators, subject to the following:
(a) They shall not be provided with counterweights.
(b) The rated speed of the elevator shall not exceed
0.25 m/s (50 ft/min).
(c) The travel of the elevator car shall not exceed
12.5 m (40 ft).
NOTE (2.24.1): See 4.1 for rack-and-pinion machines and 4.2 for
screw machines.
2.24.2 Sheaves and Drums
2.24.2.1 Material and Grooving. Sheaves and drums
used with suspension and compensating ropes shall be
85
ASME A17.1-2004
2.24.2.1-2.24.8.1
of metal and provided with finished grooves for ropes
or shall be permitted to be lined with nonmetallic groove
material.
2.24.2.2 Minimum Pitch Diameter. Sheaves and
drums used with suspension and compensating ropes
shall have a pitch diameter of not less than
(a) 40 times the diameter of the rope where used with
suspension ropes
(b) 32 times the diameter of the ropes where used
with compensating ropes
2.24.2.3 Traction
2.24.2.3.1 Where the grooves are used to transmit
power, sufficient traction shall be provided between the
rope and groove, and in the event of nonmetallic lining
failure, between the rope and the remaining sheave
groove, to safely stop and hold the car with rated load
[see 2.16.8(c)] from rated speed in the down direction.
2.24.2.3.2 If either the car or the counterweight
bottoms on its buffers or becomes otherwise immovable
(a) the ropes shall slip in the drive sheave grooves
and not allow the car or counterweight to be raised; or
(b) the driving system shall stall and not allow the
car or counterweight to be raised.
2.24.2.4 Minimum Sheave and Drum Diameter. Drive
sheaves and drums shall be permanently and legibly
marked to state the minimum sheave or drum diameter,
measured at the bottom of the groove, that is required
to maintain structural integrity (see 2.24.3).
2.24.3 Factor of Safety for Driving Machines and
Sheaves
The factor of safety to be used in the design of driving
machines, and in the design of sheaves used with sus-
pension and compensating ropes, shall be not less than
(a) 8 for metals having an elongation of at least 14%
in a gauge length of 50 mm (2 in.) when tested in accor-
dance with ASTM E 8
(b) 10 for cast iron, or for metals having an elongation
of less than 14% in a gauge length of 50 mm (2 in.) when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 8
The load to be used in determining the factor of safety
shall be the resultant of the maximum tensions in the
ropes leading from the sheave or drum with the elevator
at rest and with the rated load in the car.
2.24.3.1 Factors of Safety Based on Alternating/
Reversing Stresses
2.24.3.1.1 Driving-machine components sub-
jected to alternating or reversing stresses shall have a
factor of safety of not less than 1.5.
2.24.3.1.2 This factor of safety shall be the ratio
of the endurance limit of the components (see 1.3) to
the actual alternating or reversing stress to which the
components can be subjected under any normal
operating condition. The endurance limit shall be based
on 10 7 cycles of stress reversals. The actual stress shall
include all designed or anticipated load conditions and
stress risers, such as sharp corners, shock loading, sur-
face finish, key ways, material variations, alignment tol-
erances, etc.
2.24.3.2 Factors of Safety at Emergency Braking.
Driving-machine components including bedplate,
where used, subject to forces due to the application of
the emergency brake (see 2.19.4) shall be designed to
withstand the maximum forces developed during the
retardation phase of the emergency braking so that the
factor of safety resulting from the emergency braking
and all other loading acting simultaneously, if applica-
ble, shall be not less than those specified in 2.24.3(a) and
2.24.3(b).
2.24.4 Fasteners Transmitting Load
2.24.4.1 Fasteners and Rigid Connections. Set screws
or threaded portions located in the shear plane of bolts
and screws shall not be used to transmit load.
Means shall be provided to ensure that there is no
relative motion between rigidly joined components
transmitting load.
The factors of safety to be used in the design of fasten-
ers transmitting load in driving machines and sheaves
shall be not less than those specified in 2.24.3.
2.24.4.2 Flexible Connections. Where flexible cou-
plings are used to transmit load, means shall be provided
to prevent disengagement of the coupling components
in the event of the failure of or excessive motion in the
flexible connection.
2.24.5 Shaft Fillets and Keys
A fillet shall be provided at any point of change in the
diameter of driving-machine shafts and sheave shafts to
prevent excessive stress concentrations in the shafts (see
2.24.3.1).
Shafts that support drums, sheaves, gears, couplings,
and other members, and that transmit torque, shall be
provided with tight-fitting keys.
2.24.6 Cast-Iron Worms and Worm Gears
Worms and worm gears made of cast iron shall not
be used in elevator driving machines.
2.24.7 Friction Gearing and Clutches
Friction gearing or a clutch mechanism shall not be
used to connect a driving-machine drum or sheave to
the main driving mechanism.
2.24.8 Braking System and Driving-Machine Brakes
(See Nonmandatory Appendix F, Table Fl)
2.24.8.1 General Requirements. The elevator shall be
provided with a braking system conforming to 2.24.8.2.
86
2.24.8.2-2.25.1.1
ASME A17.1-2004
2.24.8.2 Braking System
2.24.8.2.1 The braking system shall consist of a
driving machine brake and in addition shall be permit-
ted to include other braking means, such as electrically
assisted braking.
2.24.8.2.2 The braking system shall be capable of
decelerating the car from its rated speed when it is
carrying its rated load (see 2.16.8) in the down direction,
or empty car in the up direction from the speed at which
the governor overspeed switch is set. Any deceleration
not exceeding 9.8 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) is acceptable, pro-
vided that all factors such as, but not limited to, system
heat dissipation and allowable buffer striking speeds
are considered. The loss of main line power shall not
reduce the braking system capacity below the require-
ments stated here.
2.24.8.3 Driving-Machine Brake. The driving-
machine shall be equipped with a friction brake applied
by a spring or springs, or by gravity, and released electro-
mechanically or electrohydraulically (see 1.3) in confor-
mance with 2.26.8. The driving-machine brake, on its
own, shall be capable of
(a) holding the car at rest with its rated load (see
2.16.8 and 2.26.8).
(b) holding the empty car at rest.
(c) decelerating the empty car traveling in the up
direction from the speed at which the governor
overspeed switch is set. Any deceleration not exceeding
9.8 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) is acceptable provided that all fac-
tors such as, but not limited to, system heat dissipation
and allowable buffer striking speeds are considered.
2.24.8.4 Means for Manual Release. Means shall be
permitted for manual release of the driving-machine
brake. The means shall permit car movement in a grad-
ual, controllable manner. Provision shall be made to
prevent unintended actuation of the device. The manual
release device shall be designed to be hand applied only
with continuous effort. The brake shall reapply at its
fully adjusted capacity in the absence of the hand-
applied effort.
2.24.8.5 Marking Plates for Brakes. The brake setting
and method of measurement shall be permanently and
legibly marked on the driving machine.
2.24.8.6 Driving-Machine Brake Design. The driving-
machine brake design shall ensure contact of the friction
material on the braking surface consistent with good
engineering practice. Means shall be provided to protect
the braking surfaces from contamination caused by any
driving-machine fluid leak.
2.24.9 Indirect Driving Machines
2.24.9.1 Belt and Chain Drives. Indirect driving
machines, utilizing V-belt drives, tooth drive belts, or
drive chains, shall include not less than three belts or
chains operating together in parallel as a set. Belt and
chain drive sets shall be preloaded and matched for
length in sets.
2.24.9.2 General Requirements
2.24.9.2.1 Belt sets shall be selected on the basis
of the manufacturer's rated breaking strength and a fac-
tor of safety of 10. Chain and sprocket sets shall be
selected on the basis of recommendations set forth in the
Supplementary Information section of ASME B29.1M,
using a service factor of 2. Offset links in chain are not
permitted.
2.24.9.2.2 Sprockets in a chain drive set and also
a driven set shall be assembled onto a common hub,
with teeth cut in-line after assembly to assure equal load
distribution on all chains. Tooth sheaves for a belt drive
shall be constructed in a manner to assure equal load
distribution on each belt in the set.
2.24.9.2.3 Load determination for both the belt
and chain sets shall be based on the maximum static
loading on the elevator car, which is the full load in the
car at rest and at a position in the hoistway that creates
the greatest load, including either the car or counter-
weight resting on its buffer.
2.24.9.2.4 Chain drives and belt drives shall be
guarded to protect against accidental contact and to
prevent foreign objects from interfering with the drives.
2.24.9.3 Monitoring and Brake Location. Each belt or
chain in a set shall be continuously monitored by a
broken belt or chain device, which shall function to
automatically interrupt power to the machine and apply
the brake in the event that any belt or chain in the
set breaks or becomes excessively slack. The driving-
machine brake shall be located on the traction sheave
or drum assembly side of the driving machine so as to
be fully effective in the event that the entire belt set or
chain set should break.
2.24.10 Means for Inspection of Gears
Each gear case of geared machines shall have access
to permit inspection of the contact surfaces of the gears.
Such access need not provide a direct view of all gears,
but shall be located and sized adequately to allow access
by fibre optic or similar visual inspection instrumen-
tation.
SECTION 2.25
TERMINAL STOPPING DEVICES
2.25.1 General Requirements
2.25.1.1 Normal terminal stopping devices required
by 2.25.2, emergency terminal stopping devices required
87
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.25.1.1-2.25.3.3.2
by 2.25.4.2, and emergency terminal speed-limiting
devices required by 2.25.4.1 shall be permitted to use
mechanically operated, magnetically operated, optical,
or solid-state devices for determining car position and
speed.
2.25.1.2 Final terminal stopping devices required by
2.25.3 shall use only mechanically operated switches for
determining car position.
2.25.1.3 Terminal stopping devices that are located
on the car or in the hoistway shall be of the enclosed type
and securely mounted in such a manner that horizontal
movement of the car shall not affect the operation of
the device.
2.25.2 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices
2.25.2.1 Where Required and Function. Normal ter-
minal stopping devices shall conform to 2.25.2.1.1
through 2.25.2.1.3.
2.25.2.1.1 Normal terminal stopping devices shall
be provided and arranged to slow down and stop the
car automatically, at or near the top and bottom terminal
landings, with any load up to and including rated load
in the car and from any speed attained in normal opera-
tion (see 2.16.8).
2.25.2.1.2 Such devices shall function indepen-
dently of the operation of the normal stopping means
and of the final terminal stopping device, except that
on elevators with a rated speed of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min)
or less, the normal terminal stopping device shall be
permitted to be used as the normal stopping means.
2.25.2.1.3 The device shall be so designed and
installed that it will continue to function until the final
terminal stopping device operates.
2.25.2.2 Location of Stopping Devices. Normal termi-
nal stopping devices shall be located as specified in
2.25.2.2.1 and 2.25.2.2.2.
2.25.2.2.1 Stopping devices for traction machines
shall be located on the car, in the hoistway, or in the
machine room, and shall be operated by the movement
of the car.
2.25.2.2.2 Stopping devices for winding drum
machines shall be located on the car or in the hoistway,
and shall be operated by the movement of the car.
2.25.2.3 Indirectly Operated Normal Terminal Stop-
ping Devices. Stopping devices that are not located on
the car or in the hoistway shall conform to 2.25.2.3.1
through 2.25.2.3.3.
2.25.2.3.1 The stopping device shall be mounted
on and operated by a stopping means mechanically con-
nected to and driven by the car.
Stopping means depending on friction or traction
shall not be used.
2.25.2.3.2 Tapes, chains, ropes, or similar devices
mechanically connecting the stopping device to the car
and used as a driving means shall be provided with a
device that will cause the electric power to be removed
from the elevator driving-machine motor and brake if
the driving means fails (see 2.26.2.6).
2.25.2.3.3 If mechanically operated switches are
used, only one set of floor-stopping contacts is necessary
for each terminal landing on floor controllers or other
similar devices used to stop the car automatically at the
landings (such as automatic operation, signal operation,
etc.), provided these contacts and the means for
operating them conform to 2.25.2.3.1 and 2.25.2.3.2.
These contacts shall be permitted to serve also as the
normal terminal stopping devices.
2.25.3 Final Terminal Stopping Devices
2.25.3.1 General Requirements. Final terminal stop-
ping devices shall conform to 2.25.1 and the following:
(a) They shall be mechanically operated.
(b) Operating cams shall be of metal.
(c) The switch contacts shall be directly opened
mechanically.
2.25.3.2 Where Required and Function. Final terminal
stopping devices shall be provided and arranged to
cause the electric power to be removed automatically
from the elevator driving-machine motor and brake after
the car has passed a terminal landing.
The device shall be set to function as close to the
terminal landing as practicable, but so that under normal
operating conditions it will not function when the car
is stopped by the normal terminal stopping device.
Where spring buffers are provided, the device shall
function before the buffer is engaged.
The device shall be so designed and installed that it
will continue to function
(a) at the top terminal landing, until the car has trav-
eled above this landing a distance equal to the counter-
weight runby plus 1.5 times the buffer stroke, but in no
case less than 0.6 m (2 ft)
(b) at the bottom terminal landing, until the car rests
on its fully compressed buffer
The operation of final terminal stopping devices shall
prevent movement of the car by the normal operating
devices in both directions of travel.
2.25.3.3 Location. Final terminal stopping devices
shall be located as specified in 2.25.3.3.1 and 2.25.3.3.2.
2.25.3.3.1 Traction machine elevators shall have
final terminal stopping switches located in the hoistway
and operated by cams attached to the car.
2.25.3.3.2 Winding drum machine elevators shall
have two sets of final terminal stopping switches, one
located on and operated by the driving machine, and
88
2.25.3.3.2-2.25.4.2
ASMEA17.1-2004
the other located in the hoistway and operated by cams
attached to the car (see 2.25.3.5).
(ED) 2.25.3.4 Controller Switches Controlled by Final Ter-
minal Stopping Device. The normal and final terminal
stopping devices shall not control the same controller
switches unless two or more separate and independent
switches are provided, two of which shall be closed to
complete the driving-machine motor and brake circuit
in either direction of travel.
Where a two- or three-phase AC driving-machine
motor is used, these switches shall be of the multipole
type.
The control shall be so designed and installed that a
single ground or short circuit may permit either, but not
prevent both, the normal or final stopping device circuits
from stopping the car.
2.25.3.5 Additional Requirements for Winding Drum
Machines. Final terminal stopping devices for winding-
drum machines shall conform to 2.25.3.5.1 through
2.25.3.5.3.
2.25.3.5.1 Stopping switches, located on and oper-
ated by the driving machine, shall not be driven by
chains, ropes, or belts.
2.25.3.5.2 Where a two- or three-phase AC driv-
ing-machine motor is used, the mainline circuit to the
driving-machine motor and the circuit of the driving-
machine brake coil shall be directly opened either by
the contacts of the machine stop switch or by stopping
switches mounted in the hoistway and operated by a
cam attached to the car. The opening of these contacts
shall occur before or coincident with the opening of the
final terminal stopping switch required by 2.25.3.2.
2.25.3.5.3 Driving machines equipped with a
direct-current brake and having a DC mainline control
switch in the driving-machine motor circuit controlled
by a final terminal stopping switch located in the
hoistway and operated by a cam attached to the car
need not conform to 2.25.3.5.2. This does not eliminate
the need for a machine-operated switch.
2.25.4 Emergency Terminal Stopping Means
2.25.4.1 Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting Device.
Emergency terminal speed-limiting devices shall be
installed on all elevators where reduced stroke buffers
are used (see 2.22.4.1.2 and 2.26.2.12), and shall conform
to 2.25.4.1.1 through 2.25.4.1.9.
2.25.4.1.1 The operation of the emergency termi-
nal speed-limiting devices shall be entirely independent
of the operation of the normal terminal stopping device.
The emergency terminal speed-limiting device shall
automatically reduce the car and counterweight speed
by removing power from the driving-machine motor
and brake, such that the rated buffer striking speed is
not exceeded if the normal terminal stopping device
fails to slow down the car at the terminal as intended.
2.25.4.1.2 The car speed sensing device shall be
independent of the normal speed control system.
2.25.4.1.3 The emergency terminal speed-limiting
device shall provide a retardation not in excess of 9.81
m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ).
2.25.4.1.4 The emergency terminal speed-limiting
devices shall not apply the car safety.
2.25.4.1.5 The emergency terminal speed-limiting
devices shall be so designed and installed that a single
short circuit caused by a combination of grounds, or by
other conditions, shall not render the device ineffective.
2.25.4.1.6 The emergency terminal speed-limiting
devices shall be located on the car, in the hoistway, or
in the machine room, and shall be operated by the move-
ment of the car.
2.25.4.1.7 Mechanically operated switches, where
located on the car or in the hoistway, shall conform to
2.25.3.1.
2.25.4.1.8 Where the operation of emergency ter-
minal-speed-limiting devices is dependent on car posi-
tion relative to the terminal landings
(a) friction or traction drives shall not be used
(b) if tape, chain, or rope is used for connection to
the car, a switch shall be provided to remove electrical
power from the driving-machine motor and brake
should this connection fail (see 2.26.2.6)
2.25.4.1.9 Where magnetically operated, optical,
or solid-state devices are used for position sensing, a
single short circuit caused by a combination of grounds
or by other conditions, or the failure of any single mag-
netically operated, optical, or solid-state device shall not
(a) render the emergency terminal speed-limiting
device inoperative
(b) permit the car to restart after a normal stop
2.25.4.2 Emergency Terminal Stopping Device. Eleva-
tors with static control and rated speeds over 1 m/s
(200 ft/min) shall be provided with an emergency termi-
nal stopping device that will cause power to be removed
from the driving-machine motor and brake should the
normal stopping means and the normal terminal stop-
ping device fail to cause the car to slow down at the
terminal as intended.
The emergency terminal stopping device shall func-
tion independently of the normal terminal stopping
device and the normal speed control system.
Elevators with static generator-field control that use
the normal terminal stopping device to limit the genera-
tor-field current directly, or elevators that have an emer-
gency terminal speed-limiting device that complies with
2.25.4.1, are not required to have an emergency terminal
stopping device.
89
ASMEA17.1-2004
SECTION 2.26-2.26.1.4.4
SECTION 2.26
OPERATING DEVICES AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
2.26.1 Operation and Operating Devices
2.26.1.1 Types of Operating Devices. All operating
devices shall be of the enclosed electric type.
Rope or rod operating devices actuated directly by
hand, or rope operating devices actuated by wheels,
levers, or cranks, shall not be used.
2.26.1.2 For Car-Switch Operation Elevators. Handles
of lever-type operating devices of car-switch operation
elevators shall be so arranged that they will return to
the stop position and latch there automatically when
the hand of the operator is removed.
2.26.1.3 Additional Operating Devices for Elevators
Equipped to Carry One-Piece Loads Greater Than the
Rated Load. Elevators equipped to carry one-piece loads
greater than their rated load shall be provided with an
additional operating device of the continuous-pressure
type, located near the driving machine, to operate the
elevator at a speed not exceeding 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min)
under such conditions. The normal operating devices
shall be inoperative during such operation (see
2.16.7.10).
2.26.1.4 Inspection Operation
2.26.1.4.1 General Requirements
(a) Operating devices for inspection operation shall
be provided on the top of the car and shall also be
permitted in the car and in the machine room.
(b) A switch for transferring control of the elevator
to the operating devices for inspection operation shall
be provided, which shall
(1) be manually operated
(2) be labeled "INSPECTION"
(3) have two positions, labeled "INSPECTION" or
"INSP" and "NORMAL" or "NORM"
(4) when in the "INSPECTION" position
(a) enable inspection operation by means of the
inspection operating devices
(b) except as provided, in 2.26.1.4.2(f), cause the
movement of the car to be solely under the control of
the inspection operating devices through a contact that
shall be positively opened mechanically and whose
opening shall not depend solely on springs
(c) disable automatic power door opening and
closing and car leveling, except as provided in
2.26.1.4.2(f)
(5) when in the "NORMAL" position, disable
inspection operation by means of the inspection
operating devices
(c) Inspection operating devices shall
(1) be of the continuous-pressure type
(2) be labeled "UP" and "DOWN," respectively
(d) Inspection operation shall conform to the fol-
lowing:
(1) the speed of the car shall not exceed 0.75 m/s
(150 ft/min)
(2) be subject to the electrical protective devices
required by 2.26.2, except as permitted by 2.26.1.5
(3) fully closed doors shall be permitted to be held
in the closed position with power applied
(e) Inspection operation shall be used only by elevator
personnel.
2.26.1.4.2 Top-of-Car Inspection Operation. Top-of-
car inspection operation shall conform to 2.26.1.4.1 and
the following:
(a) A stop switch (see 2.26.2.8) shall be permanently
located on the car top and readily accessible to a person,
while standing at the hoistway entrance normally used
for access to the car top.
(b) The transfer switch [see 2.26.1.4.1(b)] shall be
located on the car top and shall be so designed as to
prevent accidental transfer from the "INSPECTION" to
"NORMAL" position.
(c) A separate device of the continuous-pressure type
labeled "ENABLE" shall be provided adjacent to the
inspection operating devices.
(d) The inspection operating devices shall become
effective only when the "ENABLE" device is activated.
(e) The inspection operating devices [see
2.26.1.4.1(c)], shall be permitted to be of the portable
type, provided that
(1) the "ENABLE" device [see 2.26.1.4.2(c)], and a
stop switch, in addition to the stop switch required in
2.26.1.4.2(a) are included in the portable unit
(2) the flexible cord is permanently attached so that
the portable unit cannot be detached from the car top
(f) Separate additional devices of the continuous-
pressure type shall be permitted to be provided on the
car top to make power door opening and closing and
automatic car leveling operative from the top of the car
for testing purposes.
2.26.1.4.3 In-Car Inspection Operation. When in-
car inspection operation is provided, it shall conform to
2.26.1.4.1, and the transfer switch [see 2.26.1.4.1(b)]
(a) shall be located in the car.
(b) shall be key-operated or placed behind a locked
cover. Keys to operate or access the switch shall be Group
1 Security (see 8.1).
(c) shall be rendered ineffective if top-of-car inspec-
tion operation is activated.
id) when in the "INSPECTION" position, shall not
enable hoistway access switch(es). A third switch posi-
tion shall be permitted to enable the hoistway access
switches [see 2.12.7.3.3(a)].
2.26.1.4.4 Machine Room Inspection Operation.
When machine room inspection operation is provided,
90
2.26.1.4.4-2.26.2.1
ASME Al 7.1-2004
•
it shall conform to 2.26.1.4.1, and the transfer switch [see
2.26.1.4.1(b)] shall be
(a) located in the machine room
(b) rendered ineffective if top-of-car inspection opera-
tion, in-car inspection operation, or hoistway access
operation is activated, or when a car door or hoistway
door bypass switch is in the "BYPASS" postion
2.26.1.5 Inspection Operation With Open Door Cir-
cuits. The machine room elevator controller shall have
switches marked "CAR DOOR BYPASS" and
"HOISTWAY DOOR BYPASS" that will prepare the con-
trol system so that, only when top-of-car or in-car inspec-
tion operation is activated, the car shall be permitted to
be moved with open door contacts. The switches shall
conform to 2.26.1.5.1 through 2.26.1.5.8.
2.26.1.5.1 They shall have contacts that are posi-
tively opened mechanically, when switching to either
"BYPASS" or "OFF" positions, and their opening shall
not be solely dependent on springs.
2.26.1.5.2 The positions of the "BYPASS" switches
shall be clearly marked "BYPASS" and "OFF."
2.26.1.5.3 The related circuits shall comply with
2.26.9.3 and 2.26.9.4.
2.26.1.5.4 When either or both of the switches are
in the "BYPASS" position, all means of operation shall be
made inoperative except top-of-car and in-car inspection
operation.
2.26.1.5.5 When the "CAR-DOOR BYPASS"
switch is in the "BYPASS" position, it shall permit top-
of-car and in-car inspection operation with open car
door (or gate) contacts.
2.26.1.5.6 When the "HOISTWAY DOOR
BYPASS" switch is in the "BYPASS" position, it shall
permit top-of-car and in-car inspection operation with
open hoistway door interlocks or contacts.
2.26.1.5.7 Each of the "BYPASS" switches shall
be permitted to be replaced by a set of switches used
to bypass individual groups of door contacts. Each
switch in this set shall be marked to identify the specific
door contacts bypassed.
2.26.1.5.8 A warning sign shall be mounted adja-
cent to the "BYPASS" switches stating, "Jumpers shall
not be used to bypass hoistway door or car door electric
contacts."
2.26.1.6 Operation in Leveling or Truck Zone. Opera-
tion of an elevator in a leveling or truck zone at any
landing by a car leveling or truck zoning device, when
the hoistway doors, or the car doors or gates, or any
combination thereof, are not in the closed position, is
permissible, subject to the requirements of 2.26.1.6.1
through 2.26.1.6.7.
2.26.1.6.1 Operating devices of manually oper-
ated car leveling devices or truck zoning devices shall
be of the continuous-pressure type and located in the car.
2.26.1.6.2 Car platform guards, conforming to
2.15.9, shall be provided. Where a car leveling device is
used, landing sill guards, conforming to 2.11.12.7, shall
also be provided.
2.26.1.6.3 The leveling zone at any landing shall
not extend more than 450 mm (18 in.) above and below
any landing where an automatic leveling device is used,
and not more than 250 mm (10 in.) above and below
any landing where a manually operated leveling device
is used.
2.26.1.6.4 The truck zone at any landing shall not
extend more than 1 700 mm (67 in.) above the landing.
2.26.1.6.5 Where a truck or leveling zone for one
hoistway entrance extends into the door interlocking
zone for a second entrance, the truck zoning or leveling
operation shall be inoperative unless the hoistway door
at the second entrance is in the closed position.
Where a truck or leveling zone for one hoistway
entrance extends into the leveling zone for a second
entrance, the leveling operation for the second entrance
shall be inoperative while the hoistway door at the first
entrance is open.
2.26.1.6.6 A leveling or truck-zoning device shall
not move the car at a speed exceeding 0.75 m/s
(150 ft/min).
For elevators with static control, an independent
means shall be provided to limit the leveling speed to
a maximum of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) with the doors
open, should the normal means to control this speed
(mechanical, electrical, or solid state devices) fail to
do so.
2.26.1.6.7 For elevators with static control, an
inner landing zone extending not more than 75 mm
(3 in.) above and 75 mm (3 in.) below the landing shall
be provided. A car shall not move if it stops outside of
the inner landing zone unless the doors are fully closed.
2.26.2 Electrical Protective Devices
When an electrical protective device is activated
(operated, opened), it shall cause the electric power to
be removed from the elevator driving machine motor
and brake. [See also 2.26.3, 2.26.4.3, 2.26.4.4, 2.26.7,
2.26.8.3(c), 2.26.9.3, and 2.26.9.4]. Electrical protective
devices shall be provided as specified in 2.26.2.1 through
2.26.2.32.
2.26.2.1 Slack-Rope Switch. Winding drum machines
shall be provided with a slack-rope device equipped
with a slack-rope switch of the enclosed manually reset
type. This switch shall operate whenever the ropes
are slack.
91
ASME A17.1-2004
2.26.2.2-2.26.2.21
2.26.2.2 Motor-Generator Running Switch. Where
generator-field control is used, means shall be provided
to prevent the application of power to the elevator driv-
ing machine motor and brake unless the motor generator
set connections are properly switched for the running
condition of the elevator. It is not required that the elec-
trical connections between the elevator driving machine
motor and the generator be opened in order to remove
power from the elevator motor.
2.26.2.3 Compensating-Rope Sheave Switch. Com-
pensating-rope sheaves shall be provided with a com-
pensating-rope sheave switch or switches mechanically
opened by the compensating-rope sheave before the
sheave reaches its upper or lower limit of travel.
2.26.2.4 Motor Field Sensing Means. Where direct
current is supplied to an armature and shunt field of an
elevator driving-machine motor, a motor field current
sensing means shall be provided, which shall cause the
electric power to be removed from the driving-machine
motor armature, and brake unless current is flowing in
the shunt field of the motor, except for static control
elevators provided with a device to detect an overspeed
condition prior to, and independent of, the operation of
the governor overspeed switch. This device shall cause
power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine
motor armature and machine brake.
2.26.2.5 Emergency Stop Switch. An emergency stop
switch shall not be provided on passenger elevators. On
all freight elevators, an emergency stop switch shall be
provided in the car, and located in or adjacent to each
car operating panel.
When open ("STOP" position), this switch shall cause
the electric power to be removed from the elevator driv-
ing-machine motor and brake.
Emergency stop switches shall
(a) be of the manually opened and closed type
(b) have red operating handles or buttons
(c) be conspicuously and permanently marked
"STOP," and shall indicate the "STOP" and "RUN" posi-
tions
(d) while opened, cause the audible device to sound
(see 2.27.1.1.1)
NOTE (2.26.2.5): See 2.26.2.21 for in-car stop switch requirements
for passenger elevators.
2.26.2.6 Broken Rope, Tape, or Chain Switches. The
switch or switches that shall be opened by a failure of
a rope, tape, or chain, shall be provided when required
by 2.25.2.3.2 or 2.25.4.1.8(b).
2.26.2.7 Stop Switch in Pit. A stop switch conforming
to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), (c) shall be provided in the pit of every
elevator (see 2.2.6).
2.26.2.8 Stop Switch on Top of Car. A stop switch
conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided
on the top of every elevator car.
2.26.2.9 Car Safety Mechanism Switch. A switch, con-
forming to 2.17.7 shall be required where a car safety is
provided.
2.26.2.10 Speed-Governor Overspeed Switch. A
speed-governor overspeed switch shall be provided
when required by 2.18.4.1 and shall conform to 2.18.4.1.2,
2.18.4.2, and 2.18.4.3.
2.26.2.11 Final Terminal Stopping Devices. Final ter-
minal stopping devices, conforming to 2.25.3, shall be
provided for every electric elevator.
2.26.2.12 Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting
Devices. Where reduced-stroke oil buffers are provided,
as permitted by 2.22.4.1.2, emergency terminal speed-
limiting devices conforming to 2.25.4.1 shall be pro-
vided.
2.26.2.13 Buffer Switches for Oil Buffers Used With
Type C Car Safeties. Oil level and compression switches
conforming to 2.17.8.2.7 and 2.17.8.2.8 shall be provided
for all oil buffers used with Type C safeties (see 2.17.5.3).
2.26.2.14 Hoistway Door Interlocks and Hoistway
Door Electric Contacts. Hoistway door interlocks or
hoistway door electric contacts conforming to 2.12 shall
be provided for all elevators.
2.26.2.15 Car Door and Gate Electric Contacts. Car
door or gate electric contacts, conforming to 2.14.4.2,
shall be provided for all elevators; except when car door
interlock, conforming to 2.26.2.28 is provided.
2.26.2.16 Emergency Terminal Stopping Devices.
Emergency terminal stopping devices conforming to
2.25.4.2 shall be provided for all elevators where static
control is used, unless exempted by 2.25.4.2.
2.26.2.18 Car Top Emergency Exit Electrical Device.
An electrical device conforming to 2.14.1.5.1(f) shall be
provided on the car top emergency exit cover.
2.26.2.19 Motor-Generator Overspeed Protection.
Means shall be provided to cause the electric power to
be removed automatically from the elevator driving-
machine motor and brake should a motor-generator set,
driven by a DC motor, overspeed excessively.
2.26.2.20 Electric Contacts for Hinged Car Platform
Sills. Hinged car platform sills, where provided, shall
be equipped with electric contacts conforming to 2.15.16.
2.26.2.21 In-Car Stop Switch. On passenger elevators,
a stop switch, either key operated or behind a locked
cover, shall be provided in the car and located in or
adjacent to the car operating panel. The key shall be
Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
The switch shall be clearly and permanently marked
"STOP" and shall indicate the "STOP" and "RUN" posi-
tions.
92
2.26.2.21-2.26.5
ASMEA17.1-2004
When opened ("STOP" position), this switch shall
cause the electric power to be removed from the elevator
driving-machine motor and brake.
2.26.2.22 Buffer Switches for Gas Spring-Return Oil
Buffers. Buffer switches conforming to 2.22.4.5(c) shall
be provided.
2.26.2.23 Stop Switch in Remote Machine and Control
Rooms. A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and
(c) shall be provided in remote machine and control
rooms where required by 2.7.8.
2.26.2.24 Stop Switch in Overhead Machinery Space
in the Hoistway. A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.5(a),
(b), and (c) shall be provided in the overhead machinery
space in the hoistway where required by 2.7.3.5.
2.26.2.25 Blind Hoistway Emergency Door Locking
Device. A locking device conforming to 2.11.1.2(e) shall
be provided on every emergency door in a blind
hoistway.
2.26.2.26 Pit Access Door Electric Contact. An electric
contact shall be provided on each pit access door where
required by 2.2.4.4.
2.26.2.27 Stop Switch in Remote Counterweight
Hoistways. A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b),
and (c) shall be provided in the remote counterweight
hoistway where required by 2.3.3.3.
2.26.2.28 Car Door Interlock. An interlock conform-
ing to 2.14.4.2 shall be provided where required by
2.14.4.2.1.
2.26.2.29 Ascending Car Overspeed Protection
Device. An overspeed device shall be provided when
required by 2.19.1 and shall meet the requirements of
2.19.1.2(a).
2.26.2.30 Unintended Car Movement Device. An
unintended car movement device shall be provided
when required by 2.19.2 and shall meet the requirements
of 2.19.2.2(a). Where generator-field control is used, this
electrical protective device shall also cause the power
to be removed from the drive motor of the motor-genera-
tor set.
2.26.2.31 Car Access Panel Locking Device. A locking
device conforming to 2.14.2.6 shall be provided where
required by 2.14.2.6(e).
2.26.2.32 Hoistway Access Opening Locking Device.
Access openings in the hoistway shall be provided with
a locking device where required by 2.11.1.4.
(04) 2.26.2.33 Firefighter's Stop Switch. A firefighter's
stop switch that conforms to the requirements of
2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided where required
by 2.27.3.3.1(m).
2.26.3 Contactors and Relays for Use in Critical
Operating Circuits
Where electromechanical contactors or relays are pro-
vided to fulfill the requirements of 2.26.8.2, and 2.26.9.3
through 2.26.9.7, they shall be considered to be used in
critical operating circuits. If contact(s) on these electro-
mechanical contactors or relays are used for monitoring
purposes, they shall be prevented from changing state
if the contact(s) utilized in a critical operating circuit
fail to open in the intended manner. The ability of the
monitoring contact(s) to perform this function shall not
be solely dependent upon springs.
2.26.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
2.26.4.1 All electrical equipment and wiring shall
conform to NFPA 70 or CSA C22.1, whichever is applica-
ble (see Part 9).
2.26.4.2 Drive-machine controllers, logic controllers,
and operating devices accessory thereto for starting,
stopping, regulating, controlling, or protecting electric
motors, generators, or other equipment shall be listed/
certified and labeled /marked to the requirements of
CAN/CSA-B44.1/ASME A17.5.
2.26.4.3 The devices covered by 2.26.2 shall have
contacts that are positively opened mechanically; their
opening shall not be solely dependent on springs. Excep-
tions are devices described by 2.26.2.4, 2.26.2.19,
2.26.2.29, and 2.26.2.30; and 2.26.2.12 and 2.26.2.16 where
magnetically operated, optical, or static-type switches
are used.
2.26.4.4 Control equipment shall be tested in accor- (04)
dance with the testing requirements of EN 12016 by
exposing it to interference levels at the test values speci-
fied for "safety circuits." The interference shall not cause
any of the conditions described in 2.26.9.3(a) through (e)
and shall not cause the car to move while on inspection
operation.
If enclosure doors or suppression equipment must
remain installed to meet the above requirements, warn-
ing signs to that effect shall be posted on the control
equipment.
2.26.4.5 In jurisdictions enforcing CSA C22.1, power
supply line disconnecting means, shall not be opened
automatically by a fire alarm system.
2.26.5 System to Monitor and Prevent Automatic
Operation of the Elevator With Faulty Door
Contact Circuits
Means shall be provided to monitor the position of
power-operated car doors that are mechanically coupled
with the landing doors while the car is in the landing
zone, in order
(a) to prevent the operation of the car if the car door
is not closed (see 2.14.4.11), regardless whether the por-
tion of the circuits incorporating the car door contact or
93
ASME A17.1-2004
2.26.5-2.26.9.4
the interlock contact of the landing door coupled with
car door, or both, are closed or open, except as permitted
in 2.12.7, 2.26.1.5, and 2.26.1.6
(b) to prevent, except as permitted in 2.26.1.5, the
power closing of the doors if the car door is fully open
and any of the following conditions exist:
(1) the car door contact is closed or the portion of
the circuit, incorporating this contact is bypassed
(2) the interlock contact of the landing door that is
coupled to the opened car door is closed or the portion
of the circuit, incorporating this contact is bypassed
(3) the car door contact and the interlock contact
of the door that is coupled to the opened car door are
closed, or the portions of the circuits incorporating these
contacts are bypassed
(ED) 2.26.6 Phase Protection of Motors
Elevators having a polyphase AC power supply shall
be provided with means to prevent the starting of the
elevator drive motor or door motor if a reversal of phase
rotation, or phase failure of the incoming polyphase AC
power, will cause the elevator car or elevator door(s) to
operate in the wrong direction.
2.26.7 Installation of Capacitors or Other Devices to
Make Electrical Protective Devices Ineffective
The installation of capacitors or other devices, the
operation or failure of which will cause an unsafe opera-
tion of the elevator, is prohibited.
No permanent device that will make any required
electrical protective device ineffective shall be installed
except as provided in 2.12.7.1, 2.26.1.5, 2.26.1.6, and
2.27.3.1.6(c) (see 8.6.1.6.1).
2.26.8 Release and Application of Driving-Machine
Brakes
2.26.8.1 Driving-machine brakes shall not be electri-
cally released until power has been applied to the driv-
ing machine motor.
2.26.8.2 Two devices shall be provided to indepen-
dently remove power from the brake. If the brake circuit
is ungrounded, all power feed lines to the brake shall
be opened.
2.26.8.3 The brake shall apply automatically when
(a) the operating device of a car switch or continuous-
pressure operation elevator is in the stop position;
(b) a normal stopping means functions
(c) any electrical protective device is activated
(d) there is a loss of power to the driving machine
brake
2.26.8.4 The application of the brake shall be permit-
ted to occur on or before the completion of the slowdown
and leveling operations, under conditions described in
2.26.8.3(a) and (b).
2.26.8.5 The brake shall not be permanently con-
nected across the armature or field of a direct-current
elevator driving-machine motor.
2.26.9 Control and Operating Circuits
The design and installation of the control and
operating circuits shall conform to 2.26.9.1 through
2.26.9.8.
2.26.9.1 If springs are used to actuate switches, con-
tactors, or relays to break the circuit to stop an elevator
at the terminal landings, they shall be of the compres-
sion type.
2.26.9.2 The completion or maintenance of an elec-
tric circuit shall not be used to interrupt the power to the
elevator driving-machine motor or brake at the terminal
landings, nor to stop the car when any of the electrical
protective devices (see 2.26.2) operate. Requirement
2.26.9.2 does not apply to dynamic braking, nor to speed
control switches.
2.26.9.3 The occurrence of a single ground or the
failure of any single magnetically operated switch, con-
tactor, or relay, or any single device that limits the level-
ing or truck zone, or any single solid state device; or a
software system failure, shall not
(a) render any electrical protective device ineffective
(see 2.26.2)
(b) permit the car to move beyond the leveling or
truck zone if any hoistway door interlock is unlocked
or if any hoistway door or car door or gate electric
contact is not in the closed position (see 2.26.1.6)
(c) permit speeds in excess of those specified in
2.12.7.3.2, 2.26.1.4.1(d)(1), 2.26.1.5.10(b), and 2.26.1.6.6
(d) permit the car to revert to normal operation when
on hoistway access switch operation (see 2.12.7.3) or on
inspection operation (see 2.26.1.4) or on bypass opera-
tion (see 2.26.1.5)
(e) continue to make ineffective any hoistway-door
interlock or car door or gate electric contact when either
a hoistway access switch (see 2.12.7.3) or a "BYPASS"
switch (see 2.26.1.5) is turned to the "OFF" position.
2.26.9.4 Redundant devices used to satisfy 2.26.9.3
in the determination of the occurrence of a single
ground, or the failure of any single magnetically oper-
ated switch, contactor or relay, or of any single solid
state device, or any single device that limits the leveling
or truck zone, or a software system failure, shall be
checked prior to each start of the elevator from a landing,
when on automatic operation. When a single ground or
failure, as specified in 2.26.9.3, occurs, the car shall not
be permitted to restart. Implementation of redundancy
by a software system is permitted, provided that the
removal of power from the driving-machine motor and
brake shall not be solely dependent on software-con-
trolled means.
94
2.26.9.5-2.26.12.3
ASME A17.1-2004
2.26.9.5 Except for elevators employing alternating-
current hoist motors driven from a direct-current source
through a static inverter (see 2.26.9.6), elevators with
driving motors employing static control without motor-
generator sets shall conform to 2.26.9.5.1 through
2.26.9.5.6.
2.26.9.5.1 Two devices shall be provided to
remove power independently from the driving-machine
motor. At least one device shall be an electromechanical
contactor.
2.26.9.5.2 The contactor shall be arranged to open
each time the car stops.
2.26.9.5.3 The contactor shall cause the driving-
machine brake circuit to open.
2.26.9.5.4 An additional contactor shall be pro-
vided to also open the driving-machine brake circuit.
This contactor is not required to have contacts in the
driving-machine motor circuit.
2.26.9.5.5 The electrical protective devices
required by 2.26.2 shall control the solid state device
and both contactors, except that leveling shall be permit-
ted to take place with power opening of doors and gates
in conformance with 2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.2.1.
2.26.9.5.6 After each elevator stop, the car shall
not respond to a signal to start unless both contactors
are in the de-energized position.
2.26.9.6 Elevators employing alternating-current
driving motors driven from a direct-current power
source through a static inverter shall conform to
2.26.9.6.1 through 2.26.9.6.6.
2.26.9.6.1 Two separate means shall be provided
to independently inhibit the flow of alternating-current
through the solid state devices that connect the direct-
current power source to the alternating-current driving
motor. At least one of the means shall be an electrome-
chanical relay.
2.26.9.6.2 The relay shall be arranged to open each
time the car stops.
2.26.9.6.3 The relay shall cause the driving-
machine brake circuit to open.
2.26.9.6.4 An additional contactor shall be pro-
vided to also open the driving-machine brake circuit.
This contactor is not required to have contacts in the
driving machine motor circuit.
2.26.9.6.5 The electrical protective devices
required by 2.26.2 shall control both the means that
inhibit the flow of alternating current through the solid
state devices and the contactors in the brake circuit,
except that leveling shall be permitted to take place with
power opening of the doors and gates as restricted by
2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.2.1.
2.26.9.6.6 After each elevator stop, the car shall
not respond to a signal to start unless the relay that
inhibits the flow of alternating current through the solid-
state devices, as well as the contactors in the brake cir-
cuit, are in the de-energized position.
2.26.9.7 Where generator-field control is used,
means shall be provided to prevent the generator from
building up and applying sufficient current to the eleva-
tor driving-machine motor to move the car when the
elevator motor control switches are in the "OFF" posi-
tion. The means used shall not interfere with mainte-
nance of an effective dynamic-braking circuit during
stopping and standstill conditions.
2.26.9.8 The control circuits shall be so designed
and installed that the car speed in the down direction
with rated load in the car, under normal operating condi-
tions with the power supply on or off, shall not exceed
governor tripping speed, or 125% of rated speed, which-
ever is the lesser (see also 2.16.8).
2.26.10 Absorption of Regenerated Power
When a power source is used that, in itself, is incapable
of absorbing the energy generated by an overhauling
load, means for absorbing sufficient energy to prevent
the elevator from attaining governor tripping speed or
a speed in excess of 125% of rated speed, whichever is
less, shall be provided on the load side of each elevator
power supply line disconnecting means (see 2.16.8).
2.26.11 Car Platform to Hoistway Door Sills Vertical
Distance
Where ANSI/ICC A117.1 or ADAAG is not applica-
ble, the vertical distance between the car platform sill
and the hoistway door sill on passenger elevators shall
be in accordance with the following:
(a) it shall not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.) on initial stop
at a landing
(b) the car shall relevel if the vertical distance exceeds
25 mm (1 in.) while loading or unloading
2.26.12 Symbols
2.26.12.1 Where reference is made requiring word-
ing to designate a specific function, the symbols as
shown in Table 2.26.12.1 shall be substituted for, or used
in conjunction with, the required wording.
2.26.12.2 The emergency stop switch shall have the
"STOP" and "RUN" positions conspicuously and per-
manently marked as required by 2.26.2.5(c).
2.26.12.3 Where Braille is provided it shall conform
to the requirements in Table 2.26.12.1.
NOTE (2.26.12): See also ANSI/ICC A117.1, ADAAG and B44
Appendix F.
95
ASME A17.1-2004
Table 2.26.12.1 Symbol Identification
Function
Tactile Symbol
Braille Message
Where Provided
Proportions
(Open Circles Indicate Unused Dots Within
Each Braille Cell)
Door Open
<!►
• ••
• • •
• • •
OP"EN"
■2.0 mm
-lh
3.0 mm typical
J between elements
16.0 mm
4.8 mm
Rear/Side
Door Open
<>
• ••
• • •
• • •
REAR/SIDE OP"EN"
■
Door Close
►H
• • • •
• • • «
• • •
CLOSE
I
•• «o so oa »o
oo »o o* »o o»
oo «o »o *o oo
Rear/Side
Door Close
M
•• • • • •
• • • O
• • •
REAR/SIDE CLOSE
•• «o «o 0« «0
oo «o o* «o o*
oo *o «o «o oo
Main
• ••
i
• •
MA"IN"
II
Alarm
±
• ••
AL"AR"M
•o «o o* ••
oo «o o» oo
oo «o *o «0
Phone
c
• ••
PH"ONE"
I
•• «o oo «0
•o •• o* o*
•o oo oo «0
Emergency
Stop
O
• • •
"STOP
•o *o *o
96
2.26.12.4-2.27.1.2
ASME A17.1-2004
2.26.12.4 Identify "HELP" button [see 2.27.1.1.3(b)]
and visual indication [see 2.27.1.1.3(c)] with the phone
symbol.
SECTION 2.27
EMERGENCY OPERATION AND SIGNALING DEVICES
NOTE (2.27): Additional requirements may be found in the build-
ing code.
2.27.1 Car Emergency Signaling Devices
2.27.1.1 Emergency Communications
2.27.1.1.1 A two-way communications means
between the car and a location in the building, that is
readily accessible to authorized and emergency person-
nel shall be provided.
2.27.1.1.2 When the two-way communications
location in the building is not staffed 24 h a day, by
authorized personnel who can take appropriate action,
the means of two-way communications shall automati-
cally be directed within 30 s to an additional on- or off-
site location, staffed by authorized personnel, where an
appropriate response can be taken.
2.27.1.1.3 The two-way communication means
within the car shall comply with the following require-
ments:
(a) In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, Appendix E of
CAN/CSA B44, or in jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC,
ICC/ANSI A117.1.
(b) A push button to actuate the two-way communica-
tion means shall be provided in or adjacent to a car
operating panel. The push button shall be visible and
permanently identified as "HELP." The identification
shall be on or adjacent to the "HELP" button. When
the push button is actuated, the emergency two-way
communication means shall initiate a call for help and
establish two-way communications.
(c) A visual indication on the same panel as the
"HELP" push button shall be provided, which is acti-
vated by authorized personnel, to acknowledge that
two-way communications link has been established. The
visual indication shall be extinguished when the two-
way communication link is terminated.
(d) The two-way communication means shall provide
on demand to authorized personnel, information that
identifies the building location and elevator number and
that assistance is required.
(e) After the call acknowledgement signals are sent
[2.27.1.1.3(c)], the two-way voice communications shall
be available between the car and authorized personnel.
(f) The two-way communications, once established,
shall be disconnected only when authorized personnel
outside the car terminate the call.
(g) The two-way communication means shall not use
a handset in the car.
(h) The two-way communications shall not be trans-
mitted to an automated answering system. The call for
help shall be answered by authorized personnel.
(i) Operating instructions shall be incorporated with
or adjacent to the "HELP" button.
2.27.1.1.4 Where the elevator travel is 18 m (60 ft)
or more, a two-way voice communication means within
the building shall be provided and comply with the
following requirements:
(a) The means shall enable emergency personnel
within the building to establish two-way voice commu-
nications to each car individually. Two-way voice com-
munication shall be established without any intentional
delay and shall not require intervention by a person
within the car. The means shall override communica-
tions to outside of the building.
(b) Two-way voice communications, once established,
shall be disconnected only when emergency personnel
outside the car terminates the call.
(c) Once the two-way voice communication has been
established, the visual indication [see 2.27.1.1.3(c)]
within the car shall illuminate. The visual indication
shall be extinguished when the two-way communication
is terminated.
(d) Operating instructions shall be incorporated with
or adjacent to the two-way voice communication outside
the car. Instructions shall conform to 2.27.7.3.
2.27.1.1.5 If the emergency communication
means is normally connected to the building power sup-
ply, it shall automatically transfer to a source of standby
or emergency power as required by the applicable build-
ing code or, where applicable, Standard for Health Care
Facilities (ANSI/NFPA-99), after the normal power sup-
ply fails. The power source shall be capable of providing
for illumination of the visual indication [see 2.27.1.1.3(c)]
within the car, and the means of emergency communica-
tions for at least 4 h; and the audible signaling device
(see 2.27.1.2) for at least 1 h.
2.27.1.2 Emergency Stop Switch Audible Signal.
When an emergency stop switch (2.26.2.5) is provided,
an audible signaling device shall be provided. The audi-
ble signaling device shall
(a) have a rated sound pressure rating of not less than
80 dBA nor greater than 90 dBA at 3 m (10 ft)
(b) respond without delay after the switch has been
activated
(c) be located inside the building and audible inside
the car and outside the hoistway
(d) for elevators with a travel greater than 30 m
(100 ft), be duplicated as follows:
(1) one device shall be mounted on the car
(2) a second device shall be placed at the desig-
nated level
97
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
2.27.2-2.27.3.1.5
2.27.2 Emergency or Standby Power System
Where an emergency or standby power system is pro-
vided to operate an elevator in the event of normal
power supply failure, the requirements of 2.27.2.1
through 2.27.2.5 shall be complied with.
2.27.2.1 The emergency or standby power system
shall be capable of operating the elevator(s) with rated
load (see 2.16.8), at least one at a time, unless otherwise
required by the building code.
2.27.2.2 The transfer between the normal and the
emergency or standby power system shall be automatic.
2.27.2.3 An illuminated signal marked "ELEVATOR
EMERGENCY POWER" shall be provided in the eleva-
tor lobby at the designated level to indicate that the
normal power supply has failed and the emergency or
standby power is in effect.
2.27.2.4 Where the emergency or standby power
system is not capable of operating all elevators simulta-
neously, requirements of 2.27.2.4.1 through 2.27.2.4.5
shall be conformed to.
2.27.2.4.1 A selector switch(es) marked "ELEVA-
TOR EMERGENCY POWER" in red lettering a mini-
mum of 5 mm (0.25 in.) in height, which is key-operated
or under a locked cover (see 2.27.8), shall be provided
to permit the selection of the elevator(s) to operate on
the emergency or standby power system. The key shall
be Group 3 Security (see 8.1).
2.27.2.4.2 The selector switch(es) positions shall
be marked to correspond with the elevator identification
number (see 2.29) and a position marked "AUTO."
2.27.2.4.3 The selector switch(es) shall be located
at the designated level in view of all elevator entrances,
or if located elsewhere means shall be provided adjacent
to the selector switch(es) to indicate that the elevator is
at the designated level with the doors in the normally
open position.
2.27.2.4.4 When the selector switch is in the
"AUTO" position, automatic power selection shall be
provided, which will return each elevator that is not on
designated attendant operation, inspection operation or
Phase II In-Car Emergency Operation, one or more at a
time, to the recall level. Failure of the selected car to
move shall cause power to be transferred to another car.
2.27.2.4.5 The selector switch(es) positions corres-
ponding to the elevator identification numbers (see
2.29.1) shall override the automatic power selection.
Operation of the selector switch(es) shall not cause
power to be removed from any elevator until the elevator
is stopped.
NOTE (2.27.2.4): The selector switch(es) should normally be placed
in the "AUTO" position.
2.27.2.5 When the emergency or standby power sys-
tem is designed to operate only one elevator at a time,
the energy absorption means (if required) shall be per-
mitted to be located on the supply side of the elevator
power disconnecting means, provided all other require-
ments of 2.26.10 are conformed to when operating any
of the elevators the power might serve. Other building
loads, such as power and lights that can be supplied by
the emergency or standby power system, shall not be
considered as a means of absorbing the regenerated
energy for the purposes of conforming to 2.26.10, unless
such loads are normally powered by the emergency or
standby power system.
2.27.3 Firefighters' Emergency Operation: Automatic
Elevators
Firefighters' Emergency Operation shall apply to all
automatic elevators except
(a) where the hoistway or a portion thereof is not
required to be fire-resistive construction (see 2.1.1.1), the
travel does not exceed 2 000 mm (80 in.), and the
hoistway does not penetrate a floor
(b) in jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC where the
NBCC does not require Firefighters' Emergency Oper-
ation
Where Firefighters' Emergency Operation is provided
voluntarily these requirements shall also apply.
2.27.3.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
2.27.3.1.1 A three-position key-operated switch
shall be
(a) provided only at the designated level for each
single elevator or for each group of elevators.
(b) labeled "FIRE RECALL" and its positions marked
"RESET," "OFF," and "ON" (in that order), with the
"OFF" position as the center position. The "FIRE
RECALL" letters shall be a minimum of 5 mm (0.25 in.)
high in red or a color contrasting with a red background.
(c) located in the lobby within sight of the elevator or
all elevators in that group and shall be readily accessible.
2.27.3.1.2 An additional key-operated "FIRE
RECALL" switch, with two positions, marked "OFF"
and "ON" (in that order), shall be permitted only at the
building fire control station.
2.27.3.1.3 The switch(es) shall be rotated clock-
wise to go from the "RESET" (designated level switch
only), to "OFF" to "ON" positions. Keys shall be remov-
able only in the "OFF" and "ON" positions.
2.27.3.1.4 Only the "FIRE RECALL" switch(es) or
fire alarm initiating device located at floors that are
served by the elevator, or in the hoistway, or in the
elevator machine room (see 2.27.3.2) shall initiate Phase
I Emergency Recall Operation.
2.27.3.1.5 All "FIRE RECALL" switches shall be
provided with an illuminated visual signal to indicate
98
2.27.3.1.5-2.27.3.2.1
ASME A17.1-2004
•
#
when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect.
2.27.3.1.6 When a "FIRE RECALL" switch is in
the "ON" position all cars controlled by the switch shall
operate as follows:
(a) A car traveling towards the designated level shall
continue nonstop to the designated level and power-
operated doors shall open and remain open.
On cars with two entrances, if both entrances can be
opened at the designated level, only the doors serving
the lobby where the "FIRE RECALL" switch is located
shall open and remain open.
(b) A car traveling away from the designated level
shall reverse at or before the next available landing with-
out opening its doors and proceed to designated level.
(c) A stopped car shall have the in-car stop switch
(see 2.26.2.21) and the emergency stop switch in the car
(see 2.26.2.5) when provided, rendered inoperative as
soon as the car moves away from the landing. A moving
car shall have the in-car stop switch and the emergency
stop switch in the car when provided, rendered inopera-
tive without delay. Once the emergency stop switch in
the car and the in-car stop switch have been rendered
inoperative, they shall remain inoperative while the car
is on Phase I Emergency Recall Operation. All other stop
switches required by 2.26.2 shall remain operative.
(d) A car standing at a landing other than the desig-
nated level, with the doors open and the in-car stop
switch and the emergency stop switch in the car when
provided, in the run position, shall conform to the fol-
lowing:
(1) Elevators having automatic power-operated
horizontally sliding doors shall close the doors without
delay and proceed to the designated level.
(2) Elevators having power-operated vertically
sliding doors provided with automatic or momentary
pressure closing operation per 2.13.3.4 shall have the
closing sequence initiated without delay in accordance
with 2.13.3.4.1, 2.13.3.4.2, 2.13.3.4.3, and 2.13.3.4.5, and
the car shall proceed to the designated level.
(3) Elevators having power-operated doors pro-
vided with continuous pressure closing operation (see
2.13.3.2), or elevators having manual doors, shall be pro-
vided with a visual and audible signal system [see
2.27.3.1.6(h)] to alert an operator to close the doors and
shall, when the doors are closed, proceed to the desig-
nated level. Sequence operation, if provided, shall
remain effective.
(e) Door reopening devices for power-operated doors
that are sensitive to smoke or flame shall be rendered
inoperative without delay. Door reopening devices not
sensitive to smoke or flame (e.g., mechanically actuated
devices) are permitted to remain operative. Door closing
for power-operated doors shall conform to 2.13.5.
(f) All car and corridor call buttons shall be rendered
inoperative. All call-registered lights and directional lan-
terns shall be extinguished and remain inoperative. Car
position indicators, where provided, shall remain opera-
tive. Where provided, landing position indicators shall
be extinguished and remain inoperative, except at the
designated level and the building fire control station,
where they shall remain operative.
(g) Where provided on elevators with vertically slid-
ing doors, corridor door open and door close buttons
shall remain operative.
(h) An illuminated visual and audible signal system (04)
shall be activated. The visual signal shall be one of the
symbols shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) and located on the
car-operating panel. The entire circular or square area
or the outline of the hat, or the outline of the area shown
in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) shall be illuminated. The visual sig-
nal shall remain activated until the car is restored to
automatic operation. When the door is open, the audible
signal shall remain active until the door is closed. When
the door is closed, the audible signal shall remain active
for a minimum of 5 s. The audible signal shall not be
active when the car is at the recall level.
(i) A car stopped at a landing shall have the in-car
door open button rendered inoperative as soon as the
car moves away from the landing. The in-car door close
button shall remain inoperative when a car stops to
reverse direction. Once the in-car door open button has
been rendered inoperative, it shall remain inoperative
until the car has returned to the designated level.
(j) Where an additional "FIRE RECALL" switch is
provided, both "FIRE RECALL" switches shall be in the
"ON" position to recall the elevator to the designated
level if the elevator was recalled to the alternate level
(see 2.27.3.2.4).
(k) To remove the elevator(s) from Phase I Emergency
Recall Operation, the "FIRE RECALL" switch shall be
rotated first to the "RESET," and then to the "OFF"
position, provided that
(1) the additional two-position "FIRE RECALL"
switch, where provided, is in the "OFF" position
(2) no fire alarm initiating device is activated (see
2.27.3.2).
(I) Means used to remove elevators from normal oper-
ation, other than as specified in this Code, shall not
prevent Phase I Emergency Recall Operation.
(m) No device, which measures load, shall prevent
operation of the elevator at or below the capacity and
loading required in 2.16.
2.27.3.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation by Fire
Alarm Initiating Devices
2.27.3.2.1 In jurisdictions not enforcing the
NBCC, fire alarm initiating devices used to initiate Phase
I Emergency Recall Operation shall be installed in con-
formance with the requirements of NFPA 72, and shall
be located
(a) at each floor served by the elevator
(b) in the associated elevator machine room
99
ASMEA17.1-2004
2.27.3.2.1-2.27.3.3
GENERAL NOTE: Grid is for scaling purposes only.
Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) Visual Signal
(c) in the elevator hoistway, when sprinklers are
located in those hoistways
2.27.3.2.2 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC,
automatic Emergency Recall Operation shall be permit-
ted when the following devices, complying with the
requirements in the NBCC, initiate the operation:
(a) smoke detectors installed in each elevator lobby,
or the building fire alarm system
(b) smoke detectors installed in the elevator lobby at
the designated level, if that floor area is not sprinklered
throughout
(c) smoke detectors installed in the machine room if
the machine room is sprinklered
2.27.3.2.3 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation to
the designated level shall conform to the following:
(a) The activation of a fire alarm initiating device
specified in 2.27.3.2.1 or 2.27.3.2.2(a) at any floor, other
than at the designated level, shall cause all elevators
that serve that floor, and any associated elevator of a
group automatic operation, to be returned nonstop to
the designated level.
(b) The activation of a fire alarm initiating device
specified in 2.27.3.2.1(b) or 2.27.3.2.2(c) shall cause all
elevators having any equipment located in that machine
room, and any associated elevators of a group automatic
operation, to be returned nonstop to the designated
level. If the machine room is located at the designated
level, the elevator(s) shall be returned nonstop to the
alternate level.
(c) The activation of a fire alarm initiating device spec-
ified in 2.27.3.2.1(c) shall cause all elevators having any
equipment in that hoistway, and any associated elevators
of a group automatic operation, to be returned nonstop
to the designated level, except that initiating device(s)
installed at or below the lowest landing of recall shall
cause the car to be sent to the upper recall level.
(d) The Phase I Emergency Recall Operation to the
designated level shall conform to 2.27.3.1.6(a) through
(m).
2.27.3.2.4 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation to
an alternate level (see 1.3) shall conform to the following:
(a) the activation of a fire alarm initiating device spec-
ified in 2.27.3.2.1(a) or 2.27.3.2.2(a) that is located at the
designated level, shall cause all elevators serving that
level to be recalled to an alternate level, unless a "FIRE
RECALL" switch is already in the "ON" position
(b) the requirements of 2.27.3.1.6(f), (j), and (m)
(c) the requirements of 2.27.3.1.6(a), (b), (c), (d), (e),
(g), (h), (i), (k), and (1), except that all references to the
"designated level" shall be replaced with "alternate
level"
2.27.3.2.5 The recall level shall be determined by
the first activated fire alarm initiating device for that
group [see 2.27.3.2.1 or 2.27.3.2.2, see also 2.27.3.1.6(j)].
2.27.3.2.6 When a fire alarm initiating device in
the machine room or hoistway initiates Phase I Emer-
gency Recall Operation, as required by 2.27.3.2.3 or
2.27.3.2.4, the visual signal [see 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig.
2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illuminate intermittently only in a
car(s) with equipment in that machine room or hoistway.
When activated, heat detector [2.27.3.2.1(d)] in the
machine room shall cause the visual signal [see
2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] to illuminate intermit-
tently only in a car(s) with equipment in that machine
room.
2.27.3.3 Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation. A
three-position ("OFF," "HOLD," and "ON," in that
order) key-operated switch shall be labeled "FIRE
OPERATION"; provided in an operating panel in each
car; and shall be readily accessible. The label "FIRE
OPERATION" lettering shall be a minimum of 5 mm
(0.25 in.) high in red or a color contrasting with a red
(04)
100
2.27.3.3-2.27.3.3.4
ASME A17.1-2004
background. It shall become effective only when Phase
I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect and the car
has been returned to the recall level. The switch shall
be rotated clockwise to go from "OFF" to "HOLD" to
"ON."
The key shall only be removable in the "OFF" and
"HOLD" position. The "OFF," "HOLD," and "ON" posi-
tions shall not change the mode of operation within
Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation until the car is at
a landing with the doors in the normal open position,
except as required by 2.27.3.3.4.
(04) 2.27.3.3.1 When the "FIRE OPERATION" switch
is in the "ON" position, the elevator shall be on Phase
II Emergency In-Car Operation, for use by emergency
personnel only, and the elevator shall operate as follows:
(a) The elevator shall be operable only by a person
in the car.
(b) The car shall not respond to landing calls. Direc-
tional lanterns, where provided, shall remain inopera-
tive. Car position indicators, where provided, shall
remain operative. Landing position indicators, where
provided, shall remain inoperative, except at the desig-
nated level and the building fire control station, where
they shall remain operative.
(c) Door open and close buttons shall be provided
for power-operated doors and located as required by
2.27.3.3.7. The door open and door close buttons shall
be labeled "OPEN" and "CLOSE."
(d) The opening of power-operated doors shall be
controlled only by a continuous pressure door open but-
ton. If the button is released prior to the doors reaching
the normal open position, the doors shall automatically
reclose. Requirements 2.13.3.3, 2.13.3.4, 2.13.4.2.1(b)(2),
and 2.13.4.2.1(c) do not apply.
On cars with multiple entrances, if more than one
entrance can be opened at the same landing, separate
door open buttons shall be provided for each entrance.
(e) Open power-operated doors shall be closed only
by continuous pressure on the door close button. If the
button is released prior to the doors reaching the fully
closed position, horizontally sliding doors shall auto-
matically reopen, and vertically sliding doors shall auto-
matically stop or stop and reopen.
On cars with multiple entrances, if more than one
entrance can be opened at the same landing, a separate
door close button shall be provided for each entrance.
(f) Opening and closing of power-operated car doors
or gates that are opposite manual swing or manual slide
hoistway doors shall conform to 2.27.3.3.1(d) and (e).
(g) All door reopening devices, except the door open
button, shall be rendered inoperative. Full speed closing
shall be permitted.
Landing door opening and closing buttons, where
provided, shall be rendered inoperative.
(h) Every car shall be provided with a button labeled
"CALL CANCEL," located as required in 2.27.3.3.7,
which shall be effective during Phase II Emergency In-
Car Operation. When activated, all registered calls shall
be canceled and a traveling car shall stop at or before
the next available landing.
(i) Floor selection buttons shall be provided in the car
to permit travel to all landings served by the car, and
they shall be operative at all times, except as in 2.27.3.3.2.
Means to prevent the operation of the floor selection
buttons or door-operating buttons shall be rendered
inoperative.
(j) A traveling car shall stop at the next available land-
ing for which a car call was registered. When a car stops
at a landing, all registered car calls shall be canceled.
(k) Means used to remove elevators from normal
operation, other than as specified in this Code, shall not
prevent Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation.
(I) No device, which measures load, shall prevent
operation of the elevator at or below the capacity and
loading required in 2.16.
(m) Every car shall be provided with a switch, con-
forming to the requirements of 2.26.2.33 and located as
required in 2.27.3.3.7. When the switch is in the "STOP"
position, all registered calls shall be canceled and power
shall be removed from the elevator driving-machine
motor and brake. When the switch is moved to the
"RUN" position from the "STOP" position, the car shall
not move, except for leveling, until a call is entered.
2.27.3.3.2 When the car is at a landing, with the
doors open, and the "FIRE OPERATION" switch is in
the "HOLD" position, the car shall remain at the landing
with the doors open. The door close buttons shall be
inoperative, and car calls shall not be registered.
2.27.3.3.3 When the car is at a landing other than
the recall level, with the doors in the normal open posi-
tion, and, the "FIRE OPERATION" switch is in the
"OFF" position, power-operated doors shall operate as
follows:
(a) Horizontal sliding doors shall close automatically.
All door reopening devices shall remain inoperative.
Door open buttons shall remain operative. Full-speed
closing is permitted. If the "FIRE OPERATION" switch
is turned to the "ON" or "HOLD" position prior to the
completion of door closing, the doors shall reopen.
(b) Elevators having vertically sliding doors shall
have corridor "DOOR OPEN" and "DOOR CLOSE" but-
tons rendered operative. All door reopening devices
shall remain inoperative. Door closing shall be in accor-
dance with 2.27.3.3.1(e). Full-speed closing is permitted.
If the "FIRE OPERATION" switch is turned to the "ON"
or "HOLD" position prior to the completion of door
closing, the doors shall reopen.
2.27.3.3.4 When the car is stopped with the doors
in the closed position, or in motion, and the "FIRE OPER-
ATION" switch is in the "OFF" position, the elevator
remains on Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation and
101
ASME A17.1-2004
2.27.3.3.4-2.27.4.1
shall return to the designated level in conformance with
2.27.3.1.6(a) through (m).
2.27.3.3.5 Elevators shall be removed from Phase
II Emergency In-Car Operation only when the "FIRE
OPERATION" switch is in the "OFF" position and the
car is at the designated level and the doors are in the
normal open position.
2.27.3.3.6 The occurrence of an accidental ground
or short circuit in elevator electrical equipment located
on the landing side of the hoistway enclosure, and in
associated wiring, shall not disable Phase II Emergency
In-Car Operation once it has been activated.
(04) 2.27.3.3.7 The "FIRE OPERATION" switch
(2.27.3.3), the "CALL CANCEL" button [2.27.3.3.1(h)],
the "STOP" switch [2.27.3.3.1(m)], the door open but-
ton^), the door close button(s), the additional visual
signal (2.27.3.3.8), and the operating instructions shown
in Fig. 2.27.7.2 shall be grouped together at the top of
a main car operating panel behind a locked cover.
The firefighters' operation panel cover shall be open-
able by the same key that operates the "FIRE OPERA-
TION" switch. The cover shall be permitted to open
automatically when the car is on Phase I Emergency
Recall Operation and at the recall level. When the key
is in the "FIRE OPERATION" switch, the cover shall
not be capable of being closed. When closed, the cover
shall be self-locking.
Where rear doors are provided, buttons for both the
front and rear doors shall be provided in the firefighters'
operation panel. The door open and door close buttons
for the rear entrance shall be labeled "OPEN REAR"
and "CLOSE REAR."
All buttons and switches shall be readily accessible,
located not more than 1 800 mm (72 in.) above the floor
and shall be arranged as shown in Fig. 2.27.3.3.7.
Requirement 2.26.1.2 does not apply to these buttons
and switches. The front of the cover shall contain the
words "FIREFIGHTERS' OPERATION" in red letters at
least 10 mm (0.4 in.) high.
(04) 2.27.3.3.8 An additional visual signal shall be pro-
vided and located as required by 2.27.3.3.7. The addi-
tional visual signal shall be one of the symbols shown
in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h). The entire circular or square area
shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) shall be illuminated. This
additional visual signal shall be activated whenever the
visual signal in 2.27.3.1.6(h) is activated.
2.27.3.4 Interruption of Power. Upon the resumption
of power (normal, emergency, or standby), the car shall
be permitted to move to reestablish absolute car posi-
tion. Restoration of electrical power following a power
interruption shall not cause any elevator to be removed
from Phase I Emergency Recall Operation or Phase II
Emergency In-Car Operation.
Additional
visual signal
4-
Call
cancel
Door
open
button
(rear),
when
required
Fire operation
key switch
Stop
switch
Door
close
button
Door
close
button
(rear),
when
required
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Switches and buttons show only the location not the labeling.
(b) When manually operated doors are provided, door open and
close buttons and instructions for their use are not required.
(c) Not to scale.
Fig. 2.27.3.3.7 Panel Layout
2.27.3.5 Multicompartment Elevators. Multicompart-
ment elevators shall also conform to 2.27.3.5.1 and
2.27.3.5.2.
2.27.3.5.1 The "FIRE RECALL" switch (2.27.3.1)
shall be located at the designated level served by the
upper compartment.
2.27.3.5.2 The "FIRE OPERATION" switch (see
2.27.3.3) shall be located in the upper compartment. The
elevator shall be provided with a means for placing
the lower compartment out of service, located in that
compartment or adjacent to the entrance at the lower
lobby landing.
2.27.4 Firefighters' Emergency Operation:
Nonautomatic Elevators
Firefighters' Emergency Operation shall apply to all
nonautomatic elevators, except as follows:
(a) where the hoistway or a portion thereof is not
required to be fire-resistive construction (see 2.1.1.1), the
travel does not exceed 2 000 mm (80 in.), and the
hoistway does not penetrate a floor
(b) in jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC where the
NBCC does not require Firefighters' Emergency Oper-
ation
(c) where Firefighters' Emergency Operation is pro-
vided voluntarily these requirements shall also apply
2.27.4.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation. A
three-position key-operated switch shall be provided at
(04)
102
2.27.4.1-2.27.6
ASME A17.1-2004
•
•
the designated level for each single elevator or for each
group of elevators. The three-position switch shall be
labeled "FIRE RECALL" and its positions marked
"RESET," "OFF," and "ON" (in that order), with the
"OFF" position as the center position. The "FIRE
RECALL" letters shall be a minimum of 5 mm (0.25 in.)
high in red or a color contrasting with a red background.
The three-position switch shall be located in the lobby
within sight of the elevator or all elevators in that group
and shall be readily accessible.
An additional "FIRE RECALL" switch with two-posi-
tions, "OFF" and "ON" (in that order), shall be permitted
only at the building fire control station.
The switch(es) shall be rotated clockwise to go from
the "RESET" (designated level switch only), to the
"OFF" and to the "ON" positions. All keys shall be
removable only in the "OFF" and "ON" positions.
Only the "FIRE RECALL" switch(es) or fire alarm
initiating devices located at floors that are served by the
elevator, or in the hoistway, or in the elevator machine
room (see 2.27.3.2) shall initiate Phase I Emergency
Recall Operation. All "FIRE RECALL" switches shall be
provided with an illuminated visual signal to indicate
when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect.
When all switches are in the "OFF" position, normal
elevator service shall be in effect and the fire alarm
initiating devices required by 2.27.4.2 shall be operative.
When a "FIRE RECALL" switch is in the "ON" posi-
tion, a visual and audible signal shall be provided to
alert the attendant to return nonstop to the designated
or alternate level. The visual signal shall read "FIRE
RECALL — RETURN TO " [insert level to which
the car should be returned (the designated or alternate
level)]. The signal system shall be activated when Phase
I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect.
Where an additional "FIRE RECALL" switch is pro-
vided, both "FIRE RECALL" switches must be in the
"ON" position to recall the elevator to the designated
level if the elevator was recalled to the alternate level.
Where an additional "FIRE RECALL" switch is pro-
vided, it shall not affect the visual signal if the designated
level fire alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2.4) has been
activated.
To extinguish the audible and visual signals, the "FIRE
RECALL" switch shall be rotated first to the "RESET"
and then to the "OFF" position, provided that:
(a) the additional two-position "FIRE RECALL"
switch, where provided, is in the "OFF" position
(b) no fire alarm initiating device is activated (see also
2.27.3.2.4)
No device, which measures load, shall prevent opera-
tion of the elevator at or below the capacity and loading
required in 2.16.
(04) 2.27.4.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation by Fire
Alarm Initiating Devices. Fire alarm initiating devices
shall be installed at each floor served by the elevator, and
in the associated machine room and elevator hoistway, in
compliance with the requirements in NFPA 72 or NBCC,
whichever is applicable (see Part 9). In jurisdictions
enforcing the NBCC, compliance with 2.27.4.2 is not
required where the NBCC specifies manual Emergency
Recall operations only.
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, conforming to
2.27.4.1, shall be initiated when any Phase I Emergency
Recall Operation fire alarm initiating device at the eleva-
tor lobbies, machine room, or hoistway is activated.
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, when initiated
by a Phase I Emergency Recall Operation fire alarm
initiating device, shall be maintained until canceled by
moving the "FIRE RECALL" switch to the "RESET"
position.
When a fire alarm initiating device in the machine
room or hoistway initiates Phase I Emergency Recall
Operation, as required by 2.27.3.2.3 or 2.27.3.2.4, the
visual signal [see 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall
illuminate intermittently only in a car(s) with equipment
in that machine room or hoistway. When activated, a
heat detector [2.27.3.2.1(d)] in the machine room shall
cause the visual signal [see 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig.
2.27.3.1.6(h)] to illuminate intermittently only in a car(s)
with equipment in that machine room.
2.27.5 Firefighters' Emergency Operation: Automatic
Elevators With Designated-Attendant
Operation
2.27.5.1 When designated-attendant operation is
not in effect, elevators shall conform to 2.27.3.
2.27.5.2 When operated by a designated attendant
in the car, except hospital service:
(a) elevators parked at a floor shall conform to
2.27.3.1.6(h). At the completion of a time delay of not
less than 10 s and not more than 30 s, elevators shall
conform to 2.27.3.
(b) A moving car shall conform to 2.27.3.
2.27.5.3 When on hospital service, the elevator shall
conform to 2.27.3.1.6(h) while Phase I Emergency Recall
Operation is in effect. An elevator on firefighter emer-
gency operation shall not be placed on hospital service.
2.27.6 Firefighters' Emergency Operation: Inspection
Operation
When an elevator that is provided with firefighters'
service is on inspection operation (see 2.26.1.4 and
2.26.1.5) or when the hoistway access switch(es) has been
enabled [see 2.12.7.3.3(a)], a continuous audible signal,
audible at the location where the operation is activated
shall sound when the "FIRE RECALL" switch(es) (see
2.27.3.1) is in the "ON" position or when the fire alarm
initiating device (see 2.27.3.2) is activated to alert the
operator of an emergency. The car shall remain under
the control of the operator until removed from inspection
103
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
2.27.6-2.29.1
FIREFIGHTERS' OPERATION
To recall elevators
Insert fire key and turn to "ON"
Fig. 2.27.7.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
Instructions
operation or hoistway access operation. Inspection oper-
ation or hoistway access operation shall take precedence
over Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and Phase II
Emergency In-Car Operation.
2.27.7 Firefighters' Emergency Operation: Operating
Procedures
2.27.7.1 Instructions for operation of elevators
under Phase I Emergency Recall Operation shall be
incorporated with or adjacent to the "FIRE RECALL"
switch at the designated level. The instructions shall
include only the wording shown in Fig. 2.27.7.1.
2.27.7.2 Instructions for operation of elevators
under Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation shall be
incorporated with or adjacent to the switch, in or adja-
cent to the operating panel in each car. They shall include
the wording shown in Fig. 2.27.7.2.
2.27.7.3 Instructions shall be in letters not less than
3 mm (0.125 in.) in height and shall be permanently
installed and protected against removal or defacement.
2.27.7.4 In jurisdictions that enforce the NBCC, a
symbol showing a red firefighters' hat on a contrasting
background, as shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) (figure not to
scale), shall be used exclusively to identify elevators that
comply with 2.27.3 and additional NBCC requirements.
This identification shall be located on the elevator
entrance frame or adjacent to it at each emergency recall
level. The identification on the entrance frame, or adja-
cent to it, shall be a irunimum of 50 mm (2 in.) in height.
2.27.8 Switch Keys
The key switches required by 2.27.2 through 2.27.5 for
all elevators in a building shall be operable by the same
key. The keys shall be Group 3 Security (see 8.1). There
shall be a key for each switch provided.
These keys shall be kept on the premises in a location
readily accessible to firefighters and emergency person-
nel, but not where they are available to the public. Where
provided, a lock box, including its lock and other compo-
nents, shall conform to the requirements of UL 1037 (see
Part 9).
NOTE (2.27.8): Local authorities may specify additional require-
ments for a uniform keyed lock box and its location to contain the
necessary keys.
SECTION 2.28
LAYOUT DRAWINGS
2.28.1 Information Required on Layout Drawings
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to other
data, indicate the following:
(a) the maximum bracket spacing (see 2.23)
(b) the estimated maximum vertical forces on the
guide rails on application of the safety or other retarding
device (see 2.23 and 2.19.3)
(c) in the case of freight elevators for Class B or C
loading (see 2.16.2.2), the horizontal forces on the guide-
rail faces during loading and unloading, and the esti-
mated maximum horizontal forces in a post-wise direc-
tion on the guide-rail faces on the application of the
safety device (see 2.23)
(d) the size and linear weight kg/m (lb /ft) of any rail
reinforcement, where provided (see 2.23)
(e) the impact loads imposed on machinery and
sheave beams, supports, and floors or foundations
(see 2.9)
(f) the impact load on buffer supports due to buffer
engagement at the maximum permissible speed and
load (see 8.2.3)
(g) where compensation tie-down is applied (see
2.21.4.2), the load on the compensation tie-down sup-
ports
(h) the total static and dynamic loads from the gover-
nor, ropes, and tension system
(i) the horizontal forces on the building structure stip-
ulated by 2.11.11.8 and 2.11.11.9
SECTION 2.29
IDENTIFICATION
2.29.1 Identification of Equipment
In buildings with more than one elevator, each eleva-
tor in the building shall be assigned a unique alphabeti-
cal or numerical identification, a minimum of 50 mm
(2 in.) in height unless otherwise specified. The identifi-
cation shall be painted on, engraved, or securely
attached to
(a) the driving machine
(b) MG set
(c) controller
selector
(d)
(e)
(f)
governor
main line disconnect switch
(g) the crosshead, or where there is no crosshead, the
car frame, such that it is visible from the top of the car
104
2.29.1-2.29.2
ASME A17.1-2004
#
FIRE OPERATION
When /
> \ Flashes, exit elevator
i — ^
To operate car
Insert fire key and turn to "ON."
Press desired button.
To cancel
floor selection
Press "CALL CANCEL" button.
To close power-
operated door
Press and hold "DOOR CLOSE" button.
To open power-
operated door
Press and hold "DOOR OPEN" button.
To hold car
at floor
With doors open, turn key to "HOLD."
To automatically send
car to recall floor
Turn key to "OFF."
Fig. 2.27.7.2 Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation
(h) the car operating panel, minimum of 13 mm
(0.5 in.) in height
(i) adjacent to or on every elevator entrance at the
designated level, minimum of 75 mm (3 in.) in height
2.29.2 Identification of Floors
Hoistways shall have floor numbers, not less than
100 mm (4 in.) in height, on the hoist way side of the
enclosure or hoistway doors.
105
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
SCOPE-3.4.1.5
Part 3
Hydraulic Elevators
(ED) SCOPE
Part 3 applies to direct-acting hydraulic elevators and
the roped-hydraulic types.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
hydraulic elevators.
SECTION 3.1
CONSTRUCTION OF HOISTWAYS AND HOISTWAY
ENCLOSURES
Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related construc-
tion shall conform to 2.1.1 through 2.1.6 and 2.29.2,
except 2.1.2.3, 2.1.3.1.2, and 2.1.3.2.
3.1.1 Strength of Pit Floor
The pit equipment, beams, floor, and their supports
shall be designed and constructed to meet the applicable
building code requirements and to withstand the follow-
ing loads in the manner in which they occur:
(a) the impact load due to car buffer engagement (see
8.2.3 and 3.22.2)
(b) where a plunger gripper, or car, or counterweight
safety is furnished, the part of the load transmitted by
the application of such gripper(s) or safety(s)
(c) loads imposed by the hydraulic jack
(1) to the cylinder during normal operation
(2) to the buffer when resting on the buffer or dur-
ing conditions described in 3.1.1(a)
(d) hoist rope up-pull, where applicable, for indirect
roped-hydraulic elevators
3.1.2 Floors Over Hoistways
The floor shall be located entirely above the horizontal
plane required for hydraulic elevator top car clearance.
When a hydraulic pump unit and /or control equip-
ment is located on a floor over the hoistway, access shall
comply with 2.7.3.
SECTION 3.2
PITS
Pits shall conform to 2.2, except 2.2.7.
3.2.1 Minimum Pit Depths Required
The pit depth shall not be less than is required for the
installation of the buffers, hydraulic jack, platform guard
(apron), and all other elevator equipment located
therein, and to provide the minimum bottom clearance
and runby required by 3.4.1 and 3.4.2, respectively.
SECTION 3.3
LOCATION AND GUARDING OF COUNTERWEIGHTS
The location and guarding of counterweights, where
provided, shall conform to 2.3.
SECTION 3.4
BOTTOM AND TOP CLEARANCES AND RUNBYS FOR
CARS AND COUNTERWEIGHTS
Requirement 2.4 does not apply to hydraulic elevators.
3.4.1 Bottom Car Clearance
3.4.1.1 When the car rests on its fully compressed
buffers or bumpers, there shall be a vertical clearance
of not less than 600 mm (24 in.) between the pit floor
and the lowest structural or mechanical part, equipment,
or device installed beneath the car platform, including
a plunger-follower guide, if provided, except as specified
in 3.4.1.2.
3.4.1.2 The 600 mm (24 in.) clearance does not apply
to the following:
(a) any equipment on the car within 300 mm (12 in.)
horizontally from any side of the car platform
(b) any equipment located on or traveling with the
car located within 300 mm (12 in.) horizontally from
either side of the car frame centerline parallel to the
guide rails
(c) any equipment mounted in or on the pit floor
located within 300 mm (12 in.) horizontally from either
side of the car frame centerline parallel to the guide rails
3.4.1.3 In no case shall the available refuge space be
less than either of the following:
(a) a horizontal area 600 mm X 1 200 mm (24 in. x
47 in.), with a height of 600 mm (24 in.)
(b) a horizontal area 450 mm x 900 mm (18 in. x
35 in.), with a height of 1 070 mm (42 in.)
3.4.1.4 Trenches and depressions or foundation
encroachments permitted by 2.2.2 shall not be consid-
ered in determining these clearances.
3.4.1.5 When the car is resting on its fully com-
pressed buffers or bumpers, no equipment traveling
106
3.4.1.5-3.4.8
ASME A17.1-2004
•
with the car, including a plunger-follower guide, if pro-
vided, shall strike any part of the pit or any equipment
mounted therein.
3.4.1.6 Where the vertical clearance outside the ref-
uge space is less than 600 mm (24 in.), that area shall
be clearly marked on the pit floor. Markings shall not
be required in the area under the apron and guiding
means. The marking shall consist of alternating 100 mm
(4 in.) diagonal red and white stripes. In addition, a sign
with the words "DANGER LOW CLEARANCE" shall
be prominently posted on the hoistway enclosure and
shall be visible from within the pit and at the entrance
to the pit. The sign shall conform to ANSI Z535.2 or
CAN/CSA-Z321, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
The sign shall be of such material and construction that
the letters and figures stamped, etched, cast, or other-
wise applied to the face remain permanently and readily
legible.
3.4.2 Minimum Bottom and Top Car Runby
3.4.2.1 Bottom Car Runby. The bottom car runby
shall be
(a) not less than 75 mm (3 in.) for operating speed(s)
in the down direction up to 0.50 m/s (100 ft/min)
(b) increased from 75 mm (3 in.) to 150 mm (6 in.) in
proportion to the increase in operating speed(s) in the
down direction from 0.50 m/s (100 ft/min) to 1 m/s
(200 ft/min)
(c) a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.) for operating
speed(s) in the down direction exceeding 1 m/s
(200 ft/min)
3.4.2.2 Car Top Minimum Runby. The top runby of
the car shall be
(a) not less than 75 mm (3 in.) for rated speeds up to
0.50 m/s (100 ft/min)
(b) increased from 75 mm (3 in.) to 150 mm (6 in.) in
proportion to the increase in rated speed from 0.50 m/s
(100 ft/min) to 1 m/s (200 ft/min)
(c) a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.) for rated speeds
exceeding 1 m/s (200 ft/min)
3.4.3 Car Top and Bottom Maximum Runby
Neither the top nor the bottom runby of the car shall
be more than 600 mm (24 in.).
3.4.4 Top Car Clearance
The top car clearance shall be not less than the sum
of the following two items (see Nonmandatory Appen-
dix G):
(a) the top car runby
(b) the height of the refuge space on top of the car (see
3.4.7) or the clearance required for equipment projecting
above the car top or crosshead (see 3.4.5), whichever is
greater
3.4.5 Equipment Projecting Above the Car Top
When the car reaches its maximum upward movement
(a) all equipment attached to and projecting above
the car top, other than equipment mentioned in 3.4.5(b)
shall be at least 150 mm (6 in.) from striking any part
of the overhead structure or any equipment located in
the hoistway
(b) guide-shoe assemblies or gate posts for vertically
sliding gates shall not strike any part of the overhead
structure
(c) the car crosshead shall have a minimum of 300 mm
(12 in.) vertical clearance to the horizontal plane
described by the lowest point of the overhead structure
(see 1.3)
3.4.6 Top Clearance and Bottom Runby of
Counterweight
Where a counterweight is provided, the top clearance
and the bottom runby of the counterweight shall con-
form to 3.4.6.1 and 3.4.6.2.
3.4.6.1 Top Clearance. The top clearance shall be not
less than the sum of the following:
(a) the bottom car runby
(b) the stroke of the car buffers used
(c) 150 mm (6 in.)
3.4.6.2 Bottom Runby. The bottom runby shall be not
less than the sum of the following:
(a) the distance the car can travel above its top termi-
nal landing until the plunger strikes its mechanical stop
(b) 150 mm (6 in.)
The minimum runby specified shall not be reduced
by rope stretch (see 3.22.2 prohibiting counterweight
buffers).
3.4.7 Refuge Space on Top of Car Enclosure
An unobstructed horizontal area of not less than
0.51 m 2 (5.49 ft 2 ) shall be provided on top of the car
enclosure for refuge space. It shall measure not less than
600 mm (24 in.) on any side. The area shall be permitted
to include the space utilized for top emergency exit
[see 2.14.1.5.1(f)]. The minimum vertical distance in the
refuge area between the top of the car enclosure and
the horizontal plane described by the lowest point of
the overhead structure or other obstruction shall be not
less than 1 100 mm (43 in.) when the car has reached its
maximum upward movement.
3.4.8 Vertical Clearances With Underslung Car
Frames
Where an underslung car frame is used, the clearances
between the overhead car rope dead-end hitch, or over-
head car sheave, and the portions of the car structure
vertically below them, when the car floor is level with the
top terminal landing, shall be not less than the following:
107
ASME A17.1-2004
3.4.8-3.12.2
(a) where no counterweight is used, the sum of the
following items:
(1) the car top runby
(2) 200 mm (8 in.)
(b) where a counterweight is used, the sum of the
following items:
(1) the bottom counterweight runby (see 3.4.6.2)
(2) 150 mm (6 in.)
SECTION 3.5
HORIZONTAL CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT
CLEARANCES
The horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall
conform to 2.5.
SECTION 3.6
PROTECTION OF SPACES BELOW HOISTWAY
Requirement 2.6 does not apply to hydraulic elevators.
Where there is space below the hoistway that is acces-
sible to persons, requirements of 3.6.1 through 3.6.4 shall
be conformed to.
(ED) 3.6.1 jack-Supporting Structure
The hydraulic jack shall be supported by a structure
of sufficient strength to support the entire static load at
rated capacity that is capable of being imposed upon it.
The design factor of safety shall be not less than 5, based
on ultimate strength for static loads transmitted.
3.6.2 Counterweight Safety Actuation
Where the space referred to in 3.6 falls underneath
the counterweight and /or its guides, the counterweight
shall be provided with a safety device that functions as a
result of the breaking or slackening of the counterweight
suspension ropes.
3.6.3 Buffer Types
The car shall be provided with buffers of either of the
following types:
(a) oil buffers conforming to 3.22.1
(b) spring buffers of a design that will not be fully
compressed when struck by a car with rated load at the
operating speed in the down direction (see 3.22.1)
3.6.4 Buffer Supports
Car buffer supports shall be provided that will with-
stand, without permanent deformation, the impact
resulting from buffer engagement by a car with rated
load at the operating speed in the down direction. The
design factor of safety shall conform to 2.22.4.3.
SECTION 3.7
MACHINE ROOMS AND MACHINERY SPACES
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform
to 2.7.1 through 2.7.5 and 2.7.7.
3.7.1 Location of Machine Rooms
Hydraulic elevator machine and control rooms shall
be located overhead, adjacent to, underneath the
hoistway, or at a remote location. They shall not be
located in the hoistway.
Where hydraulic machines and electrical control
equipment are located in spaces separated from the
hoistway enclosure (see 2.1.1), such spaces shall be sepa-
rated from other parts of the building by enclosures
conforming to 2.7.1.2 and having an access door con-
forming to 2.7.3.4.
SECTION 3.8
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, WIRING, PIPES, AND
DUCTS IN HOISTWAY AND MACHINE ROOMS
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts shall
conform to 2.8.
SECTION 3.9
MACHINERY AND SHEAVE BEAMS, SUPPORTS, AND
FOUNDATIONS
Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and founda-
tions shall conform to 2.9.
SECTION 3.10
GUARDING OF EXPOSED AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
Guarding of exposed auxiliary equipment shall con-
form to 2.10.
SECTION 3.11
PROTECTION OF HOISTWAY LANDING OPENINGS
Protection of hoistway landing openings shall con-
form to 2.11, except as excluded by 3.11.1.
3.11.1 Emergency Doors
Emergency doors, where required by 2.11.1, are
required only when car safeties are provided.
SECTION 3.12
HOISTWAY DOOR LOCKING DEVICES, CAR DOOR
OR GATE ELECTRIC CONTACTS, AND HOISTWAY
ACCESS SWITCHES
3.12.1 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches
Hoistway door locking devices and electric contacts,
and hoistway access switches shall conform to 2.12.
3.12.2 Car Door or Gate Electric Contacts and Car
Door Interlocks
Car door or gate electric contacts and car door inter-
locks shall conform to 2.14.4.2.
(ED)
108
SECTION 3.13-3.16.3
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
#
SECTION 3.13
POWER OPERATION, POWER OPENING, AND
POWER CLOSING OF HOISTWAY DOORS AND CAR
DOORS OR GATES
Power operation, power opening, and power closing
of hoistway doors and car doors or gates shall conform
to 2.13.
SECTION 3.14
CAR ENCLOSURES, CAR DOORS AND GATES, AND
CAR ILLUMINATION
Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and car illumina-
tion shall conform to 2.14.
SECTION 3.15
CAR FRAMES AND PLATFORMS
3.15.1 Requirements
3.15.1.1 Direct-acting hydraulic elevators shall be
provided with car frames and platforms conforming to
2.15, subject to the modification hereinafter specified.
(See 3.18.2.3 for connection between plunger and plat-
form or car frame.)
A car frame shall not be required, provided 3.15.1.1.1
through 3.15.1.1.6 are conformed to.
3.15.1.1.1 The platform frame shall be of such
design and construction that all eccentric loads are car-
ried through the structure and plunger attachment into
the hydraulic jack (see 3.18.2.3).
3.15.1.1.2 The platform frame shall be guided on
each guide rail by single-guiding members attached to
the frame.
3.15.1.1.3 The platform frame shall be designed
to withstand the forces resulting from the class of load-
ing for which the elevator is designed without exceeding
the stresses and deflections in 2.15.10 and 2.15.11 (see
8.2.2.6).
3.15.1.1.4 The hydraulic jack connection to the
car shall be designed to transmit the full eccentric
moment into the plunger with a factor of safety of not
less than 4 (see 3.18.2.3).
3.15.1.1.5 The hydraulic j ack shall be designed to
withstand the stresses due to bending during the loading
and unloading of the platform based on the type of
loading for which the elevator is designed (see 8.2.8.1.2).
3.15.1.1.6 Car safeties shall not be provided.
3.15.1.2 Roped-hydraulic elevators shall be pro-
vided with car frames and platforms conforming to 2.15.
3.15.2 Maximum Allowable Stresses and Deflections
in Car Frame and Platform Members
3.15.2.1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators. The
stresses and deflections in car frame and platform mem-
bers and their connections, based on the static load
imposed upon them, shall be not more than those per-
mitted by 2.15, provided that the maximum stresses
in the car frame uprights that are normally subject to
compression shall conform to 8.2.9.1.1.
3.15.2.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevators. The stresses and
deflection in car frame and platform members and their
connections, based on the static load imposed upon
them, shall be not more than those permitted by 2.15,
and shall conform to 8.2.2.
3.15.3 Calculations of Stresses and Deflections in
Car Frame and Platform Members
3.1 5.3.1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators. The calcu-
lations of the stresses and deflections in side-post car
frame and platform members shall be based on the for-
mulas and data in 8.2.9.
For cars with corner-post or sub-post car frames, the
formulas and specified methods of calculations do not
generally apply and shall be modified to suit the specific
conditions and requirements in each case.
3.15.3.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevators. The calculations
of the stresses and deflections in side-post car frame and
platform members shall be based on the formulas and
data in 8.2.2.
For cars with corner-post or sub-post car frames, or
where the rope hitches are not on the crosshead, the
formulas and specified methods of calculations do not
generally apply and shall be modified to suit the specific
conditions and requirements in each case.
SECTION 3.16
CAPACITY AND LOADING
3.16.1 Minimum Rated Load for Passenger Elevators
The requirements of 2.16.1 shall apply.
3.16.2 Minimum Rated Load for Freight Elevators
The requirements of 2.16.2 shall apply, except, in
2.16.2.2.4(c) the wording "hydraulic jack, hydraulic
machine, pressure piping and fittings" shall be substi-
tuted for the wording "driving-machine motor, brake
and traction relation."
3.16.3 Capacity and Data Plates
The requirements of 2.16.3 shall apply, except:
(a) requirement 2.16.3.2.1(a) shall not apply to
hydraulic elevators.
(b) on data plates (see 2.16.3.2.2), the weight of the
plunger is not to be included in the weight of the com-
plete car, even though it is attached. The plunger weight
109
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
3.16.3-3.17.3.2.2
is to be indicated independently. The operating speed
in the down direction shall also be indicated.
3.16.4 Carrying of Passengers on Freight Elevators
The requirements of 2.16.4 shall apply, except 2.16.4.3
shall not apply to hydraulic elevators.
3.16.5 Signs Required in Freight Elevators
The requirements of 2.16.5 shall apply.
3.16.6 Overloading of Freight Elevators
The requirements of 2.16.6 shall apply except 2.16.6(b)
shall not apply to hydraulic elevators.
3.16.7 One-Piece Loads Exceeding the Rated Load
Requirement 2.16.7 shall not apply. One-piece loads
exceeding rated load shall not be carried on hydraulic
elevators.
3.16.8 Additional Requirements for Passenger
Overload
Requirement 2.16.8 shall not apply. Hydraulic passen-
ger elevators shall be designed based on 100% of
rated load.
3.16.9 Special Loading Means
The requirements of 2.16.9 shall apply.
SECTION 3.17
CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES AND
PLUNGER GRIPPER
3.17.1 Car Safeties
Car safeties shall be provided for roped-hydraulic ele-
vators and shall be permitted to be provided for direct-
acting hydraulic elevators. When provided, car safeties
shall conform to 2.17, and to 3.17.1.1 through 3.17.1.3.
3.17.1.1 The slack-rope device required by 3.18.1.2
shall be permitted to be an additional means of activat-
ing the car safety on roped-hydraulic elevators using
hydraulic jacks equipped with plungers. The slack-rope
device required by 3.18.1.2.7 shall be an additional
means of activating the car safety on roped-hydraulic
elevators using hydraulic jacks equipped with pistons.
3.17.1.2 The safety shall be of a type that can be
released only by moving the car in the up direction. To
return a car to normal operation after a safety set, the
car shall be moved hydraulically in the up direction.
For repairs of obvious or suspected malfunction, the car
shall be permitted to be raised by other means capable
of holding the entire car weight. Prior to releasing the
other means, the car shall be run hydraulically in the
up direction.
3.17.1.3 The switches required by 2.18.4.1 shall,
when operated, remove power from the hydraulic
machine motor and control valves before or at the time
of application of the safety.
3.17.2 Counterweight Safeties
Counterweight safeties, where provided in accor-
dance with 3.6.2, shall conform to 2.17, provided that
safeties shall be operated as a result of the breaking
or slackening of the counterweight suspension ropes,
irrespective of the rated speed of the elevator.
3.17.3 Plunger Gripper
A plunger gripper shall be permitted to be provided
for direct-acting hydraulic elevators using hydraulic
jacks equipped with plungers. A plunger gripper shall
be capable of stopping and holding the car with its rated
load from the actual measured tripping speed per Table
2.18.2.1 and shall conform to 3.17.3.1 through 3.17.3.9.
In Table 2.18.2.1 the words "rated speed" shall be
replaced by "operating speed in the down direction."
3.17.3.1 Limits of Application. A plunger gripper
shall be permitted, provided that
(a) the external pressure applied to the plunger by
the device is symmetrically distributed at locations
around the circumference of the plunger. The resulting
stress in the plunger shall not exceed 67% of the yield
strength at any point of the plunger.
(b) the external pressure applied to the plunger by
the device does not exceed 67% of the value that will
cause local buckling. Where the external pressure is
applied over substantially the full circumference of the
plunger, the maximum value shall be permitted to be
determined by 8.2.8.6.
(c) during the application, the plunger and the
plunger gripper are capable of withstanding any vertical
forces imposed upon them, and transfer such forces to
the supporting structure. During the application of the
device, any loading on the plunger shall not damage
the cylinder.
(d) power is removed from the hydraulic machine
before or at the time of application.
3.17.3.2 Means of Application. A plunger gripper
shall mechanically grip the plunger.
3.17.3.2.1 Hydraulic means are permitted to be
used to hold the gripper in the retracted position. A
loss of hydraulic pressure or fluid causing uncontrolled
downward motion is permitted to be used to apply the
plunger gripper.
3.1 7.3.2.2 When electrical means are used to actu-
ate the gripper, the following shall apply:
(a) The plunger gripper shall be fully operational dur-
ing a. primary electrical system power failure.
(b) In the event of the failure of any single mechani-
cally operated switch, contactor, relay, solenoid, or any
single solid-state device, or a software system failure,
(ED)
•
110
3.17.3.2.2-3.18.1.2.2
ASMEA17.1-2004
or the occurrence of a single ground, the elevator shall
not be permitted to restart after a normal stop.
3.17.3.3 Release
3.17.3.3.1 The plunger gripper shall be released
by establishing at least no-load static pressure on the
hydraulic system, or by other means capable of holding
the entire car weight.
3.17.3.3.2 The elevator shall not be permitted to
be restarted without establishing at least no-load static
pressure on the hydraulic system.
3.17.3.4 Clearance. In the normally retracted position
of the plunger gripper, any contact between the gripping
surface and the plunger shall not cause degradation of
the plunger or premature degradation of the gripping
surface.
3.17.3.5 Deceleration. The deceleration of the eleva-
tor upon actuation of the plunger gripper shall comply
with the following criteria:
(04) (a) The average deceleration rate at rated load shall
be not less than 0.1 gravity nor more than 1.0 gravity.
(See Nonmandatory Appendix P for minimum and max-
imum stopping distances.)
(b) Any peak deceleration rate in excess of 2.0 gravity
shall have a duration of not greater than 0.04 s.
3.17.3.6 Minimum Factors of Safety and Stresses of
Safety Parts and Rope Connections
3.17.3.6.1 Compliance with 2.17.12.1 and 2.17.12.6
is required. Springs shall be permitted in the operation
of the plunger gripper. The maximum fiber stress in the
spring shall not exceed 85% of the elastic limit in the
material at any time. The factor of safety of wire ropes,
if provided in the construction of the plunger gripper,
shall not be less than 5. Tiller-rope construction shall
not be used.
3.17.3.6.2 Leaf and roller chains, if provided in
the construction of the plunger gripper, shall conform
to ASME B29.
3.1 7.3.6.3 The factors of safety shall be based upon
the maximum stresses developed in the parts during
operation of the gripper when stopping rated load from
the tripping speed (see 3.17.3) of the speed-measuring
device.
3.17.3.6.4 Rope or tape used to drive an electrical
encoder is not required to comply with the requirements
for governor rope.
3.17.3.6.5 If a governor is used, it must comply
with 2.18.5.1, except lang-lay construction is permitted
and the diameter is permitted to be less than 9.5 mm
(0.0375 in.).
3.17.3.7 Corrosion-Resistant Bearings in Plunger
Gripper and Gripper Operating Mechanisms. Compliance
with 2.17.13 is required.
3.17.3.8 Marking Plates for a Plunger Gripper. A per-
manent marking plate shall be securely attached to each
plunger gripper so as to be readily visible, and shall be
marked in a legible and permanent manner with letters
and symbols not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in height,
indicating
(a) that it is a plunger gripper.
(b) the maximum operating speed in the down direc-
tion in m/s (ft/min) for which the plunger gripper shall
be permitted to be used.
(c) the maximum load in Newtons (pounds) for which
the gripper is designed and installed to stop and sustain.
(d) the manufacturer's name or trademark and identi-
fication number of the device.
(e) space for date of acceptance test. Date to be perma-
nently marked following test.
(f) the diameter and minimum wall thickness of the
plunger for which the device is applicable.
3.17.3.9 Flexible Hoses. Flexible hoses used for the
operation of a plunger gripper shall be permitted, pro-
vided that their failure does not cause an uncontrolled
descent. These flexible hoses are not required to meet
the requirements of 3.19.3.3.
SECTION 3.18
HYDRAULIC JACKS
3.18.1 Hydraulic Jack and Connections
Where multiple hydraulic jacks are used, they shall
be hydraulically connected to form a single hydraulic
system.
3.18.1.1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators. The driv-
ing member of the hydraulic jack shall be attached to
the car frame or car platform with fastenings of sufficient
strength to support that member with a factor of safety
of not less than 4 and shall be capable of withstanding,
without damage, any forces resulting from a plunger
stop as described in 3.18.4.2.
Any plunger or cylinder head mechanical connector
or connection shall conform to 3.18.2.1, 3.18.2.4, 3.18.4,
and 3.18.5.
3.18.1.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevator
3.18.1.2.1 The driving member of the hydraulic
jack shall be vertical. Cars shall be suspended with not
less than two wire ropes per hydraulic jack in confor-
mance with 2.15.13 and 2.20.
3.18.1.2.2 Where three or more hydraulic jacks
are utilized, one rope per hydraulic jack shall be permit-
ted to be used. Should one hydraulic jack become discon-
nected, the remaining hydraulic jacks shall be capable
111
ASME A17.1-2004
3.18.1.2.2-3.18.2.7.1
of supporting the load without exceeding allowable car
frame stresses or hydraulic jack stress. The ropes shall
conform to 2.15.13 and 2.20.
3.18.1.2.3 Ropes passing through seals fixed in
cylinder heads shall be permitted to have a clear plastic
coating applied in order to seal properly and facilitate
rope inspection.
3.18.1.2.4 The roping ratio that relates the driving
member of the hydraulic jack speed to the car speed
shall not exceed 1:2.
3.18.1.2.5 Sheaves used to transfer load from the
hydraulic jack to the car frame through wire ropes shall
conform to 2.24.2, 2.24.3, and 2.24.5.
3.18.1.2.6 Means shall be provided to prevent the
ropes, if slack, from leaving the sheave grooves.
3.18.1.2.7 A slack-rope device with an enclosed
manually reset switch shall be provided that shall cause
the electric power to be removed from the hydraulic
machine pump motor and the control valves should any
rope become slack.
3.18.1.2.8 The traveling sheave shall be attached
with fastenings having a minimum factor of safety of
4, based upon the ultimate strength of the material used.
The load to be used in determining the factor of safety
shall be the resultant of the maximum tensions in the
ropes leading from the sheave with the elevator at rest
and with rated load in the car.
3.18.2 Plungers
3.18.2.1 Material. The plunger and connecting cou-
plings for the plunger shall be of materials in accordance
with 3.18.2.1.1 and 3.18.2.1.2.
3.18.2.1.1 Tensile, compressive, bending, and tor-
sional loading shall have a factor of safety of not less
than 5, based on ultimate strength.
3.18.2.1.2 Pressure loadings shall have a factor of
safety not less than that calculated per 8.2.8.5.
3.18.2.2 Plunger Design. Plungers made of steel shall
be designed and constructed in compliance with the
applicable formula in 8.2.8.1 for calculation of elastic
stability, bending, and external pressure. For other mate-
rials, the appropriate modulus of elasticity must be uti-
lized.
Plungers subject to internal pressure shall also be
designed and constructed in accordance with cylinder
design formula in 8.2.8.2.
3.18.2.3 Plunger Connection
3.18.2.3.1 When the hydraulic jack is not sub-
jected to eccentric loading, it shall
(a) carry in tension the weight of the plunger with a
factor of safety not less than 4
(b) restrict total vertical movement to less than 20%
of the buffer stroke, where vibration damping means
are provided
3.18.2.3.2 In addition, when the hydraulic jack is
subjected to eccentric loading, the following shall also
apply:
(a) The plunger connection to the car shall also be so
designed and constructed as to transmit the full eccentric
moment into the plunger with a factor of safety not less
than 4.
(b) The plunger and the plunger connection to the
car shall also be so designed and constructed that the
total vertical deflection of the loading edge of the car
platform due to eccentric loading of the car shall not
exceed 19 mm (0.75 in.).
3.18.2.4 Plunger Joints. Plungers composed of more
than one section shall have joints designed and con-
structed to
(a) carry in tension the weight of all plunger sections
below the joint with a factor of safety of not less than 4
(b) transmit in compression the gross load on the
plunger with a factor of safety of not less than 5, based
on ultimate strength
(c) withstand without damage any forces resulting
from a plunger stop as described in 3.18.4.2
(d) for eccentric loading, the joints shall conform to
3.18.2.2 and 3.18.2.3
3.18.2.5 Plungers Subject to External Pressure. For
plungers subjected to external pressure, the working
pressure shall be not greater than indicated by the for-
mula in 8.2.8.1.3.
3.18.2.6 Plunger Heads Subject to Fluid Pressure.
Heads of plungers subject to fluid pressure shall con-
form to 3.18.3.6.
3.18.2.7 Plunger-Follower Guide
3.18.2.7.1 A plunger-follower guide shall be per-
mitted to be used, provided it is arranged so that the
elevator is always in a position where the unsupported
length of the plunger conforms to the "maximum free
length" as defined in 8.2.8.1. If this length is exceeded,
upward movement of the car shall immediately stop,
and it shall be permitted to allow the car to return non-
stop to the lowest landing; power-operated doors shall
open, and electric power shall be removed from the
motor and the control valve. After not less than 15 s nor
more than 60 s, the doors shall close in compliance with
2.11.3. A manual reset of the means shall be required
before the elevator is returned to service. The in-car door
open button shall remain operative.
Plunger-follower guides shall be designed and con-
structed to comply with all applicable requirements of
2.15.
112
3.18.2.7.2-3.18.4.1
ASME A17.1-2004
•
#
3.18.2.7.2 Telescopic plungers shall have each
plunger section internally guided. If more than two
movable sections are used, external guides shall be pro-
vided for each plunger section. External guides shall be
designed and constructed to comply with all applicable
requirements of 2.15.
3.18.3 Cylinders
3.18.3.1 Material. The cylinder and connecting cou-
plings for the cylinder shall be made of materials in
compliance with 3.18.3.1.1 and 3.18.3.1.2.
3.18.3.1.1 For tensile, compressive, bending, and
torsional loading, the cylinder and connecting couplings
shall have a factor of safety of not less than 5, based on
ultimate strength.
3.18.3.1.2 For pressure calculations, the cylinder
and connecting coupling shall have a factor of safety
not less than that calculated as specified in 8.2.8.5.
3.18.3.2 Cylinder Design. Cylinders shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with the formula in
8.2.8.2.
3.18.3.3 Clearance at Bottom of Cylinder. Clearance
shall be provided at the bottom of the cylinder so that
the bottom of the plunger will not strike the safety bulk-
head of the cylinder when the car is resting on its fully
compressed buffer (see 3.22.1).
3.18.3.4 Safety Bulkhead. Cylinders buried in the
ground shall be provided with a safety bulkhead having
an orifice of a size that would permit the car to descend
at a speed not greater than 0.075 m/s (15 ft/min), nor
less than 0.025 m/s (5 ft/min). A space of not less than
25 mm (1 in.) shall be left between the welds of the
safety bulkhead and the cylinder head. Safety bulkheads
shall conform to 3.18.3.6.
A safety bulkhead shall not be required where a dou-
ble cylinder is used and where both inner and outer
cylinders conform to 3.18.3.
3.18.3.5 Cylinder Packing Heads. Cylinder packing
heads shall conform to appropriate requirements of
3.18.4 and 8.2.8.3.
3.18.3.6 Closed Cylinder and Plunger Heads. Closed
heads of cylinders, and heads of plungers subject to fluid
pressure, shall conform to 3.18.3.6.1 through 3.18.3.6.3.
3.18.3.6.1 Closed Cylinder Heads. Closed heads of
cylinders shall be only of dished seamless construction,
concave to pressure, except if the bottom of the cylinder
is supported, and if the cylinder is not buried.
3.18.3.6.2 Design Formulas. They shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with the applicable for-
mulas in 8.2.8.3, provided that steel heads shall in no
case have a thickness less than that required for the
adjoining shell.
3.18.3.6.3 Dished Seamless Heads, Convex to Pres-
sure. Dished seamless heads, convex to pressure, if used
on plungers, shall have a maximum allowable working
pressure of not more than 60% of that for heads of the
same dimensions with pressure on the concave side.
3.18.3.7 Collection of Oil Leakage. Means shall be (04)
provided to collect for removal any oil leakage from
the cylinder head seals or packing gland. The amount
collected before removal shall not exceed 19 L (5 gal).
3.18.3.8 Cylinders Buried in the Ground
3.18.3.8.1 Cylinders buried in the ground shall be
protected from corrosion due to galvanic or electrolytic
action, salt water, or other underground conditions.
3.18.3.8.2 The methods specified in 3.18.3.8.3 shall
be considered as acceptable, provided that they
(a) are designed and installed with means for moni-
toring and maintaining them in accordance with recog-
nized industry standards applicable to the methods
(b) are effective for specific conditions where the cyl-
inder is installed
(c) provide means for checking ongoing compliance
with 3.18.3.8.1
3.18.3.8.3 The following are the specified
methods:
(a) the cylinder shall be constructed of a material that
is immune to the stated conditions; or
(b) the cylinder shall be completely covered or
encased in a material that completely surrounds the
exterior surface and is immune to the stated conditions.
If the space between the protective casing and the cylin-
der is empty, the casing must be designed to withstand
a static head of water from ground level to the bottom
of the cylinder, based on the manufacturer's rating of
the material used; or
(c) the cylinder shall be protected by a monitored
cathodic protection system; or
(d) the cylinder shall be protected by a means that will
provide an immunity level not less than that provided by
the above methods for the stated conditions.
3.18.3.9 Means for Relief of Air or Gas. Cylinders
shall be provided with a means to release air or other gas.
3.18.4 Plunger Stops
3.18.4.1 Metal Stops and/or Other Means. Metal
stops and /or other means shall be provided at one end
of the plunger and at the packing head end of the cylin-
der to prevent the plunger from traveling beyond the
limits of the cylinder.
The metal stops and/or other means shall be so
designed and constructed as to stop the plunger travel-
ing in the up direction at maximum speed under full
load pressure, should the normal terminal stopping
device (see 3.25.1) fail to operate, or at a reduced speed
113
ASME Al 7.1-2004
3.18.4.1-3.19.3.3.1
when a terminal speed-reducing device is provided as
required by 3.25.2. No running test onto the stop ring
is required [see 8.10.3.2.2(s)].
(04) 3.18.4.2 Hydraulic System. The connections to the
hydraulic machine, plunger, plunger connection, cou-
plings, plunger joints, cylinder, cylinder connecting cou-
plings, or any other parts of the hydraulic system shall
be designed and constructed to withstand, without dam-
age, a plunger stop in accordance with 3.18.4.1.
3.18.5 Welding
All welding of hydraulic jack components shall con-
form to 8.8.
SECTION 3.19
VALVES, PRESSURE PIPING, AND FITTINGS
3.19.1 Materials and Working Pressures
3.19.1.1 Materials. Pressure piping, valves, fittings,
and mufflers shall be designed and made of materials
having properties such that a factor of safety not less
than that calculated per 8.2.8.5 is achieved.
Piping and fittings of a grade not subjected to listed/
certified testing (ASTM or equivalent) shall not be used
for hydraulic pressure piping and fittings.
NOTE (3.19.1.1): Examples of two acceptable pipe standards are
ASTM A106 and ASTM A 53, Type E or S.
3.19.1.2 Working Pressures. The working pressure
(see 1.3) shall not exceed the component rated pressure
(see 1.3) of the pipes, valves, mufflers, and fittings used
on the pressure side of the hydraulic system.
3.19.1.3 Component Proof Test. For elongations
greater than or equal to 10%, the component design shall
be substantiated either in accordance with 8.2.8.5 or by
an unrestrained proof test of 5 times the component
rated pressure without resulting in fracture. For elonga-
tions of less than 10%, the test value shall be 1.5 times the
value indicated by 8.2.8.5 multiplied by the component
rated pressure.
3.19.1.4 Component Markings. Valves, fittings, and
mufflers shall be pressure rated, and shall bear the man-
ufacturer 's name or trademark by which the organiza-
tion that manufactured the product can be identified,
and identification symbols to indicate the materials and
service designations for which the manufacturer's rating
applies.
NOTE: Valves and fittings rated for a different system may be
used in hydraulic elevator systems when substantiated in accor-
dance with the elevator code.
3.19.2 Pressure Piping
3.19.2.1 Wall Thickness. The minimum wall thick-
ness shall conform to 8.2.8.4.
3.19.2.2 Threading. Pipe lighter than Schedule 40
shall not be threaded.
3.19.2.3 Pipe Supports. Piping shall be so supported
as to eliminate undue stresses at joints and fittings, par-
ticularly at any section of the line subject to vibration.
3.19.2.4 Pipe, Tubing, or Fittings. Pipe, tubing, or
fittings shall be permitted to be used for instrument
or control purposes and shall conform to ASME B31.1,
para. 122.3.
3.19.2.5 Hydraulic Pipeline Identification. A marking (04)
shall be applied, to accessible piping that is located out-
side the elevator machine room or hoistway, stating "Ele-
vator Hydraulic Line" in letters that are at least 19 mm
(0.75 in.) high in a contrasting color. The marking shall
be visible after installation and applied at intervals not
greater than 3 000 mm (120 in.).
3.19.3 Connections and Fittings
3.19.3.1 Connections. All piping connections shall be
of the welded, grooved, threaded, or bolted flange type.
Threads of valves, piping, and fittings shall conform to
the requirements of ASME Bl.20.1, ASME Bl.20.3, or
ASME Bl.20.4. Hydraulic tube fittings shall conform to
SAE J514.
3.19.3.2 Grooved Pipe Fittings
3.19.3.2.1 Grooved pipe fitting assemblies shall
be permitted to be used for hydraulic connections. They
shall be installed in conformance with the manufactur-
er's specifications. They shall be installed in locations
that will permit disassembly and inspection of all of
their component parts.
3.19.3.2.2 Grooved pipe fittings shall be so
designed and constructed that failure of a sealing ele-
ment will not permit separation of the parts connected.
The devices or means used for preventing the separation
of the parts connected shall be removable only with the
use of tools. Devices or means removable with hand-
operated quick-release levers or toggles are prohibited.
3.19.3.3 Flexible Hydraulic Connections. Flexible
hose and fitting assemblies, and flexible couplings, shall
be permitted to be used for hydraulic connections.
Where installed between the check valve or control valve
and the cylinder, they shall conform to 3.19.3.3.1 and
3.19.3.3.2.
3.19.3.3.1 Flexible hose and fitting assemblies
shall
(a) not be installed within the hoistway, nor project
into or through any wall. Installation shall be accom-
plished without introducing any twist in the hose, and
shall conform with the minimum bending radius of SAE
100, R2 type, high pressure, steel wire reinforced, rubber-
covered hydraulic hose specified in SAE J517.
114
3.19.3.3.1-3.19.4.7.2
ASME A17.1-2004
#
(b) have a bursting strength sufficient to withstand
not less than 10 times working pressure (see 1.3). They
shall be tested in the factory or in the field prior to
installation at a pressure of not less than 5 times working
pressure and shall be marked with date and pressure
of test.
(c) conform to the requirements of SAE 100, R2 type
hose specified in SAE J517 and be compatible with the
fluid used.
(d) be of nonreusable-type fittings.
(e) be permanently labeled /marked, indicating
(1) the name or trademark by which the manufac-
turer of the hose and fittings can be identified
(2) the type of hose and fitting
(3) the minimum factory test pressure
(4) the minimum bending radius of hose
(5) the date of installation
(6) the inspection procedure
(7) the name of elevator contractor
(f) have a line over speed valve conforming to 3.19.4.7.
3.19.3.3.2 Flexible couplings are permitted for
hydraulic connections. Such couplings shall be so
designed and constructed that failure of the sealing ele-
ment will not permit separation of the connected parts.
The devices or means used to prevent the separation of
the connected parts shall be removable only with the
use of tools. Any devices or means that are removable
with hand-operated quick-released levers are pro-
hibited.
3.19.4 Valves
3.19.4.1 Shutoff Valve. A manually operated shutoff
valve shall be provided between the hydraulic machines
and the hydraulic jack and shall be located outside the
hoistway and adjacent to the hydraulic machine on all
hydraulic elevators.
3.19.4.2 Pump Relief Valve
3.19.4.2.1 Each pump or group of pumps shall be
equipped with one or more relief valve(s) conforming
to the following requirements:
(a) Type and Location. The relief valve shall be located
between the pump and the check valve and shall be of
such a type and so installed in the bypass connection
that the valve cannot be shut off from the hydraulic
system.
(b) Size. The size of the relief valve and bypass shall
be sufficient to pass the maximum rated capacity of the
pump without raising the pressure more than 50% above
the working pressure. Two or more relief valves shall
be permitted to be used to obtain the required capacity.
(c) Sealing. Relief valves shall be sealed after being
set to the correct pressure.
3.19.4.2.2 No relief valve is required for centrifu-
gal pumps driven by induction motors, provided the
shut-off, or maximum pressure that the pump can
develop, is not greater than 135% of the working pres-
sure at the pump.
3.19.4.3 Check Valve. A check valve shall be provided
and shall be so installed that it will hold the elevator
car with rated load at any point when the pump stops
and the down valves are closed or the maintained pres-
sure drops below the minimum operating pressure.
3.19.4.4 Manual Lowering Valve. A manually oper-
ated valve, located on or adjacent to the control valves,
shall be provided and identified, which permits low-
ering the car at a speed not exceeding 0.10 m/s
(20 ft/min). This valve shall be so marked to indicate
the lowering position.
3.19.4.5 Pressure Gauge Fittings. A pressure gauge
fitting with shutoff valve shall be provided on jack side
of the check valve or immediately adjacent to the
hydraulic control valve.
3.19.4.6 Type Tests, Certification, and Marking Plates
for Control Valves
3.19.4.6.1 Each type or model and make of
hydraulic control valve shall be subjected to the engi-
neering tests and to the certification process as specified
in 8.3.5.
3.19.4.6.2 Hydraulic control valves shall be
plainly marked in a permanent manner with the follow-
ing information:
(a) certifying organization's name or identifying
symbol
(b) the name, trademark, or file number by which
the organization that manufactured the product can be
identified
(c) statement of compliance with ASME A17.1 or
CSA B44
(d) type designation
(e) component rated pressure
(f) electrical coil data
3.19.4.7 Overspeed Valves. When provided,
overspeed valves and their connections and attachments
shall conform to 3.19.4.7.1 through 3.19.4.7.6.
3.19.4.7.1 Overspeed Valve Tests. Each type or
model of overspeed valve shall be subjected to the engi-
neering tests specified in 8.3.9.
3.19.4.7.2 Marking of Overspeed Valves. The
overspeed valves shall be plainly marked in a permanent
manner with the following:
(a) the name or trademark by which the organization
that manufactured the product can be identified
(b) type designation
(c) component rated pressure
(d) maximum and minimum rated flow
115
ASMEA17.1-2004
3.19.4.7.3-3.22.1.1
3.19.4.7.3 Installation of Overspeed Valves.
Overspeed valves shall be installed and mounted as
follows:
(a) Single Jack Arrangements. Where a single valve is
used, it shall be located in the pressure piping within
300 mm (12 in.) of the hydraulic jack. Multiple parallel
valves are permitted in lieu of a single valve. These shall
be located so as to minimize the distance from the valves
to the hydraulic jack.
(b) Multiple Jack Arrangements. Multiple jack arrange-
ments shall conform with one of the following:
(1) A single overspeed valve shall be located in the
pressure piping within 300 mm (12 in.) of each hydraulic
jack. Multiple parallel valves are permitted in lieu of
single valves at each hydraulic jack. These shall be
located so as to minimize the distance from the valves
to each hydraulic jack.
(2) A single overspeed valve shall be located in the
pressure piping on the hydraulic machine side of, and
immediately before, the tee junction, wye junction, or
branch junction that connects the branch pressure pipes
to the jacks. Multiple parallel valves are permitted in
lieu of a single valve at the junction. For dual hydraulic
jack systems, the total length of branch pressure pipe
between the tee or wye junction and the jacks shall
not exceed the distance between the jacks, measured
horizontally, plus 1 m (39 in.). For multiple jack systems,
the length of branch pressure piping shall be minimized.
3.19.4.7.4 Strength of Overspeed Valve Pressure
Piping and Fittings Between the Overspeed Valve and the
Jacks. The factor of safety of the overspeed valve pres-
sure piping and fittings shall be not less than 1.5 times
the value obtained using 8.2.8.5, provided that the mini-
mum factor of safety is not less than 4.5, and the mini-
mum percentage elongation is not less than 5 for the
overspeed valve and fittings and not less than 20 for
the pressure piping.
3.19.4.7.5 Performance Requirements. The
overspeed valve shall be constructed, installed, and
adjusted to ensure that the elevator obtains the following
performance:
(a) The overspeed valve tripping speed shall be not
less than 110% nor greater than 140% of the elevator
operating speed in the down direction, but in no case
shall exceed 0.3 m/s (60 ft/min) above the rated elevator
speed.
(b) The average deceleration rate shall be not less
than 1.96 m/s 2 (6.44 ft/s 2 ) nor more than 9.81 m/s 2
(32.2 ft/s 2 ).
(c) Any peak deceleration rate in excess of 24.53 m/s 2
(80.5 ft/s 2 ) shall have a duration of not greater than
0.04 s.
3.19.4.7.6 Sealing of the Overspeed Valve. Field-
adjustable overspeed valves shall be sealed after field
setting.
3.19.5 Piping Buried in the Ground
3.19.5.1 Protection. Piping buried in the ground shall
be provided with protection from corrosion by one or
more of the following methods:
(a) monitored cathodic protection
(b) a coating to protect the piping from corrosion that
will withstand the installation process
(c) a protective casing, immune to galvanic or electro-
lytic action, salt water, and other known underground
conditions, completely surrounding the exterior sur-
faces of the piping
3.19.5.2 Seals. Piping buried in the ground shall not
include seals or other elements potentially requiring ser-
vice or replacement.
3.19.6 Welding
3.19.6.1 All welding of valves, pressure piping, and
fittings shall conform to 8.8.
3.19.6.2 Field welding of pressure piping and fit-
tings shall also be permitted to be performed by welders
certified to the requirements pertaining to pressure
systems.
3.19.7 Electrical Requirements
Hydraulic control valves shall conform to the electrical
requirements in Clause 4 of CSA C22.2 No. 139.
SECTION 3.20
ROPES AND ROPE CONNECTIONS
Where a counterweight is provided, the counter-
weight shall be connected to the car by not less than
two steel wire ropes.
The wire ropes and their connections shall conform
to 2.20, except that the factor of safety of the wire ropes
shall be not less than 7.
SECTION 3.21
COUNTERWEIGHTS
Counterweights, where provided, shall conform to
2.21.
SECTION 3.22
BUFFERS AND BUMPERS
3.22.1 Car Buffers or Bumpers
Car buffers or bumpers shall be provided and shall
conform to 2.22, provided that in applying the require-
ments of 2.22 to hydraulic elevators 3.22.1.1 through
3.22.1.5 are complied with.
3.22.1.1 The term "operating speed in the down
direction with rated load" shall be substituted for the
words "rated speed" wherever these words appear.
116
3.22.1.2-3.25.1.1
ASME A17.1-2004
3.22.1.2 In place of 2.22.3.2, the requirements speci-
fied in 3.22.1.2.1 and 3.22.1.2.2 shall be substituted.
3.22.1.2.1 Buffers shall be capable of withstanding
without being compressed solid the loading per 8.2.3.2.
3.22.1.2.2 Buffers shall be compressed solid with
a loading of 2 times that described in 8.2.3.2.
3.22.1.3 Requirement 2.22.4.1.2 shall not apply.
Reduced stroke buffers shall not be provided on hydrau-
lic elevators. Car buffers or bumpers shall be so located
that the car will come to rest on the bumper or fully
compressed buffer, or to a fixed stop, before the plunger
reaches its down limit of travel.
3.22.1.4 When multiple buffers are used, each shall
be identical and designed for an equal proportion of the
loading described in 3.22.1.2.
3.22.1.5 Plunger weight, less buoyant effects of the
plungers at the buffer strike point, shall be added, if
applicable, and used in buffer calculations.
3.22.1.6 Solid bumpers are permitted on hydraulic
elevators having an operating speed in the down direc-
tion of 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min) or less. See 2.22.2 for solid
bumper material.
3.22.2 Counterweight Buffers
Where counterweights are provided, counterweight
buffers shall not be provided. (See 3.4.6 for required
counterweight runby.)
SECTION 3.23
GUIDE RAILS, GUIDE-RAIL SUPPORTS, AND
FASTENINGS
3.23.1 Direct-Acting Hydraulic Elevators
Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their fastenings
shall conform to 2.23, with the exceptions specified in
3.23.1.1 through 3.23.1.4.
3.23.1.1 Requirement 2.23.4.1 shall apply only where
car safeties are used and the maximum load on the car
side for direct-acting hydraulic elevators is the maxi-
mum weight of the car and its rated load plus the weight
of the plunger or cylinder as applicable.
3.23.1.2 Requirement 2.23.4.2 shall apply only where
safeties are used.
3.23.1.3 Requirement 2.23.9.1(a) shall apply only
where safeties are used.
3.23.1.4 Requirement 2.28 shall not apply.
3.23.2 Roped-Hydraulic Elevators
3.23.2.1 Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-
rail supports, and their fastenings shall conform to 2.23.
3.23.2.2 The traveling sheave, if provided, shall be
guided by means of suitable guide shoes and guide rails
adequately mounted and supported.
SECTION 3.24
HYDRAULIC MACHINES AND TANKS
3.24.1 Hydraulic Machines (Power Units)
3.24.1.1 Marking Plates. The working pressure that
is developed in the system shall be measured at the
acceptance inspection and test. This pressure shall be
legibly and permanently labeled /marked on a data plate
that shall be mounted on the hydraulic machine.
3.24.2 Tanks
3.24.2.1 Capacity. Tanks shall be of sufficient capacity
to provide for an adequate liquid reserve in order to
prevent the entrance of air or other gas into the system.
3.24.2.2 Minimum Level Indication. The permissible
minimum liquid level shall be clearly indicated.
3.24.3 Atmosphere Storage and Discharge Tanks
3.24.3.1 Covers and Venting. Tanks shall be covered
and suitably vented to the atmosphere.
3.24.3.2 Factor of Safety. Tanks shall be so designed
and constructed that when completely filled, the factor
of safety shall be not less than 4, based on the ultimate
strength of the material.
3.24.3.3 Means for Checking Liquid Level. Tanks shall
be provided with means for checking the liquid level.
Such means shall be accessible without the removal of
any cover or other part.
3.24.4 Welding
All welding of hydraulic machine components shall
conform to 8.8.
3.24.5 Counterweight Sheaves
Sheaves for counterweight ropes shall conform to
2.24.2, 2.24.3, and 2.24.5.
SECTION 3.25
TERMINAL STOPPING DEVICES
3.25.1 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices
3.25.1.1 Where Required and Function. Upper and
lower normal terminal stopping devices shall be pro-
vided and arranged to slow down and stop the car
automatically, at or near the top and bottom terminal
landings, with any load up to and including rated load
in the car from any speed attained in normal operation.
Such devices shall function independently of the opera-
tion of the normal stopping means and the terminal
speed reducing device, where provided. The device shall
117
ASME A17.1-2004
3.25.1.1-3.26.2
be so designed and installed that it will continue to
function until the car reaches its extreme limits of travel.
The device shall be permitted to be rendered inopera-
tive during recycling operation (see 3.26.7).
3.25.1.2 Location of Stopping Switches. Stopping
switches shall be located on the car, in the hoistway, in
the machine room, or in overhead spaces, and shall be
operated by movement of the car.
3.25.1.3 Requirements for Stopping Switches on the
Car or in the Hoistway. Stopping switches located on the
car or in the hoistway and operated by cams on the car
or in the hoistway shall conform to 2.25.1.
3.25.1.4 Requirements for Stopping Switches in a
Machine Room or Overhead Space. Stopping switches
located in a machine room or in an overhead space shall
conform to 2.25.2.3, except that the device required by
2.25.2.3.2 shall cause the electric power to be removed
from the main control valve or from its control switch
operating magnets and, in the case of electrohydraulic
elevators, where stopping the car is effected by stopping
the pump motor, from the pump motor and associated
valves.
3.25.2 Terminal Speed Reducing Devices
3.25.2.1 Where Required. Terminal speed reducing
devices shall be installed for the up direction where the
car speed exceeds 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min), to ensure that
the plunger does not strike its solid limit of travel at a
speed in excess of 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min) (see 3.18.4.1).
3.25.2.2 Requirements. Terminal speed reducing
devices shall conform to 3.25.2.2.1 through 3.25.2.2.5.
3.25.2.2.1 They shall operate independently of the
normal terminal-stopping device and shall function to
reduce the speed of the car if the normal terminal stop-
ping device fails to slow down the car at the terminals
as intended.
3.25.2.2.2 They shall provide retardation not in
excess of 9.81 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ).
3.25.2.2.3 They shall be so designed and installed
that a single short circuit caused by a combination of
grounds or by other conditions shall not render the
device ineffective.
3.25.2.2.4 Control means for electrohydraulic ele-
vators shall conform to the following:
(a) For the up direction of travel, at least two control
means are required; one or both to be controlled by the
terminal speed reducing device and the other or both
by the normal terminal stopping device.
If, in the up direction, the pump motor is the only
control means, the pump motor control shall conform
to the following:
(1) Two devices shall be provided to remove power
independently from the pump motor. At least one device
shall be an electromechanical contactor.
(2) The contactor shall be arranged to open each
time the car stops.
(3) The electrical protective devices shall control
both devices [see 3.25.2.2.4(b)(1)] in accordance with
3.26.4.
If, however, the pump motor is one control means,
and there is a second control means (e.g., a valve), at
least one of the means shall be directly controlled by an
electromechanical contactor or relay.
(b) For the down direction, the terminal speed reduc- (ED)
ing and normal terminal stopping devices shall each
directly, or through separate switches, affect the control
valve. Where two devices are used, the terminal speed
reducing and normal terminal stopping devices each
shall be permitted to control one or both.
3.25.2.2.5 Where magnetically operated, optical
or solid-state devices are used for position sensing, a
single short circuit caused by a combination of grounds
or by other conditions, or the failure of any single mag-
netically operated, optical, or solid-state device, shall not
(a) render the terminal speed reducing device inoper-
ative; or
(b) permit the car to restart after a normal stop.
3.25.3 Final Terminal Stopping Devices
Final terminal stopping devices are not required.
SECTION 3.26
OPERATING DEVICES AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
3.26.1 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
Operating devices and control equipment shall con-
form to 2.26, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply.
(b) Requirement 2.26.1.4 applies as specified by 3.26.2.
(c) Requirement 2.26.1 .6 applies as specified by 3.26.3.
(d) Requirement 2.26.2 applies as specified by 3.26.4.
(e) Requirement 2.26.6 does not apply.
(f) Requirement 2.26.8 does not apply.
(g) Requirements 2.26.9.1, 2.26.9.2, 2.26.9.5, 2.26.9.6,
and 2.26.9.7 do not apply.
(h) Requirement 2.26.10 does not apply.
3.26.2 Inspection Operation
Top-of-car operating devices shall be provided and
shall conform to 2.26.1.4. In-car and machine room
inspection operation conforming to 2.26.1.4 shall be per-
mitted.
The bottom normal terminal stopping device shall be
permitted to be made ineffective while the elevator is
under the control of the inspection operation device.
118
3.26.3-3.26.7
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
3.26.3 Anticreep and Leveling Operation
3.26.3.1 Anticreep Operation. Each elevator shall be
provided with an anticreep operation to correct automat-
ically a change in car level. It shall conform to 2.26.1.6.2
and 2.26.1.6.3, and 3.26.3.1.1 through 3.26.3.1.5.
3.26.3.1.1 The anticreep device shall operate the
car at a speed not exceeding 0.125 m/s (25 ft/min).
3.26.3.1.2 The anticreep device shall maintain the
car within 25 mm (1 in.) of the landing, irrespective of
the position of the hoistway door.
3.26.3.1.3 For electrohydraulic elevators, the
anticreep device shall be required to operate the car only
in the up direction.
3.26.3.1.4 Operation dependent on the availability
of the electric power supply is permitted, provided that
(a) the mainline power disconnecting means is kept
in the closed position at all times except during mainte-
nance, repairs, and inspection
(b) a sign is placed on the switch stating, "KEEP
SWITCH CLOSED EXCEPT DURING MAINTE-
NANCE, REPAIRS, AND INSPECTIONS"
(c) the sign shall be made of durable material and
securely fastened and have letters with a height of not
less than 6 mm (0.25 in.)
3.26.3.1.5 Only the following, when activated,
shall prevent operation of the anticreep device:
(a) the electrical protective devices listed in 3.26.4.1
(b) recycling operation (see 3.26.7)
(c) inspection transfer switch
(d) hoistway access switch
(e) low oil protection means
(f) oil tank temperature shutdown devices
3.26.3.2 Operation in Leveling or Truck Zone. Opera-
tion of an elevator in a leveling or truck zone at any
landing by a car-leveling or truck-zoning device, when
the hoistway doors, or the car doors or gates, or any
combination thereof, are not in the closed position, is
permissible, subject to the requirements of 2.26.1.6.1
through 2.26.1.6.5. A leveling or truck-zoning device
shall operate the car at a speed not exceeding 0.125 m/s
(25 ft/min).
3.26.4 Electrical Protective Devices
Electrical protective devices shall be provided in con-
formance with 2.26.2, and the following requirements,
except the words "driving machine motor and brake"
in 2.26.2 shall be replaced with "hydraulic machine,"
and shall conform to 3.26.4.1 and 3.26.4.2.
3.26.4.1 When in the open position, the electrical
protective devices shall prevent operation by all
operating means, except as specified in 3.26.4.2.
3.26.4.2 When in the open position, the following
devices shall initiate removal of power from the hydrau-
lic machine in such a manner as to produce an average
deceleration rate not greater than 9.8 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 )
and shall prevent operation by all operating means
except the anticreep device:
(a) emergency stop switches, where required by
2.26.2.5
(b) broken rope, tape, or chain switches provided in
connection with normal stopping devices, when such
devices are located in the machine room or overhead
space
(c) hoistway door interlocks or hoistway door con-
tacts
(d) car door or gate electric contacts; or car door inter-
locks
(e) hinged car platform sill electric contacts
(f) in-car stop switch, where required by 2.26.2.21
3.26.5 Phase Reversal and Failure Protection
Hydraulic elevators powered by a polyphase AC
motor shall be provided with the means to prevent over-
heating of the drive system (pump and motor) due to
phase rotation reversals or failure.
3.26.6 Control and Operating Circuits
The design and installation of the control and
operating circuits shall conform to 3.26.6.1 and 3.26.6.2.
3.26.6.1 Springs, where used to actuate switches,
contactors, or relays to stop an elevator at the terminals
or to actuate electrically operated valves, shall be of the
compression type.
3.26.6.2 The completion or maintenance of an elec-
tric circuit shall not be used to interrupt the power to
the control valve operating magnets, or to the pump
driving motor of electrohydraulic elevators, or both
under the following conditions:
(a) to stop the car at the terminals
(b) to stop the car when the emergency stop switch
or any of the electrical protective devices operate
3.26.7 Recycling Operation for Multiple or
Telescopic Plungers
Recycling operation shall permit the car to be lowered
more than 25 mm (1 in.) below the bottom landing,
but not require lowering in order to restore the relative
vertical position of the multiple plunger sections, pro-
vided that
(a) the car is at rest at bottom landing
(b) the doors and gates are closed and locked
(c) no car calls are registered
(d) the speed during recycling does not exceed normal
down leveling speed but in no case shall be more than
0.10 m/s (20 ft/min)
(ED)
(ED)
119
ASMEA1 7. 1-2004
3.26.7-3.27.3
(e) normal operation cannot be resumed until car is
returned to bottom landing and normal terminal stop-
ping devices are restored to normal operation
3.26.8 Pressure Switch
When cylinders are installed with the top of the cylin-
der above the top of the storage tank, a pressure switch
shall be provided in the line between the cylinder and
the valve, which shall be activated by the loss of positive
pressure at the top of the cylinder. The switch shall
prevent automatic door opening and the operation of
the lowering valve or valves. The door(s) shall be permit-
ted to open by operation of the in-car open button, when
the car is within the unlocking zone.
3.26.9 Low Oil Protection
A means shall be provided to render the elevator inop-
erative if for any reason the liquid level in the tank
falls below the permissible minimum. Suitable means
include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) direct sensing of liquid level
(b) a pump-run timer
Actuation of the means shall automatically bring the
car down to the lowest landing. The door(s) shall open
and reclose within 15 s. The car shall then shut down.
The means shall require manual reset before returning
the car to service. The in-car door open button shall
remain operative.
3.26.10 Auxiliary Power Lowering Operation
Where the auxiliary power supply is provided solely
for the purpose of lowering the car, in the case of main
power supply failure, the auxiliary lowering operation
shall conform to 3.26.10.1 through 3.26.10.3.
3.26.10.1 Auxiliary lowering shall be permitted to
be initiated, provided that all operating and control
devices, including door open and close buttons, function
as with normal power supply, except that the following
devices shall be permitted to be bypassed or made inop-
erative:
(a) landing and car floor registration devices (or call
buttons)
(b) devices enabling operation by designated atten-
dant (hospital service, attendant operation)
(c) devices initiating emergency recall operation to
the recall level, unless otherwise specified in 3.27
(d) "FIRE OPERATION" switch, unless otherwise
specified in 3.27
3.26.10.2 When the auxiliary lowering operation has
been initiated, the car shall descend directly to the lowest
landing, except that the operating system shall be per-
mitted to allow one or more intermediate stops, and
then, after a predetermined interval, the car shall pro-
ceed to the lowest landing, provided the auxiliary power
supply is of sufficient capacity to open and close doors
at each intermediate stop.
3.26.10.3 If the car and landing doors are power
operated, and if the auxiliary power supply is of ade-
quate capacity, the doors shall open when the car stops at
the lowest landing and shall close after a predetermined
interval.
NOTE (3.26.10): For the main disconnect switch auxiliary contact,
see ANSI/NFPA 70 and CSA C22.1 requirements, where applicable
(see Part 9).
SECTION 3.27
EMERGENCY OPERATION AND SIGNALING DEVICES
Emergency operation and signaling devices shall con-
form to 2.27, except as modified by the following: The
requirements of 3.26.9 and 3.18.2.7 shall be modified
when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and Phase
II Emergency In-Car Operation are in effect, as specified
in 3.27.1 through 3.27.4.
3.27.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation After
Device Actuation
If Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is activated
while the elevator is responding to any of the following
devices, the car shall return to the recall level:
(a) low oil protection (see 3.26.9)
(b) plunger follower guide protection, provided the
car is capable of being moved (see 3.18.2.7)
(c) auxiliary power lowering device (see 3.26.10)
If the elevator is incapable of returning to the recall
level, the car shall descend to an available floor. Upon
arrival, automatic power-operated doors shall open, and
then reclose within 15 s. The door open button shall
remain operative.
3.27.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation Prior to
Device Actuation
If any of the devices specified in 3.27.1(a), (b), or (c)
is activated, while Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
is in effect, but before the car reaches the recall level,
the car shall
(a) complete Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, if
the car is above the recall level; or
(b) descend to an available floor, if the car is below
the recall level.
Upon arrival, automatic power-operated doors shall
open, and then reclose within 15 s. The door open button
shall remain operative.
3.27.3 Device Actuation at Recall Level
If either of the devices specified in 3.27.1(a) or (c) is
activated while the car is stationary at the recall level
and Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect, the
following shall apply:
(a) automatic power-operated doors shall close
within 15 s
(b) the door open button shall remain operational
120
3.27.3-SECTION 3.29
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
#
•
(c) the visual signal [see Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illumi-
nate intermittantly
3.27.4 Device Actuation With Phase II Emergency In-
Car Operation in Effect
If any of the devices specified in 3.27.1(a), (b), or (c)
activate while the elevator is on Phase II Emergency In-
Car Operation, a traveling car shall stop and all calls
shall be canceled. The visual signal [see Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)]
shall illuminate intermittently. The elevator shall accept
calls only to landings below its location and respond in
compliance with the requirements for Phase II Emer-
gency In-Car Operation.
SECTION 3.28
LAYOUT DATA
3.28.1 Information Required on Layout Drawing
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to other
data, indicate the following:
(a) required clearances and basic dimensions
(b) the bracket spacing (see 3.23)
(c) the estimated maximum vertical forces on the
guide rails on application of the safety, where provided
(see 3.23)
(d) in the case of freight elevators for Class B or Class
C loading (see 2.16.2.2), the horizontal forces on the
guide-rail faces during loading and unloading, and the
estimated maximum horizontal forces in a post-wise
direction on the guide-rail faces on the application of
the safety device, where provided (see 3.23)
(e) the size and weight per meter (foot) of any rail
reinforcement, where provided (see 3.23)
(f) the impact loads imposed on machinery and
sheave beams, supports, and floors or foundations
(see 2.9)
(g) the impact load on buffer supports due to buffer
engagement at the maximum permissible load and
operating speed in the down direction (see 8.2.3)
(h) the net vertical load from the elevator system,
which includes the total car weight and rated load;
plunger, cylinder, and oil; and any structural supports
(i) the outside diameter and wall thickness of the cyl-
inder, plunger, and piping, and the working pressure
(j) the total static and dynamic loads from the gover-
nor, ropes, and tension system
(k) rated speed and operating speed in the down
direction
(I) the minimum "grade" of pipe (ASTM or recog-
nized standard) required to fulfill the installation
requirements for pressure piping, or in lieu of a specific
"grade" of pipe, the minimum tensile strength of pipe
to be used for the installation (see 3.19)
(m) the horizontal forces on the building structure
stipulated by 2.11.11.8
(n) the length of the plunger and cylinder
(o) the clearance between the bottom of the plunger
and the bottom head of the cylinder as required by
3.18.3.3
SECTION 3.29
IDENTIFICATION
Identification of equipment and floors shall conform
to 2.29, as applicable.
121
ASME A17.1-2004
SCOPE-4.1.9
Part 4
Elevators With Other Types of Driving Machines
SCOPE
Part 4 applies to elevators with other types of driving
machines.
(a) Requirement 4.1 applies to rack-and-pinion ele-
vators.
(b) Requirement 4.2 applies to screw-column ele-
vators.
(c) Requirement 4.3 applies to hand elevators.
(ED) SECTION 4.1
RACK AND PINION ELEVATORS
This Section applies to an elevator with a car raised
and lowered by a pinion(s) on a rack.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
rack-and-pinion elevators.
4.1.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and Related
Construction
Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related construc-
tion shall conform to Part 2, except 2.7 (see 4.1.2) and
2.8 (see 4.1.3).
4.1.2 Machinery Rooms and Machinery Spaces
4.1.2.1 Motors, electrical control equipment, and
other equipment used in conjunction with the elevator
shall be permitted to be located within the hoistway
and /or on the car. If it is in a separate machine room
and /or machinery space, it shall conform to 2.7.
4.1.2.2 The controller shall be permitted to be
located on the exterior of the hoistway wall or other
approved location apart from the hoistway, elevator
machine room, or elevator machinery space. A controller
so located shall be available to and used only by inspec-
tors, maintenance personnel, and repair personnel.
(ED) 4.1.2.3 A rack-and-pinion machine and its controls,
if located on the car, shall be protected by a noncombus-
tible enclosure to prevent accidental contact. Openwork
noncombustible enclosure material shall be permitted
to be used for rack-and-pinion machines located on top
of the car, provided the openwork material rejects a ball
50 mm (2 in.) in diameter.
4.1.2.4 Access shall be provided to the rack-and-
pinion machine for maintenance. Access panels to rack-
and-pinion control equipment located in the car shall
be provided with an electric contact and lock. The access
panel shall be kept closed and locked. The electric con-
tact shall be designed to prevent operation of the rack-
and-pinion machine when the access panel is open. The
lock shall not be operable by a key that will operate
locks or devices for other purposes in the building. The
key shall be available to, and used only by, inspectors,
maintenance personnel, and repair personnel (see 8.1).
4.1.3 Equipment in Hoistways or Machine Rooms
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts in the
hoistway shall conform to 2.8, except that the main
feeder of a rack-and-pinion machine located on the car
shall be permitted to be installed in the hoistway.
4.1.4 Supports and Foundations
The supports and foundations shall be designed to
support all loads imposed by the elevator (including
impact loading in the event of a safety application, stop
by a speed-limiting device, or drive nut failure) in accor-
dance with the building code. Allowable stresses for
machinery and sheave beams or floors and their sup-
ports shall be in accordance with 2.9.4.
4.1.5 Emergency Doors
Emergency doors meeting the requirements of 2.11.1
shall be installed in the blind portion of the hoistway,
except in elevators having a manually operated device
that permits lowering the car at an automatically con-
trolled speed to the nearest landing.
4.1.6 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
Illumination
The car enclosure, car doors and gates, and car illumi-
nation shall conform to 2.14.
4.1.7 Car Frames and Platforms
The car frame and platform shall conform to the
design and performance requirements of 2.15.
4.1.8 Capacity and Loading
The elevator shall conform to the capacity and loading
requirements of 2.16.
4.1.9 Car Safeties and Speed Governor
The car shall be provided with a safety identified in
2.17.5 or a rack-and-pinion safety. The safety shall be
attached to the car frame or supporting structure. All
car safeties shall be mounted on a single car frame and
(ED)
122
4.1.9-4.1.15.2
ASME A17.1-2004
shall operate on one pair of guide members or on one
vertical rack.
The safety shall be located as required by 2.17.1, or if
it is a rack-and-pinion safety, shall be permitted to be
located above or in the car, provided that the members
to which they are fixed are part of the car frame and
are designed to withstand the forces imposed.
Rack-and-pinion safeties are safeties in which a freely
rotating safety pinion, a governor, and a safety device
shall be permitted to form an integral unit mounted in
the car. The freely rotating pinion travels on a stationary
rack mounted vertically on the hoist structure. The rotat-
ing pinion drives the governor. When the speed of the
car reaches the tripping value, the rotating governor
actuates the safety device that, in turn, brings the car
to a gradual stop.
4.1.9.1 Stopping Distances. Stopping distances for
rack-and-pinion safeties and the travel of the car mea-
sured from the governor tripping time to the full stop
time shall not exceed the values based on rated speed
given in Table 4.1.9.1.
4.1.10 Counterweights
Counterweights, where provided, shall conform to
2.21.
4.1.11 Car Buffers
Buffers shall conform to 2.22. Kinetic energy from
the drive unit shall be taken into account in the design
calculations.
4.1.12 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and
Fastenings
Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their fastenings
shall conform to 2.23.
4.1.13 Rack-and-Pinion Driving Machine
Rack-and-pinion-type drives shall conform to 2.24
(except 2.24.1), and 4.1.13.1 through 4.1.13.6.
4.1.13.1 The rack-and-pinion drive shall consist of
one or more power-driven rotating pinions mounted
on the car and arranged to travel on a stationary rack
mounted on the supporting structure. The drive shall
have at least one pinion, one rack, and two backup
rollers, which shall act on the same section of rack as
the drive pinion. Driving machines utilizing a two-sided
rack, where two drive pinions are located so that they
are opposite each other and act as backup rollers, shall
be deemed to have met this requirement.
4.1.13.2 The pinions and racks shall be of steel or
of material having equivalent mechanical properties or
better with a minimum factor of safety of 8 based on
ultimate stress for the pinion and the rack. They shall be
designed to conform to AGMA 218.01, including surface
hardening and an assumption of a minimum of 200 000
life cycles.
4.1.13.3 All moving parts of the driving machine
shall be properly protected with solid or perforated
metal that will reject a ball of 13 mm (0.5 in.) diameter
and shall be securely fastened.
4.1.13.4 The rack and pinion shall be so designed
that the separation of the pinion from the rack in all
directions in excess of 25% of the tooth depth of 6 mm
(0.25 in.), whichever is the lesser, cannot occur. A guard
shall be provided to prevent foreign material from lodg-
ing between the teeth, and clearance between the mov-
ing parts and the guard shall not exceed 5 mm
(0.1875 in.).
4.1.13.5 Rack sections shall be fastened to the sup-
porting structure with a factor of safety of 5 based on
ultimate stress, and with dowels at each joint.
4.1.13.6 The manufacturer shall provide the mea-
surement for checking tooth wear on pinion and rack.
The measuring instruction shall be indicated on a metal
plate securely fastened and conspicuously displayed on
top of the car with letters not less than 3 mm
(0.125 in.) high.
4.1.14 Terminal Stopping Devices
4.1.14.1 Normal and Final Terminal Stopping Devices.
Normal and final terminal stopping devices shall be
provided conforming to 2.25.1, 2.25.2, and 2.25.3, except
2.25.3.3. Normal and final terminal stopping devices
shall be permitted to be located on the car and operated
by cams attached to the hoist way structure.
4.1.14.2 Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting Devices.
Emergency terminal speed-limiting devices shall con-
form to 2.25.4.
4.1.15 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
4.1.15.1 Applicable Requirements. Operating devices
and control equipment shall conform to 2.26 and to the
following:
Where the rack-and-pinion machine and its controller
are located on the car, the disconnecting means shall be
located adjacent to the controller. Auxiliary disconnect
means shall be provided at the main landing whenever
the main power supply disconnect means (required by
NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, as applicable; see Part 9) is
mounted adjacent to the controller on the car. Auxiliary
disconnect means shall be accessible to authorized per-
sonnel only in order to be available for their protection
and emergency use.
4.1.15.2 Permitted Voltage. Voltage permitted in con-
trol and operating circuits shall not exceed 300 V on
rack-and-pinion equipment.
(ED)
123
ASME A17.1-2004
4.1.16-4.2.2.2
Table 4.1.9.1 Maximum and Minimum Stopping Distances for Rack-and-Pinion Safeties With
Rated Load
SI Units
Imperial
Units
Rated
Maximum
Governor
Stopping Distance,
Rated
Maximum
Governor
Stopping Distance,
Speed,
Trip Speed,
m/s
mm
Speed,
Trip Speed,
ft/min
in.
m/s
Min.
Max.
ft/min
Min.
Max.
0.63
0.88
80.5
1 639.3
125
175
3.17
64.54
0.76
1.06
116.0
1 703.5
150
210
4.57
67.07
0.89
1.37
164.3
1 791.2
175
250
6.47
70.52
1.01
1.42
206.2
1 866.9
200
280
8.12
73.50
1.14
1.56
249.4
1 945.3
225
308
9.82
76.59
1.27
1.71
298.7
2 034.2
250
337
11.76
80.09
1.52
2.00
410.7
2 236.4
300
395
16.15
88.05
1.77
2.29
537.2
2 466.5
350
452
21.15
97.11
2.03
2.59
684.0
2 731.0
400
510
26.03
107.52
2.28
2.86
848.3
3 029.9
450
568
33.40
119.29
2.54
3.17
1 027.1
3 098.8
500
625
40.44
122.00
3.04
3.75
1 439.9
4 101.5
600
740
56.69
161.48
3.55
4.34
1 922.3
4 975.0
700
855
75.68
195.87
4.06
4.92
2 473.9
5 974.5
800
970
97.40
235.22
4.57
5.51
3 095.4
7 100.0
900
1,085
121.87
279.53
5.06
6.09
3 786.3
8 305.8
1,000
1,200
149.07
327.00
5.58
6.70
4 581.4
9 791.7
1,100
1,320
180.37
385.50
6.09
7.31
5 452.3
11 379.2
1,200
1,440
214.66
448.00
6.60
7.92
6 400.8
13 083.5
1,300
1,560
252.00
515.10
7.11
8.53
7 421.1
14 935.2
1,400
1,680
292.17
588.00
7.62
9.14
8 068.3
16 924.0
1,500
1,800
333.40
666.30
8.12
9.75
9 642.8
19 050.0
1,600
1,920
381.61
750.00
8.63
10.36
10 942.3
21 313.1
1,700
2,040
430.80
839.10
9.14
10.97
12 266.4
23 713.4
1,800
2,160
482.98
933.60
9.65
11.58
13 668.7
26 750.9
1,900
2,280
538.14
1,053.50
10.16
12.19
15 145.2
28 925.5
2,000
2,400
596.27
1,138.80
4.1.16 Emergency Operation and Signal Devices
Emergency operation and signal service shall conform
to 2.27.
4.1.17 Layout Drawings
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to the other
data required by 2.28, indicate
(a) the dimensions of the rack and location with
respect to the guide rail
(b) the magnitude of the loads on the rack imposed
on the building structure
4.1.18 Welding
Welding shall conform to 8.8.
(ED) SECTION 4.2
SCREW-COLUMN ELEVATORS
This Section applies to an elevator having an uncoun-
terweighted car that is supported by a screw column
and is raised and lowered by screw thread means.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
screw-column elevators.
4.2.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and Related
Construction
Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related construc-
tion shall conform to 2.1, 2.2, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, and 2.13.
4.2.2 Vertical Clearance and Runby for Cars
4.2.2.1 Bottom Car Clearance. The bottom car clear-
ance shall conform to 2.4.1, provided that, in the determi-
nation of the required clearance, any undercar
machinery and bracing that is located within 150 mm
(6 in.) horizontally from the edge of the car platform or
75 mm (3 in.) horizontally from the centerline of the
guide rails is not considered.
4.2.2.2 Minimum and Maximum Bottom and Top Car
Runby. The minimum bottom and top car runby shall
be not less than
(ED)
124
4.2.2.2-4.2.7.1
ASME A17.1-2004
(a) 75 mm (3 in.) for rated speeds not exceeding
0.5 m/s (100 ft/min)
(b) 150 mm (6 in.) for rated speeds exceeding 0.5 m/s
(100 ft/min)
The maximum bottom and top car runby shall be not
more than 600 mm (24 in.).
4.2.2.3 Top Car Clearance. The top car clearance shall
be not less than the sum of the following two items:
(a) the top car runby
(b) the height of the refuge space on top of the enclo-
sure (see 4.2.2.4) or the clearance required for equipment
projecting above the top of the car to prevent its striking
any part of the overhead structure or equipment located
in the hoist way, but in no case less than 1 070 mm (42 in.)
4.2.2.4 Refuge Space on Top of Car Enclosure. A ref-
uge space shall be provided on top of the car enclosure
conforming to 2.4.12.
4.2.3 Horizontal Car Clearance
The horizontal car clearances shall conform to 2.5,
except 2.5.1.2.
4.2.4 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway
Where the space below the hoistway is used for a
passageway, is occupied by persons, or if unoccupied,
is not secured against unauthorized access, the require-
ments specified in 4.2.4.1 through 4.2.4.3 shall be con-
formed to.
4.2.4.1 The screw column, and any associated fram-
ing, shall be supported by a structure of sufficient
strength to support the entire load imposed upon it,
including the impact if the drive nut should fail.
4.2.4.2 The guide rails shall be supported by a struc-
ture of sufficient strength to withstand, without perma-
nent deformation, the impact of a safety application with
a fully loaded car.
4.2.4.3 The buffers shall be supported by a structure
of sufficient strength to withstand, without permanent
deformation, the impact resulting from buffer engage-
ment by the car with its rated load at the maximum
speed in the down direction.
4.2.5 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces
The machine rooms, machinery spaces, and location
of elevator components shall conform to 4.2.5.1 through
4.2.5.6.
4.2.5.1 Motors and other integral mechanical or elec-
trical equipment shall be permitted to be located in
machinery space within the hoistway, on the car, in the
pit, or in a separate machine room or machinery space.
4.2.5.2 The controller shall be permitted to be
located on the car or on the exterior of the hoistway
wall or other location apart from the hoistway, machine
room, or machinery space. A controller so located shall
be readily accessible for maintenance and inspection at
all times. Controllers located apart from the hoistway,
machine room, or machinery space shall be housed in
a locked metal cabinet. The key shall be Group 1 Security
(see 8.1).
4.2.5.3 A separate machine room or machinery
space, apart from the hoistway, shall conform to 2.7.
4.2.5.4 A screw machine and its controls, if located
on the car, shall be protected by a noncombustible enclo-
sure to prevent accidental contact. Openwork enclosures
of noncombustible material shall be permitted to be used
for screw machines located on top of the car, provided
the openwork material rejects a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in
diameter.
4.2.5.5 Access shall be provided to the screw
machine for maintenance. Access panels to screw
machines located on the car shall be provided with an
electric contact and lock. The electric contact shall be
designed to prevent operation of the screw machine
when the access panel is open. The access panel shall
be kept closed and locked. The key shall be Group 1
Security (see 8.1).
4.2.5.6 Where the screw machine is located in the
pit, means shall be permanently provided in the pit for
supporting the car and its frame or platform during
repairs or adjustments. Clear headroom under the plat-
form shall be not less than 2 130 mm (84 in.) when the
car is landed on the supports.
4.2.6 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms
Electrical wiring, pipes, and ducts in hoistways,
machine rooms, and machinery spaces shall conform to
2.8, except, the main feeder of a screw-column elevator
shall be permitted to be installed in the hoistway if the
screw machine is located in the hoistway, provided there
is no intermediate access to the conductors between the
disconnecting means and the termination at the motor
or controller.
4.2.7 Supports and Foundations
4.2.7.1 The supports and foundations shall be
designed to support all loads imposed by the elevator
in accordance with the building code, including impact
loading in the event of a car safety application, stop by
a safety nut, or controlled descent by a speed-limiting
device. The unit stresses in elevator-supporting mem-
bers and their supports, based on two times the normal
loading, shall not exceed those permitted for static load-
ing in accordance with the requirements of the following
standards:
(a) AISC Book No. S326 or CAN/CSA-S16.1, which-
ever is applicable (see Part 9) for structural steel
(b) ANSI/ACI 318 or CAN3-A23.3, whichever is
applicable (see Part 9) for reinforced concrete
125
ASME A17.1-2004
4.2.7.2-4.2.15.6
4.2.7.2 Where stresses due to loads, other than eleva-
tor loads supported on the beams, floor, or structure,
exceed those due to the elevator loads, 100% of the per-
mitted stresses shall be permitted to be used.
NOTE: In determining unit stresses, the maximum normal loading
is doubled to take care of impact, accelerating stresses, etc.
4.2.8 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
Illumination
The car enclosure, car doors and gates, and car illumi-
nation shall conform to 2.14.
4.2.9 Car Frames and Platforms
The car frame and platform shall conform to 2.15,
except 2.15.12 and 2.15.13.
4.2.10 Capacity and Loading
The capacity and loading shall conform to 2.16.
4.2.11 Car Safeties and Speed Governor
A car safety device and speed governor shall be pro-
vided, which shall conform to the design and perform-
ance requirements of 2.17 and 2.18, except as specified
in 4.2.11.1 and 4.2.11.2.
4.2.11.1 For elevators driven by an alternating-cur-
rent squirrel cage induction motor and having a down
speed of not more than 0.37 m/s (75 ft/min), the car
safety and governor are not required if another safety
device is provided to either
(a) limit the down speed of the car with rated load
to not over 0.87 m/s (175 ft/min) in the event of failure
of the driving means; or
(b) limit the fall of the elevator in the event of failure
of the driving nut to a distance not exceeding 13 mm
(0.5 in.), by utilizing a safety nut or other equivalent
means.
4.2.1 1.2 The capability of the alternate safety devices
described in 4.2.11.1(a) and (b) to function as required
shall be verified by engineering tests as described in
8.3.10.
4.2.12 Safety Nut and Data Tag
4.2.12.1 A safety nut is required on all screw
machines that utilize a driving nut made of a material
other than metal and shall be permitted to be provided
on all screw machines. The safety nut shall be made of
metal and designed to withstand the impact without
damage if the driving nut should fail.
4.2.12.2 A metal data tag shall be securely attached
to each screw machine equipped with a safety nut bear-
ing the following data:
(a) date of installation of driving and safety nuts
(b) spacing between driving and safety nuts
4.2.12.3 The material and markings of the safety
nut spacing data tag shall conform to 2.16.3.3, except
that the height of the letters and figures shall be not less
than 1.6 mm (0.0625 in.).
4.2.13 Car Buffers
Car buffers shall be provided, which conform to 2.22,
except that solid bumpers shall be permitted to be used
for elevators provided with a safety nut [see 4.2.11.1(b)]
and having a maximum speed in the down direction of
0.25 m/s (50 ft/min).
4.2.14 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and
Fastenings
Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their fastenings
shall conform to 2.23, except 2.23.4.2, 2.23.4.3, 2.23.9.1,
and 2.23.10.
The fastening of guide rails to brackets or to the eleva-
tor-supporting frame shall be by clips, welds, or bolts.
The rail structure and the structural members to which
it is attached shall withstand the forces specified in
2.23.5.2, and the application of the car safety shall be
within the deflection limits specified.
4.2.15 Driving Machine and Screw Column
The screw machine shall function to raise or lower
the elevator car acting in conjunction with a screw col-
umn that directly supports the elevator car.
The screw column and machine shall conform to
2.24.4, 2.24.5, 2.24.6, 2.24.8, 2.29, and 4.2.15.1 through
4.2.15.11.
4.2.15.1 Screws shall be made of steel. Nuts shall
be made of bronze or other materials having an elonga-
tion of at least 14% in a length of 50 mm (2 in.).
4.2.15.2 Means shall be provided to maintain the
screw in its vertical position under all conditions of
operation. Screws suspended from their upper end shall
be restrained at their lower end.
4.2.15.3 A vertical casing, closed at the end, shall
be provided to enclose and protect the screw column
in cases where the screw column extends outside the
hoistway and machine room.
4.2.1 5.4 The screw column and nut and their attach-
ments to the car frame, car platform, or other structure
shall provide sufficient strength to support the loads
imposed on these connections with a factor of safety of 5.
4.2.15.5 Factors of safety for the driving machine,
excluding the screw column and nut, their attachments
to the car frame, car platform, or other structure, shall
conform to 2.24.3, except that the load used in determin-
ing the factor of safety shall be based on the total weight
supported with rated load in the car.
4.2.15.6 Screw machines of the indirect drive type
shall conform to 2.24.9. The elevator shall be so designed
that the elevator car, while carrying 125% of rated load
and traveling at rated speed, shall decelerate and stop
126
4.2.15.6-4.2.19
ASME A17.1-2004
in the event the driving-belt system or driving-chain
system should break.
4.2.1 5.7 Means shall be provided to prevent the dis-
engagement of the nut from the screw column. This
means shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent
disengagement in the event of overtravel at full speed
and without damage to any part of the elevator installa-
tion. Any additional loads imposed by this action shall
also be considered in the computations made in accor-
dance with 4.2.15.8.
4.2.15.8 Where the screw column is a compression
member, column formulas of 8.2.8.1.1 shall be used in
the design with the words "screw column" substituted
for the word "plunger" and:
A = net cross-sectional area of screw at root of
thread, mm 2 (in. 2 )
L = maximum free length of screw, mm (in.)
R = radius of gyration of screw at root of thread,
mm (in.)
W = the total weight with rated load plus one-
half the weight of the screw column, kg (lb)
W/A = maximum allowable fiber stress
4.2.15.9 Where the screw column is a tension mem-
ber, the unit stress (considering the root dimension and
any associated stress concentration and /or the reduced
section at any joints in the screw) shall not exceed one-
fifth of the ultimate strength of the material with a maxi-
mum fiber stress not to exceed 124 MPa (18,000 psi).
4.2.15.10 Positive mechanical means shall be pro-
vided to prevent rotation or separation of sections of a
multiple section screw column.
4.2.1 5.1 1 Means shall be provided to permit author-
ized personnel from a position outside the elevator car
to raise or lower the car manually in the event of a power
failure, unless emergency or standby power is provided,
except that for private residence elevators and special
purpose personnel elevators, means to allow a passenger
within a stalled car to manually move the car to a landing
is acceptable and no other means of moving the stalled
car is required.
4.2.16 Terminal Stopping Devices
4.2.16.1 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices. Normal
terminal stopping devices shall conform to 2.25.1 and
2.25.2.
4.2.16.2 Final Terminal Stopping Devices. Final termi-
nal stopping devices, conforming to 2.25.3.1 and 2.25.3.3,
shall be provided for elevators having a rated speed
exceeding 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min). Final terminal stopping
devices shall be located in the hoistway and operated
by cams attached to the car.
Elevators having a rated speed of 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min)
or less shall be designed so that the elevator car will be
brought to a stop without damage to the elevator system
in the event of overtravel of the elevator at either termi-
nal due to a malfunction.
4.2.16.3 Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting Devices.
Emergency terminal speed-limiting devices shall be
installed where reduced stroke buffers are used (see
2.22.4.1.2). These devices shall conform to 2.25.4.
4.2.17 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
4.2.17.1 Applicable Requirements. Operating devices
and control equipment shall conform to the following:
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.1, Types of Operating Devices.
(b) Requirement 2.26.1.4, Inspection Operation,
except that a top-of-car operating devices are not
required on private residence elevators and special pur-
pose personnel elevators. Top-of-car operating devices
are not required on any screw-column elevator if there
is no mechanical or electrical equipment that requires
maintenance from the top of the car.
(c) Requirements 2.26.2.5, 2.26.2.7 through 2.26.2.10,
2.26.2.12 through 2.26.2.15, 2.26.2.18 through 2.26.2.21,
2.26.2.25, and 2.26.2.28, Electrical Protective Devices.
(d) Requirement 2.26.3, Contactors and Relays in Crit-
ical Operating Circuits.
(e) Requirement 2.26.4, Requirements of Electrical
Equipment and Wiring.
(f) Requirement 2.26.5, System to Monitor and Pre-
vent Automatic Operation of the Elevators With Faulty
Door Contact Circuits.
(g) Where the screw machine and its controller are
located on the car, in the hoistway, or outside the
hoistway, the disconnecting means shall be located adja-
cent to the controller.
(h) Requirement 2.26.6, Phase Protection of Motors.
(i) Requirement 2.26.7, Installation of Capacitors or
Other Devices to Make Electrical Protective Devices Inef-
fective.
(j) Requirement 2.26.8, Release and Application of
Driving-Machine Brakes.
(k) Requirement 2.26.9, Control and Operating Cir-
cuits.
(I) Requirement 2.26.11, Car Platform to Hoistway
Door Sills Vertical Distance.
(m) Requirement 2.26.13, Operating Device Symbols.
4.2.18 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices
Emergency operation and signaling devices shall con-
form to 2.27.
4.2.19 Layout Drawings
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to the other
data required by 2.28, indicate the following:
(a) the material and dimensions of the screw column,
including thread dimensions
127
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
4.2.19-4.3.6.2
(b) the location and amount of the maximum loadings
on the building structure
4.2.20 Welding. All welding shall conform to 8.8.
(ED) SECTION 4.3
HAND ELEVATORS
This Section applies to hand-operated elevators.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
hand elevators.
4.3.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and Related
Construction
Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related construc-
tion shall conform to Part 2, except for the following,
which do not apply:
2.1.3 Floor Over Hoistways
2.1.6 Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks in
Hoistway Enclosures
2.2 Pits
2.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights
2.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars
and Counterweights
2.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clear-
ances
2.7.1.1 Fire-Resistive Construction
2.7.1.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction
2.7.2 Equipment in Machine Rooms
2.7.4 Headroom in Machine Rooms and Over-
head Machinery Spaces
2.7.5.2 Temperature and Humidity
2.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine
Rooms
2.10 Guarding of Equipment and Standard
Railing
2.11.2.1 Passenger Elevators
2.11.2.2 Freight Elevators
2.11.3 Closing of Hoistway Doors
2.11.7 Glass in Hoistway Doors
2.11.9 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices and Power
Operation
2.12 Hoistway-Door Locking Devices and Elec-
tric Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches
2.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and
Car Doors
4.3.2 Pits
Pits are not required.
4.3.3 Top Clearances
4.3.3.1 Top Car Clearance. The top car clearance shall
be not less than the sum of the following:
(a) the bottom counterweight runby, if any
(b) the stroke of the counterweight buffer where a
spring-type buffer is used (buffer not required for side-
walk elevators)
(c) 300 mm (12 in.)
4.3.3.2 Top Counterweight Clearance. The top coun-
terweight clearance shall be not less than the sum of the
following:
(a) the bottom car runby, if any
(b) the stroke of the car buffer where a spring-type
buffer is used (buffer not required for sidewalk elevators)
(c) 150 mm (6 in.)
4.3.4 Enclosures for Machines and Control (ED)
Equipment
Elevator machines and their control equipment shall
be permitted to be located inside the hoistway enclosure
at the top or bottom without intervening enclosures or
platforms.
Machines of sidewalk elevators having a travel of not
more than one floor, and having an opening into the
building at the bottom terminal landing only, are not
required to be enclosed.
4.3.5 Overhead Beams and Supports, and Access to
Machines and Sheaves
4.3.5.1 Overhead Beams and Supports. Overhead
beams and their supports shall conform to 2.9.
4.3.5.2 Access to Machines and Sheaves. Adequate
and permanent means of access shall be provided to
machines and sheaves for maintenance and inspection
(see 2.7.3).
4.3.6 Hoistway Entrances
4.3.6.1 Types of Entrances. Entrances will be of the
following types:
(a) self-closing or manually operated horizontally
sliding or swinging, single section
(b) self-closing or manually operated horizontally
swinging, two section (Dutch type) with one section
above the other and the lower section extending not less
than 1 070 mm (42 in.) above the floor, and arranged to
be opened only when the car is in the landing zone and
after the upper section has been opened, and to be closed
by the closing of the upper section
(c) manually operated vertically sliding counter-
weighted single- or multi-section
(d) manually operated vertically sliding biparting
counterbalanced
(e) for sidewalk elevator doors in sidewalks or other
areas exterior to the building, see 5.5.1.11.2
4.3.6.2 Closing of Hoistway Doors. All doors shall be (ED)
kept closed, except the door at the floor where the car
is being operated or is being loaded or unloaded.
128
4.3.6.2-4.3.15
ASME A17.1-2004
Manually operated doors shall be equipped with
approved devices to close them automatically when
released by the action of heat. Self-closing doors
equipped with hold-open devices shall be equipped
with fusible links that will release the door in case of
excessive heat.
Landing doors shall be provided with mechanical
locks so arranged that the car cannot leave the landing
unless the door is closed. The lock or latch shall be
arranged to ensure that the door is in a position to be
locked when or before the car leaves the landing.
These requirements do not apply to bottom landing
doors of sidewalk elevators.
4.3.6.3 Signs on Hoistway Doors. Every hoistway
door shall have conspicuously displayed on the landing
side in letters not less than 50 mm (2 in.) high the words:
"DANGER-ELEVATOR-KEEP CLOSED."
4.3.7 Hoistway Gates for Landing Openings
Hoistway landing openings equipped with horizon-
tally sliding or swinging doors shall also be provided
with vertically sliding semiautomatic gates, not less than
1 070 mm (42 in.) high and of a design that will reject
a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter. Gates shall be so con-
structed and guided as to withstand a lateral force of
445 N (100 lbf) concentrated at the center of the gate
without being deflected beyond the line of the landing
sill, and a force of 1 112 N (250 lbf) without forcing the
gate from its guides or without causing it to break or
be permanently deformed.
4.3.8 Hoistway Door and Hoistway Gate Locking
Devices
Hoistway doors and hoistway gates, where required,
shall be provided with locking devices as specified in
4.3.8.1 and 4.3.8.2.
(ED) 4.3.8.1 Door Latches. Hoistway doors shall be pro-
vided with spring-type latches to hold them in the closed
position. Such latches shall be capable of being released
from both the hoistway and landing side, irrespective
of the position of the car.
4.3.8.2 Gate Locks. Hoistway gates required with
horizontally sliding or swinging type hoistway doors
(see 4.3.7) shall be provided with hoistway gate separate
mechanical locks.
(a) Type Required. Hoistway gate separate mechanical
locks shall be of a type actuated only when the car is
within the landing zone by a cam attached to the car.
(b) General Design Requirements. The lock shall hold
the gate in the closed position by means of gravity or
by a restrained compression spring, or by both.
(c) Closed Position. Hoistway gates provided with
hoistway gate separate mechanical locks shall be consid-
ered to be in the closed position when the gate is within
10 mm (0.375 in.) of contact with the landing sill.
4.3.9 Car Enclosures
Cars shall be enclosed on the sides not used for
entrance. The deflection of the enclosure shall be not
more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) when subjected to a force of
334 N (75 lbf) applied perpendicularly to the car enclo-
sure at any point. The enclosure shall be secured to the
car platform or frame in such a manner that it cannot
work loose or become displaced in ordinary service.
These requirements do not apply to sidewalk ele-
vators.
4.3.10 Use of Glass in Cars
Glass shall not be used in elevator cars, except as
permitted in 2.14.1.8.
4.3.11 Car Frames and Platforms
Car frames and platforms shall be of metal or sound
seasoned wood designed with a factor of safety of not
less than 4 for metal and 6 for wood, based on the rated
load uniformly distributed. Connection between frame
members of the car frame and the platform shall be
riveted, bolted, or welded.
Sidewalk elevator platforms shall be provided with
steel bow irons or stanchions to open sidewalk doors
or covers (see 5.5.1.15.2).
4.3.12 Car Compartments
Elevator cars upon which an operator is permitted to
ride shall have not more than one compartment.
4.3.13 Cars Counterbalancing One Another
Elevator cars upon which persons are permitted to
ride shall not be arranged to counterbalance each other.
4.3.14 Capacity and Loading
4.3.14.1 Minimum Rated Load. The rated load of hand
elevators shall be not less than 240 kg/m 2 (50 lb /ft 2 ) of
inside net car area.
4.3.14.2 Capacity Plate. A metal plate shall be fas-
tened in a conspicuous place in the elevator car and
shall bear the following information in not less than
6 mm (0.25 in.) letters or numerals, stamped, etched, or
raised on the surface of the plate:
(a) rated load in kg (lb)
(b) the maximum number of passengers to be carried
based on 68 kg (150 lb) per person (if passenger elevator)
(c) suspension data required by 4.3.16.5
4.3.15 Car Safeties
Elevators having a travel of more than 4.6 m (15 ft)
shall be provided with a car safety, attached to the under-
side of the car frame, capable of stopping and sustaining
the car with rated load.
129
ASME A17.1-2004
4.3.15-4.3.22
The car safety device is not required to be operated
by a speed governor, and is permitted to be of the instan-
taneous type operated as a result of the breaking or
slackening of the suspension members.
Where the travel exceeds 12.5 m (40 ft), driving
machines having hand-operated brakes shall also be
equipped with an automatic speed retarder.
4.3.16 Suspension Means
4.3.16.1 Type and Number Required. Suspension
means shall consist of not less than two wire ropes or
chains.
4.3.16.2 Factor of Safety. The factor of safety used
in determining the size and number of the suspension
members shall be not less than 5, based on the weight
of the car and its rated load.
4.3.16.3 Length of Suspension Members. The length
of suspension members shall be such as to provide the
minimum top car and counterweight clearances speci-
fied in 4.3.3.
4.3.16.4 Securing of Drum Ends, and Turns on Drum.
Drum ends of suspension members shall be secured to
the inside of the drum by clamps or babbitted sockets,
and there shall be not less than one complete turn of
the suspension members around the winding drum
when the car or counterweight is resting on its buffers.
4.3.16.5 Suspension Member Data. The capacity
plate required by 4.3.14.2 shall show the size, rated ulti-
mate strength, and material of the suspension members.
The date of installation of the suspension members shall
be shown on a metal tag attached to the suspension
fastening.
4.3.17 Counterweights
4.3.17.1 Counterweight Construction. Sections of
counterweights, whether carried in frames or not, shall
be secured by at least two tie-rods passing through holes
in the sections. The tie-rods shall have locknuts at each
end, secured by cotter pins.
4.3.18 Guide Rails and Fastenings
4.3.18.1 Material and Finish. Car and counterweights
shall be provided with guide rails of steel or straight-
grained seasoned wood free from knots, shakes, dry rot,
or other imperfections.
Guide rails for sidewalk elevators shall be of steel.
The guiding surfaces of the guide rails for elevators
equipped with car safeties shall be finished smooth.
4.3.18.2 Strength of Rails and Fastenings. Guide rails
shall be securely fastened with through bolts or clips of
such strength, design, and spacing that
(a) the guide rails and their fastenings shall not deflect
more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) under normal operation
(b) the guide rails and their fastenings shall withstand
the application of the safety, where provided, when stop-
ping the car with rated load or when stopping the coun-
terweight
4.3.18.3 Extension of Guide Rails at Top and Bottom
of Hoistway. Car and counterweight guide rails shall
rest on suitable supports and extend at the top of the
hoistway sufficiently to prevent the guide shoes from
running off the guide rails in case the car or counter-
weight travels beyond the terminal landings.
4.3.19 Driving Machines and Sheaves
4.3.19.1 Factors of Safety. The factors of safety, based
on static loads, to be used in the design of driving
machines and sheaves shall be not less than 8 for
wrought iron or wrought steel and 10 for cast iron or
other materials.
4.3.19.2 Driving-Machine Brakes. Driving machines
shall be equipped with a hand brake or an automatic
brake operating in either direction of motion of the ele-
vator, and capable of stopping and holding the car with
its rated load. When the brake has been applied, it shall
remain in the "ON" position until released by the
operator.
4.3.20 Power Attachments
Power attachments are prohibited. Elevators shall not
be equipped with any means or attachment for applying
electric or other power unless the elevator is perma-
nently and completely converted into a power elevator
conforming to all requirements of this Code for electric
or hydraulic elevators.
4.3.21 Layout Data
The information provided on layout data shall con-
form to 2.28.
4.3.22 Inspections and Tests
See 8.10 and 8.11 for the testing requirements for hand
elevators.
130
SCOPE-5.1.3.1
ASME A17.1-2004
Part5
Special Application Elevators
SCOPE
Part 5 applies to special application elevators as speci-
fied in the following requirements:
(a) Requirement 5.1 applies to inclined elevators.
(b) Requirement 5.2 applies to limited-use /limited-
application elevators.
(c) Requirement 5.3 applies to private residence ele-
vators.
(d) Requirement 5.4 applies to private residence
inclined elevators.
(e) Requirement 5.5 applies to power sidewalk ele-
vators.
(f) Requirement 5.6 applies to rooftop elevators.
(g) Requirement 5.7 applies to special purpose per-
sonnel elevators.
(h) Requirement 5.8 applies to shipboard elevators.
(i) Requirement 5.9 applies to mine elevators.
(j) Requirement 5.10 applies to elevators used for con-
struction.
(ED) SECTION 5.1
INCLINED ELEVATORS
Requirement 5.1 applies to inclined elevators (see 1.3)
at other than private residences.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
inclined elevators.
5.1.1 General Requirements
5.1.1.1 Hoistway s, hoistway enclosures, and related
construction shall conform to 5.1.2, 2.1 through 2.13, and
2.29, except as modified by 5.1.1 through 5.1.6 and 5.1.8
through 5.1.10.
5.1.1.2 Machinery and equipment shall conform to
2.14 through 2.28, 8.8, and 8.9, except as modified by
5.1.7, and 5.1.11 through 5.1.22.
5.1.2 Construction of Hoistway and Hoistway
Enclosures
5.1.2.1 Fire-Resistive Construction. Hoistway enclo-
sures shall conform to 2.1.1.1.
5.1.2.2 Non-Fire-Resistive Construction. Where fire-
resistive construction of the hoistway is not required by
the building code, the hoistway shall be enclosed as
specified in 5.1.2.2.1 through 5.1.2.2.4.
5.1.2.2.1 Enclosures shall be of solid construction
or openwork at least 2 140 mm (84 in.) high. If of open-
work, it shall reject a ball 19 mm (0.750 in.) in diameter
and be located a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.) from the
nearest moving component, or shall reject a ball 50 mm
(2 in.) in diameter and be located a nunimum of 914 mm
(36 in.) from the nearest moving component. Areas of
the enclosure located adjacent to landing entrances, and
entrances of openwork construction, shall reject a ball
13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter. All enclosures shall be sup-
ported and braced so as to deflect not more than 50 mm
(2 in.) when subjected to a force of 444 N (100 lbf ) applied
horizontally over any 101.6 mm 2 (4 in. 2 ) area of the
enclosure, nor shall the running clearance be reduced
to less than 25 mm (1 in.).
5.1.2.2.2 Those portions of the hoistway where
the lowest member of the guides or any moving compo-
nent is at least 2 440 mm (96 in.) above the surface below
shall not be required to have any enclosure. Adjacent
hoistway enclosures shall be joined under the guides.
The underside of any area of the hoistway that crosses
any passageway, such as a pathway or roadway, shall
be enclosed. The enclosure shall be of solid or openwork
construction, shall be full width, and shall extend
beyond the area of the passageway on each side a dis-
tance at least equal to one-half of the vertical distance
between the lowest member of the guides and each edge
of the passageway, respectively. If of openwork construc-
tion, it shall reject a ball 19 mm (0.75 in.) in diameter.
5.1.2.2.3 Structures used to support the hoistway,
and located outside of the enclosure, shall be designed
to protect against climbing.
5.1.2.2.4 Acrylics, laminated glass, or wired glass
used for enclosures and doors shall be of the following
minimum thicknesses:
(a) acrylics, 6 mm (0.250 in.)
(b) laminated glass, 9.5 mm (0.375 in.)
(c) wired glass, 6 mm (0.250 in.)
5.1.3 Pits and Work Spaces
5.1.3.1 Work Space Dimensions. If not otherwise pro-
vided by the pit design, each inclined elevator shall be
provided with a work space below the guides extending
to each side a minimum of 450 mm (18 in.) beyond the
running line of the car or counterweight with a length
in the direction of travel of not less than 1 830 mm (72 in.)
131
ASME A17.1-2004
5.1.3.1-5.1.11.1.1
throughout the length measured from the top of the
guides. Such work spaces shall be provided with stop
switches and lighting conforming to 2.2.5 and 2.2.6 and
shall be equipped with a convenience outlet. On exterior
installations, these devices shall be weatherproof.
5.1.3.2 Pit and Work Space Water Removal. In addi-
tion to the requirements of 2.2, the means provided for
the removal of water on exterior installations shall be
ample for weather-caused water collection.
5.1.4 Counterweight Pit Guards
Requirement 2.3.2.1 does not apply.
5.1.5 Clearances for Cars and Counterweights
5.1.5.1 Bottom Car Clearances. Inclined elevators
shall conform to 2.4.1 or be provided with one of the
following refuge spaces:
(a) a minimum of 610 mm x 610 mm x 2 134 mm
(24 in. x 24 in. x 84 in.) high
(b) a minimum of 610 mm x 1 220 mm x 1 220 mm
(24 in. x 48 in. x 48 in.)
The refuge space shall be clear of the car and counter-
weight resting on their fully compressed buffers. This
space shall be located to either side of, or toward the
downhill end of, the pit in the direction of travel.
5.1.5.2 Top Car Clearance for Uncounterweighted
Inclined Elevators. The top car clearance for inclined
elevators of less than 20 deg inclination from the hori-
zontal shall include the gravity stopping distance based
on 115% of rated speed plus the top car clearance
required by 2.4.7.
5.1.6 Protection of Spaces in Line With the Direction
of Travel
Requirement 2.6 applies, except that where it states
"below the hoistway," it shall mean "beyond the bottom
terminal in the direction of travel."
(a) Where 2.6.1 states "underneath," it shall refer to
the location stated in 5.1.6.
(b) Where 2.6.2 states "underneath," it shall refer to
the location stated in 5.1.6.
5.1.7 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms
5.1.7.1 Protection of Traveling Cables. Traveling
cables shall be suitably protected against abrasion and
fouling. This protection shall be permitted to be pro-
vided in conjunction with that protection required by
5.1.16.1.
5.1.7.2 Weatherproofing. Components subject to cor-
rosion on installations exposed to the weather shall be
weatherproofed with either exterior coatings, anodizing,
plating, galvanizing, or noncorrosive metals or other
accepted forms of protection.
5.1.8 Protection of Hoistway Openings
5.1.8.1 Hoistway Door Vision Panels. Inclined eleva-
tors not required to have fire-resistive enclosures (see
5.1.2.2) are not required to conform to 2.11.7. The
hoistway entrances of such elevators shall be permitted
to be provided with vision panels of larger size, includ-
ing complete door panels, made of any materials con-
forming to 5.1.2.2.4 and ANSI Z97.1 or 16 CFR Part 1201
or CAN/CGSB-12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, and CAN/
CGSB-12.12, whichever is applicable.
5.1.8.2 Landing Sill Guards. When a car leveling
device is provided, the landing sills shall be guarded in
conformance with 2.11.10.1. The guards shall also extend
75 mm (3 in.) beyond the horizontal leveling zone.
5.1.9 Restricted Opening of Hoistway or Car Doors
Inclined elevators shall conform to 2.12.5, except that
the unlocking zone shall not exceed 152 mm (6 in.)
beyond the landing measured in the direction of travel.
5.1.10 Access to Hoistways for Inspection,
Maintenance, and Repairs
5.1.10.1 Hoistway Access Switches. Elevators
installed conforming to 5.1.2.2 are not required to con-
form to 2.12.7, provided that
(a) the means of access provides equivalent safety to
that provided by 2.12.7
(b) if the means of access includes entrance through
the hoistway guarding, it is locked under Group 1 Secu-
rity (see 8.1) and is equipped with a contact meeting
the requirements of 2.26.2.26
5.1.10.2 Workspace Access. Where a workspace is
required by 5.1.3.1, access to the workplace shall comply
with 2.12.7 or 5.1.10.1, except where a separate work-
space access door is provided.
5.1.10.3 Special Operating Requirements
5.1.10.3.1 The speed under 2.12.7.3.2 shall be not
greater than 0.64 m/s (125 ft/min).
5.1.10.3.2 The movement of the car under
2.12.7.3.6 shall be limited to the point where the platform
guard is even with the uphill edge of the open
hoistway door.
5.1.10.3.3 The movement of the car under
2.12.7.3.7 shall be limited to the point where the upper-
most chassis member is even with the downhill edge of
the open hoistway door.
5.1.11 Car Enclosures
5.1.11.1 Car Emergency Exits
5.1.11.1.1 Top Emergency Exits. Requirement
2.14.1.5 applies only where installations are at an angle
greater than 49 deg and where an unhill end emergency
exit is not provided.
(ED)
(ED)
132
5.1.11.1.2-5.1.14.2
ASMEA17.1-2004
5.1.11.1.2 Uphill End Emergency Exit. If the installa-
tion arrangement is such that the car door cannot be used
for an emergency exit when the car is located between
landings, the car shall be provided with an emergency
exit located in the uphill end of the car. The emergency
exit door shall
(a) be of the hinged type.
(b) open only into the car.
(c) extend from the floor or base moulding to a clear
height of not less than 1 524 mm (60 in.) and shall pro-
vide a clear width of not less than 356 mm (14 in.) when
the door is open.
(ED) (d) be provided with a locking means with a nonre-
movable handle that can be opened only from the exte-
rior of the car. The device shall be permitted to be
openable from the interior of the car by use of a special
key, which shall be of Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
(e) be provided with an electric contact, which shall
not permit the car to start or run, except under inspection
conditions as provided for in 5.1.10.1 and 5.1.10.3. The
contact shall conform to the following:
(1) it shall not be accessible from the inside of
the car
(2) it shall be positively opened by a lever or other
device attached to and operated by the door
(3) the contacts shall be maintained in the open
position by the action of gravity or by a restrained com-
pression spring, or both, or by positive mechanical
means
(f) be of the same material and construction as
required for the car enclosure.
5.1.11.1.3 Emergency Exit Unloading Platforms. An
emergency exit unloading platform is not required. If
provided, an emergency exit unloading platform shall
be attached to the car and shall be retractable and opera-
ble only from the exterior of the car. It shall be located
only on the uphill end of the car and shall be provided
with an electric contact conforming to 5.1.11.1.2(e) and
shall only be made in the retracted position of the
platform.
5.1.11.2 Car Enclosure Tops. Requirement 2.14.1.6
does not apply. However, if equipment is placed or
installed on inclined elevators that will require servicing
from the top of the car or a car top emergency exit
is provided, the car top shall conform to 2.14.1.6 and
2.14.1.7.
5.1.11.3 Glass and Plastic for Cars and Doors. Glass
and safety plastic used in car or for doors shall be lami-
nated glass or safety plastic conforming to the require-
ments of ANSI Z97.1 or 16 CFR Part 1201.1 or 1202.2;
or, be laminated glass or safety glass or safety plastic
conforming to the requirements of CAN/CGSB-12.1,
CAN/CGSB-12.11, and CAN/CGSB-12.12, whichever is
applicable.
5.1.12 Car Frames and Platforms
5.1.12.1 Materials for Car Frames and Platform
Frames. Car frames and platform frames shall conform
to 2.15.6.1, except that cast iron shall not be used for
guiding supports or guide shoes.
5.1.12.2 Platform Guards (Aprons). The entrance side
of the platform shall be provided with smooth metal
guard plates of not less than 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) thick
steel, or material of equivalent strength and stiffness,
reinforced and braced to the car platform and conform-
ing to 5.1.12.2.1 through 5.1.12.2.5.
5.1.12.2.1 It shall extend not less than the full
width of the widest hoistway door opening plus the
leveling zone in each direction.
5.1.12.2.2 It shall have a straight vertical face in
the direction of travel throughout the length described
in 5.1.12.2.1 plus 75 mm (3 in.).
5.1.12.2.3 The ends of the guard in each direction
of travel shall be bent back at an angle of not less than
60 deg nor more than 75 deg from the face provided for
in 5.1.12.2.2.
5.1.12.2.4 The straight vertical facing wall shall
extend a minimum of 25 mm (1 in.) below the landing
sills at any position above or below the landing to the
extent of the leveling zones.
5.1.12.2.5 The guard plate shall be able to with-
stand a constant force of not less than 667 N (150 lbf )
applied at right angles to and at any position on its
face without deflecting more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) and
without permanent deformation.
5.1.12.2.6 Platform Stringers. Platform stringers (04)
made of wood are not permitted.
5.1.13 Capacity and Loading
5.1.13.1 Benches or Seats. The inside net platform
area (see Table 2.16.1) shall be permitted to be increased
by an amount not greater than 50% of the area of the
bench or seat, when a permanently located and nonfold-
ing bench or seat is installed.
5.1.13.2 Data Plates. Data plates shall be located on
the uphill member of the car chassis (frame).
5.1.14 Car and Counterweight Safeties
5.1.14.1 Requirements for Safeties. Car and counter-
weight safeties shall meet the requirements of 2.17,
except as modified by 5.1.14.2, 5.1.14.3, 5.1.15, and
5.1.18.4.
5.1.14.2 Functions and Stopping Distance of Safeties.
The safety device, or the combined safety devices where
furnished, shall be capable of stopping and sustaining
the entire car with its rated load from governor tripping
(ED)
133
ASME A17.1-2004
5.1.14.2-5.1.14.3.2
Table 5.1.14.2 Minimum and Maximum Stopping Distances at Given Angles From Horizontal
SI Units
Rated
Speed,
Governor
Trip,
Minimum and Maximum
Stopping Distance,
, mm, at Angle From Horizontal, deg
30
i
45
60
70
m/s
m/s
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
0-0.63
0.90
139
453
114
417
81
369
55
333
0.75
1.05
201
541
164
489
116
420
79
367
0.87
1.25
285
661
232
586
164
489
113
415
1.00
1.40
357
765
292
671
206
549
141
456
1.12
1.55
432
872
353
758
249
611
171
498
1.25
1.70
517
993
422
858
299
681
204
546
1.50
2.00
711
1 270
580
1 084
410
840
281
655
1.75
2.30
930
1 584
760
1 340
537
1 022
368
780
2.00
2.55
1 185
1 948
967
1 637
684
1 232
468
923
2.25
2.90
1 469
2 355
1 200
1 970
848
1 467
580
1 084
2.50
3.15
1 779
2 798
1453
2 331
1027
1 723
700
1 259
3.00
3.70
2 494
3 820
2 036
3 166
1 440
2 313
985
1 663
3.50
4.30
3 329
5 015
2 718
4 141
1 922
3 003
1 315
2 134
4.00
4.85
4 285
6 382
3 499
5 257
2 474
3 792
1 692
2 674
Imperial
Units
Governor
Trip,
ft/min
Minimum
and Maximurr
i Stopping Distance
!, in., at Angle From Horizontal, deg
Rated
Speed,
ft/min
30
45
60
70
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
0-125
175
5.5
18.0
4.5
16.5
3.5
14.5
2.5
13.0
150
210
8.0
21.5
6.5
19.5
5.0
17.0
3.5
14.5
175
250
11.5
26.0
9.5
23.0
6.5
19.5
4.5
16.5
200
280
14.5
30.0
11.5
26.5
8.5
22.0
6.0
18.0
225
308
17.5
34.5
14.0
30.0
10.0
24.0
7.0
20.0
250
337
20.5
39.0
17.0
34.0
12.0
27.0
8.5
21.5
300
395
28.0
50.0
23.0
43.0
16.5
33.0
11.5
26.0
350
452
37.0
62.5
30.0
53.0
21.5
40.5
14.5
31.0
400
510
47.0
77.0
38.5
64.5
27.0
48.5
18.5
36.5
450
568
58.0
93.0
47.5
77.5
33.5
58.0
23.0
43.0
500
625
70.5
110.5
57.5
92.0
40.5
68.0
28.0
50.0
600
740
98.5
150.5
80.5
125.0
57.0
91.0
39.0
65.5
700
855
131.5
197.5
107.5
163.0
76.0
118.5
52.0
84.5
800
970
169.0
251.5
138.0
207.0
97.5
149.5
67.0
105.5
speed (see also 2.16.8) with an average horizontal retar-
dation, measured over the total retardation time, not
exceeding 2.46 m/s 2 (8.05 ft/s 2 ).
Type B safeties shall stop the car with its rated load
from governor tripping speed within range of the mini-
mum and maximum stopping distances as determined
by the formulas in 8.2.11. Table 5.1.14.2 shows the mini-
mum and maximum stopping distances for various gov-
ernor tripping speeds, when tested in conformance with
8.10 and 8.11.
5.1.14.3 Limits of Use of Various Types of Safeties
5.1.14.3.1 Type A (Instantaneous) Safeties
(a) Type A safeties shall not be used on inclined eleva-
tors having a rated speed in excess of 0.64 m/s
(125 ft/min) or with a governor tripping speed in excess
of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min).
(b) Type A safeties that develop horizontal retarda-
tions exceeding 2.46 m/s 2 (8.05 ft/s 2 ) shall not be used
on inclined elevators.
5.1.14.3.2 Type C Safeties. Type C safeties shall
conform to 2.17.8.2, except as modified by the following:
134
5.1.14.3.2-5.1.18.2
ASME Al 7.1-2004
Table 5.1.17.2 Spring Buffer Stroke
V v =-Vs'm a
V h = l/cos a
Rated Car Speed,
m/s (ft/min)
Stroke,
mm (in.)
0.38 or less (75 or less)
0.38-0.63 (75-125)
63 (2.5)
125 (5.0)
V
(a) Type C safeties that develop horizontal retarda-
tions exceeding 2.46 m/s 2 (8.05 ft/s 2 ) shall not be used
on inclined elevators.
(b) The oil buffers shall conform to all requirements
specified in 2.22 for oil buffers, except that the stroke
shall be based on governor tripping speed and on an
average horizontal retardation not exceeding 2.46 m/s 2
(8.05 ft/s 2 ).
5.1.15 Speed Governor Drive
5.1.15.1 Rope-Driven Governors. Rope-driven gover-
nors are not required.
5.1.15.2 Other Driving Means of Governors. The
means used to drive the speed governor shall be positive
and fail-safe.
5.1.15.3 Counterweight-Mounted Governor. Where a
counterweight operates on guide rails, which are located
below the car guide rails and the governor, if required,
is located on the counterweight, the overspeed switch
shall be permitted to be omitted.
5.1.16 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections
5.1.16.1 Protection of Ropes. Suspension, governor,
and compensation ropes shall be protected against
abrasion.
5.1.17 Car and Counterweight Buffers
5.1.17.1 Type and Location. The maximum rated
speed of inclined elevators for the use of spring-type
buffers shall be 0.64 m/s (125 ft/min).
5.1.17.2 Spring Buffer Stroke. The stroke of a spring
buffer shall be not less than as specified in Table 5.1.17.2.
5.1.17.3 Vertical and Horizontal Components of Veloc-
ity. The speed shall be considered as having vertical and
horizontal components defined as in Fig. 5.1.17.3.
5.1.17.4 Oil Buffers. Oil buffers shall conform to
2.22.4, except as modified by 5.1.17.4.1 through
5.1.17.4.5.
5.1.17.4.1 The average horizontal retardation at
buffer engagement, with rated load in the car, measured
over the stopping distance, shall not exceed 2.46 m/s 2
(8.05 ft/s 2 ).
5.1.17.4.2 In 2.22.4.1.1, 2.22.4.1.2, and 2.22.4.2, the
phrase "an average retardation of not more than
a = angle of travel above horizontal
V= linear velocity of elevator in direction of travel
V h = horizontal component of velocity
V v = vertical component of velocity
Fig. 5.1.17.3 Vertical and Horizontal Components
of Velocity
9.81 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 )" is replaced with the phrase "an
average horizontal retardation not in excess of 2.46 m/s 2
(8.05 ft/s 2 )."
5.1.17.4.3 In 2.22.4.2, the phrase "peak retardation
greater than 24.54 m/s 2 (80.5 ft/s 2 )" is replaced with
the phrase "peak horizontal retardation greater than
6.13 m/s 2 (20.1 ft/s 2 )."
5.1.17.4.4 Table 2.22.4.1 is replaced with Table
5.1.17.4.4, which indicates the minimum buffer strokes
for the most usual rated speeds and selected angles of
inclination.
5.1.17.4.5 The minimum buffer strokes for speeds
differing from the values in Table 5.1.17.4.4 shall be based
on the formula in 8.2.10.
5.1.18 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide-
Rail Supports, and Fastenings
5.1.18.1 Guide-Rail Section. The guide-rail sections,
in conjunction with the guiding members, shall be so
designed as to retain the car and counterweights on the
rails in case of upthrust or side thrust force, such as
caused by foreign objects in or on the guide rail, or from
the effects of wind, frost, or snow.
5.1.18.2 Maximum Load on Rails. On inclined eleva-
tors where a single system of guide rails or brackets is
employed, the sum of the car and counterweight forces
shall be used to determine the maximum acceptable
rated load. The guide rails, guide-rail brackets, and their
supports shall be capable of resisting the bending loads
of a fully loaded car and its counterweight with a total
deflection not in excess of 3 mm (0.125 in.).
135
ASME A17.1-2004
5.1.18.3-5.1.21.1
Table 5.1.17.4.4 Minimum Oil Buffer Strokes at Given Angle From Horizontal
SI Units
Imperial Units
Rated
Minimum Stroke,
mm,
Rated
Minimum Stroke, in,
Speed,
m/s
at Angle From Horizontal, deg
Speed,
ft/min
at Angle
From Horizontal
I, deg
15
30
45
60
70
15
30
45
60
70
1.00
269
241
197
139
95
200
10.58
9.49
7.74
5.48
3.75
1.12
340
305
249
176
120
225
13.39
12.00
9.80
6.93
4.74
1.25
420
376
307
217
149
250
16.53
14.82
12.10
8.56
5.85
1.50
605
542
443
313
214
300
23.80
21.34
17.43
12.32
8.43
1.75
823
738
602
426
291
350
32.40
29.05
23.72
16.77
11.47
2.00
1 075
964
787
556
380
400
42.32
37.94
30.98
21.90
14.98
2.25
1 360
1 220
996
704
482
450
53.56
48.02
39.21
27.72
18.96
2.50
1 679
1 506
1 229
869
595
500
66.12
59.28
48.40
34.23
23.41
3.00
2 418
2 168
1 770
1 252
856
600
95.21
85.37
69.70
49.29
33.71
3.50
3 292
2 951
2 410
1 704
1 166
700
129.60
116.19
94.87
67.08
45.89
4.00
4 299
3 855
3 147
2 226
1 522
800
169.27
151.76
123.91
87.62
59.93
5.1.18.3 Guide-Rail Surfaces. Guide rails shall con-
form to 2.23.6, except that guide rails for inclined eleva-
tors with Type A and Type C safeties shall not be
required to have finished guiding surfaces.
5.1.18.4 Safety Guide Rail. A single guide rail shall
be permitted to be provided for application of the safety
and for lateral guiding. It shall be located between the
main guide rails.
5.1.19 Driving Machines
Driving machines shall conform to 2.24, except as
modified by 5.1.19.1.
(ED) 5.1.19.1 Winding Drum Machines. Winding drum
machines without counterweights shall be permitted to
be used for inclined elevators when the net rated load
(sine of the angle of inclination times the gross load)
does not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb) and the distance of
travel does not exceed 38 m (125 ft), and the rated speed
does not exceed 0.50 m/s (100 ft/min).
5.1.20 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
5.1.20.1 Inspection Operation. Requirements 2.26.1.1
through 2.26.1.4 apply, except as referenced and modi-
fied in 5.1.20. Where car top is stated there, it shall also
mean the uphill end emergency exit exterior inspection
device location. Where an inspection operating device
is located at the uphill exit, it is permitted to omit one
on the car top.
5.1.20.2 Operating Requirements
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.3. The speed shall be limited to
not exceed 0.64 m/s (125 ft/min).
(b) Requirement 2.26.1.4.1(d)(1). The speed shall be lim-
ited to not exceed 0.64 m/s (125 ft/min).
5.1.20.3 Top of Car Stop Switch. The top of car stop
switch is not required except where access is provided
to the top of car.
5.1.20.4 Machine Room Inspection. Machine room
inspection shall not be provided.
5.1.20.5 Slack Rope Device. Slack rope devices shall
be provided on traction driving machines of elevators
having an inclination of less than 35 deg from horizontal.
The devices shall be located on both the car and counter-
weight sides of the driving machine and conform to
2.26.2.1.
5.1.20.6 Horizontal Retardations at Emergency Elec-
trical Stopping. Horizontal retardations induced on the
car due to the emergency stopping of an inclined eleva-
tor, caused by the removal of electrical power, shall meet
the requirements of 5.1.20.6.1 and 5.1.20.6.2.
5.1.20.6.1 The average horizontal retardation,
measured over the total retardation time, shall not
exceed 0.98 m/s 2 (3.22 ft/s 2 ).
5.1.20.6.2 No peak horizontal retardation value
exceeding 0.98 m/s 2 (3.22 ft/s 2 ) shall have a time dura-
tion exceeding 0.125 s.
5.1.21 Emergency Operations and Signaling Devices
5.1.21.1 Emergency Signal and/or Communications.
Each elevator shall be equipped with an alarm button
or switch in the car operating station and an alarm
device mounted in a location that shall be readily avail-
able to a person who is normally situated in the vicinity
when the elevator is in use; or a means of voice commu-
nication to a receiving station always attended when
the installation is in use. If the alarm device or means
of voice communication is normally activated by utility
136
5.1.21.1-5.2.1.4.2
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
(ED)
power supply, it shall be backed up by a manual or
battery operated device.
5.1.22 End-Loading Inclined Elevators
5.1.22.1 Additional Requirements. Inclined elevators
that load and unload passengers through car doors
located at the uphill and downhill ends of the car shall
conform to the following additional requirements of
5.1.22.
5.1.22.2 Speed. The rated speed shall not exceed
0.50 m/s (100 ft/min).
5.1.22.3 Buffers. The buffers shall be oil type only
installed at both terminals, conforming to 5.1.17.4.
Requirement 2.22.4.8 does not apply to end-loading
inclined elevators. The buffer shall be compressed to
within the overtravel distance when the car is level with
the terminal landing. Each buffer shall be provided with
a switch that shall prevent operation of the elevator by
means of the normal operating device in the direction
of travel towards that buffer unless it has returned to at
least 90% of its stroke.
5.1.22.4 Final Terminal Stopping Devices. The final
terminal stopping devices shall conform to 2.25.3.1 and
2.25.3.2, except for 2.25.3.2(a) and shall be located to
operate within the reduced runby of end-loading
inclined elevators.
5.1.22.5 Retractable Sills. End-loading inclined ele-
vators shall be permitted to be equipped with retractable
sill conforming to the following:
(a) They shall be designed so as to function without
creating any pinching or shearing hazards.
(b) They shall be equipped with return switches con-
forming to 2.25.2.1.1 and 2.25.2.1.3, which shall prevent
the operation of the car in the direction of travel toward
that terminal unless the retractable sill returns to its
normal position.
5.1.22.6 Locking Car Doors. Car door locking devices
on end-loading inclined elevators shall conform to
2.14.4.2.
SECTION 5.2
LIMITED-USE/LIMITED-APPLICATION ELEVATORS
This Section applies to limited-use/limited-applica-
tion elevators (see 1.3).
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
limited-use/limited-application elevators.
5.2.1 Electric Limited-Use/Limited-Application
Elevators
5.2.1.1 Construction of Hoistway and Hoistway Enclo-
sures. The construction of hoistway enclosures shall con-
form to 2.1, except as modified by 5.2.1.1.1 and 5.2.1.1.2.
5.2.1.1.1 Requirement 2.1.1.4 does not apply. Ele-
vators shall be installed in a single hoistway.
5.2.1.1.2 Requirement 2.1.3 applies only when a
floor is provided at the top of hoistway.
(a) Requirement 2.1.3.1. Elevator machines and sheaves
shall be permitted to be located inside the hoistway
enclosure at the top or bottom without intervening
enclosures or platforms. If a floor is provided at the top
of the hoistway, it shall comply with 5.2.1.1.2(c). If a
floor is provided, it shall be permitted to be of wood.
(b) Requirement 2.1.3.2 does not apply.
(c) Requirement 2.1.3.3 does not apply. The floor shall
be designed in accordance with other floors in the build-
ing. Where the machine is to be supported by the
machine room floor, the floor shall be designed in accor-
dance with 2.9.4 and 2.9.5.
(d) Requirement 2.1.3.4. The floor shall be permitted
to be of wood.
5.2.1.2 Pits. Pits shall conform to 2.2.
5.2.1.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights. The
location and guarding of counterweights shall conform
to 2.3, except as follows: Where counterweight guards
conforming to 2.3.2 are not provided, lightweight chains,
approximately 600 mm (24 in.) in length shall be
attached to the bottom of the counterweight. These
chains shall be spaced at 150 mm (6 in.) intervals to
provide a warning to a person in the path of the descend-
ing counterweight.
5.2.1.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars and
Counterweights. Bottom and top car clearances and run-
bys for cars and counterweights shall conform to 2.4,
except as specified in 5.2.1.4.1 through 5.2.1.4.4.
5.2.1.4.1 Bottom Car Clearance. Elevators shall con-
form to 2.4.1 or 5.2.1.4.2.
5.2.1.4.2 Alternative to Bottom Car Clearance
Requirements. When the car rests on its solid bumper
or fully compressed buffer, no part of the car or any
equipment attached thereto shall strike the pit or any
part of the equipment located therein.
Nonremovable means shall be provided to mechani-
cally hold the car above the pit floor to provide an area
in the pit for maintenance and inspection, conforming
to the following:
(a) It shall hold the car at a height of not less than
900 mm (35 in.) nor more than 2 000 mm (79 in.) above
the pit floor and not less than 300 mm (12 in.) above
the bottom landing sill, as measured from the underside
of the car platform.
(b) The means shall be so designed and constructed
as to stop and hold the car at governor tripping speed
with rated load in the car.
(c) It shall not cause the stresses and deflections in
car frame and platform members and their connections
137
ASME A17.1-2004
5.2.1.4.2-5.2.1.7.11
to exceed the limits specified in 2.15.10 and 2.15.11.
(d) If the means does not automatically activate when
the lowest hoistway door is opened with the car not at
the landing
(1) it shall be capable of being operated without
complete bodily entry into the pit.
(2) a sign conforming to ANSI 735.1, or CAN/CSA-
Z321, whichever is applicable (see Part 9), shall be con-
spicuously displayed inside the hoistway, which shall
include a warning that there is an insufficient bottom
car clearance and instructions for operating the device.
The letters shall be not less than 25 mm (1 in.) in height.
5.2.1.4.3 Top Car Clearance Requirements. Top car
clearance shall conform to 2.4 or 5.2.1.4.4.
5.2.1.4.4 Alternative to Top Car Clearance Require-
ments. In existing buildings where the top car clearance
conforming to 5.2.1.4.3 cannot be provided, the follow-
ing shall apply:
(a) When the car has reached its maximum upper
movement, no part of the car or any equipment attached
thereto, other than as permitted by 5.2.1.4.4(b), shall
strike the overhead structure or any part of the equip-
ment located in the hoistway.
(b) Nonremovable means shall be provided to
mechanically and electrically prevent upward move-
ment of the car to provide an area above the car for
maintenance and inspection, conforming to the fol-
lowing:
(1) The means shall prevent upward movement of
the car to provide a refuge space conforming to 2.4.12.
(2) The means shall be so designed and constructed
as to stop upward movement of the car at governor-
tripping speed with and without rated load in the car.
(3) The means shall not cause the stresses and
deflections in car frame and platform members and their
connections to exceed the limits specified in 2.15.10 and
2.15.11.
(4) A sign conforming to ANSI Z35.1, or CAN/
CSA-Z321, whichever is applicable (see Part 9), shall be
conspicuously displayed inside the hoistway which shall
include a warning that there is an insufficient top car
clearance and instructions for operating the means. The
letters shall be not less than 25 mm (1 in.) in height.
(5) The means shall be capable of being operated
without complete bodily entry into the hoistway.
(6) The force to actuate the means shall not require
more than 90 N (20 lbf).
(7) The top of car operating device shall not allow
car movement until the means is actuated.
5.2.1.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances.
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall con-
form to 2.5.
5.2.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways. The
protection of spaces below hoistways shall conform to
2.6.
5.2.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform to
2.7, except as modified by 5.2.1.7.1 through 5.2.1.7.12.
Equipment shall be located in elevator machine rooms,
rooms containing other equipment essential to the oper-
ation of the building, or the hoistway.
5.2.1.7.1 Requirement 2.7.1.1 applies only where
a separate machinery space is provided.
5.2.1.7.2 Requirement 2.7.1.2 applies only where
a separate machinery space is provided. When provided,
it shall be enclosed to a height of not less than 2 000 mm
(79 in.).
5.2.1.7.3 Elevator machine and control equipment
shall be permitted to be located in a room or space
containing other machinery and equipment essential to
the operation of the building, provided that they are
separated from the other machinery or equipment by a
substantial metal grille enclosure not less than 2 000 mm
(79 in.) high with a self-closing and self -locking door
and openable from the inside without a key. The grille
enclosure shall be of a design that will reject a ball 50 mm
(2 in.) in diameter.
5.2.1.7.4 Requirement 2.7.2 does not apply. Where
a machine is located at the bottom of the hoistway, the
control equipment shall be located outside the hoistway
or in a cabinet on the inside surface of the access door.
5.2.1.7.5 Requirement 2.7.3.3 applies only where
a separate room is provided for machine and control
equipment. A permanent stair or ladder is not required
when the machinery space is within the hoistway.
5.2.1.7.6 Requirement 2.7.3.4.1 applies only where
a separate machine room is provided and complete
bodily entry is necessary.
5.2.1.7.7 Access openings in elevator hoistway
enclosures shall be provided with an electric contact
conforming to 2.12.4 and 2.14.4.2.1 through 2.14.4.2.3
that will cause interruption of power to the motor and
brake when the access door is open.
5.2.1.7.8 Requirement 2.7.4.1 does not apply. The
minimum headroom shall be 2 000 mm (79 in.).
5.2.1.7.9 Requirement 2.7.5.2 applies only when
a separate machine room is provided.
5.2.1.7.10 Requirement 2.7.6 does not apply.
Where the machine is located in the hoistway and access
to the pit is required for maintenance, a permanent man-
ual or automatic means shall be provided to stop the
car from descending more than 2 000 mm (79 in.) above
the pit floor.
5.2.1.7.11 Requirement 2.7.7 does not apply to
machine rooms in hoistways.
#
138
5.2.1.7.12-5.2.1.16.1
ASME A17.1-2004
#
5.2.1.7.12 Where elevator machines are located
inside the hoistway and complete bodily entry is
required for inspection or maintenance
(a) a permanent metal, concrete, or wood platform
below or level with the machine beams shall be provided
(b) the platform shall extend the full width and depth
of the hoistway
(c) the strength of the platform shall conform to 2. 1 .3.3
(d) if the platform is of openwork construction, the
openings shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter
(e) a clear headroom of not less than 2 000 mm (79 in.)
shall be provided from the top of the platform to the
underside of the hoistway ceiling
5.2.1.8 Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts
in Hoistways and Machine Rooms. Electrical equipment,
wiring, pipes, and ducts in hoistways and machine
rooms shall comply with 2.8.
5.2.1.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and
Foundations. Machinery and sheave beams, supports,
and foundations shall conform to 2.9.
5.2.1.10 Guarding. The guarding of exposed auxil-
iary equipment shall conform to 2.10.
5.2.1.11 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings.
The protection of hoistway landing openings shall con-
form to 2.11, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.11.2. Entrances shall be of the hori-
zontal slide or single section swing type.
(b) Requirement 2.11.10.3 does not apply.
(c) Requirement 2.11.12 does not apply.
(d) Requirement 2.11.13.5 does not apply.
(e) Requirement 2.11.15.3 does not apply.
(04) 5.2.1.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches. Hoistway door
locking devices, hoistway door and car door or gate
electric contacts, and hoistway access switches shall con-
form to 2.12, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.12.1.5 does not apply. Combination
mechanical locks and electric contacts are not permitted.
(b) Requirement 2.12.2.3(a). Truck zoning devices are
not permitted.
(c) Requirement 2.12.3 does not apply.
(d) Requirement 2.12.7.3.2. The car cannot be operated
at a speed greater than 0.15 m/s (30 ft/min).
(e) Requirement 2.12.5. The dimension for the
unlocking zone shall be not more than the straight verti-
cal face of the platform guard minus 75 mm (3 in.).
5.2.1.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car
Doors and Gates. When provided, power operation,
power opening, and power closing of hoistway doors
and car doors and gates shall conform to 2.13, except
as modified by 5.2.1.13.
(a) Requirement 2.13.1(b) is modified as follows:
Power-operated swing hoistway doors shall be permit-
ted with power-operated horizontally operated car
doors.
(b) Requirement 2.13.2.2.3 does not apply.
(c) Requirement 2.13.3.4 does not apply.
(d) Requirement 2.13.6 does not apply.
5.2.1.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors, and Car Illumina-
tion. Car enclosures, car doors, and car illumination shall
conform to 2.14, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.14.1.4. Cars shall not have more than
one compartment.
(b) Requirement 2.14.1.5 applies only where manual
operation (see 5.2.1.28) is not provided. If a top emer-
gency exit is provided, it shall conform to 2.14.1.5.
(c) Requirement 2.14.1.9.1(c) does not apply. Equip-
ment mounted to the car for freight handling shall not
be permitted.
(d) Requirement 2.14.3 does not apply.
(e) Requirement 2.14.4.1 does not apply. An imperfo-
rated door shall be provided at each entrance to the car.
(f) Requirement 2.14.4.3 does not apply. Doors shall
be of the horizontally sliding, accordion, or bifold type
and so arranged to reduce the possibility of pinching.
Material shall conform to 2.14.2.1.
(g) Requirement 2.14 .4 .4 does not apply.
(h) Requirement 2.14.4.7 does not apply.
(i) Requirement 2.14.4.9 does not apply.
(j) Requirement 2.14.4.11(b) does not apply.
(k) Requirement 2.14.5.1 does not apply. There shall
not be more than two entrances to the car.
(I) Requirements 2.14.5.2 and 2.14.5.3 do not apply.
(m) Requirement 2.14.6 does not apply.
5.2.1.15 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
platforms shall conform to 2.15, except as modified by
5.2.1.15.1 and 5.2.1.15.2.
5.2.1.15.1 Underslung or Sub-Post Frames.
Requirement 2.15.4 applies, except the term "guiding
surfaces" shall be substituted for the term "guide rails."
5.2.1.15.2 Platform Guards. Requirement 2.15.9.2
does not apply. The platform guard shall have a straight
vertical face, extending below the floor surface of the
platform of not less than the depth of the unlocking
zone plus 75 mm (3 in.).
5.2.1.16 Capacity, Loading, Speed, and Rise
5.2.1.16.1 Rated Load and Platform Area. The mini-
mum rated load shall conform to 2.16.1, except as
follows:
(a) The maximum rated load shall not exceed 635 kg
(1,400 lb).
(b) The inside net platform area shall not exceed
1.67 m 2 (18 ft 2 ).
(c) Requirements 2.16.1.2 and 2.16.1.3 do not apply.
139
ASME A17.1-2004
5.2.1.16.2-5.2.1.23.2
5.2.1.16.2 Capacity and Data Plates
(a) Capacity plates shall indicate the rated load of the
elevator in kilograms (kg), pounds (lb), or both.
(b) Data plates shall conform to 2.16.3.2.2.
(c) The material and marking of plates shall conform
to 2.16.3.3.
5.2.1.16.3 Additional Requirements for Passenger
Overload. Elevators shall conform to 2.16.8.
5.2.1.16.4 Maximum Rated Speed. The rated speed
shall not be more than 0.15 m/s (30 ft/min).
5.2.1.16.5 Maximum Rise. The maximum rise shall
not be more than 7.6 m (25 ft).
5.2.1.17 Car and Counterweight. Car and counter-
weight safeties shall conform to 2.17, except as modified
by 5.2.1.17.1.
5.2.1.17.1 Application of Safeties. The force pro-
viding the stopping action shall conform to 2.17.9.4 or
the following: Where guide-rail sections other than those
specified in 2.23.3(a) are used, the application of safety
stopping forces shall not cause deformation of the guide-
rail section upon whose dimensional stability the stop-
ping capability is dependent.
5.2.1.18 Speed Governors. Speed governors shall
conform to 2.18, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.18.2.1(b) does not apply. The trip-
ping speed shall not exceed 0.38 m/s 2 (75 ft/min). On
the breakage of the suspension means, the safety shall
operate without delay and independently of the gover-
nor's speed action.
(b) Requirement 2.18.4 does not apply.
(c) Requirement 2.18.5. Governor ropes shall be not
less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in diameter.
(d) Tiller-rope construction shall not be used.
5.2.1.19 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended
Car Movement Protection. Ascending car overspeed and
unintended car movement protection shall conform to
2.19.
5.2.1.20 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections.
Suspension ropes and their connections shall conform
to 2.20, except for 2.20.1 and 2.20.3. Suspension ropes
and their connections shall also conform to 5.2.1.20.1
and 5.2.1.20.2.
5.2.1.20.1 Suspension Means. Cars shall be sus-
pended by ropes attached to the car frame or passing
around sheaves attached to the car frame specified in
2.15.1. Ropes that have previously been installed and
used on another installation shall not be reused. Only
rope having the following classifications shall be used
for the suspension of limited-use /limited-application
elevator cars and for the suspension of counterweights:
(a) Iron (low-carbon steel) or steel wire rope, having
the commercial classification "Elevator Wire Rope," or
wire rope specifically constructed for elevator use. The
wire material for these wire ropes shall be manufactured
by the open-hearth or electric furnace process or their
equivalent.
(b) Aircraft cable rope of 7 x 19 construction, classi-
fied as Mil Spec 83420, shall be permitted in those appli-
cations where aircraft cable rope is not subjected to
crushing pressures, with the following exceptions per-
mitted:
(1) nonjacketed, carbon steel, tin- or zinc-coated
(Type 1A) 7 x 19 construction (Section 3.2.4 of Mil Spec
83420)
(2) identifying color tracer filaments are not
required (Section 3.5.2 of Mil Spec 83420)
5.2.1.20.2 Factor of Safety. The factor of safety shall
be specified in accordance with the following:
(a) "Elevator Wire Rope" [see 5.2.1.20.1(a)] shall com-
ply with 2.20.3.
(b) "Aircraft Cable Rope" [see 5.2.1.20.1(b)] shall have
a factor of safety of not less than 7.5.
5.2.1.21 Counterweights. Counterweights shall con-
form to 2.21, except as modified by 5.2.1.21.1.
5.2.1.21.1 Independent Car Counterweights.
Requirement 2.21.1.4 applies, except that the counter-
weight shall be permitted to utilize the same guide rails
as the car.
5.2.1.22 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers
shall conform to 2.22, except as modified by 5.2.1.22.1.
5.2.1.22.1 Bumpers. Elastomeric bumpers capable
of absorbing the energy of a fully loaded car shall be
permitted to be used. The average deceleration shall be
less than 9.81 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) with any load between
61 kg (135 lb) and rated load.
5.2.1.23 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide-
Rail Supports, and Fastenings. Car and counterweight
guide rails, guide-rail supports, and fastenings shall con-
form to 2.23, except as modified by 5.2.1.23.1 and
5.2.1.23.2.
5.2.1.23.1 Use of Common Guide Rails. The same
set of guide rails shall be permitted to be used for both
the car and counterweight.
5.2.1.23.2 Guide-Rail Sections. Requirements
2.23.3(a) and 2.23.3(b)(1) do not apply. Guide rails, sup-
ports, joints, fishplates, and fastenings that do not con-
form to 2.23 are permitted, provided that the strengths
and stresses are consistent with 2.23 for the loads
imposed.
Where guide-rail sections other than those specified
in 2.23.3(a) are used
(a) requirement 2.23.10.2 does not apply.
(b) the rail joints shall be designed in accordance with
2.23.5.1 and shall adequately maintain the accuracy of
the rail alignment.
140
5.2.1.23.2-5.2.2.5
ASMEA1 7. 1-2004
(c) the deflections shall comply with 2.23. The allow-
able deflection of the guide rail shall be limited to pre-
vent the safety device from disengaging the rail during
the application of the load.
5.2.1.24 Driving Machine and Sheaves. Driving
machines and sheaves shall conform to 2.24, except for
2.24.1, 2.24.2.1, and 2.24.2.2. Driving machines and
sheaves shall also conform to 5.2.1.24.1 through
5.2.1.24.3.
5.2.1.24.1 Type of Driving Machines. All driving
machines shall be of the traction type, except that wind-
ing-drum machines that do not have multiple cable lay-
ers on the drum shall be permitted for elevators, subject
to the following: They shall not be provided with coun-
terweights.
5.2.1.24.2 Material and Grooving. Sheave material
and grooving shall be subject to the following:
(a) Sheaves and drums used with "Elevator Wire
Rope" [see 5.2.1.20.1(a)] shall be of metal and provided
with finished grooves for ropes or shall be permitted to
be lined with nonmetallic groove material.
(b) Sheaves and drums used with "Aircraft Cable
rope" [see 5.2.1.20.1(b)] shall be of metal and provided
with finished "U" grooves that do not subject the aircraft
cable rope to crushing pressure.
5.2.1.24.3 Minimum Pitch Diameter. Sheaves and
drums used with suspension and compensating ropes
shall have a pitch diameter of not less than the following:
(a) For all "Elevator Wire Rope," the diameter shall
not be less than 30 times the diameter of the rope, where
used with suspension ropes.
(b) For all "Elevator Wire Rope," the diameter shall
not be less than 30 times the diameter of the rope, where
used with compensating ropes.
(c) For "7 x 19 Aircraft Cable Rope," the diameter
shall not be less than 21 times the diameter of the rope,
where used with either suspension ropes or compensat-
ing ropes.
5.2.1.25 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop-
ping devices shall conform to 2.25, except as follows:
(a) Requirement 2.25.4 does not apply.
(b) If the driving machine is of the winding drum
type, a lower final terminal stopping device shall be
used in addition to the slack-rope switch, and two inde-
pendent upper final terminal stopping devices shall be
provided. A separate device shall be used to operate
the lower final terminal and one upper final terminal
stopping device. All final terminal stopping and slack-
rope devices shall operate independently of one another.
The power feed lines to the driving machine and brake
shall be opened by one or both of the upper final termi-
nal stopping devices and either the slack-rope switch or
the lower terminal stopping device, or both.
5.2.1.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
Operating devices and control equipment shall conform
to 2.26, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply.
(b) Requirement 2.26.2.5 does not apply.
(c) Requirement 2.26.2.10 does not apply.
(d) Requirement 2.26.2.12 does not apply.
(e) Requirement 2.26.2.16 does not apply.
5.2.1.27 Emergency Operations and Signaling
Devices. Emergency operation and signaling devices
shall conform to 2.27, except 2.27.3 through 2.27.8 do
not apply. However, if firefighters' service is provided,
it shall conform to 2.27.
5.2.1.28 Manual Operation. Elevators shall be permit- (ED)
ted to be arranged for manual operation in case of power
failure. The manual operating device shall conform to
the following:
(a) It shall not be accessible from inside the car.
(b) It shall not release the brake.
(c) Upon removal of the device, the car shall not move.
(d) It shall be actuated by mechanical means only.
(e) Instructions shall be posted at or near the manual
operating device.
5.2.1.29 Layout Data. The information provided on
layout data shall conform to 2.28.
5.2.1.30 Welding. Welding shall conform to 8.8.
5.2.2 Hydraulic Limited-Use/Limited-Application (04)
Elevators
5.2.2.1 Hoistways and Related Construction.
Hoistways and related construction shall conform to
5.2.1, except as modified by 5.2.2.2.
5.2.2.2 Bottom and Top Clearances and Runbys. Bot-
tom and top clearances and runbys for cars and counter-
weights shall conform to 3.4, except as follows:
(a) Bottom car clearances shall conform to 3.4.1 or
5.2.1.4.2.
(b) Requirement 3.4.2.1 does not apply. The bottom
car runby shall not be less than 50 mm (2 in.).
(c) The top car clearances shall conform to 3.4.4 or
5.2.1.4.4.
5.2.2.3 Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical equip-
ment shall conform to 3.14 through 3.17 and 3.21 through
3.23, except as modified by 5.2.2.4, 5.2.2.5, 5.2.2.6, 5.2.2.9,
and 5.2.2.10.
5.2.2.4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and
car illumination shall conform to 5.2.1.14.
5.2.2.5 Platform Guards. The platform guard shall
have a straight vertical face, extending below the floor
surface of the platform of not less than the depth of the
unlocking zone plus 75 mm (3 in.).
141
ASME A17.1-2004
5.2.2.6-5.3.1.1.4
5.2.2.6 Capacity, Loading, Speed, and Rise. The
capacity, loading, speed, and rise shall conform to
5.2.1.16.
5.2.2.7 Alternative to Speed Governor for Roped-
Hydraulic Elevators
5.2.2.7.1 The safeties on roped-hydraulic eleva-
tors shall be operated by a speed governor or shall be
permitted to be operated by inertia where an overspeed
valve conforming to 3.19.4.7 is provided.
5.2.2.7.2 Upon the parting of the suspension
ropes, the safeties shall apply without appreciable delay
and their application shall be independent of the loca-
tion of the break in the ropes and shall be permitted to
be accomplished by the use of restrained compression
springs or by the action of gravity, or by both, or by
positive mechanical means.
5.2.2.8 Hydraulic Jacks and Sheaves. Hydraulic jacks
and sheaves shall conform to 3.18. The reference in
3.18.1.2.1 and 3.18.1.2.2 to 2.20 shall be modified by
5.2.1.20. The reference in 3.18.1.2.5 to 5.2.1.20 shall be
modified by 5.2.1.24.2 and 5.2.1.24.3.
5.2.2.9 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings. Valves,
pressure piping, and fittings shall conform to 3.19.
5.2.2.10 Bumpers. Elastomeric bumpers capable of
absorbing the energy of a fully loaded car shall be per-
mitted to be used. The average deceleration shall be less
than 9.81 m/s 2 (32.2 ft/s 2 ) with any load between 61 kg
(135 lb) and rated load.
5.2.2.11 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and Their
Fastenings. Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their
fastenings shall conform to 2.23, except as modified by
3.23 and 5.2.1.23.2.
5.2.2.12 Tanks. Tanks shall conform to 3.24.
5.2.2.13 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop-
ping devices shall conform to 3.25.1 and 3.25.3.
5.2.2.14 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
Operating devices and control equipment shall conform
to 3.26. Requirement 3.27 does not apply.
5.2.2.15 Emergency Operations and Signaling
Devices. Emergency operation and signaling devices
shall conform to 5.2.1.27.
5.2.2.16 Layout Data. The information provided on
layout data shall conform to 3.28.
SECTION 5.3
PRIVATE RESIDENCE ELEVATORS
Requirement 5.3 applies to elevators installed in or
at a private residence. Requirement 5.3 also applies to
similar elevators installed in buildings as a means of
access to private residences within such buildings pro-
vided the elevators are so installed that they are not
accessible to the general public or to other occupants in
the building.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
private residence elevators.
5.3.1 Private Residence Electric Elevators
5.3.1.1 Construction of Hoistway and Hoistway Enclo-
sures. The hoistway shall be solidly enclosed throughout
its height without grillwork or openings other than for
landing or access doors, except that any exterior win-
dows within the hoistway shall be protected by grill-
work. Enclosures shall be of sufficient strength to
support in true alignment the hoistway doors and gates
and their locking equipment. The fire resistance rating
shall be in accordance with the requirements of the
building code.
5.3.1.1.1 The enclosure shall be permitted to be
omitted on the lowest landing served, unless it opens
directly into a garage, provided the car platform is
equipped with a device that, if the platform is obstructed
in its downward travel by a force of 18 N (4 lbf) or
more applied anywhere at its lower surface, will open
an electric contact in the control circuit and thus stop
the downward travel of the car within the range of the
free suspension of the car and not exceeding 75 mm
(3 in.). Switches operated by this device shall be of a
type that will not reset unless it has been returned to
its normal position.
5.3.1.1.2 The enclosure shall be permitted to be
omitted on the upper landing on continuous-pressure
operation elevators serving only adjacent landings (one-
floor travel), provided the floor opening at the upper
landing is protected by an enclosure and gate at least
910 mm (36 in.) high with openings that will reject a
ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter and the gate is provided
with a combination mechanical lock and electric contact.
5.3.1.1.3 The enclosure shall be permitted to be (ED)
omitted on the upper landing of elevators having contin-
uous-pressure operation and serving only adjacent land-
ings (one-floor travel), where the floor opening is
provided with a vertically lifting hatch cover which is
automatically raised and lowered vertically by the
ascending and descending car, provided that this cover is
(a) fitted with guides to ensure its proper seating
(b) designed and installed to sustain a total load of
3.6 kPa (75 lb/ft 2 ) or 135 kg (300 lb) at any one point
(c) equipped with an electric contact that will prevent
the upward travel of the car when a force of 90 N (20 lbf)
is placed at any point on the top of the hatch cover
5.3.1.1.4 The hoistway enclosure shall be permit- (ED)
ted to be omitted on elevators located in existing open
142
5.3.1.1.4-5.3.1.7.5
ASMEA17.1-2004
stairway areas or other existing open areas, provided
that
(a) the car platform is equipped with a device that
meets the requirements of 5.3.1.1.1 and stops the car if
it is obstructed in its downward travel
(b) the entrance sides of the hoistway at the upper
landings are protected as required in 5.3.1.7
(c) the car gate is automatically locked, except when
the car platform is within 152 mm (6 in.) of a landing
5.3.1.2 Pits
5.3.1.2.1 Guarding of Pits. A pit provided in other
than a fully enclosed hoistway shall be guarded by a
solid enclosure at least 2 130 mm (84 in.) high. The
entrance shall be provided with a door conforming to
5.3.1.7. When the enclosure does not extend from floor
to ceiling, only solid car doors or gates rejecting a 13 mm
(0.5 in.) diameter ball shall be used.
5.3.1.2.2 Pit Maintenance. Where a pit is provided,
it shall be kept clean and free from dirt and rubbish and
the accumulation of water. It shall not be used for storage
purposes.
5.3.1.3 Top Car Clearance. The top car clearance shall
be not less than 152 mm (6 in.) plus 25 mm (1 in.) for
each 0.017 m/s (3.3 ft/min) of the rated speed in excess
of 0.15 m/s (30 ft/min). Where the machine or its con-
trols are located on the top of the car, a refuge space on
top of the car enclosure shall be provided in conformance
with 2.4.12.
5.3.1.4 Horizontal Car Clearances
5.3.1.4.1 Between Car and Hoistway Enclosures or
Counterweight. There shall be a clearance of not less
than 20 mm (0.75 in.) between the car and the hoistway
enclosure, and between the car and its counterweight.
5.3.1.4.2 Between Car and Landing Sill. The clear-
ance between the car platform and the landing sill shall
be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.) nor more than 38 mm
(1.5 in.).
5.3.1.5 Pipes in Hoistways. Pipes conveying steam,
gas, or liquids, which if discharged into the hoistway
would endanger life, shall not be installed in the
hoistway.
5.3.1.6 Guarding of Suspension Means
5.3.1.6.1 Suspension Means Passing Through
Floors or Stairs. Ropes and chains passing through a
floor or stairway outside the hoistway enclosure shall
be enclosed with a solid or openwork enclosure. If of
openwork, the enclosure shall reject a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.)
in diameter. Means for inspection shall be provided. The
floor openings shall not be larger than is necessary to
clear the suspension means.
5.3.1.6.2 Suspension or Support Means Having an
Opening Facing Away From the Stair. Suspension or sup-
port means that operate within a guide or track whose
segments total a minimum of 270 deg shall be considered
suitably guarded, provided that the centerline of the
opening in the guide or track is 180 deg from the closest
point of the stair. See Nonmandatory Appendix H, Fig.
H-l.
5.3.1.7 Protection of Hoistway Openings
5.3.1.7.1 Where Required. Where a hoistway enclo-
sure is required, landing openings shall be protected by
swinging or sliding doors or gates. Landing openings
in solid hoistway enclosures shall be protected the full
height by solid swinging or sliding doors. Their fire
endurance shall not be less than required by the building
code (see 1.3). The doors or gates shall be designed to
withstand a force of 670 N (150 lbf ) applied horizontally
over an area, 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.) in the
center of the doors or gates without permanent displace-
ment or deformation.
5.3.1.7.2 Clearance Between Hoistway Doors or
Gates and Landing Sills and Car Doors or Gates. The
clearance between the hoistway doors or gates and the
hoistway edge of the landing sill shall not exceed 75 mm
(3 in.). The distance between the hoistway face of the
landing door or gate and the car door or gate shall not
exceed 125 mm (5 in.).
5.3.1.7.3 Projection of Hoistway Doors or Gates Into
the Hoistway. The hoistway face of the hoistway door
or gate shall not project into the hoistway beyond the
line of the landing sill. No hardware, except that required
for door-locking and door-operating or signaling
devices, shall project into the hoistway beyond the line
of the landing sill.
5.3.1.7.4 Locking Devices for Hoistway Doors and (ED)
Gates. Hoistway doors or gates shall be provided with
locking devices.
The locking device shall be of a type that will
(a) either prevent car movement unless the door is
locked in the closed position; or
(b) permit the car to start if the door or gate is in the
closed position but not locked, provided that the device
stops the car if the door or gate fails to lock before the
car has moved 150 mm (6 in.) away from the landing.
The device shall also prevent the opening of the hoistway
door or gate unless the car is within 150 mm (6 in.) of
the landing.
The locking device shall conform to 2.12.4.
5.3.1.7.5 Opening of Hoistway Doors or Gates.
Hoistway doors or gates shall be so arranged that it will
not be necessary to reach behind any panel, jamb, or
sash to operate them.
143
ASME A17.1-2004
5.3.1.7.6-5.3.1.9.2
5.3.1.7.6 Hangers and Stops for Hoistway Sliding
Doors. Means shall be provided to prevent a sliding
hoistway door from disengaging from its track.
5.3.1.7.7 Access to the Hoistway for Emergency Pur-
poses. Hoistway door unlocking devices shall be pro-
vided for all hoistway doors and gates, conforming to
2.12.6.
5.3.1.8 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
Illumination
5.3.1.8.1 Car Enclosure
(a) Car Enclosure Required. Except at entrances, cars
shall be enclosed on all sides and on the top. The enclo-
sure shall be constructed of solid or of openwork mate-
rial that will reject a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter.
(b) Securing Enclosures. Car enclosures shall be
secured in conformance with 2.14.1.2 and 2.14.1.3.
(c) Glass, Plastic, or Acrylics in Elevator Cars. Glass,
plastic, or acrylics, where used in elevator cars, shall
conform to the following:
(1) if of glass, it shall meet the requirements of
2.14.1.8
(2 ) if of plastic or acrylic, it shall meet the require-
ments of ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR Part 1201, or CAN/CGSB-
12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, and CAN/CGSB-12.12, which-
ever is applicable
(d) Car Top Mounted Machine or Controller. Where the
machine or its enclosed controls are located on top of
the car
(1) they shall be protected by a solid noncombusti-
ble enclosure.
(2) the car top enclosure shall be designed and
installed in conformance with 2.14.1.6.
(3) a top-of-car operating device shall be provided
in conformance with 2.26.1.4.2.
(4) access shall be provided to the machine or con-
trols for maintenance. Access panels located in the car
shall be provided with an electric contact and lock. The
access panel shall be kept closed and locked. The electric
contact shall be designed to prevent operation of the
machine when the access panel is open. The lock shall
not be operable by a key that will operate locks or
devices used for other purposes.
(e) Number of Compartments. The car shall not have
more than one compartment.
5.3.1.8.2 Car Doors and Gates. A car door or gate
that, when closed, will guard the opening to a height
of at least 1 675 mm (66 in.) shall be provided at each
entrance to the car. Car doors shall be permitted to be
of solid or openwork construction that will reject a ball
75 mm (3 in.) in diameter.
Collapsible car gates shall be of a design that, when
fully closed (extended position), will reject a ball 75 mm
(3 in.) in diameter.
(a) Power Operation of Car Doors and Gates. Power
opening, where used for car doors and gates, shall con-
form to 2.13.2.1. Power closing, where used for car doors
and gates, shall conform to 2.13.3 through 2.13.6.
(b) Car Door or Gate Locking Devices. Where the
hoistway enclosure is not continuous for the full travel
of the car, the car door or gate shall be provided with
a mechanical lock that will lock the car door or gate if
the car is more than 150 mm (6 in.) away from a landing.
(c) Car Door or Gate Electric Contacts. Every car door
or gate shall be provided with an electric contact con-
forming to 2.14.4.2.3 and 2.14.4.2.5.
The design of the car door or gate electric contacts
shall be such that for a sliding door or gate, the car
cannot move unless the door or gate is within 50 mm
(2 in.) of the closed position. If the door or gate swings
outward to open, the car door or gate must be closed
and locked before the car can move.
5.3.1.8.3 Light in Car. The car shall be provided
with an electric light. The light shall be controlled by a
switch located in the car and near the car entrance, or
by automatic means in conformance with 2.14.7.2.2. The
minimum illumination at the car threshold, with the
door closed, shall be not less than 50 lx (5 fc).
5.3.1.9 Car Frames and Platforms
5.3.1.9.1 Car Frame
(a) Where Required. Every elevator shall have a car
frame to which the suspension or support means and
the safeties are attached.
(b) Material Permitted. Car frames shall be made of
metal.
(c) Factor of Safety. The factor of safety shall be not
less than 5 based on the rated load.
(d) Use of Cast Iron. Cast iron shall not be used in any
member other than for guides or guide shoe brackets.
(e) Location of Guiding Means. Primary guiding means
shall be attached to the car frame.
5.3.1.9.2 Platforms
(a) Construction. Platforms shall be of non-perforated
metal or wood. If constructed of wood, they shall be
laminated.
Platforms shall be supported by a platform frame or
formed metal support pan attached to the car frame.
Platforms and platform frame assemblies shall have a
safety factor of 5.
(b) Platform Guards (Aprons). Where the elevator is
equipped with a two-way leveling device, the entrance
side(s) of the platform shall be provided with a guard
conforming to 2.15.9, except as modified by the fol-
lowing:
(1) Requirement 2.15.9.2 does not apply. The plat-
form guard shall have a straight vertical face, extending
below the floor surface of the platform not less than the
depth of the zone where the hoistway door is unlocked
144
5.3.1.9.2-5.3.1.12.6
ASME A17.1-2004
above the landing sill, 50 mm (2 in.). The platform guard
shall not strike the pit floor or any obstruction when
the elevator is at its lowest point of travel.
5.3.1.10 Capacity, Loading, Speed, and Rise
5.3.1.10.1 Capacity. The maximum inside net plat-
form area shall not exceed 1.4 m 2 (15 ft 2 ). The minimum
rated load shall be not less than the following:
(a) For net platform areas up to and including 1.1 m 2
(12 ft 2 ), the rated load shall be not less than 195 kg/m 2
(40 lb/ft 2 ) or 159 kg (350 lb), whichever is greater.
(b) For net platform areas greater than 1.1m 2 (12 ft 2 ),
the rated load shall be based upon 305 kg/m 2
(62.5 lb/ft 2 ).
5.3.1.10.2 Speed. The rated speed shall not exceed
0.20 m/s (40 ft/min).
5.3.1.10.3 Rise. The rise shall not exceed 15 m
(50 ft).
5.3.1.11 Safeties and Governors
5.3.1.11.1 Safeties Required. Each elevator shall be
provided with a car safety. Where the space below the
hoistway is not permanently secured against access, the
counterweight shall be provided with a safety conform-
ing to 5.3.1.11.2.
5.3.1.11.2 Operation of Safeties. The car safety
shall be of the inertia, rack and pinion, or other type
operated by the breakage of the suspension means or
by the action of a speed governor. If of the speed-gover-
nor type, the governor shall operate the safety at a maxi-
mum tripping speed of 0.38 m/s (75 ft/min). On the
breakage of the suspension means, the safety shall oper-
ate without delay and independently of the speed gover-
nor action.
5.3.1.11.3 Application of Safeties. The application
of safeties shall conform to 2.17.9.1, 2.17.9.2, and 2.17.9.3.
The forces providing the stopping action shall conform
to 2.17.9.4 or the following:
(a) Where guide-rail sections other than those speci-
fied in 2.23.3(a) are used, the application of safety stop-
ping forces shall not cause deformation of the guide-rail
section upon whose dimensional stability the stopping
capability of the safeties is dependent.
(b) Where the car safety is of the rack-and-pinion type,
it shall conform to 4.1.9.
5.3.1.11.4 Materials Used in Safeties. The mini-
mum factors of safety and stresses of safety parts and
rope connections shall conform to 2.17.12.
5.3.1.11.5 Location of Speed Governor. Where a
speed governor is used, it shall be located where it is
readily accessible outside the hoistway and it cannot be
struck by any moving object in normal operation or
under conditions of overtravel, and where there is suffi-
cient space for full movement of the governor parts.
5.3.1.11.6 Opening of the Motor and Brake Circuit
on Safety Application. Where a speed governor is used,
the motor circuit and the brake circuit shall be opened
before or at the time that the safety applies.
5.3.1.11.7 Governor Ropes. The governor ropes,
where used, shall be of iron, steel, monel metal, or phos-
phor bronze not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in diameter.
Tiller-rope construction shall not be used.
5.3.1.12 Suspension Means
5.3.1.12.1 Types Permitted
(a) Suspension means shall be not less than two wire
ropes or two steel roller-type chains conforming to
ASME B29.1.
(b) Aircraft cable rope of 7 x 19 construction, classi-
fied as Mil. Spec. 83420, shall be permitted in those
applications where aircraft cable rope is not subjected
to crushing pressures. The following exceptions to Mil.
Spec. 83420 are permitted:
(1) nonjacketed carbon steel, tin-, or zinc-coated
(Type 1-A) 7 x 19 construction (Section 3.2.4 of Mil.
Spec. 83420)
(2) identifying color tracer filaments are not
required (Section 3.5.2 of Mil. Spec. 83420)
5.3.1.12.2 Suspension Ropes. On elevators having
a rated load of 230 kg (500 lb) or less and operating at
a rated speed of 0.15 m/s (30 ft/min) or less, suspension
ropes shall be not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in diameter.
Where the rated load exceeds 230 kg (500 lb) or the rated
speed exceeds 0.15 m/s (30 ft/min), the ropes shall be
not less than 9 mm (0.375 in.) in diameter.
5.3.1.12.3 Factor of Safety of Suspension Means.
The factor of safety of the suspension means shall be
not less than 7 for cars with less than or equal to 1.1 m 2
(12 ft 2 ) of net platform area, and not less than 7.5 for
cars with more than 1.1 m 2 (12 ft 2 ) of net platform area,
based on the manufacturer's rated breaking strength.
When the car and counterweight are suspended by
steel ropes and the driving means is an endless steel
roller-type chain, the factor of safety of such chain with
the rated load in the car shall be not less than 8 based
on the ultimate tensile strength.
5.3.1.12.4 Arc of Contact of Suspension Means on
Sheaves and Sprockets. The arc of contact of a wire
rope on a traction sheave shall be sufficient to produce
traction under all load conditions up to rated load. The
arc of contact of a chain with a driving sprocket shall
not be less than 140 deg.
5.3.1.12.5 Spare Rope Turns on Winding Drums. The
spare rope turns on winding drums shall conform to
2.20.7.
5.3.1.12.6 Securing of Wire Suspension Ropes to
Winding Drums. The securing of wire suspension ropes
to winding drums shall conform to 2.20.6.
145
ASMEA17.1-2004
5.3.1.12.7-5.3.1.16.2
5.3.1.12.7 Fastening of Wire Rope Suspension
Means to Car or to the Counterweight. The fastening of
a wire rope suspension means to a car or to a counter-
weight shall conform to 2.20.9, or by properly attached
fittings as recommended by wire rope manufacturers.
5.3.1.13 Counterweights
5.3.1.13.1 General Requirements. Counterweights,
where used, shall conform to the following:
(ED) (a) Counterweights shall run in guide rails.
(b) Where a car counterweight is used, it shall not be
of sufficient weight to cause slackening of any rope dur-
ing acceleration or retardation of the car.
(c) The counterweight sections, whether carried in a
frame or not, shall be fastened together and shall also
be secured to prevent shifting by an amount that will
reduce the running clearance to less than 19 mm (0.75 in.)
between the counterweight and hoistway.
5.3.1.13.2 Location and Guarding of Counter-
weights
(a) Counterweight on Cars Operating Through Hatch Cov-
ers. If a car operates through a hatch cover, the counter-
weight runway shall be enclosed throughout its height.
(b) Counterweight Coming Down to Floors or Passing
Floors or Stairs. Where the counterweight runway comes
down to a floor or passes floors or stairs, it shall be
guarded to a height of at least 2 130 mm (84 in.) above
the floor or the stair treads by a solid or openwork
enclosure. Openwork enclosures shall reject a ball 13 mm
(0.5 in.) in diameter.
(c) Access to Enclosed Counterweights and Ropes. Access
shall be provided for inspection, maintenance, and
repair of an enclosed counterweight and its ropes. Doors
on the counterweight enclosure shall be self-closing and
self-locking and openable from the outside only with a
suitable key. If the enclosure is of such size that the
door can be closed when the enclosure is occupied by
a person, the door shall be easily openable from the
inside without the use of a key or other instrument.
A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.5 shall be located
adjacent to and inside the opening and operable without
entering the enclosure.
5.3.1.14 Buffers and Buffer Supports
5.3.1.14.1 The car and counterweight shall be pro-
vided with spring buffers, except as specified in
5.3.1.14.3. They shall be so designed and installed that
they will not be fully compressed when struck by car
with its rated load or by the counterweight traveling at
125% of the rated speed, or at governor tripping speed
where a governor-operated safety is used.
5.3.1.14.2 Car and counterweight buffer supports
shall be of sufficient strength to withstand without fail-
ure the impact resulting from buffer engagement at 125%
of the rated speed, or at governor tripping speed where
a governor-operated safety is used.
5.3.1.14.3 Buffers shall be permitted to be omitted
when the striking speed is 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min) or less
if the space below the car and counterweight consists
of a nonoccupiable area, and the floor below the car
and counterweight has sufficient strength to withstand,
without failure, the impact of the car with rated load
and counterweight descending at 125% of rated speed
or governor tripping speed if a governor is provided.
5.3.1.15 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails and
Guide Fastenings. Car and counterweight guide rails
and their fastenings shall conform to 2.23.2, 2.23.5, 2.23.6,
2.23.8, and 2.23.9. Where guide-rail sections other than
those specified in 2.23.3(a) are used, the allowable deflec-
tion of the guide rail shall be limited to prevent the
safety device from disengaging the rail during the appli-
cation of the load.
5.3.1.16 Driving Machines, Sheaves, and Their Sup-
ports
5.3.1.16.1 Overhead Machinery Beams and Sup-
ports
(a) Securing of Machinery Beams and Types of Supports.
All machinery and sheaves shall be so supported and
secured as to prevent any part from becoming loose or
displaced.
Beams supporting machinery shall be of steel, sound
timber, or reinforced concrete.
(b) Overhead Beams and Their Supports. Overhead
beams and their supports shall be designed for not less
than the sum of the following:
(1) the load resting on the beams and their sup-
ports, which shall include the complete weight of the
machine, sheaves, controller, and any other equipment
supported thereon
(2) the sum of the tension on all suspension ropes
or chains times 2
(c) Factor of Safety for Overhead Beams and Supports.
The factor of safety for overhead beams and supports
based on ultimate strength of material shall be not less
than 5 for steel, and 6 for timber and reinforced concrete.
5.3.1.16.2 Driving Machines: General Require-
ments
(a) Types of Driving Means. The driving means shall
be one of the following types:
(1) traction
(2) winding drum (see 5.3.1.16.3)
(3) direct plunger hydraulic (see 5.3.2)
(4) roped-hydraulic (see 5.3.2)
(5) screw machine (see 5.3.1.16.4)
(6) chain drive
(b) Material for Sheaves and Drums and Minimum
Diameter
(1) Winding drums, traction sheaves, and overhead
and deflecting sheaves shall be of cast iron or steel and
the diameter shall be not less than one of the following:
146
5.3.1.16.2-5.3.1.17.2
ASME A17.1-2004
(a) 30 times the diameter of the wire suspension
means
(b) 21 times the diameter of the wire suspension
means for 8 x 19 steel rope or for 7 x 19 aircraft cable
allowed by 5.3.1.12.1
(2) The rope grooves shall be machined and
designed to conform to 2.24.2.1 and 2.24.2.3.
(3) The factor of safety, based on the static load (the
rated load plus the weight of the car, ropes, counter-
weights, etc.) to be used in the design of the driving
machine and sheaves shall be not less than 8 for wrought
iron and steel, and 10 for cast iron and cast steel and
other metals.
(c) Fastening of Driving Machines and Sheaves to Under-
side of Overhead Beams
(1) Overhead driving machines or sheaves shall not
be fastened to the underside of the supporting beams,
except for idlers or deflecting sheaves including their
guards and frames.
(2) Cast iron in tension shall not be used for sup-
porting idler and deflecting sheaves where they are hung
beneath the beams.
(d) Set Screw Fastenings. Set screw fastenings shall not
be used in lieu of keys or pins if the connection is subject
to torque or tension.
(e) Friction Gearing, Clutch Mechanisms, or Couplings.
Friction gearing, clutch mechanisms, or couplings shall
not be used for connecting the drum or sheaves to the
main drive gear.
if) Use of Cast Iron in Gears. Worm gearing having cast
iron teeth shall not be used.
(g) Driving-Machine Roller Chains and Sprockets. Driv-
ing-machine chains and sprockets shall be of steel and
shall conform in all particulars of design and dimensions
to ASME B29.1,
(h) Driving-Machine Brakes. Driving machines, except
hydraulic driving machines, shall be equipped with elec-
trically released, mechanically applied brakes conform-
ing to 2.24.8. The operation of the brake shall conform
to 2.26.8.
(i) Manual Operation. Private residence elevators shall
be arranged for manual operation in case of power fail-
ure. The manual operating device shall conform to the
following:
(1) It shall not be accessible from inside the car.
(2) It shall not release the brake.
(3) Upon removal of the device, the car shall not
move.
(4) It shall be actuated by mechanical means only.
(5) Elevators with hydraulic driving machines shall
be provided with a manual lowering valve conforming
to 3.19.4.4.
(6) Instructions shall be posted at or near the man-
ual operating device.
5.3.1.16.3 Winding-Drum Machines. Winding-
drum machines shall not be provided with counter-
weights.
5.3.1.16.4 Screw Machines. Screw machines,
where used, shall conform to 4.2.15 and 4.2.20, except
that the rated speed shall not exceed 0.20 m/s
(40 ft/min).
5.3.1.17 Terminal Stopping Devices
5.3.1.17.1 Stopping Devices Required
(a) Upper and lower normal terminal stopping
devices operated by the car shall be provided, and shall
be set to stop the car at or near the upper and lower
terminal landings.
(b) Upper and lower final terminal stopping devices
operated by the car to remove power from the motor
and the brake shall be provided. They shall be set to
stop the car after it travels past the normal terminal
stopping device and before an obstruction is struck.
A slack-rope switch conforming to 2.26.2.1 shall be
permitted to be used as the lower final terminal stopping
device.
(c) If the driving machine is of the winding-drum or
sprocket and chain-suspension type
(1) a final terminal stopping device operated by the
driving machine shall also be provided.
(2) driving-machine-operated final terminal stop-
ping devices are not required when a lower final termi-
nal stopping device is used in addition to the slack-
rope switch, and two independent upper final terminal
stopping devices are provided. A separate device shall
be used to operate the lower final terminal and one
upper final terminal stopping devices. All final terminal
stopping and slack-rope devices shall operate indepen-
dently of one another. The power feed lines to the driving
machine and brake shall be opened by one or both of
the upper final terminal stopping devices and either the
slack-rope switch or the lower terminal stopping device,
or both.
(3) indirect connections between the final terminal
stopping device and the driving machine shall be
designed to prevent slippage.
(b) Terminal stopping switches shall conform to
2.25.1.
5.3.1.17.2 Operation of the Stopping Devices. The
final terminal stopping device shall act to prevent move-
ment of the car in both directions of travel. The normal
and final terminal stopping devices shall not control the
same switches on the controller unless two or more
separate and independent switches are provided, two
of which shall be closed to complete the motor and brake
circuit in each direction of travel.
147
ASME A17.1-2004
5.3.1.18-5.3.2.1
5.3.1.18 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
5.3.1.18.1 Type of Operation. The operation of the
car shall be by continuous-pressure means or by auto-
matic means.
5.3.1.18.2 Control and Operating Circuit Require-
ments. The design and installation of the operating cir-
cuits shall conform to the following:
(a) The completion or maintenance of an electric cir-
cuit shall be used neither to interrupt the power to the
elevator driving machine or brake at the terminal land-
ings, nor to stop the car when any electrical protective
device operates.
(b) If springs are used to actuate switches, contactors,
or relays to stop an elevator at the terminal landings,
they shall be of the restrained compression type.
(c) The occurrence of a single ground or the failure
of any single magnetically operated switch, contactor,
or relay; or the failure of any single solid-state device;
or a software system failure, shall not
(1) render any electrical protective device inef-
fective
(2) permit the car to move beyond the leveling or
anticreep zones, if any hoistway door interlock is
unlocked or if any hoistway door or car door or gate
electric contact is not in the closed position
(d) If an instantaneous reversible motor is not used,
a protective device or circuit shall be provided to prevent
the motor from continuing in the same direction if the
reversing control is actuated.
5.3.1.18.3 Key-Operated Switches. Any car exterior
to a residence shall be operated by means of a key switch.
Key-operated switches shall be of continuous-pressure
spring-return type, and shall be operated by a cylinder-
type lock having not less than a five-pin or five-disk
combination with the key removable only when the
switch is in the off position. The key shall be Group 4
Security (see 8.1).
5.3.1.18.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
(a) All electrical equipment and wiring shall conform
to NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, whichever is applicable.
(b) Drive machine controllers, logic controllers, and
operating devices accessory thereto, for starting, stop-
ping, regulating, controlling, or protecting electric
motors, generators, or other equipment, shall be listed/
certified and labeled /marked to the requirements of
CAN/CSA-B44.1/ASME A17.5.
(c) The installation of capacitors or other devices, the
operation or failure of which will cause an unsafe opera-
tion of the elevator, is prohibited.
5.3.1.18.5 Disconnecting Means. Where the con-
troller is located on the car, the disconnecting means
shall be located adjacent to the controller. Auxiliary dis-
connect means shall be provided at the main landing
when the main power supply disconnect means is
mounted adjacent to the controller on the car.
5.3.1.18.6 Phase Reversal and Failure Protection.
If polyphase alternating-current power supply is used,
provide protection in conformance with 2.26.6 and
3.26.5.
5.3.1.18.7 Emergency Stop Switch. An emergency
stop switch, conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c), shall
be provided in every car and shall have contacts that
are positively opened mechanically; their openings shall
not be solely dependent on springs.
5.3.1.18.8 Slack-Rope and Slack-Chain Devices for
Winding Drum and Roller-Chain-Type Driving Machines.
Winding drum machines with rope suspension shall be
provided with a slack-rope device of the manually reset
type that will remove power from the motor and brake
if the car is obstructed in its descent and the hoisting
ropes slacken.
Elevators with roller-chain suspension shall be pro-
vided with a slack-chain device that will remove power
from the motor and brake if the car is obstructed in its
descent and the suspension means slacken. This device
need not be of the manually reset type if the chain
sprockets are guarded to prevent the chain from becom-
ing disengaged from the sprockets.
5.3.1.19 Emergency Signaling Devices. A telephone
connected to a central telephone exchange shall be
installed in the car and an emergency signaling device
operable from inside the car and audible outside the
hoistway shall be provided.
5.3.1.20 Marking Plates
5.3.1.20.1 Capacity Plate. A capacity plate indicat-
ing the rated load of the elevator in pounds shall be
furnished by the manufacturer and fastened in a con-
spicuous place inside the car. The letters and figures on
such plates shall be not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in
height.
5.3.1.20.2 Data Plates. A data plate indicating the
weight of the elevator, the rated speed, the suspension
means, the manufacturer's name, and the date of instal-
lation shall be furnished by the manufacturer. This plate
shall be installed in a conspicuous place in the machinery
area. The letters and figures on such plates shall be not
less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in height.
5.3.2 Private Residence Hydraulic Elevators
Machinery and equipment for hydraulic elevators
shall conform to 5.3.2.
5.3.2.1 General Requirements for Hydraulic Private
Residence Elevators. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures,
and related construction; cars; counterweights; safeties
and governors; guide rails and fastenings; car and coun-
terweight buffer; operating devices and suspension
means shall meet the requirements of 5.3.1.1 through
148
5.3.2.1-5.4.2.4
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
5.3.1.16, and 5.3.1.18 through 5.3.1.20, except as modified
in 5.3.2.
5.3.2.2 Driving Machines, Sheaves, and Supports for
Direct-Plunger and Roped- Hydraulic Driving Machines
5.3.2.2.1 Direct-plunger and roped-hy draulic pri-
vate residence elevator driving machines, valves, supply
piping, fittings, and tanks shall conform to 3.18, 3.19,
and 3.24, except as modified by 5.3.2.
5.3.2.2.2 A pressure switch shall be provided to
remove power from the pump motor and the control
valve unless there is positive pressure at the control
valve.
5.3.2.3 Terminal Stopping Devices. Direct-plunger
and roped-hy draulic private residence elevator terminal
stopping devices shall conform to 3.25, except as speci-
fied in 3.25.2.
5.3.2.4 Anticreep Leveling Devices. Each elevator
shall be provided with an anticreep leveling device con-
forming to 5.3.2.4.1 through 5.3.2.4.7.
5.3.2.4.1 The anticreep leveling device shall main-
tain the car within 25 mm (1 in.) of the landing irrespec-
tive of the position of the hoistway door.
5.3.2.4.2 For electrohydraulic elevators, the
anticreep leveling device shall be required to operate
the car only in the up direction.
5.3.2.4.3 For maintained pressure hydraulic eleva-
tors, the anticreep leveling device shall be required to
operate the car in both directions.
5.3.2.4.4 The operation of the anticreep leveling
device shall be permitted to depend on the availability
of the electric power supply, provided that the power
supply line disconnecting means is kept in the closed
position at all times, except during maintenance, repairs,
and inspection.
5.3.2.4.5 The anticreep leveling device shall be
permitted to be rendered inoperative during recycling
operation.
5.3.2.4.6 The following devices shall prevent oper-
ation of the elevator by the normal operating device and
also the movement of the car in response to the anticreep
leveling device:
(a) low pressure switch when required by 5.3.2.2.2
(b) slack-rope switch when required by 3.18.1.2.7
(c) platform switch when required by 5.3.1.1.1
(d) hatch cover switch when required by 5.3.1.1.3(c)
(e) speed governor switch when required by 5.3.1.11.6
5.3.2.4.7 The following devices shall prevent the
operation of the elevator by the normal operating device,
but the anticreep leveling device shall remain operable:
(a) hoistway door locking device when required by
5.3.1.7.4
(b) car door or gate electric contacts when required
by 5.3.1.8.2(c)
(c) emergency stop switch when required by 5.3.1.18.7
SECTION 5.4
PRIVATE RESIDENCE INCLINED ELEVATORS
Requirement 5.4 applies to inclined elevators installed
in or at a private residence. Requirement 5.4 also applies
to similar elevators installed in buildings as a means
of access to private residences within such buildings,
provided the inclined elevators are so installed that they
are not accessible to the general public or to other occu-
pants in the building.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
private residence inclined elevators.
5.4.1 Runway Protection
If the car sides extend less than 1 825 mm (72 in.)
above the floor of the car, there shall be no obstruction
along the runway, within the arc formed by a 600 mm
(24 in.) radius whose center is the outer corner of the
top rail of the car enclosure.
When solid guards are installed on the obstruction in
both directions of travel, which project at least 350 mm
(14 in.) in line with the direction of travel, the running
clearance shall be permitted to be reduced to 175 mm
(7 in.). The exposed edge of the guard shall be rounded
to eliminate shear hazards.
5.4.2 Landing Enclosures and Gates (Where
Required)
5.4.2.1 Landing Enclosures. Where a landing plat-
form is provided or if a portion of an existing structure
is used as a landing platform, it shall be protected by
an enclosure not less than 915 mm (36 in.) high.
5.4.2.2 Landing Gates. The opening in the enclosure
shall be guarded by a gate to a height equal to that of
the enclosure. The gates shall be permitted to be of the
horizontally sliding or of the swinging type and shall
be equipped with a combination mechanical lock and
electric contact conforming to 2.12.4, 5.3.1.7.4, 5.3.1.7.5,
5.3.1.7.6, and 5.3.1.7.7 where doors and gates exceed
915 mm (36 in.) in height.
5.4.2.3 Construction of Landing Enclosures and
Gates. The landing enclosure and gates shall either be
of solid construction or of openwork rejecting a 25 mm
(1 in.) ball. A force of 670 N (150 lbf) applied at any
area 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.) on the walls of
the enclosure shall not reduce the running clearance
below 19 mm (0.75 in.) nor cause a deflection exceeding
25 mm (1 in.).
5.4.2.4 Clearance Between Landing Doors or Gates
and Landing Sills and Car Doors or Gates. The clearance
between landing doors or gates and the runway edge
149
ASME A17.1-2004
5.4.2.4-5.4.5.2
of the landing sill shall not exceed 75 mm (3 in.). The
distance between the runway face of the landing doors
or gates and the car door or gate shall not exceed 175 mm
(7 in.).
5.4.2.5 Horizontal Clearance Between Car and Land-
ing Sills. The horizontal clearance between the car and
landing sills shall conform to 5.3.1.4.2.
5.4.3 Machinery Beams and Supports
5.4.3.1 Securing of Machinery Beams and Type of
Support. All machinery and sheaves shall be so sup-
ported and secured as to effectually prevent any part
from becoming loose or displaced. Beams directly sup-
porting machinery shall be of steel, sound timber, or
reinforced concrete.
5.4.3.2 Loads on Beams and Supports. Loads on
beams and their supports shall be computed as follows:
(a) The total load on the beams shall be equal to the
weight of all apparatus resting on the beams plus twice
the maximum load suspended from the beams.
(b) The load resting on the beams shall include the
complete weights of the driving machine, sheaves, con-
troller, etc.
(c) The load suspended from the beams shall include
the sum of the load in every rope or chain suspended
from the beams.
5.4.3.3 Fastening of Driving Machines and Sheaves
to Underside of Beams. Elevator driving machine and
sheaves, except idlers or deflecting sheaves with their
guards and frames, shall not be fastened to the underside
of the supporting beams at the top of the hoistway.
Cast iron in tension shall not be used for supporting
members for sheaves where they are hung beneath
beams.
5.4.3.4 Factor of Safety of Beams and Supports. The
factor of safety for beams and their supports shall be
not less than 5 for steel and 6 for timber and reinforced
concrete.
5.4.4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors, and Gates
5.4.4.1 Car Enclosures Required
5.4.4.1.1 Car Enclosures Required. Except at the
entrance, cars shall be enclosed on all sides to a height
of not less than 1 070 mm (42 in.).
5.4.4.1.2 Securing of Car Enclosures. The car enclo-
sure shall be securely fastened to the car platform and
so supported that it cannot loosen or become displaced
in ordinary service or on the application of the car safety
or on bumper or buffer engagement.
5.4.4.1.3 Deflection of Car Enclosure Walls. The car
enclosure walls shall be of such strength and so designed
and supported that when subjected to a force of 334 N
(75 lbf ) applied horizontally at any point on the walls of
the enclosure, the deflection will not reduce the running
clearance below 19 mm (0.75 in.) nor to exceed 25 mm
(1 in.).
5.4.4.1.4 Platform Guards (Aprons). Requirement
5.3.1.9.1(b) applies, and the guard shall extend horizon-
tally within the zone where the doors or gates are
unlocked.
5.4.4.2 Car Doors or Gates
5.4.4.2.1 Doors or Gates Required. A car door or
gate that, when closed, will guard the opening to a
height of at least 1 070 mm (42 in.) or to the height of
the car enclosure, whichever is greater, and shall be
provided at each entrance to the car. Car doors shall be
permitted to be of solid or openwork construction that
will reject a ball 75 mm (3 in.) in diameter.
5.4.4.2.2 Door or Gate Electric Contacts. Car doors
or gates shall be provided with an electric contact con-
forming to 2.14.4.2.3 and 2.14.4.2.5.
5.4.4.2.3 Manual Operation. Car doors or gates
shall be manually operated.
5.4.4.2.4 Latching of Swinging Gates. If the car gate
is of the swinging type, opening outward from the car,
the electric contact required by 5.4.4.2.2 shall not close
until the gate is securely latched.
5.4.4.3 Use of Glass, Plastics, or Acrylics
5.4.4.3.1 Glass, plastics, or acrylics, where used
in elevator cars, shall conform to the following:
(a) if of glass, meet the requirements of 2.14.1.8
(b) if of plastic or acrylic, it shall meet the require-
ments of ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR Part 1201, or CAN/CGSB-
12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, and CAN/CGSB-12.12, which-
ever is applicable
5.4.4.3.2 Glass, plastic, or acrylics shall be secured
as required by 5.4.4.1.2.
5.4.4.3.3 Weather-Resistant Plastics. Plastics shall
be of a weather-resistant type.
5.4.5 Car and Chassis Construction
5.4.5.1 Car and Platform. Inclined elevator cars shall
have frames and platforms of metal or combination
metal and wood, or other materials of equal strength.
Car frames and platforms shall have a factor of safety
of not less than 5, based on the rated load, they suitably
prepared and /or protected for exposure to the weather.
5.4.5.2 Chassis Construction. Inclined elevator chas-
sis shall be constructed of metal, except for guiding
members. Chassis shall have a factor of safety of not
less than 5, based on the rated load. The chassis guiding
members shall be retained and /or enclosed in guides
or tracks in such a manner that the chassis cannot be
derailed.
150
5.4.5.3-5.4.8.5
ASME A17.1-2004
5.4.5.3 Use of Cast Iron. Cast iron shall not be used
in the construction of any member of the car frame or
chassis.
5.4.5.4 Number of Compartments. The car shall not
have more than one compartment.
5.4.6 Capacity
5.4.6.1 Rated Load and Platform Area. The rated load
and net platform area shall conform to 5.3.1.10.1.
5.4.6.2 Shelves or Benches. Shelves or benches per-
manently fixed to the car structure, which reduce the
standing area of the platform, are permitted and shall
not exceed 0.55 m 2 (1.8 ft 2 ). Fifty percent of the net area
of shelves or benches shall be added to the standing
platform area to calculate the net platform area.
5.4.6.3 Rated Speed. The rated speed measured
along the incline shall not exceed 0.38 m/s (75 ft/min).
5.4.7 Safeties and Governors
5.4.7.1 Car Safeties Required. Each inclined elevator
shall be provided with a car safety capable of stopping
and sustaining the car with rated load.
5.4.7.2 Operation of Car Safeties. The car safety shall
be of Type A, B, or C, as specified in 2.17.5, and shall
be operated by a speed governor, complying with the
following requirements:
(a) The governor shall be set to trip at not less than
115% nor more than 140% of the rated speed.
(b) Type A safeties shall operate as required by
2.17.8.1.
(c) Type C safeties shall operate as required by
2.17.8.2.
5.4.7.3 Counterweight Safeties. If the construction at
the lower end of the rail is not at or below grade at the
termination of the rail, counterweight safeties conform-
ing to 5.4.7 shall be provided, except governor operation
of the safeties is not required.
5.4.7.4 Location of Speed Governor. The speed gover-
nor shall be located where it cannot be struck by the car
or counterweight in case of overtravel and where there
is sufficient space for full movement of the governor
parts and where it is accessible for examination.
5.4.7.5 Opening of Brake and Motor Control Circuits
on Safety Application. Power shall be removed from the
driving machine motor and brake before or at the time
the safety applies.
5.4.7.6 Governor Ropes. The governor ropes, where
used, shall be of iron, steel, monel metal, or phosphor
bronze not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.) in diameter. Tiller-
rope construction shall not be used.
5.4.7.7 Slack-Rope and Slack-Chain Devices for Wind-
ing Drum and Roller-Chain-Type Driving Machines
5.4.7.7.1 Inclined elevators of the winding-drum
type with rope suspension shall be provided with a
slack-rope device of the manually reset type, which will
remove the power from the motor and brake if the car
is obstructed in its descent and the suspension rope
slackens.
5.4.7.7.2 Inclined elevators with roller-chain sus-
pension shall be provided with a slack-chain device,
which will remove the power from the motor and brake
if the car is obstructed in its descent and the suspension
chains slacken. This device need not be of the manually
reset type if the chain sprockets are guarded to prevent
the chain from jumping off the sprockets.
5.4.7.8 Application of Car Safety. The application of
car safeties shall comply with 5.3.1.11.3.
5.4.7.9 Use of Cast Iron in Car Safeties. Cast iron shall
not be used in the construction of any part of a car safety,
the breakage of which would result in failure of the
safety to function to stop and sustain the car.
5.4.7.10 Corrosion-Resistant Bearings in Safeties.
Materials used in safeties shall meet the requirements
of 2.17.13.
5.4.8 Suspension Means
5.4.8.1 Types Permitted. Where the chassis is sus-
pended from the driving machine by a wire rope or roller
chain, a single suspension means shall be permitted to
be used. The suspension means shall be any one of the
following:
(a) steel elevator wire rope
(b) steel aircraft cable
(c) roller chain conforming to ASME B29.1
5.4.8.2 Types Prohibited. Steel tapes shall not be used
as suspension means.
5.4.8.3 Minimum Diameter of Suspension Means. The
diameter of hoist rope(s) or cable(s) shall not be less
than the following:
(a) 6 mm (0.25 in.) for elevator wire rope
(b) 5 mm (0.1875 in.) for galvanized aircraft cable
5.4.8.4 Factor of Safety of Suspension Means. The
suspension means shall have a factor of safety of not
less than 8, based on the tension in the rope(s) or chain(s)
when raising the car and its rated load. In no case, shall
the rated breaking strength of the rope(s) or chain(s) be
less than 17 800 N (4,000 lbf).
5.4.8.5 Arc of Contact of Suspension Means on
Sheaves and Sprockets. The arc of contact of a wire
rope on a traction sheave shall be sufficient to produce
adequate traction under all load conditions. The arc of
contact of a chain with a driving sprocket shall be not
less than 140 deg.
151
ASA/IE A17.1-2004
5.4.8.6-5.4.13.4
5.4.8.6 Idle Turns of Ropes on Winding Drums. All
wire ropes anchored to a winding drum shall have not
less than one full turn of rope on the drum when the
car or counterweight has reached its limit of possible
overtravel.
5.4.8.7 Lengthening, Splicing, Repairing, or Replac-
ing Suspension Means. No car or counterweight wire
rope shall be lengthened or repaired by splicing. Broken
or worn suspension chains shall not be repaired. If one
wire rope or a chain of a set is worn or damaged and
requires replacement, the entire set of ropes or chains
shall be replaced. In the event that a worn chain is
replaced, the drive sprocket shall also be replaced.
5.4.8.8 Securing Ends of Suspension Ropes in Wind-
ing Drums. The winding-drum ends of car and counter-
weight wire ropes shall be secured by clamps on the
inside of the drum or by one of the methods specified in
5.4.8.9 for fastening wire ropes to car or counterweight.
5.4.8.9 Fastening of Rope Suspension Means to Cars
and Counterweights. The car or counterweight ends of
wire ropes shall be fastened by return loop, by properly
made individual tapered sockets or by properly attached
fittings as recommended by wire-rope manufacturers.
Clamps of the U-bolt type shall not be used.
Tapered rope sockets and the method of socketting
shall conform to 2.20.9.4 through 2.20.9.6. The diameter
of the hole in the small end of the socket shall not exceed
the nominal diameter of the rope by more than 2.3 mm
(0.094 in.).
5.4.9 Counterweight Guiding and Construction
5.4.9.1 Guiding. Counterweights, where used, shall
be in a guide or track.
5.4.9.2 Construction. Counterweights shall not be of
sufficient weight to cause undue slackening of any car
suspension means during acceleration or retardation of
the car. Weight sections, if used, shall be mounted in
structural or formed metal frames so designed as to
retain weights securely in place. Counterweights shall
be permitted to be constructed of a single metal plate.
5.4.10 Bumpers and Buffers
5.4.10.1 Solid Bumpers. For rated speeds not
exceeding 0.25 m/s (50 ft/min), if spring- or equivalent-
type buffers are not used, solid bumpers shall be
installed.
5.4.10.2 Construction and Requirements for Solid
Bumpers. Solid bumpers shall be made of wood or other
suitable resilient material of sufficient strength to with-
stand, without failure, the impact of the car with rated
load or the counterweight, descending at 125% of the
rated speed.
The material used shall be of a type that will resist
deterioration or be so treated as to resist deterioration.
5.4.10.3 Spring Buffers. For rated speeds exceeding
0.25 m/s (50 ft/min), buffers of the spring type shall be
installed.
5.4.10.4 Construction and Requirements for Spring
Buffers. Spring buffers shall be constructed so as to have
a minimum stroke of 19 mm (0.75 in.) and a maximum
stroke of 38 mm (1.5 in.) and shall not be fully com-
pressed when struck by the car with its rated load or
counterweight traveling at 125% of the rated speed.
5.4.11 Car and Counterweight Guide and Track
Supports and Fastenings
5.4.11.1 Material. Guide rails, guide-rail brackets,
splice plates, and their fastenings shall be of steel or
other metals conforming to 5.3.1.15 and 5.4.11.
5.4.11.2 Stresses of Deflections. The guide-rail
brackets, their fastenings and supports, shall be capable
of resisting the horizontal forces imposed by loading
with a total deflection at the point of support not in
excess of 3 mm (0.125 in.). The guide rails shall not
deflect in any direction 6 mm (0.25 in.) measured at the
midpoint between brackets.
5.4.11.3 Overall Length of Guide Rails or Track. The
top and bottom ends of each run of guide rail shall be
so located in relation to the extreme positions of travel
of the car and counterweight that the car and counter-
weight guiding members cannot travel beyond the ends
of the guide rails.
5.4.12 Track(s)/Guide(s) Supporting Structure
All supporting structures shall meet the requirements
of the building code.
5.4.13 Driving Machines and Sheaves
5.4.13.1 Materials for Drums and Sheaves and Mini-
mum Diameters. Winding drums, traction sheaves, and
overhead and deflecting sheaves shall be of cast iron or
steel and of a diameter of not less than 30 times the
diameter of the wire suspension ropes, except that where
8 x 19 steel ropes or 7 x 19 aircraft cable are used, the
diameter of drums and sheaves shall be permitted to be
reduced to 21 times the diameter of the rope. The rope
grooves shall be machined.
5.4.13.2 Factor of Safety. The factor of safety, based
on the static load (the rated load plus the weight of the
car, ropes, counterweights, etc.) to be used in the design
of driving machines and sheaves, shall be not less than
8 for wrought iron steel and 10 for cast iron, cast steel,
and other metals.
5.4.13.3 Set-Screw Fastenings. Set-screw fastenings
shall not be used in lieu of keys or pins if the connection
is subject to torque or tension.
5.4.13.4 Friction Gear, Clutch Mechanism, or Cou-
pling. Friction gear, clutch mechanism, or coupling shall
152
5.4.13.4-5.5.1.1
ASME A17.1-2004
not be used for connecting the drum or sheaves to the
main driving gear.
5.4.13.5 Use of Cast Iron in Gears. Worm gearing
having cast iron teeth shall not be used.
5.4.13.6 Driving Machine Brakes. Driving machines
shall be equipped with electrically released spring-
applied brakes meeting the requirements of 2.24.8 and
2.26.8.
5.4.13.7 Operation of Brake. A single ground or short
circuit, a counter voltage or a motor field discharge shall
not prevent the brake magnet from allowing the brake
to set when the operating device is placed in the stop
position.
5.4.13.8 Location of Driving-Machine, Alignment, and
Guarding of Sheaves. The driving machine shall be per-
mitted to be mounted on the car chassis or placed at
a remote location. If remotely located, all intervening
sheaves or sprockets shall be placed to ensure that ropes
or chains travel in proper alignment. All sheaves or
sprockets shall be guarded.
5.4.13.9 Driving-Machine Roller-Chain Sprockets.
Driving-machine roller-chain sprockets shall be steel
and shall conform in all particulars of design and dimen-
sions to ASME B29.1.
5.4.13.10 Manual Operation. Manual operation shall
conform to 5.3.1. 16.2(i).
5.4.14 Terminal Stopping Devices
5.4.14.1 Terminal Stopping Devices. Upper and lower
normal terminal stopping switches, operated by the
movement of the car, shall be provided and set to stop
the car at normal top and bottom terminals of travel.
5.4.14.2 Final Stopping Devices. Final terminal stop-
ping devices, operated by the movement of the car, shall
be provided and set to stop the car should it overtravel
the normal terminals.
5.4.14.3 Operation of Stopping Devices. The final ter-
minal stopping device shall act to prevent the movement
of the car in both directions of travel. The normal and
final terminal stopping devices shall not control the same
switches on the controller unless two or more separate
and independent switches are provided, two of which
shall be closed to complete the motor and brake circuits
in each direction of travel.
5.4.15 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
5.4.15.1 Type of Operation. The inclined elevator
shall be operated by weatherproof constant pressure or
momentary pressure key switches at each landing and
on the car. Key-operated switches shall be of the spring-
return type and shall be operated by a cylinder-type
lock having not less than five-pin or five-disk combina-
tion with the key removable only when the switch is
in the off position. The key shall be Group 4 Security
(see 8.1).
5.4.15.2 Emergency Stop Switches in Cars. An emer-
gency stop switch shall be provided on or adjacent to
the car operating panel. Stop switches shall be of the
manually opened and manually closed type with red
handles or buttons and conspicuously marked "STOP."
Where springs are used, their failure shall not prevent
opening of the switch.
5.4.15.3 Control and Operating Circuit Requirements.
The design and installation of the control and operating
circuits shall conform to 5.3.1.18.2.
5.4.15.4 Hand Rope Operation. Hand rope operation
shall not be used.
5.4.15.5 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
5.4.15.5.1 Electrical Equipment and Wiring Require-
ments. Requirements 5.3.1.18.4, 5.3.1.18.5, and 5.3.1.18.6
apply.
5.4.15.5.2 Electrical Connections. If the driving
machine is mounted on the car chassis, electrical connec-
tions between the car and power source shall be pro-
vided with a means to remove power if the connecting
traveling cable part. All electrical connections to the
moving chassis and the stationary connections shall be
insulated flexible conductors, in accordance with
NFPA 70.
5.4.15.5.3 Traveling Cables. Traveling cables shall be
Type EO, ETT, or ETP and shall conform to the require-
ments of NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, whichever is applicable
(see Part 9). Where traveling cable voltage exceeds 30 V,
a means shall be provided to remove the power automat-
ically upon parting of the traveling cable.
5.4.16 Marking Plates
Capacity, data, and code data plates shall be provided
as required in 5.3.1.20.1, 5.3.1.20.2, and 8.9. All plates
shall be weather resistant.
SECTION 5.5
POWER SIDEWALK ELEVATORS
Requirement 5.5 applies to power sidewalk elevators.
Requirement 5.5.1 applies to electric elevators. Require-
ment 5.5.2 applies to direct-plunger hydraulic elevators.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
power sidewalk elevators.
5.5.1 Electric Sidewalk Elevators
5.5.1.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway
Enclosures. The construction of hoistway enclosures
shall conform to 2.1, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.1.1.1. Hoistways are not required to
be enclosed above the top landing.
153
ASMEA17.1-2004
5.5.1.1-5.5.1.11.3
(b) Requirement 2.1.1.3 does not apply.
(c) Requirement 2.1.2.1 does not apply.
(d) Requirement 2.1.3 does not apply.
(e) Requirement 2.1.4 does not apply.
5.5.1.2 Pits. Pits shall conform to 2.2. Means shall be
provided to automatically remove water from the pit.
5.5.1.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweight. The
location and guarding of counterweights shall conform
to 2.3.
5.5.1.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. Where a car
top is provided, bottom and top clearances and runbys
for cars and counterweights shall conform to 2.4.
Where no car top is provided, they shall conform to
2.4.1 through 2.4.4 and 2.4.9. When the car has reached
its maximum upward movement, no equipment shall
strike the overhead structure or other obstructions.
On elevators with vertical lifting covers, there shall
be a clearance of not less than 600 mm (24 in.) between
the top of the cover and any obstruction vertically above
it when the car has reached its maximum upward
movement.
The clearance required by 2.4.1 does not apply below
underslung elevators with the car resting on its fully
compressed buffers, when a refuge space not less than
either of the following is provided:
(a) a horizontal area 600 mm x 1 200 mm (24 in. X
48 in.), with a height of 600 mm (24 in.)
(b) a horizontal area 450 mm x 900 mm (18 in. x
36 in.), with a height of 1 070 mm (42 in.)
(ED) 5.5.1.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances.
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall con-
form to 2.5, except as modified by 5.5.1.5.
For sidewalk elevators with adjacent openings, the
maximum clearance required by 2.5.1.5 shall be permit-
ted to be increased on the side where the overhead
sheaves are located, provided that in such cases this
clearance shall not be greater than that required for the
installation of the sheaves or sheave beams plus running
clearance of not more than 25 mm (1 in.).
5.5.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. Where
the hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor of the
building, it shall conform to 2.6.
5.5.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform
to 2.7.
5.5.1.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms.
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts in
hoistways and machine rooms shall conform to 2.8 and
5.5.1.8.1 through 5.5.1.8.3.
5.5.1.8.1 Slack-rope switches (where required),
lower normal and final terminal stopping devices, and
pit stop switches shall be located not less than 600 mm
(24 in.) above the pit floor.
5.5.1.8.2 All electrical equipment in the hoistway
shall be weatherproof.
5.5.1.8.3 Electrical metal tubing (EMT) shall not
be used.
5.5.1.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and
Foundations. Machinery and sheave beams, supports,
and foundations shall conform to 2.9.
5.5.1.10 Guarding. The guarding of exposed auxil-
iary equipment shall conform to 2.10.
5.5.1.11 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings
5.5.1.11.1 Vertical Openings. Vertical hoistway
landing openings shall conform to 2.11, except that
2.11.2.1 does not apply.
5.5.1.11.2 Horizontal Openings in Sidewalks and
Other Areas Exterior to the Building
(a) The clear opening in a sidewalk that is accessible
to the general public when the sidewalk door or cover is
open shall be such that the sidewalk permits a minimum
1 200 mm (48 in.) wide unobstructed pedestrian path,
which is not normally accessible to vehicular traffic.
(b) Hoistways shall not be located either wholly or
partially in front of any entrance to a building.
(c) The side of the door opening nearest to any build-
ing wall or other obstruction shall be less than or equal
to 100 mm (4 in.), or greater than 914 mm (36 in.), from
the wall or obstruction.
(d) Horizontal openings in sidewalks or other areas
exterior to the building shall be protected by hinged
metal doors or vertically lifting covers having a nonslip
upper surface. Such doors or covers shall not be used
where the hoistway is located inside the building. Doors
or covers shall be of sufficient strength to safely support
a static load of not less than 1 460 kg/m 2 (300 lb /ft 2 ),
uniformly distributed.
(e) When in the closed position, doors shall be flush
with the adjacent sidewalk or other surface.
(f) Such doors and covers shall conform to 5.5.1.11.3
or 5.5.1.11.4.
(g) All openings between sidewalk door panels and
frames shall be provided with gutters to collect rainwa-
ter. Their gutters shall be piped rigidly to a discharge
point exterior to the hoistway and pit or to the sump
pit when provided and designed in accordance with
5.5.1.2.
(h) When subject to vehicular traffic, the doors or
covers shall be designed to safely support the loads
likely to be imposed on them.
5.5.1.11.3 Hinged-Type Swing Sidewalk Doors
(a) The line of the hinges shall be at right angles to
the building wall.
(b) There shall be a minimum clearance of 450 mm
(18 in.) between the face of the doors and any obstruction
when the doors are in the open position.
154
5.5.1.11.3-5.5.1.15.2
ASME A17.1-2004
•
(c) The doors shall be opened by the ascending car
and shall be self-closing as the car descends, and shall
be kept in the closed position when the car is not at the
top landing, except as provided for in 5.5.1.11.3(d).
(ED) (d) The doors shall be permitted to be held or fastened
in the open position when the car is not at the top
landing, provided self-closing hinged metal screen pan-
els, which will reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter
and which will support a static load of not less than
1 136 kg (300 lbf) applied on any area 600 mm (24 in.)
on a side and not less than 68 kg (150 lb) applied at
any point, are installed directly below the watertight
sidewalk doors. Screen panels shall be opened and
closed automatically by the ascending and descending
car and shall always be closed when the car is not at
the top landing.
(e) Stops shall be provided to prevent the doors from
opening more than 90 deg from their closed position.
5.5.1.11.4 Vertical Lifting Sidewalk Covers
(a) The covers shall be raised and lowered vertically
by the ascending and descending car and shall not be
held or fastened in the open position when the car is
not at the top landing.
(b) Recesses or guides, which will securely hold the
cover in place on the stanchions, shall be provided on
the underside of the cover.
5.5.1.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches. Hoistway door
locking devices, car door or gate electric contacts, and
hoistway access switches shall conform to 2.12, except
as modified by 5.5.1.12.1 through 5.5.1.12.3.
5.5.1.12.1 Requirement 2.12.1.1 does not apply.
5.5.1.12.2 Interlocks or electric contacts are not
required on horizontal hinged-type swinging covers and
vertical lifting covers used at the top landing in side-
walks or other areas exterior to the building. Locks, if
used, shall be of the spring type and shall be automati-
cally unlocked by the bow irons or stanchions of the
car, unless the locks are of the type that permit operation
of the elevators to open the cover only if the locking
device is in the unlocked position.
5.5.1.12.3 Requirement 2.12.7. Hoistway access
switches are not required for access to the top of the car.
5.5.1.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car
Doors. Power operation, power opening, and power clos-
ing of the hoistway doors and car doors or gates shall
conform to 2.13.
5.5.1.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and
Car Illumination
5.5.1.14.1 Car Enclosures. Car enclosures shall con-
form to 2.14.1 and 2.14.3, except as modified by the
following:
(a) Car tops are not required. Where provided, the
distance between the top of the car and the bow iron
or stanchions shall be not less than 1 067 mm (42 in.).
(b) Requirements 2.14.1.5 and 2.14.1.6 apply only
when a car top is provided.
(c) The height of the car enclosure required by 2.14.3.1 (ED)
shall be permitted to be reduced when the height of
the bow iron or stanchion is reduced as permitted by
5.5.1.15.2(a).
5.5.1.14.2 Car Doors and Gates. Car doors and
gates shall conform to 2.14.4 and 2.14.6.
5.5.1.14.3 Illumination of Cars. Illumination of cars
and lighting fixtures shall conform to 2.14.7, except as
modified by the following:
(a) Lighting devices are not required in the car if there
are lighting devices exterior to the car, which will pro-
vide the minimum illumination specified in 2.14.7.1.2(b)
for the full travel of the car.
(b) Requirement 2.14.7.1.3 does not apply.
(c) Requirement 2.14.7.1.4 applies only where a car
top is provided.
5.5.1.15 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
platforms shall conform to 2.15.
5.5.1.15.1 Car Frames and Platforms of Elevators
Traveling Above the Level of the Sidewalk. Sidewalk ele-
vators arranged to travel above the level of the sidewalk
or other area exterior to the building shall conform to
the following:
(a) Car frames of the underslung rope-suspended-
type elevators shall be of sufficient depth to provide the
minimum vertical clearance between the car rope hitches
or car sheaves and any obstruction in the hoistway verti-
cally above them, as specified in 2.4.8, when the car floor
is level with its upper landing level.
(b) The depth of the car frame and the length and
spacing of guiding members shall conform to 2.15.4 and,
in addition, shall be such as to prevent tipping of the
platform when it is at the highest upper landing level.
(c) The car platform shall be provided with metal
aprons or guards on all exposed sides conforming to
the following:
(1) They shall be made of metal of not less than
1.5 mm (0.059 in.) in thickness.
(2) They shall have a straight vertical face flush
with the outer edge of the platform having a depth of
not less than the distance between the normal upper
terminal landing level and the highest upper landing
level plus 75 mm (3 in.).
(3) The lower portion of the guard shall be rounded
or beveled at an angle of approximately 75 deg with the
horizontal.
5.5.1.15.2 Bow Irons and Stanchions. Where
hinged doors or vertically lifting covers are provided at
155
ASME A17.1-2004
5.5.1.15.2-5.5.1.25.3
the sidewalk or other exterior area, bow irons or stan-
chions shall be provided on the car to operate the doors
or covers.
Bow irons and stanchions shall conform to the fol-
lowing:
(ED) (a) They shall be not less than 2 130 mm (84 in.) high,
except that this height shall be permitted to be reduced
by an amount necessary to permit the doors or covers
to close when the car is at the landing next to the top
terminal landing.
(b) They shall be so designed, installed, and braced
as to withstand the impact when striking the doors or
covers.
(c) Bow irons shall be located approximately symmet-
rical with respect to the center of the car platform.
(d) Stanchions shall be framed together at their upper
ends and provided with spring buffers at the top.
5.5.1.16 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and loading
shall conform to 2.16, except as modified by the fol-
lowing:
(a) Requirement 2.16.1 does not apply.
(b) Requirement 2.16.4 does not apply. Sidewalk ele-
vators shall not be permitted to carry passengers.
(ED) 5.5.1.17 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Safeties
shall conform to 2.17, except as modified by the fol-
lowing:
Where the rated speed does not exceed 0.25 m/s
(50 ft/min), car safeties that operate as a result of break-
ing or slackening of the hoisting ropes shall be permitted
to be used in lieu of governor-actuated safeties required
by 2.17.7.1. The safety shall operate without delay.
5.5.1.18 Speed Governors. Governors, where pro-
vided, shall conform to 2.18.
5.5.1.19 Suspension Ropes. Suspension ropes shall
conform to 2.20.
5.5.1.20 Counterweights. Counterweights shall con-
form to 2.21.
5.5.1.21 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers
shall conform to 2.22.
5.5.1.22 Guide Rails. Guide rails shall conform to
2.23.
(ED) 5.5.1.23 Driving Machines and Sheaves. Driving
machines and sheaves shall conform to 2.24, except that
the ratio of the drum diameter to the rope diameter (see
2.24.2) shall be permitted to be reduced to 24.
5.5.1.24 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop-
ping devices shall conform to 2.25 (see also 5.5.1.8).
5.5.1.25 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
Operating devices and control equipment shall conform
to 2.26, except as modified by 5.5.1.25.1 through
5.5.1.25.4. Where the top opening is located in an area
exterior to the building, all electrical equipment on the
car shall be weatherproof.
5.5.1.25.1 Types of Operating Devices. Operating
devices shall be of the automatic or continuous-pressure
type. Operation through openings in the sidewalk or
other area exterior to the building shall conform to
5.5.1.25.2.
5.5.1.25.2 Operation Through Openings in Side-
walk or Other Area Exterior to the Building. The operation
of elevators through openings in the sidewalk, or
through openings in other exterior areas, and which are
protected by hinged doors or vertically lifting covers,
shall conform to the following:
(a) The elevator shall be operated through the open-
ing, in both the up and down directions, only from
the sidewalk or other exterior area and at a speed not
exceeding 0.13 m/s (25 ft/min). The operation shall be
by means of
(1) key-operated continuous-pressure-type up-
and-down switches; or
(2) continuous-pressure-type up-and-down
operating buttons on the free end of a detachable, flexi-
ble cord not more than 1 525 mm (60 in.) in length.
(b) Key-operated switches shall be of the continuous-
pressure spring-return type and shall be operated by a
cylinder-type lock having not less than a five-pin or five-
disk combination with the key removable only when
the switch is in the "OFF" position.
(c) Key-operated switches and plug receptacles for
flexible cords shall be weatherproof and shall be
installed above the sidewalk or other area on the side
of the building wall, located 450 mm (18 in.) or less
horizontally from one side of the opening.
(d) Operating buttons, if provided in the elevator car (ED)
and at any landing below the top landing, shall operate
the car only when the bow iron or stanchions are not
in contact with the doors or covers in the sidewalk or
other exterior area.
(e) When the bow iron or stanchions are in contact
with the doors or covers at the sidewalk or other exterior
area, it shall be possible to operate the car only by means
of either the key switches or the continuous-pressure-
type up-and-down buttons on the free end of the flexible
cord specified in 5.5.1.25.2(a).
(f) Flexible cords and operating keys shall not be left
where they are accessible to unauthorized persons for
operation of the elevator.
5.5.1.25.3 Top-of-Car Operating Devices and Stop
Switch. The requirement for a top-of-car operating
device (see 2.26.1.4) applies only where a car top is
provided. It shall operate the car at a speed not greater
than 0.13 m/s (25 ft/min). It shall not operate when the
bow iron or stanchions are in contact with the doors or
covers in the sidewalk or other exterior area.
156
5.5.1.25.3-5.6.1.1
ASMEA17.1-2004
The requirement for a stop switch on top of the car
(see 2.26.2.8) applies only where a car top is provided.
5.5.1.25.4 Maximum Rated Speed. Where the car
is not fully enclosed, the rated speed shall not exceed
0.25 m/s (50 ft/min), except as required by 5.5.1.25.2(a)
and 5.5.1.25.3.
Where the car is fully enclosed, there is no limit on
the rated speed, except as required by 5.5.1.25.2(a) and
5.5.1.25.3.
5.5.1.26 Car Emergency Signaling Devices. If car
operating buttons are provided, car emergency signaling
devices shall be provided conforming to 2.27.1.1.1 and
2.27.1.2. If the travel is more than 7.6 m (25 ft), the
signaling devices shall also conform to 2.27.1.1.2.
5.5.1.27 Layout Data. The information provided on
layout data shall conform to 2.28.
5.5.1.28 Welding. Welding shall conform to 8.8.
5.5.2 Direct-Plunger Hydraulic Sidewalk Elevators
5.5.2.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and Related
Construction. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and
related construction shall conform to 5.5.1.1 through
5.5.1.13, and 5.5.2.1 through 5.5.2.18, except 5.5.1.4 and
5.5.1.6.
5.5.2.2 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. Where a car
top is provided, bottom and top clearances and runbys
for cars and counterweights shall conform to 3.4.
Where no car top is provided, they shall conform to
3.4.1, 3.4.2.1, and 3.4.6.2. When the car has reached its
maximum upward movement, no equipment shall strike
the overhead structure or other obstruction.
5.5.2.3 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. Where
the hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor of the
building, it shall conform to 3.6.
5.5.2.4 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform
to 3.7.
5.5.2.5 Emergency Doors. The requirements for emer-
gency doors in single-blind hoistways apply only where
a car safety is provided.
5.5.2.6 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and
car illumination shall conform to 5.5.1.14.
5.5.2.7 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
platforms shall conform to 3.15, 5.5.1.15.1, and 5.5.1.15.2.
5.5.2.8 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and loading
shall conform to 2.16, except as modified by 3.16 and
5.5.1.16.
5.5.2.9 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Car safeties,
where provided, shall conform to 5.5.1.17 and shall be
of the type that can be released only by moving the car
in the up direction.
Counterweight safeties, where provided, shall con-
form to 3.17.2.
5.5.2.10 Hydraulic Jacks. Hydraulic jacks shall con-
form to 3.18.
5.5.2.11 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings. Valves,
pressure piping, and fittings shall conform to 3.19.
5.5.2.12 Counterweights. Where provided, counter-
weights shall conform to 3.21.
5.5.2.13 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers
shall conform to 3.22.
5.5.2.14 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports and Fasten-
ings. Guide rails and their supports and fastenings shall
conform to 3.23.
5.5.2.15 Tanks. Tanks shall conform to 3.24.
5.5.2.16 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop-
ping devices shall conform to 3.25 (see also 5.5.1.8).
5.5.2.17 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
5.5.2.17.1 Operating devices and control equip-
ment shall conform to 3.26, 5.5.1.25.1, 5.5.1.25.2, and
5.5.1.25.4 and all electrical equipment on the car shall
be weatherproof.
5.5.2.17.2 The requirement for a top-of-car
operating device (see 3.26.2) applies only where a car
top is provided. It shall operate the car at a speed not
greater than 0.13 m/s (25 ft/min). It shall not operate
when the bow iron or stanchions are in contact with the
doors or covers in the sidewalk or other exterior area.
5.5.2.17.3 The requirement for a stop switch on
top of the car (see 2.26.2.8 and 3.26.4.1) applies only
where a car top is provided.
5.5.2.18 Layout Data. The information provided on
layout data shall conform to 3.28.
SECTION 5.6
ROOFTOP ELEVATORS
Requirement 5.6 applies to rooftop elevators. Require-
ment 5.6.1 applies to electric elevators. Requirement 5.6.2
applies to direct-plunger hydraulic elevators.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
rooftop elevators.
5.6.1 Electric Rooftop Elevators
5.6.1.1 Construction of Hoistway and Hoistway Enclo-
sures. The construction of hoistway enclosures shall con-
form to 2.1, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.1.1.1. Hoistways are not required
to be enclosed above the rooftop landing.
(ED)
157
ASME A17.1-2004
5.6.1.1-5.6.1.11.5
(b) Requirement 2.1.1.3 does not apply.
(c) Requirement 2.1.2.1 does not apply.
(d) Requirement 2.1.3 does not apply.
5.6.1.2 Pits. Pits shall conform to 2.2. Means shall be
provided to automatically remove water from the pit.
5.6.1.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweight. The
location and guarding of counterweights shall conform
to 2.3.
5.6.1.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. Bottom and
top clearances and runbys for cars and counterweights
shall conform to 2.4, except as modified by the following:
(a) Table 2.4.2.2, maximum speed 0.25 m/s
(50 ft/min). See 5.6.1.25.4.
(b) Requirement 2.4.10 does not apply.
(c) Requirement 2.4.11 does not apply.
(d) Requirement 2.4.12 does not apply if travel is 6.1 m
(20 ft) or less. When refuge space is required, it shall be
measured to the underside of the roof door when the
bow iron or stanchion is in contact with the door.
5.6.1.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances.
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall con-
form to 2.5.
5.6.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. Where
the hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor of the
building, it shall conform to 2.6.
5.6.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform to
2.7, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.7.3.2.2 does not apply.
(b) Requirement 2.7.3.5 does not apply.
5.6.1.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms.
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts in
hoistways and machine rooms shall conform to 2.8 and
the following:
(a) Slack-rope switches (where required), lower nor-
mal and final terminal stopping devices, and pit stop
switches shall be located not less than 600 mm (24 in.)
above the pit floor.
(b) All electrical equipment in the hoistway shall be
weatherproof.
(c) Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall not be used.
5.6.1.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and
Foundations. Machinery and sheave beams, supports,
and foundations shall conform to 2.9.
5.6.1.10 Guarding. The guarding of exposed auxil-
iary equipment shall conform to 2.10.
5.6.1.11 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings
5.6.1.11.1 Vertical Openings. Vertical hoistway
landing openings shall conform to 2.11.
5.6.1.11.2 Horizontal Openings in Rooftops
(a) The pedestrian path on a rooftop, when the door
or cover is open, shall be such that it permits a minimum
1 200 mm (48 in.) wide unobstructed path that is not
normally accessible to vehicular traffic.
(b) Hoistways shall not be located either wholly or
partially in front of any entrance to a building or open-
able window.
(c) The side of the door opening nearest to any build-
ing wall or other obstruction shall be 100 mm (4 in.) or
less, or greater than 900 mm (36 in.), from the wall or
obstruction.
(d) Horizontal openings in rooftops shall be protected
by hinged metal doors or vertically lifting covers having
a nonslip upper surface. Doors or covers shall be of
sufficient strength to safely support a static load of not
less than 14.4 kPa (300 lb /ft 2 ), uniformly distributed.
(e) When in the closed position, doors shall be flush
with the landing sill.
(f) Such doors and covers shall conform to 5.6.1.11.3
or 5.6.1.11.4.
(g) All openings between rooftop door panels and
frames shall be provided with minimum 50 mm (2 in.)
gutters to collect rainwater. The gutters shall be piped
rigidly to a discharge point exterior to the hoistway
and pit.
5.6.1.11.3 Hinged-Type Rooftop Doors
(a) There shall be a minimum clearance of 450 mm
(18 in.) between the face of the doors and any obstruction
when the doors are in the open position.
(b) The doors shall be opened by the ascending car
and shall be self-closing as the car descends, and shall
be kept in the closed position when the car is not at the
top landing.
(c) Stops shall be provided to prevent the doors from
opening more than 90 deg from their closed position.
(d) Means shall be provided at the meeting edge of
biparting rooftop doors to collect and discharge rain
water.
(e) The landing sill shall be substantially flush with
the floor surface of the elevator landings.
5.6.1.11.4 Vertical Lifting Rooftop Covers
(a) The covers shall be raised and lowered vertically
by the ascending and descending car and shall not be
held or fastened in the open position when the car is
not at the top landing.
(b) Recesses or guides, which will securely hold the
cover in place on the stanchions, shall be provided on
the underside of the cover.
(c) The landing sill shall be substantially flush with
the floor surface of the elevator landings.
5.6.1.11.5 Setting of the Door. The door shall be
set in the roof in such a manner that the upper surface
of the rooftop door is at least 25 mm (1 in.) above the
surface of the roof and pitched at the same angle. The
158
5.6.1.11.5-5.6.1.25
ASME A17.1-2004
edge around the rooftop door and the surface of the
roof shall be such that a gradual change in surface height
is provided.
5.6.1.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
Contacts and Hoistway Access Switches. Hoistway door
locking devices, car door or gate electric contacts, and
hoistway access switches shall conform to 2.12 or 2.14.4,
except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirements 2.12.2 and 2.12.3. Interlocks or electric
contacts are not required on hinged-type swinging cov-
ers and vertical lifting covers used at the top landing
in rooftops. Locks, if used, shall be of the spring type
and shall be automatically unlocked by the bow irons
or stanchions of the car, unless the locks are of the type
that permit operation of the elevators to open the cover
only if the locking device is in the unlocked position.
(b) Requirement 2.12.7. Hoistway access switches are
not required for access to the top of the car.
5.6.1.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car
Doors. Power operation, power opening, and power clos-
ing of the hoistway doors and car doors or gates shall
conform to 2.13.
5.6.1.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and
Car Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors, gates, and car
illumination shall conform to 2.14, except as modified by
5.6.1.14.1 and 5.6.1.14.2.
(ED) 5.6.1.14.1 Requirement 2.14.3.1. The height of the
car enclosure shall be permitted to be reduced when
the height of the bow iron or stanchion is reduced as
permitted by 5.6.1.15.2(a).
5.6.1.14.2 All electrical equipment on the car shall
be weatherproof.
5.6.1.15 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
platforms shall conform to 2.15, 5.6.1.15.1, and 5.6.1.15.2.
5.6.1.15.1 Platforms
(a) Car frames of the underslung rope-suspended-
type elevators shall be of sufficient depth to provide the
minimum vertical clearance between the car rope hitches
or car sheaves and any obstruction in the hoistway verti-
cally above them, as specified in 2.4.8, when the car floor
is level with its upper landing level.
(b) The depth of the car frame and the length and
spacing of guiding members shall conform to 2.15.4 and,
shall be such as to prevent tipping of the platform when
it is at the highest upper landing level.
(c) The car platform shall be provided with metal
aprons or guards on all exposed sides conforming to
the following:
(1) They shall be made of metal of not less than
1.5 mm (0.059 in.) in thickness.
(2) They shall have a straight vertical face flush
with the outer edge of the platform having a depth of
not less than the distance between the normal upper
terminal landing level and the highest upper landing
level plus 75 mm (3 in.).
(3) The lower portion of the guard shall be rounded
or beveled at an angle of approximately 75 deg with the
horizontal.
5.6.1.15.2 Bow Irons and Stanchions. Where
hinged doors or vertically lifting covers are provided at
the rooftop bow irons or stanchions shall be provided
on the car to operate the doors or covers. Bow irons and
stanchions shall conform to the following requirements:
(a) They shall be not less than 2 130 mm (84 in.) high, (ED)
measured from the finished car floor, except that this
height shall be permitted to be reduced by an amount
necessary to permit the doors or covers to close when
the car is at the landing next to the top terminal landing.
(b) They shall be so designed, installed, and braced
as to withstand the impact when striking the doors or
covers.
(c) Bow irons shall be located approximately symmet-
rical with respect to the center of the car platform.
(d) Stanchions shall be framed together at their upper
ends and provided with spring buffers at the top.
5.6.1.16 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and loading
shall conform to 2.16.
5.6.1.17 Safeties. Safeties shall conform to 2.17.
5.6.1.18 Governors. Governors, where provided,
shall conform to 2.18.
5.6.1.19 Suspension Ropes. Suspension ropes shall
conform to 2.20.
5.6.1.20 Counterweights. Counterweights when pro-
vided, shall conform to 2.21.
5.6.1.21 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers
shall conform to 2.22.
5.6.1.22 Guide Rails. Guide rails shall conform to
2.23.
5.6.1.23 Driving Machines and Sheaves. Driving (ED)
machines and sheaves shall conform to 2.24, except that
on freight elevators the ratio of the drum diameter to
the rope diameter (see 2.24.2) shall be permitted to be
reduced to 24 for elevators with a rated load of 1 150 kg
(2 500 lb) or less.
5.6.1.24 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop-
ping devices shall conform to 2.25 and 5.6.1.8.
5.6.1.25 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
Operating devices and control equipment shall conform
to 2.26, except as modified by 5.6.1.25.1 through
5.6.1.25.5.
All electrical equipment on the car shall be weather-
proof.
Actuation of a landing call button when the car is at
the roof level shall illuminate a visual "in-use" signal
159
ASME A17.1-2004
5.6.1.25-5.6.2.9.2
at the landing station at which the landing call was
registered, and sound an audible and visual alarm at
the roof level. The audible alarm shall have a sound
pressure rating of not less than 80 dBA nor greater than
90 dBA at 3.05 m (10 ft).
Operation to the roof level shall be in accordance with
5.6.1.25.1.
5.6.1.25.1 Types of Operating Devices. Operating
devices in the car and at the lower landing are prohibited
on two-stop elevators.
5.6.1.25.2 Operation to the Roof Level. The opera-
tion of elevators shall conform to the following:
(a) The operation of elevators between openings in
the roof, which are protected by hinged doors or verti-
cally lifting covers, and the first landing below the roof
level shall conform to the following:
(1) key-operated continuous-pressure-type up-
and-down switches; or
(2) continuous-pressure-type up-and-down
operating buttons on the free end of a detachable, flexi-
ble cord not more than 1 525 mm (60 in.) in length.
(b) Key-operated switches shall be of the continuous-
pressure spring-return type and shall be operated by a
cylinder-type lock having not less than a five-pin or five-
disk combination with the key removable only when
the switch is in the "OFF" position. The key shall be
Group 2 Security (see 8.1).
(c) Key-operated switches and plug receptacles for
flexible cords shall be weatherproof and shall be
installed above the roof level, located within 1 525 mm
(60 in.) horizontally from one side of the opening in
such a manner that the opening is within clear sight of
the operator.
(d) It shall be possible to operate the car only by
means of either the key switches or the continuous-
pressure-type up-and-down buttons on the free end of
the flexible cord specified in 5.6.1.25.2(a).
(e) Flexible cords and operating keys shall not be left
where they are accessible to unauthorized persons for
operation of the elevator.
(f) Means of two-way communication shall be pro-
vided between the car, lower terminal landing, the first
landing below the roof level, and the rooftop operating
station.
(g) On multiple-stop elevators, the car operating pan-
els shall only be operational for floors below the roof
level.
5.6.1.25.3 Top-of-Car Operating Devices and Stop
Switch. A top-of-car operating device shall not be pro-
vided if the travel is 6.1 m (20 ft) or less.
Top-of-car operating devices, when required, shall
conform to 2.26.1.4.
A stop switch shall be provided on top of the car,
conforming to 2.26.2.8.
5.6.1.25.4 Maximum Rated Speed. When the car
bow iron or stanchion is in contact with the rooftop
door or cover, the rated speed shall not exceed 0.13 m/s
(25 ft/min).
When the car is fully enclosed, other than when it is
running through the rooftop door or cover, there is no
limit on the rated speed except as required by 5.6.1.25.2
and 5.6.1.25.3.
5.6.1.25.5 Operation to the Roof Level.
Operation to the roof level shall be in accordance with
5.6.1.25.2.
5.6.1.26 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices.
Emergency operation and signaling devices shall con-
form to 2.27.
5.6.1.27 Welding. Welding shall conform to 8.8.
5.6.2 Direct-Plunger Hydraulic Rooftop Elevators
5.6.2.1 Hoistways, Hoistway Enclosures, and Related
Construction. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and
related construction shall conform to 5.6.1.1 through
5.6.1.13, and 5.6.2.2 through 5.6.2.5, except 5.6.1.4 and
5.6.1.6.
5.6.2.2 Vertical Clearances and Runbys. Where a car
top is provided, bottom and top clearances and runbys
for cars and counterweights shall conform to 3.4.
Where no car top is provided, they shall conform to
3.4.1, 3.4.2.1, and 3.4.6.2.
5.6.23 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. Where
the hoistway does not extend to the lowest floor of the
building, it shall conform to 3.6.
5.6.2.4 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform
to 3.7.
5.6.2.5 Emergency Doors. The requirements for emer-
gency doors in single blind hoistways shall conform
to 2.11.
5.6.2.6 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
Illumination. Car enclosures, car doors, gates, and car
illumination shall conform to 2.14.
5.6.2.7 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
platforms shall conform to 3.14, 5.6.1.15.1, and 5.6.1.15.2.
5.6.2.8 Capacity and Loading. Capacity and loading
shall conform to 2.16, except as modified by 3.16.
5.6.2.9 Car and Counterweight Safeties
5.6.2.9.1 Car safeties, where provided, shall con-
form to 2.17, except as modified for freight elevators by
5.6.1.17 and shall be of the type that can be released
only by moving the car in the up direction.
5.6.2.9.2 Counterweight safeties, where provided,
shall conform to 3.16.
160
5.6.2.10-5.7.5
ASME A17.1-2004
#
5.6.2.10 Hydraulic Jacks. Hydraulic jacks shall con-
form to 3.18.
5.6.2.11 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings. Valves,
pressure piping, and fittings shall conform to 3.19.
5.6.2.12 Counterweights. Where provided, counter-
weights shall conform to 3.15.
5.6.2.13 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers
shall conform to 3.21 and 3.22.2.
5.6.2.14 Guide Rails. Guide rails and their supports
and fastenings shall conform to 3.23 and 3.28.
5.6.2.15 Tanks. Tanks shall conform to 3.24.
5.6.2.16 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop-
ping devices shall conform to 3.25 and 5.6.1.8.
5.6.2.17 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
Operating devices and control equipment shall conform
to 3.26. Requirements 5.6.1.25.1, 5.6.1.25.2, 5.6.1.25.4,
5.6.1.25.5, 5.6.1.26, and 5.6.1.27 and all electrical equip-
ment on the car shall be weatherproof.
5.6.2.17.1 Top-of-Car Operating Device and Stop
Switch. Top-of-car operating device when required shall
conform to 5.6.1.25.3.
(ED) SECTION 5.7
SPECIAL PURPOSE PERSONNEL ELEVATORS
Requirement 5.7 applies to elevators permanently
installed in a wide variety of structures and locations to
provide vertical transportation of authorized personnel
and their tools and equipment only. Such elevators are
typically installed in structures such as grain elevators,
radio antennas and bridge towers, underground facili-
ties, dams, power plants, and similar structures where,
by reason of their limited use and the types of construc-
tion of the structures served, full compliance with Part
2 is not practicable or necessary.
Requirement 5.7 applies to special purpose personnel
elevators having a traction, winding drum, screw, or
rack-and-pinion driving machine.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
special purpose personnel elevators.
5.7.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway
Enclosures
5.7.1.1 Hoistways and Hoistway Enclosures. Where
the hoistway is adjacent to areas permitting passage of
people (e.g., passageways, stairwells, elevator landings),
it shall be enclosed to a height of not less than 2 130 mm
(84 in.) above the floor or stair treads. The enclosure
shall be of sufficient strength to prevent contact between
the enclosure and the car or counterweight when the
enclosure is subjected to a force of 1 112 N (250 lbf)
applied at right angles at any point over an area of
100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.). Openwork enclosures
shall be permitted to be used and shall reject a ball
25 mm (1 in.) in diameter.
5.7.1.2 Floor Over Hoistway. A floor conforming to
2.1.3.1 and 2.1.3.4 shall be provided at the top of the
hoistway.
5.7.2 Pits
A pit conforming to 2.2 shall be provided for every
elevator.
5.7.3 Location and Enclosing of Counterweights
5.7.3.1 Counterweight Coming Down to Floors or
Passing Floors or Stairs. Where a counterweight runway
comes down to a floor or passes a floor or stairs, it shall
be enclosed to a height of at least 2 130 mm (84 in.)
above the floor or the stair treads by a solid or openwork
enclosure. The enclosure shall be of sufficient strength
to prevent contact between the enclosure and the coun-
terweight when the enclosure is subjected to a force of
1 100 N (250 lbf) applied at right angles at any point
over an area of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.).
Openwork enclosures shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.)
in diameter and shall be so located as to provide at least
100 mm (4 in.) between the outside of the enclosure and
the closest member of the counterweight assembly.
5.7.3.2 Access to Enclosed Counterweights and
Ropes. Access shall be provided for inspection, mainte-
nance, and repair of an enclosed counterweight and its
ropes. Doors in the counterweight enclosures shall be
self-closing and shall be provided with
(a) an electric contact, the opening of which will
remove power from the elevator driving machine motor
and brake
(b) a self-locking keyed tumbler lock
5.7.4 Vertical Clearances and Runby
5.7.4.1 Bottom Runby. Bottom runby shall conform
to 2.4.2, 2.4.3, and 2.4.4.
5.7.4.2 Top Car Clearance. There shall be a clearance
of not less than 762 mm (30 in.) from the highest projec-
tion of the car top or the car crosshead or the equipment
mounted on the car top and the nearest part of the
overhead structure, when the counterweight is resting
on its fully compressed buffer as required in 2.4.6.
For rack-and-pinion elevators without counter-
weights, there shall be a clearance of not less than
762 mm (30 in.) from the highest projection of the car
top and the nearest part of the overhead structure, when
the car has reached the uppermost limit of its travel.
The top car clearance shall conform to 2.4.6 and 2.4.7.
5.7.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall
conform to 2.5 and 5.7.3.1.
161
ASMEA17.1-2004
5.7.6-5.7.10.2
5.7.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway
Protection of spaces below hoistways not extending
to the lowest level of the structure shall conform to the
applicable requirements of 2.6.1.
5.7.7 Overhead Machinery Beams and Supports
5.7.7.1 Securing of Machinery Beams and Type of
Supports
5.7.7.1.1 All machinery and sheaves shall be so
supported and secured as to effectively prevent any part
becoming loose or displaced.
5.7.7.1.2 Beams directly supporting machinery
shall be of steel or reinforced concrete.
5.7.7.1.3 Machinery or equipment shall be secured
to and supported on, or from the top of, overhead beams
or floors, except for the following equipment:
(a) secondary or deflecting sheaves of traction ele-
vators
(b) devices and their accessories for limiting or
retarding car speed
(c) driving machines on the car
5.7.7.1.4 Cast iron in tension shall not be used for
supporting members for sheaves where they are hung
beneath beams.
5.7.7.2 Loads on Overhead Beams and Supports. The
total load on overhead beams shall be equal to the weight
of all apparatus resting on the beams, plus twice the
maximum load suspended from the beams.
5.7.7.2.1 The load resting on the beams shall
include the complete weights of the driving machine,
sheaves, controller, etc.
5.7.7.2.2 The load suspended from the beams shall
include the sum of the tensions in all ropes suspended
from the beams.
NOTE (5.7.7.2): The object in doubling the suspended load is to
allow for impact, accelerating stresses, etc.
5.7.7.3 Factor of Safety of Overhead Beams and Sup-
ports. The factor of safety for overhead beams and their
supports shall be not less than 5 for steel and 6 for
reinforced concrete.
5.7.7.4 Allowable Stresses and Deflections. Over-
head beams and supports shall conform to 2.9.4 and
2.9.5.
5.7.8 Hoistway Doors and Gates
5.7.8.1 Where Required. The full width of each land-
ing opening shall be protected by doors or gates. The
landing opening shall be at least 2 030 mm (80 in.) in
height. The entire entrance assembly shall be capable of
withstanding a force of 1 100 N (250 lbf) applied on the
landing site at right angles to, and approximately at the
center of, a panel. This force shall be distributed over
an area of 100 mm X 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.). There shall
be no permanent displacement or deformation of any
parts of the entrance assembly resulting from this test.
Openwork entrances shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in
diameter.
5.7.8.2 Projections of Hoistway Doors or Gates Into
Hoistway. The hoistway face of the landing doors or
gates shall not project into the hoistway beyond the
landing sill. No hardware, except that required for door
locking devices or contacts, signals, or door operating
devices, shall project into the hoistway beyond the line
of the landing sill.
5.7.8.3 Access to Hoistways for Emergency and
Inspection Purposes. A device to unlock and permit
opening of the hoistway door from the landing side,
regardless of the location of the car in the hoistway, shall
be provided at the top and bottom landings and shall
be permitted at all landings. This device shall be
designed to prevent unlocking the door with common
tools.
The operating means for unlocking the door shall be
of Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
5.7.8.4 Opening of Hoistway Doors and Gates.
Hoistway doors or gates shall be so arranged that it will
not be necessary to reach behind any panel or jamb to
operate them.
5.7.8.5 Hangers and Stops for Sliding Hoistway
Doors. Hangers, conforming to 2.11.11.4.1 and
2.11.11.4.2, shall be provided.
5.7.8.6 Distance Between Hoistway Doors or Gates
and Landing Sills and Car Doors or Gates. The distance
between the hoistway doors or gates and the hoistway
edge of the landing sill shall not exceed 57 mm (2.25 in.),
and the distance between the hoistway faces of the land-
ing door or gate and the car door or gate shall not exceed
133 mm (5.25 in.).
5.7.9 Locking Devices for Hoistway Doors or Gates
Hoistway doors or gates shall be provided with
hoistway door interlocks or with locking devices and
electric contacts conforming to 2.12.
5.7.10 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
Illumination
5.7.10.1 Enclosures Required. Except at the entrance,
cars shall be fully enclosed with metal at the sides and
top. The enclosure at the sides shall be solid or of open-
work that will reject a ball of 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter.
The minimum clear height inside the car shall be
1 980 mm (78 in.).
5.7.10.2 Securing Enclosures. The car enclosure shall
be secured to the platform in such a manner that it
(ED)
#
162
5.7.10.2-5.7.13.2.2
ASME A17.1-2004
•
cannot work loose or become displaced in regular
service.
5.7.10.3 Illumination in Car. Each car shall be pro-
vided with an electric light and a light control switch.
The light shall provide illumination of at least 27 lx
(2.5 fc) at the landing edge of the car platform.
(ED) 5.7.10.4 Emergency Exits. When car size and con-
struction permit, and other conditions warrant, an emer-
gency exit with a cover shall be permitted in the top
of the car enclosure conforming to 5.7.10.4.1 through
5.7.10.4.4.
5.7.10.4.1 The exit opening shall have an area of
not less than 0.227 m (352 in.), and shall not measure
less than 406 mm (16 in.) on any side.
5.7.10.4.2 The exit shall be so located as to provide
a clear passageway unobstructed by fixed elevator
equipment located in, or on top of, the car.
5.7.10.4.3 The exit cover shall open outward and
shall be hinged, or otherwise attached, to the car top.
5.7.10.4.4 The exit cover shall be equipped with
a switch or contact that, when opened, will cause a
device to remove power from the machine motor and
brake. The exit cover switch or contact shall be of a
manual reset type.
(ED) 5.7.10.5 Car Doors or Gates. A car door or gate that,
when closed, shall guard the opening to its full height,
shall be provided at each entrance to the car. Car doors
shall be of solid or openwork construction that will reject
a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter. Collapsible car gates
shall be of a design that, when fully closed (extended
position), will reject a ball 75 mm (3 in.) in diameter.
5.7.11 Car Construction
5.7.11.1 Car Frames and Platforms. Elevator car
frames shall be metal. Elevator car platforms shall be
metal or a combination of metal and wood. Where wood
is used, the platform shall conform to 2.15.8. Car frames
and platforms shall have a factor of safety of not less
than 5, based on the rated load.
5.7.11.2 Use of Cast Iron. Cast iron shall not be used
in the construction of any member of the car frame
or platform other than for guide shoes and guide-shoe
brackets.
5.7.11.3 Use of Glass. Glass shall not be used in eleva-
tor cars, except for the car light and accessories necessary
for the operation of the car or car vision panels that, if
provided, shall conform to 2.14.2.5.
5.7.11.4 Number of Compartments. The car shall not
have more than one compartment.
5.7.12 Capacity and Loading
5.7.12.1 Capacity and Data Plates. Capacity and data
plates, conforming to 2.16.3, shall be provided.
5.7.12.2 Limitation of Load, Speed, and Platform
Area. The rated load shall not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb).
The inside net platform area shall not exceed 1.208 m 2
(13 ft 2 ). The minimum rated load shall not be less than
that based on 3.35 kPa (70 lbf /ft 2 ) of inside net platform
area or 113 kg (250 lb), whichever is greater. The rated
speed shall not exceed 0.76 m/s (150 ft/min). Winding
drum machines shall comply with 2.24.1.
5.7.13 Car Safeties and Governors
5.7.13.1 Car Safeties and Governors for Traction and
Winding-Drum-Type Elevators. Cars suspended by wire
ropes shall be provided with a car safety capable of
stopping and sustaining the car with rated load. The
safeties shall be Type A and shall conform to 2.17.5.1.
The car safety shall be actuated by a speed governor.
The governor shall be operated to set the safety when
the car has attained a maximum speed of 0.9 m/s
(175 ft/min). The operation of the safety shall conform
to 2.17.8.1.
The speed governor shall be located where it cannot
be struck by the car or counterweight in case of
overtravel and where there is sufficient space for full
movement of the governor parts. Governor ropes shall
conform to 2.18.5.
5.7.13.2 Car Safeties and Governors for Rack-and-Pin- (ED)
ion-Type Elevators. The car shall be provided with one
or more safeties identified in 2.17.5. The safeties shall
be attached to the car frame or supporting structure. All
car safeties shall be mounted on a single car frame and
shall operate on one pair of guide members or on one
vertical rack.
Rack-and-pinion machines have safeties consisting of
a freely rotating safety pinion, a governor, and a safety
device that shall be permitted to form an integral unit
mounted on the car. The freely rotating pinion travels
on a stationary rack mounted vertically in the hoistway.
The rotating pinion drives the governor. When the
downward speed of the car reaches the tripping value,
the rotating governor actuates the safety device, which,
in turn, brings the car to a gradual stop.
5.7.13.2.1 Stopping Distances. The travel of the car
measured from the governor tripping to the full stop
shall not exceed the following values:
(a) for car safeties: 1 625 mm (64 in.)
(b) for counterweight safeties: 1 980 mm (78 in.)
5.7. 13.2.2 Marking Plates. A metal plate shall be
securely attached to each safety so as to be readily visible
and shall be marked in a legible and permanent manner
with letters and figures not less than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.)
in height, indicating the following:
163
ASME A17.1-2004
5.7.13.2.2-5.7.17.1
(ED) (a) the maximum governor tripping speed, in m/s
(ft/min), for which the safety is rated to be used
(b) the maximum weight, in kg (lb), which the safety,
as installed, is designed to stop and sustain
5.7.13.2.3 Governor Ropes. Governor ropes shall
conform to 2.18.5, when applicable.
5.7.13.3 Opening of Brake and Motor Control Circuits
on Safety Application. The motor control circuit and the
brake control circuit shall be opened before, or at the
time, the safety applies.
5.7.13.4 Application of Car Safety. A car safety device
that depends upon the completion or maintenance of
an electric circuit for the application of the safety shall
not be used. Car safeties shall be applied mechanically.
5.7.13.5 Minimum Factors of Safety and Stresses of
Safety Parts and Rope Connections. The minimum fac-
tors of safety and stresses of safety parts and any associ-
ated rope connections shall conform to 2.17.12.
5.7.14 Suspension Ropes
5.7.14.1 Types Permitted. Suspension means shall
consist of not less than two wire ropes.
Only iron (low-carbon steel) or steel wire ropes, hav-
ing the commercial classification "Elevator Wire Rope,"
or wire rope specifically constructed for elevator use
shall be used for the suspension of elevator cars and for
the suspension of counterweights. The wire material
for ropes shall be manufactured by the open-hearth or
electric furnace process or their equivalent.
5.7.14.2 Minimum Diameter of Suspension Ropes.
The minimum diameter of any suspension rope shall be
not less than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.).
5.7.14.3 Factor of Safety of Suspension Means. The
factor of safety of the suspension means shall be not
less than 7.95.
5.7.14.4 Arc of Contact of Suspension Means on
Sheaves. The arc of contact of a wire rope on a traction
sheave and the shape of the grooves shall be sufficient
to produce adequate traction under all load conditions.
5.7.14.5 Arrangement of Wire Ropes on Winding
Drums. All wire ropes anchored to a winding drum shall
have not less than one full turn of rope on the drum
when the car or counterweight has reached its limit of
possible overtravel, including a fully compressed buffer.
Each turn of the wire rope on the winding drum shall
be in a separate groove on the drum.
5.7.14.6 Lengthening, Splicing, Repairing, or Replac-
ing Suspension Means. No car or counterweight rope
shall be lengthened or repaired by splicing. If one wire
rope of a set is worn or damaged and requires replace-
ment, the entire set of ropes shall be replaced.
5.7.14.7 Securing Ends of Suspension Ropes in Wind-
ing Drums. The winding drum ends of car and counter-
weight wire ropes shall be secured by clamps on the
inside of the drum or by one of the methods specified in
5.7.14.8 for fastening wire ropes to car or counterweight.
5.7.14.8 Fastening of Rope Suspension Means to Cars
and Counterweights. The car or counterweight ends of
wire ropes shall be fastened by properly made individ-
ual tapered babbitted sockets or by properly attached
fittings as recommended by wire-rope manufacturers.
Tapered babbitted rope sockets and the method of
babbitting shall conform to 2.20.9.4 and 2.20.9.6. The
diameter of the hole in the small end of the socket shall
not exceed the nominal diameter of the rope by more
than 2.4 mm (0.094 in.).
5.7.15 Counterweight Guiding and Construction
5.7.15.1 Guiding. Counterweights shall be guided to
prevent horizontal movement. Guide rails, where used,
shall conform to 5.7.17.
5.7.1 5.2 Car Counterweights. A car counterweight on
winding drum elevators shall not be of sufficient weight
to cause slackening of any car hoisting rope during accel-
eration or retardation of the car.
5.7.15.3 Types of Counterweight Construction (ED)
(a) One-piece solid or laminated steel counterweights
shall be permitted to be used.
(b) Means shall be provided to retain counterweight
sections, if used, in place if they become broken, whether
carried in a frame or not. If tie rods are used, the sections
shall be fastened together by a minimum of two tie rods
that pass through all weight sections. Tie rods shall be
provided with locknuts and cotter pins at each end.
5.7.16 Car and Counterweight Buffers
5.7.16.1 Car and counterweight buffers shall be pro-
vided and shall conform to the applicable requirements
of 2.22.
5.7.16.2 For rack-and-pinion elevators, spring buff- (ED)
ers, where used, shall be so designed and installed that
they will not be fully compressed when struck by the
car with its rated load at governor tripping speed where
the safety is governor operated, or at 125% of rated
speed where the safety is not governor operated. Kinetic
energy from the drive unit shall be taken into account in
the design calculations. The effect of the counterweight,
where used, shall be permitted to be taken into account
in the design calculations.
5.7.17 Car Guide Rails and Guide-Rail Fastenings
Car guide rails shall be provided.
5.7.17.1 Material. Guide rails and guide-rail fasten- (ED)
ings shall be of steel, or where steel presents a hazard,
as in chemical or explosive atmospheres, guide rails shall
164
5.7.17.1-5.7.21
ASME A17.1-2004
(ED)
be permitted to be of selected wood or other suitable
nonferrous materials.
5.7.17.2 Fastenings, Deflections, and Joints. Guide
rails shall be securely fastened, shall not deflect more
than 6 mm (25 in.) under normal operation, and shall
have their joints well-fitted and strongly secured. Guide
rails and their joints and fastenings shall withstand with-
out failure the application of the car safety when stop-
ping the car with its rated load.
5.7.17.3 Extension of Guide Rails at Top and Bottom
of Hoistway. Guide rails shall extend from the bottom
of the hoistway to a sufficient height above the top land-
ing to prevent the guide shoes from running off the rails
when the car or counterweight is at its extreme upper
position.
5.7.18 Driving Machines and Sheaves
5.7.18.1 Types of Driving Machines. Driving
machines shall be of the traction, drum, screw, or rack-
and-pinion type. The installation of belt-drive and chain-
drive machines is prohibited.
5.7.18.1.1 Screw Machines. Screw machines shall
conform to 4.2.15.
5.7.18.1.2 Rack-and-Pinion Machines. The rack-
and-pinion drive shall consist of one or more power-
driven rotating pinions mounted on the car and
arranged to travel on a stationary vertical rack mounted
in the hoistway. The drive shall have at least one pinion,
one rack, and two backup rollers. The pinions and rack
shall be of steel with a minimum safety factor of 8 for
the pinion and the rack. Driving machines located within
the car shall be fully enclosed with solid or openwork
metal that shall reject a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter
and that shall be locked.
5.7.18.2 Material and Grooving for Sheaves and
Drums. Winding drums, traction sheaves, and overhead
and deflecting sheaves shall be of cast iron or steel and
of a pitch diameter of not less than 30 times the diameter
of the wire suspension ropes, except that where 8 x 19
steel ropes are used on a drum-type machine installa-
tion, the pitch diameter of drums and sheaves shall be
permitted to be reduced to 21 times the diameter of the
rope. The rope grooves shall be machined.
5.7.18.3 Factor of Safety for Driving Machines and
Sheaves. The factor of safety for driving machines and
sheaves shall conform to 2.24.3.
5.7.18.4 Bolts Transmitting Torque, and Set Screws.
Bolts transmitting torque, and set screws shall conform
to 2.24.4.
5.7.18.5 Friction-Gearing or Clutch Mechanism. Fric-
tion-gearing or clutch mechanisms shall not be used for
connecting the drum or sheaves to the main driving
mechanism.
5.7.18.6 Use of Cast Iron in Gears. Worms and worm
gears made of cast iron shall not be used.
5.7.18.7 Driving Machine Brakes. Driving machines
shall be equipped with electrically released spring-
applied friction brakes.
5.7.18.8 Operation of Brake. A single ground or short
circuit, a countervoltage, or a motor field discharge shall
not prevent the brake magnet from allowing the brake
to set when the operating device is placed in the stop
position.
5.7.18.9 Access to Machines and Sheaves. A perma-
nent, safe, and convenient means of access to elevator
machine rooms and overhead machinery spaces shall
be provided for authorized personnel.
5.7.19 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
Operating devices and control equipment shall con-
form to 2.26, except for the following, which do not
apply:
2.26.1.2 For Car-Switch Operation Elevators
2.26.1.3 Additional Operating Devices for Elevators
Equipped to Carry One-Piece Loads
Greater Than the Rated Load
2.26.1.4 Inspection Operation (NOTE: A top-of-car
operating station may be provided, and if
provided, shall conform to 2.26.1.4)
2.26.1.6 Operation in Leveling or Truck Zone
2.26.2.12 Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting
Devices
2.26.2.13 Buffer Switches for Oil Buffers Used With
Type C Car Safeties
2.26.2.14 Hoistway Door Interlocks and Hoistway-
Door Electric Contacts
2.26.2.20 Electric Contacts for Hinged Car Platform
Sills
2.26.10 Absorption of Regenerated Power
5.7.20 Operation
5.7.20.1 Types of Operation. The following types of
operation shall be permitted:
(a) continuous-pressure operation.
(b) momentary-pressure operation with up-down
buttons or switches in the car and up-down buttons or
switches, or call buttons, at each landing. It is not
required that the operation be selective.
(c) single automatic operation.
5.7.20.2 Hand-Rope Operation. Hand-rope operation
shall not be used.
5.7.21 Emergency Signal and/or Communication
Each elevator shall be equipped with an alarm button
or switch in the car operating station and an alarm
device mounted in a location that shall be readily avail-
able to a person who is normally situated in the vicinity
165
ASME A17.1-2004
5.7.21-5.8.1.7.4
when the elevator is in use, or a means of voice commu-
nication to a receiving station always attended when
the installation is in use. If the alarm device or means
of voice communication is normally activated by utility
power supply, it shall be backed up by a manual or
battery-operated device.
5.7.22 Layout Drawings
Information provided on layout drawings shall con-
form to 2.28.1.
5.7.23 Welding
All welding shall conform to 8.8.
(ED) SECTION 5.8
SHIPBOARD ELEVATORS
Requirement 5.8 applies to elevators installed on a
ship or offshore drilling rigs for the purpose of trans-
porting personnel, maintenance equipment, and ship
stores.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
shipboard elevators.
5.8.1 Electric Shipboard Elevators
Electric shipboard elevators shall conform to Part 2,
except as modified by 5.8.
(ED) 5.8.1.1 Hoistway Enclosures. The hoistway shall be
entirely enclosed over all of its height by means of a
continuous solid steel fire-resistive enclosure with an
equivalent fire rating of 1 h as defined in the 1974
Amendment of SOLAS Regulation 3. Elevators with total
travel within one compartment of the vessel shall be
permitted to be enclosed with expanded metal having
openings the maximum of 25 mm (1 in.). The hoistway
enclosure shall be of sufficient strength to prevent con-
tact between the enclosure and the car or counterweight
when the enclosure is subjected to a force of 1 112 N
(250 lbf) applied at right angles at any point over an
area of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.).
(ED) 5.8.1.2 Separate Counterweight Hoistways. The
hoistway shall be entirely enclosed over all of its height
by means of a continuous solid steel fire-resistive enclo-
sure with an equivalent fire rating of 1 h as defined in
the 1974 Amendment of SOLAS Regulation 3. Where
a separate counterweight hoistway is provided on an
elevator that has total travel within a single compart-
ment of the vessel, it shall be permitted to be enclosed
with expanded metal having openings the maximum of
25 mm (1 in.). The hoistway enclosure shall be of suffi-
cient strength to prevent contact of the car or counter-
weight and its enclosure when the enclosure is subjected
to a force of 1 112 N (250 lbf) applied at right angles at
any point over an area of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. X 4 in.).
5.8.1.3 Protection of Space Below Hoistway. All ele-
vators shall be provided with elevator counterweight
safeties conforming to 2.17.4.
5.8.1.4 Hoistway Entrances. Except when opening
and closing in response to control signals, each hoistway
door shall have means to prevent door movement and
slamming when the vessel is subjected to conditions
up to and including a 30-deg roll and a 10-deg pitch
simultaneously.
5.8.1.5 Top Emergency Exits. It shall be permissible
to open the top emergency exit cover from the top of
car or from within the car. This exit cover shall be pro-
vided with an electric contact conforming to 2.12.5. The
breaking of this contact shall cause the power to be
removed from the elevator driving motor and brake and
the power shall be restored only by a manually operated
reset switch located inside the elevator enclosure. Means
shall be provided within the elevator car to gain access
to the top emergency exit. A fixed vertical ladder of
noncombustible material shall be provided on the inside
of the hoistway to permit access from the top of the car
to the hoistway entrance above. Means shall be provided
to snap latch the cover closed or fully open.
5.8.1.6 Illumination of Cars. Elevators used primarily
for the movement of personnel shall have the electrical
power meet the requirements of IEEE 45 with car enclo-
sure lighting to be supplied from the vessel's final emer-
gency power source. In addition, a standby (emergency)
lighting power source shall be furnished conforming to
2.14.7.1.3.
5.8.1.7 Traction Driving Machines
5.8.1.7.1 Traction driving machines shall be pro-
vided with a device to cause the elevator to stop and
remain stopped if
(a) when a start is initiated, the driving machine does
not rotate
(b) the car or counterweight is stopped in a downward
motion by an obstruction that causes the suspension
ropes to slip on the driving sheave
5.8.1.7.2 This device shall function in a time that
does not exceed the smaller of the following values:
(a) 45 s
(b) time for car traveling the full travel, plus 10 s with
a minimum of 20 s if the full travel time is less than 10 s
5.8.1.7.3 This device shall not affect operation
from top of car inspection station.
5.8.1.7.4 Driving machines shall be provided with
a manual means of operation, allowing the car to be
moved to the nearest landing in the event of a power
failure. This shall be done by having the end of the drive
motor shaft arranged to receive a crank. The manual
effort required to move the car in the upward direction
166
5.8.1.7.4-5.9.1
ASME A17.1-2004
with rated load shall not exceed 400 N. One crank or
tool shall be furnished for this purpose.
5.8.1.8 Emergency Operation and Signal Devices
(a) Shipboard elevators shall be required to conform
to 2.27.1.1.
(b) In ships or offshore drilling rigs in which a watch-
man is not continuously available to take action when
the required emergency signal is operated, the elevator
shall be provided with one of the following additional
emergency signaling devices:
(1) a telephone connected to a central telephone
exchange system
(2) means within the car for communicating with
or signaling to an emergency service that operates 24 h
each day
5.8.1.9 Special Conditions. Elevators shall be
designed and installed to function in accordance with
2.14 through 2.28 when operating under the following
conditions inherent to the installation location:
(a) continuous vibration: 2 mm peak to peak of fre-
quency to 25 Hz
(b) rolling: ±10 deg, period 10 s
(c) pitching: ±5 deg, period 7 s
(d) heaving amplitude: A 3.8, period 10 s, calculated
the formula A = 3.8 - 0.01 (L - 250), where L is the
length of the ship, in meters, measured between the
perpendicular taken at extremities of the deepest subdi-
vision loadline
5.8.1.10 Handrails. Cars shall be fitted with at least
one handrail.
5.8.1.11 Flooring. Cars shall be fitted with slip-resis-
tant flooring.
5.8.2 Hydraulic Shipboard Elevators
Hydraulic shipboard elevators shall conform to Part
3, except as modified by 5.8.1 and 5.8.2.
5.8.2.1 Storage Tanks. Power unit oil storage tanks
shall be constructed in such a manner to prevent spillage
of hydraulic fluid under the following conditions inher-
ent to the installation location:
(a) rolling: ±45 deg
(b) pitching: ±5 deg
5.8.2.2 Special Conditions. Elevators shall be
designed and installed to function in accordance with
Part 3 when operating under the following conditions
inherent to the installation location:
(a) continuous vibration: 2 mm peak to peak of fre-
quency to 25 Hz
(b) rolling: ±10 deg, period 10 s
(c) pitching: ±5 deg, period 7 s
(d) heaving amplitude: A 3.8, period 10 s, calculated
by the formula A = 3.8 - 0.01 (L - 250), where L is the
length of the ship, in meters, measured between the
perpendicular taken at extremities of the deepest subdi-
vision loadline
5.8.2.3 Handrails. Cars shall be fitted with at least
one handrail.
5.8.2.4 Flooring. Cars shall be fitted with slip-resis-
tant flooring.
5.8.3 Rack-and-Pinion Shipboard Elevators
Rack-and-pinion shipboard elevators shall conform to
4.1, except as modified by 5.8.1 and 5.8.3.
5.8.3.1 Special Conditions. Elevators shall be
designed and installed to function in accordance with
4.1 when operating under the following conditions
inherent to the installation location:
(a) continuous vibration: 2 mm peak to peak of fre-
quency to 25 Hz
(b) rolling: ±10 deg, period 10 s
(c) pitching: ±5 deg, period 7 s
(d) heaving amplitude: A 3.8, period 10 s, calculated
by the formula A = 3.8 - 0.01 (L - 250), where L is the
length of the ship, in meters, measured between the
perpendicular taken at extremities of the deepest subdi-
vision loadline
5.8.3.2 Handrails. Cars shall be fitted with at least
one handrail.
5.8.3.3 Flooring. Cars shall be fitted with slip-resis-
tant flooring.
SECTION 5.9
MINE ELEVATORS
Requirement 5.9 applies to elevators as covered by
Part 2, permanently installed in mine shafts. The pur-
pose is to provide vertical transportation of mine person-
nel, their tools, equipment, and mine supplies. By reason
of their limited use and the types of construction of the
mines served, compliance with Part 2 is modified as
follows (see also 1.3):
(a) Substitute "Title 30 Code of Federal Regulations"
or "State Mine Laws" (if applicable) for "building code."
(b) Substitute "mine" for "building."
(c) Requirements modified in 5.9.
NOTES (5.9):
(1) Title 30 Code of Federal Regulations provides for certain addi-
tional and more stringent requirements. Where applicable, Title
30 requirements have been addressed in this Section.
(2) See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to mine
elevators.
5.9.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway
Enclosures
The construction of hoistway enclosures shall conform
to 2.1, except as modified by the following:
(ED)
167
ASME A17.1-2004
5.9.1-5.9.12
(a) Requirement 2.1.1 does not apply, except for 2.1.1.3
and 2.1.1.5, which do apply.
(b) Requirement 2.1.6.2 does not apply.
5.9.2 Pits
Pits or the area below the elevator shall conform to
2.2, except as modified by 5.9.2.1 and 5.9.2.2.
5.9.2.1 When the pit extends below the mine level,
a pit water level alarm shall be provided in an attended
location to annunciate water accumulation in the eleva-
tor pit. This water level alarm shall be powered from
the elevator electrical source. The elevator shall return
to the surface and shall not be permitted to start if the
power to the water level annunciator is interrupted.
5.9.2.2 When the bottom of the hoistway is located
at or above the mine level, a walk-in pit is permitted.
A ramp shall be permanently installed to provide access
to the mine level from the bottom landing. Required
bottom runby and space for the buffers, tension frames,
and other equipment normally installed in the pit must
be considered when determining the location of the bot-
tom landing. The pit floor shall be so designed to prevent
accumulation of water in the area. Requirement 2.2.4.2
does not apply. The area shall be protected with a metal
guard imperforated, or perforated with openings that
will reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter. Guards shall
extend not less than 2 000 mm (78 in.) above the level
of the pit floor. The pit access door, if provided, shall
be self-closing.
5.9.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights
The location and guarding of counterweights shall
conform to 2.3.
(04) 5.9.4 Vertical Clearances and Runbys for Cars and
Counterweights
Bottom and top car clearances and runbys for cars
and counterweights shall conform to 2.4, except 2.4.12
shall have the minimum vertical distance in the refuge
area increased from 1 100 mm (43 in.) to 2 000 mm
(78 in.).
5.9.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall
conform to 2.5, except as modified by 5.9.5.
Requirement 2.5.1.5 only applies when the car is
located at the lower landing.
5.9.6 Protection of Space Below Hoistways
The protection of space below the hoistways shall
conform to 2.6.
5.9.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces
Machine rooms and machinery spaces shall conform
to 2.7, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.7.1.1.2 does not apply.
(b) Note (3) in 2.7.1.1 does not apply.
5.9.8 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms
Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts in
hoistways and machinery rooms shall comply with 2.8,
except as modified by 5.9.8.1 through 5.9.8.3.
5.9.8.1 Hoistway and Car Wiring. In addition to the
requirements of 2.8.1, all wiring, raceways, and traveling
cables installed in the hoistway or on the car, used
directly in connection with the elevator, shall be suitable
for weatherproof (NEMA 4) application. Suitable expan-
sion joints shall be provided in vertical raceways, if nec-
essary, to prevent damage caused by extreme
temperature changes.
5.9.8.2 Requirement 2.8.2 does not apply.
(a) All pipes shall be secured to prevent interference
with the elevator equipment.
(b) The clearance between pipes, fittings, brackets,
and elevator equipment shall be not less than 25 mm
(1 in.).
(c) All pipes shall be suitably identified as to its con-
tents.
5.9.8.3 Note (1) in 2.8.4 does not apply.
5.9.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and
Foundations
Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and founda-
tions shall conform to 2.9.
5.9.10 Guarding
The guarding of equipment and standard railing shall
conform to 2.10.
5.9.11 Protection of Hoistway Openings
The protection of hoistway landing openings shall
conform to 2.11, except as modified by the following:
(a) Requirement 2.11.7.2 does not apply. Glass
hoistway doors are prohibited.
(b) Requirement 2.11.14 does not apply.
(c) Requirement 2.11.15 does not apply.
(d) Requirement 2.11.16 does not apply.
(e) Requirement 2.11.17 does not apply.
(f) Requirement 2.11.18 does not apply.
(g) Requirement 2.11.19 does not apply.
5.9.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches
Hoistway door locking devices, hoistway door and
car door or gate electric contacts, and hoistway access
switches shall conform to 2.12, except as modified by
the following:
(a) In addition, a car door interlock shall be provided.
(b) Hoistway access switches are not required if a car
top access panel is provided.
168
5.9.13-5.9.18.1
ASME A17.1-2004
5.9.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car
Doors
When provided, power operation of hoistway doors
and car doors and gates shall conform to 2.13.
5.9.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
Illumination
Car enclosures, car doors, and car illumination shall
conform to 2.14, except as modified by 5.9.14.1 through
5.9.14.5.
5.9.14.1 Car Top Access Panel. A car top access panel
shall be provided in the top of all elevator cars. Car top
access panels shall conform to the following:
(a) Requirement 2.14.1.5 applies, except as modified
by this requirement. The car top access panel will substi-
tute for the car top emergency panel.
(04) (b) The car top access panel shall have an area of not
less than 0.58 m 2 (900 in. 2 ) and shall measure not less
than 635 mm (25 in.) on any side. The panel shall open
outward or slide over the car top. It shall be hinged, or
be retained in a track. The movable portion of the access
panel, if hinged, shall be provided with means to coun-
terbalance the panel and restrain it from closing when
in the open position. The movable portion of the access
panel shall not reduce the running clearance. The access
panel shall be openable without the use of tools or keys.
(c) The car top access panel shall be provided with a
switch whose contacts are positively opened mechani-
cally and their opening shall not be dependent on
springs that will initiate a controlled slow down and
stop when the access panel is opened. An emergency
stop switch shall be located on top of the car and adjacent
to the access panel to secure the car prior to transferring
to inspection operation.
5.9.14.2 A permanent fixed ladder shall be provided
for passage through the car top access panel. The ladder
shall project through the car canopy at least 1 070 mm
(42 in.) above the car top, or handgrips shall be provided
to the same height.
The rungs, cleats, or steps shall be spaced 300 mm
(12 in.) on center. A clear distance of not less than 115 mm
(4.5 in.) from the centerline of the rungs, cleats, or steps
to the nearest permanent object in the back of the ladder
shall be provided. Handgrips, if provided, shall have a
clear distance of not less than 115 mm (4.5 in.) from
their centerline to the nearest permanent object.
5.9.14.3 Car Top Protection. Protection from falling
debris shall be provided on all car tops. The car top
protection shall
(a) not interfere with the use of the car top access
panel
(b) be solid without perforations and shall comply
with strength requirements of 2.14.1.6
(c) provide a minimum head height clearance of 2 m
(78 in.)
(d) be removable if the car top protection interferes
with normal inspection, maintenance, and repairs
5.9.14.4 Requirement 2.14.1.7.2 does not apply. (ED)
5.9.14.5 Requirement 2.14.7.1.3 does not apply.
5.9.15 Car Frames and Platforms
Car frames and platforms shall conform to 2.15 and
5.9.15.1.
5.9.15.1 Corrosion Protection. Car frames, platforms, (ED)
bolts, rivets, and fastenings shall be treated with corro-
sion-resistant protective coating, electroplating-plating,
or made of corrosion-resistant material.
5.9.16 Capacity and Loading
Capacity and loading requirements shall conform to
2.16.
5.9.17 Car and Counterweight Safeties
Car and counterweight safeties shall conform to 2.17,
except as modified by 5.9.17.1 through 5.9.17.6.
5.9.17.1 Requirement 2.17.7.2 applies, except every
safety shall be provided with a switch, operated by the
safety mechanism (see 2.26.2.9).
The counterweight safety switch shall be operated by
the safety mechanism or a means to detect application of
the safety independent from the counterweight governor
switch(es) shall be provided.
5.9.17.2 Requirement 2.17.7.3 applies to both car and (04)
counterweight safety mechanism switches.
5.9.17.3 Requirement 2.17.7.4 applies to both car and (04)
counterweight safety mechanism switches.
5.9.17.4 Requirement 2.17.9.1 applies, except safe-
ties applied by rope drums are prohibited.
5.9.17.5 Requirement 2.17.9.3 applies to both car and (04)
counterweight safeties. When the counterweight safeties
are furnished, means shall be provided to release the
safeties if both safeties are applied simultaneously.
5.9.17.6 Requirement 2.17.17 does not apply.
5.9.18 Speed Governors
Speed governors shall conform to 2.18, except as mod-
ified by 5.9.18.1.
5.9.18.1 Governor Rope Tension Sheaves. In addition
to the requirements of 2.18.7, the governor rope tension
sheave shall be provided with a governor rope tension
sheave switch or switches mechanically opened by the
governor rope tension sheave before the sheave reaches
its upper or lower limit of travel, to cause the elevator
speed to be reduced to 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min). This switch
shall be manually reset.
169
ASME A17.1-2004
5.9.19-5.10.1.1.1
5.9.19 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car
Movement Protection
Ascending car overspeed and unintended car move-
ment protection shall conform to 2.19.
5.9.20 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections
Suspension ropes and their connections shall conform
to 2.20.
5.9.21 Counterweights
Counterweights shall conform to 2.21.
5.9.22 Buffers and Bumpers
Buffers and bumpers shall conform to 2.22, except as
modified by the following:
(a) Oil buffers shall be suitable for operation at
extreme temperatures experienced in the anticipated
mining environment.
(b) Requirement 2.22.4.5(c) applies, except that all oil
buffers shall be provided with a switch conforming to
2.26.4.3 that will cause the power to be removed from
the driving machine when the plunger is not within
13 mm (0.5 in.) of the fully extended position.
5.9.23 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide-
Rail Supports, and Fastenings
Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-rail sup-
ports, and fastenings shall conform to 2.23.
5.9.24 Driving Machines and Sheaves
Driving machines and sheaves shall conform to 2.24.
5.9.25 Terminal Stopping Devices
Terminal stopping devices shall conform to 2.25.
5.9.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
Operating devices and control equipment shall con-
form to 2.26, except 2.26.12.
5.9.27 Emergency Operations and Signaling Devices
Conformance to 2.27 is not required, except 2.27.1 and
2.27.2 apply.
5.9.28 Layout Drawings
Information required on layout drawings shall con-
form to 2.28.
5.9.29 Identification
Identification of equipment shall conform to 2.29,
except 2.29.2 does not apply.
5.9.30 Welding
Welding shall conform to 8.8, except when welding
in or above the hoistway, requirements of 30 CFR 75.1106
and 75.1106-1 apply.
SECTION 5.10
ELEVATORS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION
Requirement 5.10 applies to elevators temporarily
used for construction or demolition to provide transpor-
tation for construction personnel, tools, and materials
only.
Such elevators utilize temporary or permanent equip-
ment in a temporary or permanent location. Because of
their special use in a special environment, full compli-
ance with Part 2 and Part 3 is not practical or necessary.
Requirement 5.10.1 applies to electric elevators used
for construction.
Requirement 5.10.2 applies to hydraulic elevators of
the direct-plunger type used for construction.
Elevators used for construction shall not be accessible
to the general public unless they comply with Part 2 or
Part 3.
NOTE (5.10): See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply
to elevators used for construction.
5.10.1 Electric Elevators Used for Construction
5.10.1.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway
Enclosures
5.10.1.1.1 Hoistway Enclosures
(a) Where the hoistway is adjacent to areas permitting
passage of people (e.g., stairwells, floors, and work space
exterior to the hoistway), it shall be fully enclosed. The
enclosure shall be of sufficient strength to prevent con-
tact between the enclosure material and the car or coun-
terweight when the enclosure is subjected to a force of
890 N (200 lbf ) applied at right angles at any point on
an area 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.). Openwork
enclosures shall be permitted to be used on all but the
entrance side of the hoistway and shall reject a ball
25 mm (1 in.) in diameter. Openwork enclosures shall be
so located as to provide at least 150 mm (6 in.) clearance
between the outside of the enclosure and the closest
member of the car or counterweight assembly. Open-
work enclosures shall not be used on elevators with car
speeds of over 1.75 m/s (350 ft/min).
(b) Overhead protection shall be provided across the
entire cross-sectional area of the hoistway. It shall be
located above the machine when the machine is located
directly over the elevator, and shall be capable of sus-
taining a concentrated load of 1 335 N (300 lbf) on any
area 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.).
(c) Where the elevator is operating in a multiple
hoistway, and work is to be performed in an adjacent
portion of that multiple hoistway, the construction eleva-
tor's hoistway shall be fully separated. The material used
for this separation shall
(1) be equal to or stronger than 1 mm (0.0437 in.)
diameter wire
(2) have openings not exceeding 25 mm (1 in.)
(ED)
170
5.10.1.1.1-5.10.1.7.2
ASMEA17.1-2004
•
(3) be so supported and braced that when subjected
to a pressure of 4.79 kPa (100 lbf /ft 2 ) applied horizon-
tally at any point, the deflection shall not exceed
25 mm (1 in.)
5.10.1.1.2 Working Requirements in the Hoistway
(a) Hoisting of materials in any portion of the
hoistway of the elevator used for construction is prohib-
ited unless the car is not in use and is unoccupied.
(b) Conformance with 5.10.1.1.1(c) is required to allow
work in adjacent portions of a multiple hoistway.
(c) Hoisting of materials in adjacent portions of a mul-
tiple hoistway is prohibited unless under the direct
supervision of the elevator contractor.
5.10.1.2 Pits
(a) A pit shall be provided for every elevator.
(b) The design shall conform to 5.10.1.1.1.
(c) Guards between adjacent pits shall conform to
5.10.1.1.1(c).
(d) The minimum pit depth required shall conform
to 2.2.7.
5.10.1.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights
5.10.1.3.1 Location of Counterweights. The location
of the counterweights shall conform to 2.3.1.
5.10.1.3.2 Counterweight Pit Guards
(a) Counterweight guards shall be installed in the pit
on all open sides of the counterweight runway except
as follows:
(1) Where compensating chains or ropes are
attached to the counterweight, the guard shall be permit-
ted to be omitted on the side facing the elevator car.
(2) Where pit-mounted buffers are used, the guard
is permitted to be omitted where the bottom of the
counterweight resting on its compressed buffer is
2 130 mm (84 in.) or more above the pit floor.
(b) The design, construction, and location of the
guards shall conform to 2.3.2.2. Perforated material that
will reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter shall be
permitted to be used.
5.10.1.3.3 Separate Counterweight Hoistways.
Where separate counterweight hoistways are provided,
they shall conform to
(a) requirement 2.3.3 for permanent separate
hoistway
(b) requirement 5.10.1.1.1 for temporary separate
hoistway
5.10.1.4 Vertical Car Clearances and Runby. Top and
bottom car clearances and runby shall conform to 2.4.
5.10.1.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clear-
ances
(a) Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall
conform to 2.5.1.1, 2.5.1.2, 2.5.1.3, and 2.5.1.6.
(b) The clearance between the car and landing sills
shall conform to 2.5.1.4, except that the maximum clear-
ance shall be not more than 100 mm (4 in.).
5.10.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways. Pro-
tection of spaces below hoistways not extending to the
lowest level of the structure shall conform to the applica-
ble requirements of 2.6, or the space below the hoistway
shall be temporarily secured from occupancy with a
fence or wall.
5.10.1.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces
5.10.1.7.1 General Requirements
(a) Spaces containing machines, control equipment,
sheaves, and other machinery shall be fully enclosed
and protected from the elements. Enclosures shall be so
supported and braced as to deflect not over 25 mm (1 in.)
when subjected to a force of 450 N (100 lbf) applied
horizontally over an area of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in.
x 4 in.). The overhead protection of the machine room
shall conform to 5.10.1.1.1(b). The floor of the machine
room shall conform to 5.10.1.7.2.
(b) A safe means of access to the machine room and
machinery spaces shall be provided for authorized per-
sonnel. Access doors shall be of a minimum height of
1 830 mm (72 in.), and shall be kept closed and locked.
(c) Temporary electric lighting shall be provided in
the machine room and machinery spaces. The illumina-
tion shall be not less than 100 lx (10 fc) at the floor level.
(d) Machine rooms shall be maintained free of refuse,
and shall not be used for the storage of material unneces-
sary for the construction, maintenance, or operation of
the elevator. Flammable liquids having a flash point of
less than 38°C (100°F) shall not be kept in the machine
room.
5.10.1.7.2 Machine Room and Machinery Space (ED)
Floors
(a) A metal, concrete, or wood floor shall be provided,
except that floors are not required below:
(1) secondary and deflecting sheaves of traction-
type machines located over the hoistway
(2) overhead sheaves, governors, and other equip-
ment where the elevator machine is located below or at
the side of the hoistway, provided that
(a) means of access for inspection and servicing
of governors is provided
(b) sheaves and other equipment (except gover-
nors) shall be permitted to be inspected and serviced
from the top of the car or by other means
(b) The floor shall be located above, level with, or
directly below the machine beams.
(c) Floors shall be designed to carry a minimum live
load of 195 kg/m 2 (40 lb/ft 2 ).
(d) Floors shall be of concrete, wood, or of metal with
or without perforations. Wood planking, when used,
shall be scaffold grade or equivalent as recognized by
171
ASME A17.1-2004
5.10.1.7.2-5.10.1.10.4
approved grading rules for the species of wood used.
(e) The area to be covered by the floor shall conform
to 2.1.3.5.
5.10.1.8 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports,
and Foundations. Beams, supports, and foundations
shall conform to 2.9.
NOTE: Temporary structural reinforcement shall be permitted to
be used to meet the requirements of 5.10.1.
5.10.1.9 Hoistway Doors and Gates
5.10.1.9.1 Where Required. The full width of each
landing opening shall be protected to its full height by
doors, gates, transoms, or any combination thereof. The
entire entrance assembly shall be capable of withstand-
ing a force of 1 112 N (250 lbf) applied on the landing
side at right angles to and approximately at the center
of a panel. This force shall be distributed over an area
of 100 mm x 100 mm (4 in. x 4 in.). There shall be no
permanent displacement or deformation of any parts of
the entrance assembly resulting from this test. Open-
work entrances shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diame-
ter. Where permanent doors are provided, they shall
conform to 2.11 through 2.13.
5.10.1.9.2 Emergency Doors. Emergency doors
shall conform to 2.11.1.2.
5.10.1.9.3 Projection of Hoistway Doors or Gates
Into the Hoistway. All projections of hoistway doors or
gates into the hoistway shall conform to 2.11.5.
5.10.1.9.4 Hoistway Door Vision Panels
(a) Where permanent hoistway doors are installed,
vision panels shall conform to 2.11.7.
(b) Where temporary swinging solid hoistway doors
are used, a vision panel covered with material that will
reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter and have a deflec-
tion not greater than any other part of the door shall be
provided. The total area of the vision panel shall be
not more than 0.016 m 2 (25 in. 2 ) and it shall be located
between 1 370 mm (54 in.) and 1 675 mm (66 in.) above
the floor level.
5.10.1.9.5 Openings of Hoistway Doors or Gates
From the Landing Side
(a) For elevators with car speeds of up to 1.75 m/s
(350 ft/min), hoistway doors or gates shall be provided
with means that will latch the doors or gates mechani-
cally so that they cannot be opened from the landing
side, conforming to 5.10.1.21.1. Means shall be provided
at a designated landing for unlatching the hoistway door
or gate from the landing side to permit access to the car.
At this landing, positive means shall be provided to lock
the elevator entrance out of service.
(b) For elevators with car speeds over 1.75 m/s
(350 ft/mm), hoistway doors shall be provided with
either of the following:
(1) interlocks conforming to 2.12.2
(2) combination mechanical locks and electric con-
tacts conforming to 2.12.3
(c) The mechanical locking device, when used on tem-
porary doors, shall be self -latching.
NOTE [5.10.1.9.5(c)]: When permanent doors are installed, it is
recommended that the mechanical locking function of the perma-
nent interlocks be used.
5.10.1.9.6 Closing of Hoistway Doors and Gates.
Temporary hoistway doors and gates shall be considered
to be in the closed position when the door or gate is
fully closed and latched.
Permanent hoistway doors shall conform to 2.12.1.
The electrical circuitry for hoistway door interlocks, or
combination mechanical locks and electric contacts, does
not have to be operational at this time unless the car
speed is over 1.75 m/s (350 ft/min).
5.10.1.9.7 Hangers and Stops for Sliding Hoistway
Doors. Hangers conforming to 2.11.11.4 shall be pro-
vided.
Where permanent hoistway doors are installed, they
shall conform to 2.11, 2.12, and 2.13.
5.10.1.9.8 Weights for Closing and/or Balancing
Temporary Hoistway Doors or Gates. Weights used to
close or balance hoistway doors or gates should be
located outside the hoistway enclosure and shall run
in guides or be enclosed. Weights located inside the
hoistway enclosure shall conform to 2.11.8. Guides shall
be of metal, and the bottom of the guide or enclosure
shall be so constructed as to retain the weights if their
suspension members fail.
5.10.1.10 Car Enclosure, Car Doors and Gates, and
Car Illumination
5.10.1.10.1 Enclosures Required. Except at the
entrance, cars shall be fully enclosed with metal or wood
on the sides and top. The enclosures shall be solid. The
minimum clear height inside the car shall be 1 980 mm
(78 in.). Car top enclosures shall be constructed to sustain
a load of 135 kg (300 lb) on any 0.09 m 2 (1 ft 2 ) area.
5.10.1.10.2 Securing Enclosure. The enclosure
shall be securely fastened to the car platform and so
supported that it cannot loosen or become displaced in
regular service, on application of the car safety, or on
engagement of the buffer.
5.10.1.10.3 Illumination in the Car. Each car shall
be provided with an electric light and a light control
switch. The light shall provide illumination of at least
50 lx (5 fc) at the landing edge of the car platform.
Light bulbs and tubes shall be suitably protected against
accidental breakage.
5.10.1.10.4 Top Emergency Exits. Emergency exits
with a cover shall be provided in the top of all elevator
cars and shall conform to the following:
172
5.10.1.10.4-5.10.1.16.6
ASME A17.1-2004
•
O
(a) The exit opening shall have an area of not less
than 0.26 m 2 (400 in. 2 ), and shall measure not less than
400 mm (16 in.) on any side.
(b) The exit shall be so located as to provide a clear
passageway unobstructed by fixed elevator equipment
located in or on top of the car.
(c) The exit cover shall open outward and shall be
hinged or otherwise attached to the car top and so
arranged that the cover can be opened from the top of
the car only. The cover when opened shall not protrude
beyond the perimeter of the car.
(d) Operation of the car with the top emergency exit
open is prohibited, except as specified in 5.10.1.10.4(e).
(e) Operation of the car with the top emergency exit
open is permissible only when the load cannot be carried
totally within the car enclosure and the operation is
under the direct supervision of authorized personnel.
The car shall not be operated at a speed of more than
0.75 m/s (50 ft/min).
5.10.1.10.5 Use of Glass. Glass shall not be used
in elevator cars, except for the car light and accessories
necessary for the operation of the car. Glass used for
the car light and accessories shall be laminated and meet
the requirements of ANSI Z97.1 or CAN/CGSB-12.1,
whichever is applicable (see Part 9), except for trans-
parency.
5.10.1.10.6 Number of Compartments. The number
of compartments shall conform to 2.14.1.4.
5.10.1.10.7 Car Emergency Signal. Elevators shall
be provided with an audible signaling device, or a per-
manent or portable means of two-way communication.
5.10.1.10.8 Car Doors or Gates. A car door or gate
shall be provided at each entrance to the car. When
closed, it shall guard the opening to its full height. Car
doors shall be solid or openwork construction that will
reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter. Collapsible car
gates shall be of a design that, when fully closed
(extended position), will reject a ball 75 mm (3 in.) in
diameter. Each door or gate shall be equipped with a
car door or gate electric contact conforming to the
requirements of 2.14.4.2. Operation of the car with the
car door or gate open is prohibited.
5.10.1.11 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
platforms shall conform to 2.15, except for 2.15.8.
5.10.1.12 Rated Load and Speed
5.10.1.12.1 Rated Load. The inside net platform
area shall be determined by the temporary rated load
and shall conform to 2.16.1.
The maximum number of passengers shall be based
on the temporary rated load divided by 90 kg (200 lb).
5.10.1.12.2 Reduction of Inside Net Platform Area.
Temporary partitions shall be permitted to be installed
for the purpose of restricting the inside net platform
area. Such partitions shall be securely fastened to pre-
vent unauthorized removal.
The temporary partitions shall be so installed as to
provide for approximately symmetrical loading.
Temporary partitions used within a car enclosure to
reduce the inside net platform area shall be permitted
to be removed only under the supervision of the elevator
contractor to accommodate bulky loads that do not
exceed the temporary capacity.
5.10.1.12.3 Speed. The car speed shall not exceed
5 m/s (1,000 ft/min) unless permission to do so is
granted by the authority having jurisdiction. Related
devices such as governors and buffers shall be calibrated
to the car speed.
5.10.1.13 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Car and
counterweight safeties shall conform to 2.17.
5.10.1.14 Governors. Governors shall conform to
2.18.
5.10.1.15 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended
Car Movement Protection. Ascending car overspeed and
unintended car movement protection shall be provided
on new elevators, and on elevators being altered if
required in 8.7, in conformance with 2.19.
5.10.1.16 Suspension Means. Elevator cars shall be
suspended by steel wire ropes attached to the car frame
or passing around sheaves attached to the car frame as
required by 2.15.12, except as specified in 5.10.1.16.1
through 5.10.1.16.8.
Elevator cars arranged for progressive rises with con-
tinuous suspension ropes on storage reels shall have
steel wire ropes attached to the car frame or the station-
ary hitch-ends with suitable anchorages on the basis of
tensile and fatigue in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications and conforming to 5.10.1.16.7.
5.10.1.16.1 Types Permitted. Suspension means
shall conform to 2.20.1.
5.10.1.16.2 Minimum Number and Diameter of Sus-
pension Ropes. Ropes shall conform to 2.20.4.
5.10.1.16.3 Factor of Safety. Ropes shall conform
to 2.20.3. The factor of safety of the suspension wire
ropes shall be based on the requirements for freight
elevators.
5.10.1.16.4 Spare Rope Turns on Winding Drums.
Ropes shall conform to 2.20.7.
5.10.1.16.5 Splicing and Replacement of Suspen-
sion Ropes. Suspension wire ropes shall not be length-
ened or repaired by splicing. Damaged ropes in a set
shall be permitted to be replaced without replacing the
whole set.
5.10.1.16.6 Securing of Suspension Wire Ropes to
Winding Drums. Ropes shall conform to 2.20.6.
173
ASM EA1 7. 1-2004
5.10.1.16.7-5.10.2.1
5.10.1.16.7 Suspension Rope Fastenings. The car
and counterweight ends of suspension wire ropes, or
the stationary hitch-ends where multiple roping is used,
shall be fastened in such a manner that all portions of
the rope, except the portion inside the rope sockets, shall
be readily visible. Fastening shall be
(a) by individual tapered babbitted rope sockets (see
2.20.9.4)
(b) by means of clamps and wire-rope thimbles or by
special fastening devices. Where clamps are used, the
fastening shall conform to the following:
(1) Clamps shall not be of the U-bolt type.
(2) Both members of the clamps shall be provided
with seats conforming to the lay of the rope.
5.10.1.16.8 Rope Data Tag. Tags shall conform to
2.20.2.2.
5.10.1.17 Counterweights. Counterweight guiding
and construction shall conform to 2.21.
5.10.1.18 Car and Counterweight Buffers. Car and
counterweight buffers shall conform to 2.22.
5.10.1.19 Car Guide Rails and Guide-Rail Fastenings.
Car guide rails and guide-rail fastenings shall conform
to 2.23.
5.10.1.20 Driving Machines and Sheaves
(ED) 5.10.1.20.1 Driving Machines. All driving
machines shall conform to 2.24.1, except that winding-
drum machines shall be permitted to be used for passen-
ger elevators subject to the requirements of 2.24.1(a), (b),
and (c).
5.10.1.20.2 Material and Grooving for Sheaves and
Drums. Permanent sheaves and drums shall conform to
2.24.2. Temporary sheaves and drums shall conform to
5.7.18.2.
5.10.1.20.3 Factor of Safety for Driving Machines
and Sheaves. The factor of safety for driving machines
and sheaves shall conform to 2.24.3.
5.10.1.20.4 Bolts Transmitting Torque, and Set
Screws. Bolts transmitting torque, and set screws shall
conform to 2.24.4.
5.10.1.20.5 Friction Gearing or Clutch Mechanism.
Friction gearing or clutch mechanism is prohibited.
5.10.1.20.6 Use of Cast Iron in Gears. Worms and
worm gears made of cast iron are prohibited.
5.10.1.20.7 Driving Machine Brakes. Driving
machine brakes shall conform to 2.16.8, 2.24.8, and
2.26.8.
5.10.1.21 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
5.10.1.21.1 Applicable Requirements
(a) Operating devices and control equipment on ele-
vators with a car speed of up to 1.75 m/s (350 ft/min)
shall conform to 2.26, except for 2.26.1.6, 2.26.2.14,
2.26.4.4, and 2.26.12 that do not apply. See 5.10.1.21.3
regarding temporary wiring requirements.
(b) Operating devices and control equipment on ele-
vators with a car speed of over 1.75 m/s (350 ft/min)
shall also conform to 2.26.2.14, where applicable.
(c) Elevators used for construction shall not be
required to conform to 2.26.11.
5.10.1.21.2 Operation and Operating Devices.
Operating devices shall conform to 2.26.1.1. All auto-
matic operation elevators shall conform to 2.14.
5.10.1.21.3 Temporary Wiring. Temporary wiring
shall conform to Article 305 of NFPA 70 or Section 76
of CSA-C22.1, Part I, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
5.10.1.22 Floor Numbers. Hoistways shall have floor
numbers, not less than 100 mm (4 in.) in height, on the
hoistway side of the enclosure or hoistway doors.
5.10.1.23 Capacity and Data Plates or Signs
5.10.1.23.1 Plates or Signs Required and Locations.
Every elevator car shall be provided with a capacity plate
or sign and a data plate or sign temporarily fastened in
place. The capacity plate or sign shall be located in a
conspicuous position inside the car.
The data plate or sign shall be located on the car
crosshead, or if there is no crosshead, inside the car.
5.10.1.23.2 Information Required on Plates or
Signs
(a) Temporary capacity plates or signs shall indicate
the maximum load and the maximum number of passen-
gers allowed in the car during the use of the elevator
for construction.
(b) Temporary data plates or signs shall indicate
(1) the approximate temporary weight of the car
including the car safety and all auxiliary equipment
attached to the car
(2) the temporary rated load and temporary speed
(3) the wire rope data required by 2.20.2.1
(4) the manufacturer's name and date of instal-
lation
5.10.1.23.3 Marking of Plates or Signs. Plates or
signs shall have letters and figures stamped, cast, etched,
stenciled, or painted on the surface in such a manner
as to be legible. The height of the letters and figures
shall be not less than
(a) 25 mm (1 in.) for capacity plates
(b) 3 mm (0.125 in.) for data plates
5.10.2 Hydraulic Elevators Used for Construction
5.10.2.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway
Enclosures. Hoistways, hoistway enclosures, and related
construction shall conform to 5.10.1.1.
174
5.10.2.2-5.10.2.12
ASME A17.1-2004
#
5.10.2.2 Machinery Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
Machinery rooms and machinery spaces shall conform
to 5.10.1.7.
5.10.2.3 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway. Pro-
tection of the space below the hoistway shall conform
to 3.6.
5.10.2.4 Vertical Clearances and Runby for Cars and
Counterweights. Bottom and top clearances and runby
for cars and counterweights shall conform to 3.4.
5.10.2.5 Emergency Doors. Emergency doors shall
conform to 3.11.1.
5.10.2.6 Mechanical Equipment. Mechanical equip-
ment shall conform to 5.10.1.10, 5.10.1.11, 5.10.1.13
through 5.10.1.15, 5.10.1.17 through 5.10.1.19, and
5.10.1.23.
5.10.2.7 Hydraulic Jack. Hydraulic jacks shall con-
form to 3.18.
5.10.2.8 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings. Valves,
supply piping, and fittings shall conform to 3.19.
5.10.2.9 Counterweight Ropes, Rope Connections,
and Sheaves. Counterweight ropes, rope connections,
and sheaves shall conform to 3.20.
5.10.2.10 Tanks. Tanks shall conform to 3.24.
5.10.2.11 Terminal Stopping Devices. Terminal stop-
ping devices shall conform to 3.25.
5.10.2.12 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
Operating devices and control equipment shall conform
to 5.10.1.21.
175
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
SCOPE-6.1.3.3.3
Part 6
Escalators and Moving Walks
(ED) SCOPE
Part 6 applies to escalators and moving walks used
to transport passengers.
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
escalators and moving walks.
SECTION 6.1
ESCALATORS
6.1.1 Protection of Floor Openings
6.1.1.1 Protection Required. Floor openings for esca-
lators shall be protected against the passage of flame,
heat, and /or smoke in accordance with the provisions
of the applicable building code (see Part 9).
6.1.2 Protection of Trusses and Machine Spaces
Against Fire
6.1.2.1 Protection Required. The sides and under-
sides of an escalator truss or group of adjacent trusses
in a single wellway shall be enclosed in materials defined
as either noncombustible or limited-combustible by the
building code or NFPA 101, whichever is applicable (see
Part 9). Means provided for adequate ventilation of the
driving machine and control spaces, when included in
the truss enclosure area, shall be permitted.
6.1.3 Construction Requirements
6.1.3.1 Angle of Inclination. The angle of inclination
shall be designed not to exceed 30 deg from the hori-
zontal, but due to field conditions at the site shall be
permitted to exceed this maximum by 1 deg. The angle
shall be measured at the centerline of the steps.
6.1.3.2 Geometry
6.1.3.2.1 The width of the escalator shall be the
width of the step tread. See 6.1.3.5.2 for step width
requirements.
6.1.3.2.2 The handrail shall be a minimum of
100 mm (4 in.) horizontally and 25 mm (1 in.) vertically
away from adjacent surfaces, except that rounded fillets
or beveled sides of the handrail stand are permitted to
reduce the 25 mm (1 in.) clearance between the handrail
and the point where the handrail stand is connected to
the balustrade. The centerline of the handrail shall be
not more than 240 mm (9.5 in.), measured horizontally,
from the vertical plane through the edge of the exposed
step. (See Nonmandatory Appendix I, Figs. 1-1 and 1-2.)
6.1.3.3 Balustrades. Balustrades shall be installed on (04)
each side of the escalator. (See Nonmandatory Appendix
I, Fig. 1-3.)
6.1.3.3.1 Construction
(a) For
(1) escalators not equipped with dynamic skirts,
the balustrade on the step side shall have no areas or
mouldings depressed or raised more than 6.4 mm
(0.25 in.) from the parent surface
(2) escalators equipped with dynamic skirts, the
balustrade on the step side shall have no areas or mould-
ings parallel to the direction of travel that are depressed
or raised more than 12 mm (0.47 in.) from the parent
surface
(3) all escalators, the depressed or raised areas or
moldings shall have boundary edges bevelled or
rounded
(b) The balustrade shall be totally closed, except
(1) where the handrail enters the newel base (see
6.1.3.4.3).
(2) gaps between interior panels shall be not wider
than 5 mm (0.19 in.). The edges shall be rounded or
beveled.
(3) where the dynamic skirt panels enter the balus-
trade [see 6.1.3.3.7(c)].
(c) The width between the balustrade interior panels
in the direction of travel shall not be changed.
6.1.3.3.2 Strength. Balustrades shall be designed
to resist the simultaneous application of a static lateral
distributed force of 585 N/m (40 lbf/ft) applied to the
side of the handrail and a vertical distributed force of
730 N/m (50 lbf/ft), applied to the top of the handrail.
6.1.3.3.3 Use of Glass or Plastic. Glass or plastic,
if used in balustrades, shall conform to the requirements
of the following standards, whichever is applicable (see
Part 9):
(a) ANSI Z97.1 or 16 CFR Part 1201; or
(b) one of the following CGSB Standards: CAN/
CGSB-12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, or CAN/CGSB-12.12;
except that there shall be no requirement for the panels
to be transparent.
Plastic bonded to basic supporting panels is not
required to conform to these requirements.
176
6.1.3.3.4-6.1.3.3.9
ASME A17.1-2004
6.1.3.3.4 Interior Low Deck. The interior low deck,
where provided, shall conform to the following (see
Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. 1-1):
(a) The width from the vertical face of the interior
panel to the vertical plane of the skirt panel, or dynamic
skirt panel cover, where provided, shall not exceed
150 mm (6 in.).
(b) The angle between the surface of the deck and the
plane of the nose line of the steps shall be not less than
20 deg nor more than 30 deg.
(c) A horizontal section shall be permitted immedi-
ately adjacent to the interior panel. It shall be not greater
than 35 mm (1.25 in.).
(d) The deck and the dynamic skirt panel cover, where
provided, at the point closest to the step shall withstand
a force of 900 N (200 lbf ) perpendicular to the line of
attachment of the element without detachment or per-
manent deformation. The force shall be applied to an
area of 645 mm 2 (1 in. 2 ).
6.1.3.3.5 Loaded Gap Between Skirt and Step. The
clearance (loaded gap) between the step tread and the
adjacent skirt panel shall be not more than 5 mm (0.2 in.)
when 110 N (25 lbf) is laterally applied from the step
to the adjacent skirt panel. The applied load shall not
deviate from 110 N (25 lbf) by more than ± 11 N (2.5 lbf).
The load shall be distributed over an area not less than
1 940 mm 2 (3 in. 2 ) and not more than 3 870 mm 2 (6 in. 2 ).
6.1.3.3.6 Skirt Panels
(a) The height of the skirt above the tread nose line
shall be at least 25 mm (1 in.) measured vertically (see
Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. 1-4).
(b) Skirt panels shall not deflect more than 1.6 mm
(0.0625 in.) under a force of 667 N (150 lbf).
(c) The exposed surfaces of the skirt panels adjacent
to the steps shall be smooth.
6.1.3.3.7 Dynamic Skirt Panels. Dynamic skirt pan-
els, where provided, shall conform to the following:
(a) The height of the dynamic skirt panel above the
step tread nose line shall be at least 25 mm (1 in.) mea-
sured vertically (see Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig.
1-4).
(b) The exposed surfaces of the dynamic skirt panels
adjacent to the step treads shall be smooth and in one
plane. Exposed edges shall be rounded or beveled.
(c) Guarding shall be provided at the point where the
dynamic skirt panels enter the balustrade. The clearance
between the guard and the dynamic skirt panels shall
not exceed 3 mm (0.125 in.).
(d) The exposed panels that comprise the dynamic
skirt shall overlap or interlock such that no clear-through
spaces exist. The distance between exposed edges of
dynamic skirt panel elements shall not exceed 4 mm
(0.16 in.).
(e) There must be a positive mechanical connection
between the dynamic skirt panels and the running gear.
(f) The distance between the dynamic skirt panel and
the dynamic skirt panel cover shall not exceed 5 mm
(0.20 in.).
6.1.3.3.8 Dynamic Skirt Panel Loaded Gap. The gap
clearance (loaded gap) at any point between the step
tread and the adjacent dynamic skirt panel shall not
exceed 5 mm (0.20 in.) when 110 N (25 lbf) is laterally
applied from the step to the adjacent dynamic skirt
panel. The applied load shall not deviate from 110 N
(25 lbf) by more than ±11 N (2.5 lbf). The load shall be
distributed over an area not less than 1 940 mm 2 (3 in. 2 )
and not more than 3 870 mm 2 (6 in. 2 ).
6.1.3.3.9 Step/Skirt Performance Index
(a) This requirement is not applicable to escalators
with dynamic skirt panels. The step /skirt performance
index, when the escalator is subjected to the test speci-
fied in 8.11.4.2.19, shall be the maximum value of the
recorded instantaneous step /skirt index e y /(e y + 1),
where
(SI Units)
e = 2.7183
y = -3.77 + 2.37 (fi) + 0.37 (L g )
ix = the sliding coefficient of friction of a polycarbo-
nate test specimen on the skirt panel at the
measurement point calculated when subjected
to a 110 N normal load. The coefficient of fric-
tion shall be measured without addition of any
field-applied lubricant.
Lg = the clearance between the step and the adjacent
skirt panel when 110 N is applied from the step
to skirt panel, mm
The applied load shall not deviate from 110 N by
more than ± 11 N. The load shall be distributed over a
round or square area not less than 1 940 mm 2 and not
more than 3 870 mm 2 .
(Imperial Units)
e = 2.7183
y = - 3.77 + 2.37 (ft) + 9.3 (L g )
jx = the sliding coefficient of friction of a polycarbo-
nate test specimen on the skirt panel at the
measurement point calculated when subjected
to a 25 lbf normal load. The coefficient of fric-
tion shall be measured without addition of any
field-applied lubricant.
L g = the clearance between the step and the adjacent
skirt panel when 25 lbf is applied from the step
to skirt panel, in.
The applied load shall not deviate from 25 lbf by more
than ± 2.5 lbf. The load shall be distributed over a round
or square area not less than 3 in. 2 and not more than 6 in. 2
(b) The step /skirt performance index polycarbonate
test specimen shall conform to the following specifica-
tions:
177
ASME A17.1-2004
6.1.3.3.9-6.1.3.3.12
(1) Material: Polycarbonate without fillers
(2) Color: Natural, no pigments
(3) Finish: Glossy (roughness less than 0.8 |xm
(32 ixin.)
(4) Area in contact with skirt panel:
2 900 ± 325 mm 2 (4.5 ± 0.5 in. 2 ) and at least 0.8 mm
(0.03 in.) thick
(5) Specification: GE Lexan 100 series or equivalent
polycarbonate
(c) The escalator step /skirt performance index shall
be either of the following:
(1) <0.15
(2) < 0.25 when a skirt deflector device complying
with the requirements of 6.1.3.3.8 is provided
6.1.3.3.10 Skirt Deflector Devices. Deflector
devices shall be permitted. Where provided, deflector
devices shall extend from skirt panels parallel to the
escalator path of travel. Means to secure such deflector
devices are permitted to be on the exposed surface of
the skirt. Any exposed fastener heads shall be of the
tamper-resistant type and flush to within 1 mm (0.04 in.).
(a) Rigid elements shall be in conformance with the
following conditions:
(1) Horizontal protrusions extending above the
step shall be 18 mm (0.75 in.) maximum. Corners or
changes in profile shall be rounded or beveled. The
exposed surfaces of such elements shall be smooth and
permanently treated with a low-friction material.
(2) On the incline, the area of any protrusion shall
lie entirely offset outward from a line beginning on the
vertical portion of the skirt panel measured 25 mm (1 in.)
vertically above the step nose line. The lower surface
shall be beveled not less than 10 deg upward and the
upper surface shall be beveled not less than 15 deg
downward. (See Fig. 6.1.3.3.10.)
(3) At the upper and lower landing, any protrusion
shall lie entirely above a line beginning on the vertical
portion of the skirt panel 50 mm (2 in.) above the step
nose line. The lower surface shall be beveled not less
than 10 deg upward and the upper surface shall be
beveled not less than 15 deg downward. Any rigid ele-
ments at the landings shall smoothly blend into the rigid
elements along the incline in accordance with the radius
of curvature of the transition zone.
(4) When attached to the skirt, rigid elements shall
withstand a force of 900 N (200 lbf ) perpendicular to the
line of attachment of the element without detachment or
permanent deformation. The force shall be applied to
an area of 645 mm 2 (1 in. 2 ).
(b) Flexible elements shall be in conformance with the
following conditions:
(1) The horizontal protrusion extending from the
skirt surafce above the step shall be 50 mm (2 in.)
maximum.
(2) They shall be capable of deflecting to an angle
of 10 deg or greater above the horizontal.
15 deg min.
(Not to scale)
-"--I
i 10 deg min
f
A
18 mm
I
25 mm
50 mm
"* — (0.72 in
) — ►
(1 in.) min. (2 in.) min.
max.
incline
I
landing
I
Fig. 6.1.3.3.10 Dimensions
(3) Noncontinuous flexible elements shall be
allowed to deflect to allow a maximum of 9.5 mm
(0.375 in.) interference with any point on the step surface.
(4) Continuous flexible elements shall not deflect
such that they can contact the steps.
6.1.3.3.11 Guard at Ceiling Intersection
(a) On high deck balustrades, a solid guard shall be
provided in the intersection of the angle of the outside
balustrade deck and the ceiling or soffit, under the fol-
lowing conditions:
(1) where the clearance between the outside edge
of the deck and the ceiling or soffit is 300 mm (12 in.)
or less; or
(2) where the projected intersection of the outside
deck and the ceiling or soffit is 600 mm (24 in.) or less
from the centerline of the handrail.
(b) On low deck balustrades, a solid guard shall be
provided to protect the intersection formed by the top
of the handrail and the plain of the ceiling or soffit where
the centerline of the handrail is 350 mm (14 in.) or less
from the ceiling or soffit.
(c) The vertical edge of the guard shall be a minimum
of 350 nun (14 in.) in length.
(d) The escalator side of the vertical face of the guard
shall be flush with the face of the wellway.
(e) The exposed edge of the guard shall present a
minimum width of 25 mm (1 in.) and a minimum radius
of 12 mm (0.5 in.).
(f) Guards are permitted to be of glass or plastic,
provided they meet the requirements of 6.1.3.3.3.
See also Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. 1-5.
6.1.3.3.12 Antislide Devices. On high deck balus-
trades, antislide devices shall be provided on decks or
178
6.1.3.3.12-6.1.3.5.5
ASME A17.1-2004
combinations of decks when the outer edge of the deck
is greater than 200 mm (8 in.) from the edge of the
handrail, or on adjacent escalators when the unob-
structed distance between the edge of the facing handrail
is greater than 300 mm (12 in.).
These devices shall consist of raised objects fastened
to the decks, no closer than 100 mm (4 in.) to the handrail
nor greater than 300 mm (12 in.) from the handrail. They
shall be spaced not greater than 2 000 mm (78 in.) apart
as measured on a line parallel to the direction of travel
and not greater than 300 mm (12 in.) as measured on a
horizontal line perpendicular to the direction of travel.
The height shall be not less than 50 mm (2 in.). There
shall be no sharp corners or edges. See Nonmandatory
Appendix I, Fig. 1-6.
6.1.3.3.13 Deck Barricades
(a) A barricade to restrict access to the outer deck on
low deck exterior balustrades shall be provided at the
top and bottom ends of each escalator where the outer
deck width exceeds 125 mm (5 in.). On parallel abutting
units, this protection shall be provided where the com-
bined outer deck width exceeds 125 mm (5 in.). The
barricade shall extend to a height that is nominally
100 mm (4 in.) below the top of the handrail.
(b) When an escalator is not located at the edge of a
floor surface, the barricade shall be installed on the outer
deck at a point 1 000 mm (40 in.) above the floor where
the bottom of the barricade intersects the outer deck.
(c) On parallel adjacent escalators, where the common
low deck between adjacent interior panels exceeds
400 mm (16 in.), deck barricades should be spaced evenly
up the incline at no greater than 4.6 m (15 ft) measured
on a line parallel to the direction of travel.
(ED) (d) Barricades made of glass or plastic shall conform
to the requirements of 6.1.3.3.3. All exposed barricade
attachment fastener heads shall be of the tamper-resis-
tant type.
6.1.3.4 Handrails
6.1.3.4.1 Type Required. Each balustrade shall be
provided with a handrail moving in the same direction
and at substantially the same speed as the steps. In the
case of curved escalators, this shall be substantially the
same angular velocity. The speed of the handrail shall
not change when a retarding force of 450 N (100 lbf ) is
applied to the handrail opposite to the direction of travel.
6.1.3.4.2 Extension Beyond Combplates. Each mov-
ing handrail shall extend at normal handrail height not
less than 300 mm (12 in.) beyond the line of points of
the combplate teeth at the upper and lower landings.
6.1.3.4.3 Guards. Hand or finger guards shall be
provided at a point where the handrail enters the balus-
trade.
6.1.3.4.4 Splicing. Splicing of handrails shall be
done in such a manner that the joint is free of any pinch-
ing effect.
6.1.3.4.5 Vertical Height. The vertical height from
step nose to top of handrail shall be not less than 900 mm
(35 in.) nor more than 1 000 mm (39 in.). See 6.1.3.6.6 for
floor opening protection adjacent to escalator wellways.
6.1.3.4.6 Handrail Clearance. The horizontal clear-
ance between either lip of the handrail and the handrail
stand shall not exceed 10 mm (0.375 in.). (See Nonman-
datory Appendix I, Fig. 1-2.)
6.1.3.5 Steps
6.1.3.5.1 Material and Type (04)
(a) Step frames, treads, risers, and dynamic skirt pan-
els, excluding the step's attachments or inserts, shall be
metal, except that magnesium alloys shall not be used;
or the materials, in their end-use configuration, shall
have a flame spread index of to 50 based on the tests
conducted in accordance with the requirements of ASTM
E 84, UL 723, NFFA 255, or CAN/ULC-S102.2, which-
ever is applicable (see Part 9).
(b) Nonmetallic attachments and inserts (excluding
wheels) shall be classified 94 HB or better in accordance
with ANSI/UL 94.
(c) Step treads shall be horizontal, and shall afford a
secure foothold. The step supporting system shall be so
designed so that the back of the step cannot tip upward
more than 6 mm (0.25 in.) at any point.
6.1.3.5.2 Dimensions of Steps. The depth of any
step tread in the direction of travel shall be not less than
400 mm (15.75 in.), and the rise between treads shall be
not more than 220 mm (8.5 in.). The width of a step
tread shall be not less than 560 mm (22 in.) nor more
than 1 020 mm (40 in.). (See Nonmandatory Appendix
I, Fig. 1-7.)
6.1.3.5.3 Cleated Step Risers. The step riser shall
be provided with vertical cleats, which shall mesh with
slots on the adjacent step tread wherever the steps are
exposed. (See Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. 1-8.)
6.1.3.5.4 Clearance Between Steps. The maximum
clearance between step treads on the horizontal run shall
be 6 mm (0.25 in.). (See Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig.
1-6.)
6.1.3.5.5 Slotting of Step Treads. The tread surface (04)
of each step shall be slotted in a direction parallel to the
travel of the steps. Each slot shall be not more than
6.5 mm (0.25 in.) wide and not less than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.)
deep, and the distance from center to center of adjoining
slots shall be not more than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.).
Slots shall be so located on the step tread surface as
to form a cleat on each side of the step tread adjacent
to the skirt or dynamic skirt panel.
179
ASME A17.1-2004
6.1.3.5.6-6.1.3.9.2
6.1.3.5.6 Step Demarcation. There shall be demar-
cation lines at the back of the step to delineate the divi-
sion between steps. These lines shall be marked by a
yellow strip a minimum of 38 mm (1.5 in.) in width and
a maximum of 50 mm (2 in.). [See 6.1.3.5.1(b).]
There shall be demarcation lines on the sides of the
step. These side lines shall be yellow and at least 13 mm
(0.5 in.) wide and shall not exceed 50 mm (2 in.). [See
6.1.3.5.1(b).]
6.1.3.5.7 Step Fatigue Tests. Each step width shall
be subjected to the step fatigue test as described in 8.3.11.
6.1.3.5.8 Step Wheels. Where support wheels
attached to the steps are not located within the width
of the step, provision shall be made to prevent the step
from falling into the escalator interior due to a loss of
one or more of the support wheel assemblies.
6.1.3.6 Entrance and Egress Ends
6.1.3.6.1 Combplates
(a) There shall be a combplate, to which the combs
shall be fastened, at the entrance and at the exit of every
escalator.
(b) The comb teeth shall be meshed with and set into
the slots in the tread surfaces so that the points of the
teeth are always below the upper surface of the treads.
(c) Combplates shall be adjustable vertically. Sections
forming the comb teeth shall be readily replaceable.
(d) The comb section, combplate, and landing plate
assemblies shall not make contact with the step treads
when a weight of 160 kg (350 lb) is applied to any area
200 mm x 300 mm (8 in. x 12 in.) centered on the
plates with the 300 mm (12 in.) dimension parallel to
the direction of travel.
6.1.3.6.2 Distinction Between Comb and Step.
There shall be a visual contrast between the comb and
step, achieved by color, pattern, or texture.
6.1.3.6.3 Adjacent Floor Surfaces. The adjacent
floor surfaces at each landing shall be continuous with
the top of the landing plate with no abrupt change in
elevation of more than 6 mm (0.25 in.).
6.1.3.6.4 Safety Zone. The entry and exit zone shall
be kept clear of all obstacles. The width of the zone shall
be not less than the width between the centerlines of
the handrails plus 200 mm (8 in.). The length of the
zone, measured from the end of the newel, shall be not
less than twice the distance between the centerlines of
the handrails. Space shall be provided to accommodate
all traffic in the safety zone.
NOTE: These dimensions are absolute minimums.
6.1.3.6.5 Flat Steps. There shall be a minimum of
two and a maximum of four flat steps at the entrance
and exit of every escalator. (See 1.3 and 6.1.3.5.2.)
6.1.3.6.6 Floor Opening Protection Adjacent to Esca-
lator Wellway. Floor openings adjacent to the entire
length of the escalator wellway shall be provided with
protection in accordance with the applicable building
code (see Part 9).
6.1.3.7 Trusses or Girders. The truss or girder shall
be designed to safely sustain the running gear in opera-
tion. In the event of failure of the track system, it shall
retain the running gear within the confines of this truss.
Where tightening devices are operated by means of
tension weights, provision shall be made to retain these
weights in the truss if they should be released.
6.1.3.8 Step Wheel Tracks. Step wheel tracks shall be
designed so as to prevent displacement of the running
gear if a step chain breaks.
6.1.3.9 Rated Load
6.1.3.9.1 Structural. For the purpose of structural
design, the rated load shall be considered to be not less
than the following:
(SI Units)
Structural rated load (kg) = 0.27 (W + 203)A
(Imperial Units)
Structural rated load (lb) = 4.6 (W + 8)A
where
A = length of the horizontal projection of the entire
truss measured along its centerline, m (ft)
W = width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see 6.1.3.2)
6.1.3.9.2 Machinery
(a) For the purpose of driving machine and power
transmission calculations, the rated load for all single
driving machines shall be considered to be not less than
the following:
(SI Units)
Machinery rated load (kg) = 0.21 (W + 203^
(Imperial Units)
Machinery rated load (lb) = 3.5 (W + 8)B a
(b) The rated load per module for two or more modu-
lar driving machines shall be considered to be not
less than:
(SI Units)
Machinery rated load (kg) = 0.21 (W + 203)B 2
(Imperial Units)
Machinery rated load (lb) = 3.5 (W + 8)B 2
•
180
6.1.3.9.2-6.1.5.1
ASME A17.1-2004
where
B x = cot B x total rise, m (ft)
B 2 = cot 6 x rise per module, m (ft)
d — the angle of inclination, deg (see 6.1.3.1)
W = width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see 6.1.3.2)
6.1.3.9.3 Brake
(a) For the purpose of brake calculations, the rated
load for all single driving machines shall be considered
to be not less than the following:
(1) with escalator stopped
(SI Units)
Brake rated load (kg) = 0.27 (W + 203)6!
(Imperial Units)
Brake rated load (lb) = 4.6 (W + 8)B a
(2) with escalator running
(SI Units)
Brake rated load (kg) = 0.21 (W + 203)B a
(Imperial Units)
Brake rated load (lb) = 3.5 (W + 8)B 1
(b) The rated load per module for two or more modu-
lar driving machines shall be considered to be not less
than the following:
(1) with escalator stopped
(SI Units)
Brake rated load (kg) = 0.27 (W + 203)B 2
(Imperial Units)
Brake rated load (lb) = 4.6 (W + 8)B 2
(2) with escalator ninning
(SI Units)
Brake rated load (kg) = 0.21 (W + 203)B 2
(Imperial Units)
Brake rated load (lb) = 3.5 (W + 8)B 2
where
Bi = cot 6 x total rise, m (ft)
B 2 = cot 6 x rise per module, m (ft)
6 = the angle of inclination, deg (see 6.1.3.1)
W = width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see 6.1.3.2)
6.1.3.9.4 Step. The step shall be designed to sup-
port a load of 135 kg (300 lb) on a 150 mm x 250 mm
(6 in. X 10 in.) plate placed on any part of the step with
the 250 mm (10 in.) dimension in the direction of step
travel.
6.1.3.10 Design Factors of Safety. Factors of safety
are based on either single driving-machine design or
modular driving-machine design.
The factors of safety shall be at least the following.
6.1.3.10.1 Trusses and all supporting structures,
including tracks, shall conform to the AISC Specifica-
tions for Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural
Steel for Buildings, or the CSA Standard CAN/CSA-
S16.1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9), based on the
maximum static load calculated per 6.1.3.9.1.
6.1.3.10.2 For driving-machine parts based on not
less than the loads calculated per 6.1.3.9.2:
(a) where made of steel or bronze, the factor of safety
shall be 8
(b) where made of cast iron or other materials, the
factor of safety shall be 10
6.1.3.10.3 For power transmission members, the
factor of safety shall be 10, based on not less than the
loads calculated per 6.1.3.9.2.
6.1.3.10.4 For steps, the factor of safety shall be
5, based on not less than the loads designated in 6.1.3.9.4.
6.1.3.11 Chains. The use of chains with cast iron links
shall not be permitted.
6.1.3.12 Headroom. The minimum headroom shall
be 2 130 mm (84 in.) measured vertically from the step
noseline, landing plates, and landings.
6.1.3.13 Welding. Welding shall conform to 8.8.
6.1.3.14 Non-Escalator-Related Equipment. Compo-
nents not used directly in connection with the escalator
are prohibited to be installed on, in, or through the
escalator.
6.1.3.15 Pit Drains. Permanent provisions shall be
made to prevent accumulation of water in the pit. Drains
and sump pumps, where provided, shall comply with
2.2.2.4.
6.1.4 Rated Speed
6.1.4.1 Limits of Speed. The rated speed shall be not
more than 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min), measured along the
centerline of the steps in the direction of travel.
The speed attained by an escalator after start-up shall
not be intentionally varied.
6.1.5 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake
6.1.5.1 Connection Between Driving Machine and
Main Drive Shaft. The driving machine shall be con-
nected to the main drive shaft by toothed gearing, a
mechanical coupling, or a chain.
181
ASME A17.1-2004
6.1.5.2-6.1.6.2.2
6.1.5.2 Driving Motor. An electric motor shall not
drive more than one escalator driving machine. A driv-
ing machine shall not operate more than one escalator.
6.1.5.3 Brakes
6.1.5.3.1 Escalator Driving-Machine Brake
(a) Each escalator driving machine shall be provided
with an electrically released and mechanically or mag-
netically applied brake. If the brake is magnetically
applied, a ceramic permanent magnet shall be used.
There shall be no intentional time delay designed into
the application of the brake.
(b) The brake shall be applied automatically if the
electrical power supply is interrupted. The brake shall
be capable of stopping the down-rxinning escalator with
any load up to the brake rated load [see 6.1.3.9.3(a)(2)
or (b)(2)]. The brake shall hold the stopped escalator with
any load up to the brake rated load [see 6.1.3.9.3(a)(1) or
(b)(1)]-
(c) Driving-machine brakes shall stop the down-run-
ning escalator steps at an average rate not greater than
0.91 m/s 2 (3 ft/s 2 ) as measured over the total retardation
time. No peak horizontal retardation value exceeding
0.91 m/s 2 (3 ft/s 2 ) shall have a time duration greater
than 0.125 s (see Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. Til).
(See also 6.1.6.3.6.)
(04) (d) The escalator brake shall be provided with a data
plate that is readily visible, located on the machine brake
and when necessary, a duplicate data plate with the
certification mark shall be placed adjacent to the
machine brake. The data plate shall indicate:
(l)(a) for fixed torque brakes, the range of brake
torque that complies with 6.1.5.3.1 and 6.1.6.3.6; or
(l)(b) for variable torque brakes, the minimum
brake torque for a loaded escalator and the minimum
stopping distance for the unloaded escalator, which
complies with 6.1.5.3.1 and 6.1.6.3.6;
(2) the method of measuring the torque, designated
"BREAKAWAY" or "DYNAMIC," based on the method
used when measuring the torque;
(3) the location where the torque is to be measured,
e.g., "MOTOR SHAFT," "MACHINE INPUT SHAFT,"
"MAIN DRIVE SHAFT";
(4) the type of brake as fixed or variable torque;
(5) the minimum distance from the skirt obstruc-
tion device to the combplate (see also 6.1.6.3.6).
(e) Where means other than a continuous shaft,
mechanical coupling, or toothed gearing is used to con-
nect the motor to a gear reducer, the escalator driving-
machine brake shall be located on the gear reducer or
main drive shaft.
6.1.5.3.2 Main Drive Shaft Brake. If the escalator
driving-machine brake is separated from the main drive
shaft by a chain used to connect the driving machine to
the main drive shaft, a mechanically or magnetically
applied brake capable of stopping a down-running esca-
lator with brake rated load (see 6.1.3.9.3) shall be pro-
vided on the main drive shaft. If the brake is
magnetically applied, a ceramic permanent magnet shall
be used.
6.1.5.3.3 Escalator driving-machine brakes shall
be certified to the requirements of 8.3.1 and 8.3.6.
6.1.6 Operating and Safety Devices
6.1.6.1 General. Operating and safety devices con-
forming to the requirements of this Section shall be pro-
vided. When more than one driving machine per
escalator is utilized, actuation of devices covered by this
Section shall simultaneously control all driving
machines.
6.1.6.1.1 Automatic Operation. Automatic starting
by any means, or automatic stopping, except as required
in 6.1.6, shall be prohibited.
6.1.6.2 Starting and Inspection Control Switches
6.1.6.2.1 Escalators shall be provided with start-
ing switch(es) conforming to the following:
(a) Location and Design. The switch(es) shall be:
(1) located so that the escalator steps are within
sight.
(2) key operated, of the continuous-pressure
spring-return type, and shall be operated by a cylinder-
type lock having not less than a five-pin or five-disk
combination.
(3) clearly and permanently marked "DOWN,"
"RUN," and "UP," in that order, with the key removable
only in the "RUN" (spring return) position. The
switch(es) shall be rotated clockwise to go from the
"DOWN" to "RUN" to "UP" position.
(b) Operating Requirements. The operation of the
switch(es) shall initiate movement of the escalator. The
escalator shall not start (restart) unless all starting
switch(es) were first in the "RUN" position.
(c) The starting switch(es) shall be located within
reach of an emergency stop button (see 6.1.6.3.1).
(d) The key shall be of Group 2 Security (see 8.1).
6.1.6.2.2 Inspection Control. Each escalator shall be
equipped with inspection controls not accessible to the
general public during normal operation to provide con-
stant pressure operation during maintenance, repair, or
inspection by means of a manually operated control
device.
(a) General Requirements
(1) Switches for transferring the control of the esca-
lator to inspection operation shall be provided or a
switch shall be provided at each landing in a portable
control station; the switch(es) shall function as follows:
(a) be through a contact that shall be positively
opened mechanically and whose opening shall not
depend solely on springs
182
6.1.6.2.2-6.1.6.3.5
ASME A17.1-2004
#
(b) be manually operated
(c) be labeled "INSPECTION"
(d) have two positions, labeled "INSPECTION"
or "INSP" and "NORMAL" or "NORM"
(e) when in the "INSPECTION" position, it shall
cause the movement of the escalator to be solely under
the control of constant pressure operating devices at that
landing or in that portable control station
(f) be arranged so that if more than one inspec-
tion transfer switch is in the "INSPECTION" position,
then all constant pressure operating devices at all loca-
tions shall be inoperative
(g) be protected against accidental contact
(h) the completion or maintenance of an electric
circuit shall not be used to initiate inspection control
(2) Constant pressure operating devices shall
(a) allow movement of the escalator only by con-
stant application of manual pressure
(b) be distinctly recognizable from indications on
the device as to the direction of travel controlled
(c) be protected against accidental contact
(d) be located so that the escalator steps are
within sight
(3) A stop switch conforming to 6.1.6.3.15 shall be
provided adjacent to the constant pressure operating
devices.
(4) When portable control stations are used, the
cord length shall not exceed 3 000 mm (120 in.) in length.
(b) Plug-in Portable Control Station. A plug-in portable
control station shall be permitted, provided that
(1) either a transfer switch conforming to
6.1.6.2.2(a)(1) is complied with, or when plugged in,
the escalator shall automatically transfer to inspection
operation
(2) when the switch, if provided, is in the "INSPEC-
TION" position, or when the control station is plugged
in, it shall cause the movement of the escalator to be
solely under the control of constant pressure operating
devices contained in the portable unit
(3) the plug-in portable control station is stored at
the upper landing machinery space
6.1.6.3 Electrical Protective Devices. Electrical protec-
tive devices shall be provided in accordance with
6.1.6.3.1 through 6.1.6.3.15.
6.1.6.3.1 Emergency Stop Buttons
(a) Location. A red stop button shall be visibly located
at the top and the bottom landings on the right side
facing the escalator. Remote stop buttons are prohibited.
(1 ) On high deck balustrades, they shall be located
on the curved newel deck in the upper quadrant, with
the centerline of the button at a 45 deg angle from the
horizontal.
(2) On low deck balustrades, they shall be located
below the handrail height. The centerline of the button
shall be located on a radial line 45 deg above the hori-
zontal, such that no part of the button assembly is within
38 mm (1.5 in.) of the bottom of the handrail and the
button is no more than 90 mm (3.5 in.) from the bottom
of the handrail.
(b) Cover, Alarm, and Marking. The buttons shall be
covered with a transparent cover that can be readily
lifted or pushed aside. When the cover is moved, an
audible warning signal shall be activated. The signal
shall have a sound intensity of 80 dBA minimum at the
button location. The cover shall be marked "EMER-
GENCY STOP," "MOVE COVER" or equivalent legend
(e.g., "LIFT COVER," "SLIDE COVER,"), and "PUSH
BUTTON." "EMERGENCY STOP" shall be in letters not
less than 12 mm (0.5 in.) high. Other required wording
shall be in letters not less than 4.8 mm (0.188 in.) high.
The cover shall be self-resetting.
(c) Operation. The operation of either of these buttons
shall cause the electric power to be removed from the
escalator driving-machine motor and brake. It shall not
be possible to start the escalator by these buttons.
6.1.6.3.2 Speed Governor. A speed governor shall
be provided, except as specified in 6.1.6.3.2(b).
(a) The operation of the governor shall cause the elec-
tric power to be removed from the driving machine
motor and brake should the speed of the steps exceed
a predetermined value, which shall not be more than
40% above the rated speed.
(b) The speed governor is not required where an alter-
nating current, squirrel cage induction motor is used,
and the motor is directly connected to the driving
machine.
(c) All escalators equipped with variable frequency
drive motor controls shall be provided with an
overspeed governor.
(d) The device shall be of the manual-reset type.
6.1.6.3.3 Broken Step-Chain Device
(a) A broken step-chain device shall be provided,
which shall cause the electric power to be removed from
the driving-machine motor and brake
(1) if a step chain breaks
(2) where no automatic chain tension device is pro-
vided, if excessive sag occurs in either step chain
(b) The device shall be of the manual-reset type.
6.1.6.3.4 Drive-Chain Device. When the driving (04)
machine is connected to the main drive shaft by a chain,
a device shall be provided that will cause the application
of the brake on the main drive shaft, and will also cause
the electric power to be removed from the driving-
machine motor and brake if the drive chain between the
machine and the main drive shaft becomes disengaged
from the sprockets. The device shall be of the manual-
reset type.
6.1.6.3.5 Stop Switch in Machinery Spaces. A stop
switch conforming to the following requirements shall
183
ASMEA1 7.1-2004
6.1.6.3.5-6.1.6.3.15
be provided in each machinery space and other spaces
where means of access to the interior space is provided
(see 6.1.7.3), except for the machinery space where the
mainline disconnect switch is located
(a) when opened ("STOP" position), cause the electric
power to be removed from the escalator driving-
machine motor and brake
(b) be of the manually opened and closed type
(c) have red operating handles or buttons
(d) be conspicuously and permanently marked
"STOP," and shall indicate the "STOP" and "RUN" posi-
tions
(e) shall have contacts that are positively opened
mechanically and their opening shall not be solely
dependent on springs
(04) 6.1.6.3.6 Escalator Skirt Obstructi 
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11